Los Angeles Webster Commission records, 1931-1992

LAPD Southeast area mobilization roster and standing plans, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

(USC DC Other)

LAPD Southeast area mobilization roster and standing plans, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

Download a page range

Download transcript

Copy asset link

Request this asset

Transcript (if available)

Content . . .. S O U T H E A S T A R E A MOBILIZATION ROSTER DP #5 APRIL 19, 1992 - MAY 16, 1992 1 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ ------- ---------- PANNELL WlLLIE L. 14928 CAPT 3 AREA C/O A TRUNDLE JOHN 20379 CAPT 1 PATROL C/O B DIAZ SERGIO 21800 LT 1 DAY A EIDE RICHARD 21321 LT 2 DET C/O B HEPBURN DAVID 17346 LT 1 AM B MANCHESTER L A 12893 LT 1 PM B MELTON MIKE 17047 LT 1 DET GIS A ALLEN J.D. 20184 SGT 2 FB DAY A AVALOS REYNALDO 22100 SGT 1 AM · B BEAN GARY 17854 SGT 1 AM B BLOOMER ROBERT 17022 - SGT 2 VICE B BONILLA CHRIS 22983 SGT 1 SEG B COOKSON ETHELMAE 21183 SGT 1 DAY A DE LA TORRE RUBEN 23002 SGT 1 PM B FAULK STEPHEN 20202 SGT 1 FB PM B FULLER GEORGE 17298 SGT 1 LN ANAL B GOODRICH GERALD 12866 SGT 2 PM B GRENIER STEVEN 14128 SGT 1 LN !AD B GUERRERO WILLIAM 22448 SGT 1 ADJ PATROL A HURTADO FRANCISCO 21526 SGT 1 DAY A JONES GREGORY 23428 SGT 1 SLO DAY B KATONA RONALD 23359 SGT 1 PM B KEITH DONALD 20417 SGT 1 DAY A KREJCI GLEN 22235 SGT 1 CRASH B LANDRY ALBERT 21530 SGT 1 CRO A LARKIN JAMES 16441 SGT 1 DAY B LAWRENCE DONALD 23215 SGT 1 PM B MAILLET THEODORE 21475 SGT 1 AM B MC MANUS FRANK 17310 SGT 2 AM A MOEN RONALD 17618 SGT 1 DAY A QUAN RANDY 21776 SGT 1 PRED A SALZMAN LON 15934 SGT 2 DAY B SHIMIZU CANDACE 21969 SGT 2 VICE A TATE PETER 17330 SGT 1 PM B TURLEY STEVEN 17974 SGT 1 AM A VANSON PETER 23397 SGT 1 PM B WARDEN ROBERT 16935 SGT 1 ADJ AREA A ZAMORA ANTONIO 24381 SGT 1 FB PM B ABAD RICHARD 27911 p 2 MID PM B AGNEW BRIAN 24635 p 3 PM B ALLEY JEFF 26435 p 2 PM .B ALVAREZ ERNEST 10430 p 3 DAY A ALVIANI JOHN 25164 p 3 PM B ANDERSON DANIEL 16857 p 2 s.co A ANGULO STEVEN 26360 p 2 MID PM B 2 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL .RANK ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ ------- ---------- ARGOMANIZ MANUEL 25205 p 3 LN VICE B ARMENTA RICHARD 27749 p 2 AM B ARROYO ROBERT 25851 p 2 DAY A ARTEAGA RICHARD 26844 p 2 PM B AVILA ELIZABETH 25773 p 2 CRASH B BAEZA HUGO 25390 p 3 VICE A BAKER THOMAS 22306 p 3 DAY A BANKER RAY 26101 p 2 PM B BARLING CHRISTOPHER 25264 p 2 CRASH B BARNES LYLE 27186 p 2 DAY A BAXLEY ERNEST 26533 p 2 AM B BAZAN JESUS 24383 p 2 LN DET A- BEEZER DONOVAN 27187 p 2 DAY A BENEDICT ROBERT 26279 p 2 DAY A BIELMA PRISCILLA 27840 p 2 DAY A BJAZEVICH LISA 25081 p 3 PM B BLOUNT DAREN 25613 p 2 PRED A BOYLE RICK 26630 p 2 PM B BRODERICK BARBARA 25220 p 2 NARCO A BROWN ROBIN 25781 p 2 PM B BROWN STINSON 25213 p 2 LN CRO A BURNS LARRY 23751 p 2 DAY A CABALLERO SONIA 26539 p 1 PM B CABUNOC ANTHONY 25170 p 2 FB PM B CARODINE MICHAEL 24641 p 3+1 SLO DAY A CARRANZA ART 30154 p 1 PM B CASEY MARGARET 23474 p 2 DAY A CASTRO ANDREW 25946 p 2 CRASH B CASTRO VICTOR 26368 p 2 PRED B CASWELL MARK 22214 p 3+1 SLO DAY A CEDENO DAVID 25866 p 2 LN DET A CEPEIDA HUGO 22064 D 1 NARCO B CHONG RUDOLFO 30089 p 1 AM B CHU ANGELA 24972 p 3 PM B CLARK EDGAR 26111 p 2 AM B CLARK JOHN 15755 p 3 BAIL- A CLARK ROSALYN 26195 p 2 CRO A COATES MICHELLE 25699 p 2 LN ANALY A . COLOMEY SEAN 27576 p 2 SEG B COOK CARLTON 26952 p 2 DAY A COPPA CARMINE 13080 p 3 DAY A CORPEL RICK 27379 p 2 MID PM B CORREA JOSE 25871 p 2 PM B CORTINAS JOSEPHINE 26447 p 2 DAY A DANZEK THOMAS 24390 p 3 FB DAY A DINLOCKER ROBERT 27681 p 2 DAY A DIXON DANIEL 25406 p 2 DAY A DUNIGAN KEVIN 25090 p 2 CRO B DURAN GREGORY 27766 p 2 AM A EGUCHI STEVEN 26555 p 2 CRASH B EIRICH RICHARD 25545 p 2 PM A ELDRIDGE JAMES 27198 p 2 SEG . B 3 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ ------- ---------- ERKELENS WILLEM 26556 p 2 DAY A ESCARENO JOE 22427 p 3 FB DAY A ESQUIVEL MICHELLE 27201 p 2 MID PM B EVANS PHILLIP 27926 p 2 FB PM B FAQUIR CRIS 30164 p 1 DAY A FIELDS DELWIN 30046 p 1 PM B FIELDS PAUL 26457 p 2 FB DAY A FITZGIBBON JOHN 27684 p 2 DAY A FLANAGAN MICHAEL 24857 · p 3 MID DAY B FLORES MARIA 26862 p 2 FB DAY A FLORES MOISES 27771 p 2 AM A FLORES VIVIAN 25882 p 2 CRASH B- GARAY EMILIO 26209 p 2 DAY A GARCIA ALBERT 25132 p 2 AM A GARCIA SANDRA 27494 p 2 LN CRO A GARDNER ROY 22222 p 3 AM A GEIGER CHARLES 27689 p 2 AM A GLEASON JAMES 26461 p 2 PM B GOBLE GAARON 25480 p 2 DAY A GOLT TERESA . 26563 p 2 PM B GRABIAK BLAIR 26647 p 2 PM B GRAVES MATTHEW 27392 p 2 FB DAY A GRIFFIN STEVEN 24725 p 3 CRASH B HARO MARK 30168 p 1 PM B HART JEFF 24596 p 3 LN VICE B HAYNES SUSAN 25277 p 2 DAY A HERRERA ART 27932 p 1 MID DAY A HILL MARLIN 26966 p 2 AM A HOFMEYER JEFFREY 27130 p 2 PM B HOLZER THOMAS 25095 p 3 PM B JACKSON MARK 26135 p 2 LN CRASH B JAMES ROBERT 26737 p 2 LN STD B JARA THEODORE 27132 p 2 PM B JAROSCAK PAUL 22177 p 3 LN DET A JIMINEZ JAMES 22773 p 3 AM B JOHNSON RONALD 24991 p 3 MID PM B JOTZ KEVIN 26738 p 2 PM B KING MICHELLE 25957 p 2 DAY A KOBA · GARY 27137 p 2 MID PM B LEADER BILLY 13115 D 2 NARCO A LEE HARRY 25565 p 2 DAY A LEWALLEN JEFFREY 27407 p 2 MID DAY A LEWIS TIMOTHY 24875 p 2 LN DET A LIM ST~CY 26050 p 2 AM B LOCKETT MICHAEL 24995 p 3+1 SLO DAY A LONG ERICKA 27707 p 2 DAY A LOYA KIMBERLY 26061 p 2 PRED B MACIAS JORGE 27710 p 2 DAY A MAGDALENO SANDRA 24067 p 2 DAY A MANROW LINDA 23047 p 3 AM A MARTIN DARRYL 27416 p 2 DAY A MARTIN JAMES 17181 D 2 NARCO A 4 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ ------- ---------- MARTINEZ JOSE 25426 p 2 AM A MARTINEZ MARIA 27520 p 2 MID PM B MATA CESAR 27143 p 2 FB DAY A MATTHEWS DARELL 26583 p 2 FB DAY A MC ARTHUR STEVEN 23931 p 3 AM A MC DONALD JAMES 27620 p 2 SEG B MC DONALD WILLIAM 26889 p 2 SEG B MC GREW ANN 26978 p 2 AM A MC MILLION CHESTER 25987 p 2 PRED B MC WILLIAMS - JOSEPH 30113 p 1 SEG B MELCHIOR ROBERT 26980 p 2 SEG B MIKKELSON NORMAN 14155 p 3 NARCO B- MILLER FRED 26063 p 2 LN CRO A MILLER LEONARD 24671 p 3 PM B MONFILS RICHARD 26675 p 2 MID PM B MONTELONGO FRANK 26749 p 2 SEG B MOORE KENNETH 26065 p 3 LN VICE B MOORE RONALD 25289 p 3+1 SLO B MORENO OSCAR 27235 p 2 AM B MORROW EVA 21760 p 3 LN DET A MULLINS MICHAEL 26678 p 2 PM B NELSON BRUCE 24283 p 3 DAY A NEWBORN STEVE 30185 p 1 FB DAY A NOBILE ROBERT 24421 p 2 CRASH B NOLTE JEFF 26408 p 2 AM B ODDO ANTHONY 26588 p 2 MID PM B O'DONNELL JOSEPH 23062 D 1 NARCO A OKAMOTO SACHIKO 26989 p 2 DAY A ONORATO JOHN 17242 p 3 DAY A ORDONE DARYL 27530 p 1 PM B OSMAN JAMES 21284 p 3 PM B PANOS PETER 25433 p 3 FB PM A PEDERSON ·ANDREW 24616 p 3 AM · A PEREZ ELLEN 25247 p 2 -LN VICE A PEREZ GUILLERMO 27722 p 2 MID PM B PEREZ ROBERT 26990 p 2 LN CRO A PETER FRANCK 26991 p 2 FB DAY A PINZON FLORO 26758 p 2 DAY A PONOMAROFF JOHN 22870 p 2 DAY A PRESTON MARILYN 25113 p 2 MID DAY A PRICE AUSTON 24813 p 3 PM B PYLE SHELLEY 26592 p 2 PM B QUEZADA STEVEN 24553 p 3+1 SLO PM B QUIHUIS ROBERT 26687 p 2 PM B QUINONES JERRY 30003 p 2 PM B RAICHEL MARK 25295 p 2 CRASH B RAMIREZ ARMANDO 23512 p 3+1 SLO PM A RAMIREZ RAFAEL 27442 p 2 PM B REINER WILLIAM 17523 D 1 NARCO B RICHARDS BRET 25754 p 2 SEG B ROMAN PATRICK 27539 p 2 DAY A ROSS VICTOR 25466 p 2 LN CRASH B 5 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ ------- ---------- RIGLER DEBORAH 24948 p 2 LN ANALY B SALCEDO JOSE 27730 p 2 DAY A SATO ROCKY 25117 p 3 FB PM B SHAUGHNESSY JOHN 21296 p 3 PM B SHEPARD ANGELA 27001 p 2 AM B SILAGY ROBERT 14410 p 3 LN DET A SILVA EDWARD 26514 p 2 PM B SIMPSON KATHY 25300 p 2 MID DAY A SISON ESTELLE 27896 p 2 DAY A SMITH MICHAEL 27254 p 2 DAY A SMITH PATRICK 27956 p 2 AM B SMITH WILLIAM 24689 p 3 LN DET B SORIANO DEANNA 26424 p 2 AM B SPINELLO RALPH 25449 p 2 FB PM B SPRINGER CHARLES 27648 p 2 FB ·PM B STARKEY FRED 25253 p 2 DAY A STEWART ANGELO 27546 p 2 PM B SWANSON . JAMES 13875 p 3 LN CAD A TAN CHRISTOPHER 30266 p 1 ACAD LOAN TELLES JOSE 26925 p 2 AM A THARP MARK 25764 p 3 VICE B THOMPSON PHILLIP 26084 p 2 AM B THUSING PEGGY 25120 p 3 MID DAY A TROTTER PHILLIP .22055 D 1 NARCO B TROVATO ANTHONY 27259 p 2 FB PM B VINLUAN DEAN 30270 p 1 MID DAY A VONHURST MARY 26430 p 2 AM B WAGNER ARTHUR 17848 p 3 PM B WALLACE KIM 27462 p 2 DAY A - WALTER CHRIS 27009 p 2 PM B WEBB RAY 25681 p 2 FB DAY A WEST JAMES 27093 p 2 FB PM B WHITE ALLAN 24446 p 3 PM B WILLIAMS ZIMBALIST 23322 p 3+1 SLO PM A WREN DAVID 30273 p 1 ACAD LOAN WRIGHT ANDRE 27962 p 2 DAY A WU PATRICK 27659 p 2 MID PM B WYNN DAWN 24427 p 3 MID DAY A YOUNG LYLE 17730 p 3 AM B ZAMBRIA . JOHN 27270 p 2 AM A ALDUENDA RAY 20665 D 2 CAPS A ASPINALL GARY 22977 D 1 ROBB B BARRAGAN STEVE 21507 D 1 AUTO B BOOTOW WAYNE 21847 D 1 JUV B BRODERICK BARBARA 25220 p 2 NARCO A CALHOUN MICHAEL 21692 p 3 ROBB A CEPEIDA HUGO 22064 D 1 NARCO B CLEMENTS STEPHEN 15178 D 3 BURG A COHEE JACKIE 24009 D 1 JUV B FLAMENCO CAROLYN 22604 D 1 LN OSBH A ' 0 6 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------~ - ------ ------- ---------- GILMORE NOLAN 11618 D 3 ROBB B GRANT GREG 22444 D 2 LN CRASH A GREENE BETTY 14944 D 3 AUTO B HANSEN MICHAEL 23915 p 3 DESK B HYPOLITE GEQRGE 17829 p 3+1 CT LIAISON A KARLE JOHN 23293 D 2 ICU B LARES ANA 27057 p 2 NARCO LEADER BILLY 13115 D 2 NARCO A MARSH ROBERT 24544 p 3 BURG A MARTIN JAMES 17181 D 2 NARCO A MARVIN DUANE 12459 D 2 ROBB A MAUK DONALD 21917 p 3 JUV B- MIKKELSON NORMAN 14155 p 3 NARCO B MILES KURT 20111 D 1 AUTO B MORENO ALEXANDER 24148 p 3 JUV B O'DONNELL JOSEPH 23062 D 1 NARCO A OWENS DEXTER 14399 D 2 CAPS B PAUL JAY 14322 D 2 CAD A POLLOCK ROBERT 12066 D . 3 NARCO B REINER WILLIAM 17523 D 1 NARCO B ROCHA VICTOR 24488 p 3 CAPS A SHEPARD CLIFFORD 21297 p 3 BURG B SMITH LEON 16645 D 3 CAPS B STABLER JAYNE 24025 p 3 AUTO B THORNTON THOMAS 23523 p 3 ROBB B TROTTER PHILLlP 22055 D 1 NARCO B VENA JAMES 22300 D 2 JUV B WEBSTER CHICO 21059 D 1 BURG A WEBSTER JOHNIE 21352 p 3 CAPS B . WILLIAMS KEITH 22965 D 1 AUTO B WITHERS ISAAC 15090 D 3 JUV A RECAP SWORN PERSONNEL Position TO Deployed Difference Capt III 1 1 Capt I 1 1 Lt II 2 2 Lt I 4 3 -1 Sgt II 5 6 +l Sgt I 22 25 +3 PO 3+1 8 8 PO 3 58 52 -6 PO 2/1 108 146 (133+13) +38 Det III 7 5 -2 . Det II 10 7 -3 Det I 9 8 -1 Total 235 264 +29 RECAP CIVILIAN PERSONNEL Position TO Deployed Difference Mgmt Analy 1 0 -1 Mgmt Aide 1 2 +1 Secty 1 1 Clk Typ 12 11 -1 Sr Clk Typ 3 3 Police Svc Rep 2 0 -2 Stn Ofer 11 14 +3 Sr Cust Svc Atten 1 1 Cust Svc Atten 4 4 Prin Clk Police III 1 1 Total 37 37 0 ., . SOUTHEAST AREA COMMAND POST CADRE DEPLOYMENT PERIOD NO. 5 COMMANDING OFFICER A. Captain Gascon, Sergeant Warden B. Captain Trundle, Sergeant Guerrero EXECUTIVE OFFICER A. Lieutenant Melton, Sergeant Turley B. Lieutenant Hepburn, Ser9eant Fuller OPERATIONS OFFICER A. Sergeant Katona, Sergeant Hurtado B. Sergeant Goodrich, Sergeant Jones PRESS RELATIONS OFFICER A. Sergeant Landry, Officer Morrow B. Sergeant Lawrence, Officer Brown INTELLIGENCE OFFICER A. Sergeant Bloomer, Officer Tharp B. Sergeant Shimizu, Officer Agnew PERSONNEL OFFICER A. Sergeant Cookson, Officer Perez, R. B. Sergeant Quan, Officer Coates LOGISTICS OFFICER A. Sergeant Salzman, Officer Nelson B. Sergeant Faulk, Officer Young, L. -~ - - J>f - ... - ~ TABLE OF CONTENTS . I. NOTIFICATIONS Policies and Procedures for Notifications Area, Bureau, and Other Department Notifications ...... . Outside Agency Notifications ............ . ............. . II. PLAN MAINTENANCE AND DISTRIBUTION Schedule of Plan Maintenance ............... _ .............. . Location and Distribution of Plan ........................ . III. LOGISTICS Inventory of Area Resources .... -~ ........................ . Area Response Vehicle Emergency Equipment ................ . Radiological Monitoring Equipment ......................... . IV. EMERGENCY RADIO OPERATIONS AND PLANS V. PROTECTION OF DEPARTMENT FACILITIES PLAN Station Security Procedures .............................. . Station Defense .......................................... . Station Under Attack ..................................... . Bomb Threats ............................................. . Search Procedures ..................................... . Found Bomb ....................................... · ..... . Bombing Attack ........................... · ............. . Fire ..................................................... . Evacuation ............................................... . Addendum Tac Manual B/600 ...................................... . MOBILT.?ATION PL~N Mobi-.1:i,.7 r::~t:lon and Tactica· l Al~-rts ... ( Tac Manu~l _ 6/100) : ... . A . afitr.• ' .... B,. Ro.ster" . . : ... · .......... -........... -.· .... · .- .· . · ... . . ·, . . ... . . Commatfri. Post C--adr.e ·.-...........•.................. ; .• . ~. :; . ; ., MobiTizati.on ·aJld: Tactica'i . ·Alert Teletype Exemplars·; " . - ~ ..... . Tactical Operations Plan ........... .- ...... . • ... -.. -.. ~ ....... . · A,:-ea. Mobilization Procedures .. _...:_ .. ; .... ~ ,, ·:· .... : .. ... .. .. ; . _ . VII. · CIVIL .DEFENSE WARNING PLAN .. Area Functi-on During ........... -.< : · ·: -. ~ ·:._ ~-. - r ....... - ~ ~ -::. - . .-~ < .·:' ....... . ... _ ! . ~ ' . - . . _;, Revised 10/90 / PAGE 2 VIII. EARTHQUAKE RES?ONSE PLAN Checklist ............................................. . Evacuation Procedures ....... · .......................... . Closing a Disaster Area ............................ . Crowd Control ...................................... . Station Evacuation ................................. . Jail Facilities Disaster Evacuation and Planning ... . Mutual Aid and Military Assistance .................... . IX. DAM INUNDATION PLAN X. COMMAND POST SITES, STAGING AREAS, A'ND EVACUATION SITES XI. "WATCH COMMANDER'S GUIDE FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES" Checklists 14.15, 14.16, 14.17, 14.18 ................. . Emergency Operations Guide-Disasters .................. . XI I. SPECIAL AREA PLANS AND SINGLE-USE PLANS LAX Air Disaster Plan .................................... . XI I I. VITAL POINT SURVEY Vital Points by Type and Location ........................ . Required Posts for Provision of Minimum Security ......... . Contact Numbers for Personnel Regularly Manning or Responsible for Installations ...................... . Ingress/Egress Routes for Facilities ..................... . XIV. FACILITY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PLAN Station Facility Information Hazardous Materials Inventory ............................ . Hazardous W~ste Inventory ................................ . Plan Index ............................................... . Site Map ................................................. . Facility Emetgency Response Plan ......................... . Notification Procedures ............................... . Medical Assistance Plan ............................... . Evacuation Plan ....................................... . Mitigation Plan ....................................... . Abatement Plan ........................................ . Prevention Plan ........................................... . New Employee Training ................................... ~. Refresher Training ....................................... . Revised 10/90 • • • .. ~ .... l l., ... , ( I < .-, \ \ /'J ~ . . OPERATIONS-SOUTH BUREAU UNUSUAL INCIDENTS · - NOTiflCAT IOHS en DAMAGE TO PROPERTY ac DE. ATHS I lNJURI ES A~O INCAPACITATIONS DISASTERS OSB , AREA C/0 C/0 - YES YES · YE YES YE YES YES YES YES YES OHO NO ES YtS YES YES YES YES YES ~ s ~~~!~quake ~ Irrmediately notify Area and Patrol C/0 if OSB personnel assigned or if Landslide ) incident is in OSB. Otherwise OHO only. Ma or Ft re , Traff k Ace 1 dent or Tr a rr,-c--,i:-o-n_e_s t~o-n----,-"""T.":~r--:---t--:-y:-;,E-;::-S,---:-.N;:.-0-,--=v E=-=s,.... EXPlOSIVES Bomti,n~ or Bom6 Threat YES--rvtS YES YE YES Found xp10s1ves tlO '1C5 YES riO YES Gasleak, Break or~xplos1on . YES YES YES t~U YES Son1c or Ot~er Blast cit Unusual Ma9!n tude NU NO MO rio YES FIELD CONTACTS Arravated Contact nvO ,'llt'lg Consu ar cer -yrs. YES YES V as Victim/Suspect or UP.cea~ed YES YES HS Arrest or Contact May 1 rigger V1_o_e_n_c_e ________ --,-,-:-.,......___,,.,.=--+--=yE...,.S,-+-YES YES TACTICAL SITUATIO~S Barricaded Su1£ect · · YES YES YtS ns· l'1dna~e1n9 or Unusual Cnme \.4li1ch F,~,Y ~e f~ewsworthy YES YES YES '([ S Officer-Involved Shoot,ng - No H1t YES YES YES YES Cff~cer-Involvea Sttooti11C1 - Hit YES YES YES YES ; Pursuit - NO rm r;o -~ Searc~ for Miss1ng J~ven11e ,t V£S YES YES- 71:s Shots F1red (Non~rf,cer lnvolvea) / rm NO·- -NO NtJ r NOH: OSB policy dictates that a cOffll'anding officer resnond to all homkides. Normally call the Detective C/0 fir-st; Hnot available, then Patroi C/'J and fin~lly Area C/0. When fn doijbt, CALL! YES YES fE.S · ,rs YES YES - YES OTHER AGENCIES 111171-HUAIIIPOUUTION.11_,_. DIIN.IL ..... c.N.P .... , .. ___ 213 7»-3311 Aoctdent/Trat. I....,.. (IO ,,,u 213 731-3311 Aoctdent/Traf. Into (tor ofcrs.) 213 7»-3374' Accident/Traf. Into (tor public, 213 7»-3301 AeQ. F0t A .. 1,t. Clllurault. lectl-up Ofc. Medi '-IP) 213 7 "4-2331 Metro Fwye (Cent. LA Office 717W. Wufl. 18-5) 213 72._51IO ELA ~tol 18-51 213 323-6'90 ...._&.AOllrruoel -.a, 213 170-7213 ._. LA c.,., c,cy1 C8-5l 111181-0111)-.,.,r.,,.._--,(l-51 213 ~ Millitlu 11-ll Zenith 12000 Ccatl .. __.._.,,eor, Apt. TIUllflC' 11 • ••cY 213 738-3374 ,, "°"' Noft-lmergenc:y CAUi'. IN8UIIANCI 1'11AUD UIIIAU 213 7»-3225 CRIMINAL INVIIT. CALIP. DIPT. COtlfllCTIONI 213 120-2"31 PAFIOLI INDEX 213 120-2"31 ,_.,.OLf INDEX fNarcotal 118 575-etl3 SPECIAL IIFIVICE UNIT CINT. MC. ~A&.. 1.a1 W. Mt St. 213 ~17 WEIMCAL AECORDS 213 ~ NURIE'I ITATION Cll'Plylie:Mal 213 ~ WORK COMIII. CLINIC 213 ~ CAIIDIAC'°"1HO CLINIC 213 228-8011 CORONER, 114 N. MIIH)n Rd. 213 22&-1001 INVIITIGATIONS 213 22&-1001 INQUEST, 210W. T ..... 213 17 4-4321 COUNTY CL.Al ll'PIOM Into. DIPT. O,•INIJIAL 811MCU 213 "81-311 O GAMIWEU IIIIWR 213 .a-3110 MOti!ITOA 213 486-3110 fledto ,-,.1r. SIi ,._..., II. 213 411-111, r..,_,._.. 213 "85-3121 Wn& ... I.Ml.....,_ St 11 I llo-HOOPIDIIIAL .... -ILIA& 213 ..... 2111 1m......-,l"Maturuzatton 213 ---MM ,ed. CourttlOUN, 312 N . ..,.. 21s •n-NUn1,11000...,......_ 211 .ae-tNt,WMD.-J.AMOII 213 416-1116 F .0 . Dlepetc,- CH no,,,..., etalOwenumNtl 11 I IH-N11.IUVINILI NAU. 180I ....... 111 312-4311 Valley Juvenile Hall, lylffllr 21 I IH-HHUC-uac IIID. CINT. ,aoo ...... • 213 4U-4'210 Hoaoffal 0..11, DMD. Rm. 1U3 NOaATION DIPAIIT'llllff 213 17 .. 1331 Main Office 111 t74-tl011Mes. ........... : .... c.. 213 174-1311 A-CHE 213 17 .. 1313 CHI-GLE 213 174-1311 GLI-LEV 213 174'-9317 LEW-NO 213 17"-1311 NR-808 213 11-.1303 IOT-Z ITATI HII OP CAUP. ~A__,11......._, 213 '82-a220 RAPID TMlllff AlaT. flOUCa 211 H7..-00 11 I HO-IOH ITATI INPOIIIIATIOII IUIUIIIAN POUCI DIIWITIID1'8 111 170-1111 ALHAMaRA, 220W. WoodwWd. 11101 111 17-.1410 AIICAOIA, 210W. Hufflinll0n Dr .• 11001 a,1 3M-~ AZUIA. 7HN.AlatNdllt., t,702 111 331-M31 IALDWINll'MK, 144031. ll'aclflc, 11701 213 511-124'1 IELL.1329 ll'IM Awe., 10201 213 51CMll1 IIVIRLYHILLl,4'ION. CrNcefttDr .• 10110 111 IIM731 aUflllANK. 272 E. OtM. 11 I02 213 106-IIOO COM'1'0N, 301 I . WIiiow• bfooae, 10220 111 331-3311 COVINA. ~ N. Cltrul Awe .• 11723 213 137-1221 CULVEf' CITY, 4'CMO 0uQUMM, 10232 213 773-1313 DOWNEY, 10l11 ltootllhn Awe., 102,1 a11 II0-2100 ILMONTl, 1132'v.tteyltwd., 11731 213 322-1114' EL IEGUNDO, Ma Malft It., 1024'5 213 123-1111 GMIDIHA, 1711W.1Uftdlt., 102"7 111 tle-4MO GLINDALl. 140N. l ..... 1.1120I 111 11 ..UIO GLENDORA, 1 IO I . Gleftdora, 117~ 213 170-7171 HMHOflNl,"'40W.1_,.IL, 10210 213 37e-7N1 Hlf'MOIA IIACH, MO'* Awe .• 102M 113 MNll11 HUNTINGTON IIINIK, IMI MMe• Awe .• 10211 213 •12-1210 INGLIWOOO. 1 W. Mal'IC,_...,, to301 . 213 lll0-7311 LONGIIACH,.-OOW. 9'oed way, IOI02 213 146-N21 MANHAffAN IEACH. GO 11191 IL. IQ2N a,a 112-IDGI MAVWOOO, U1lllaul0ft, 10270 11 I a.11 U MONflOVIA, 140 I. !JIN Awe., 11011 213 12-.1100 MONTIHLLO. 1IOOW. lewetty l1¥Cl .. tol40 111 307-1211 MONTlf'IVIWll.UOW. New lMltl, 11714 213 371-4211 IIIALOIVIN>ll,MOIII.V.Dr. W., 1027" 111 ~1 MSAOINA. 1•2 N. Ano,o llartlfty, 11 1 OS 213 379-2"77 RIDONDO NACH, ~1 DtalllOftCI lt.. 10277 111 ~1N7 UH FPNANDO. 120Mac:Hetl a.e1MO 118 -,.21129 SAN GA8flllL.1112 I . Def Mar, 1,111 111 300-0720 IAH MMINO, 2200 Hunttntton 0r., l110I 213 3N-tl31 IANTAMONICA, 1116Melnlt., ~1 11 I 3&1-1"14' IIEFlf'A MADRE. 242 W. Sierra . ......1102, 213 4'26-7311 IIGNALHILL, 1IOOE.Hllllt .• tOIOI 213 le7-2222 IOUTHGATE, ll20C.llfornla, 10no 111 719-1121 IOUTH IIIAIAOINA. 1"22 Mleatoft, 11030 213 321-3"11 TORf'ANCE. 3131 Torrence a1we1 .• IOl03 213 517-1171 VERNON. 4'3101 lenta Fe., 10011 111 114-1617 WHTCOVINA. 1~W. Garvey, 11710 213 ~IO WHITTIIA. 7111,..._ Awe .• IOI02 TEE INFO (Jt111Mtc U•I 213 17~1 AIUIIEITEE INtrO (Dept. U•l 213 17 ... 211 INFOflMATIOH II.JR. 10.n'l lntol 211 174-4021 INPO: Add'I Ctltl, Warra. Detln. 213 11 ... 2,1 IIIIMONNIL 213 174--I007 INCIAL ~ICE "'°8LEMI: lntllrllew/ltrop .. Ew6d .. lnweet. 213 2'7-N07 IVk IRAN0 WatcPI Cllldr. 213 2'7-1131 UI IOO«ING Cl)ept. UNI - .. ~ ...... 213 Me-7204' AUTOTHln, UUSI. C.oflma. Wtunw 213 Me-72'2 AASOH/IXJtLOIIVH. 11515 I. Cofima, Wtlmier 13 Me-7201 FOAOEAYIFAAUD, 115151. CofilM, Wl'llttier 13 17 ...... 11 FUGITIVE/WAFIAANTS, 211 W. Temple, L.A. 13 17"-434'1 HOMICIDE. 211 W. Temple, L.A. 13 ...._7104' NAFICOTICS. 11116 S. Colima, Wl'ltttier 13 17"-'375 ROBBERY. 211 W. Temple, L.A. 13 Me-701M VICE, 11515 I . Collma, Wl'llttier INllll,,.I ITAT10NI 11 7N-1131 ALTAOENA, 710 E. Altadena Or., ..co, ......... ANTELOPIVALLEY, 1010W. AweJ, 13634' 13 110-0174 NALON, 216 hmmer Awe., 10704' 13 U0-1123 CARION. 21358 S. AvalOn llvd., 107'6 11 2 ... 3"84' CAHCENTA VALLEY, 4'5M N. .,....,1121, 13 214-4111 EAITLOIANGELEl, 50111. 3rd It.. 10022 13 112-7171 FIRIITONI. 7101 Cofflpton Awe .. 10001 11 330-3322 INDUITRY, 1ION. Hlldaol'I_ Awe., 117'4 U IN--1 LAKIW000. 1130Cllrtl It.. 10712 111 171-7111 LINNOX, '331 Lennoa llvd .. . .,.,.. 211 Ul-1N1 LOMITA. 211231. NartlOnne, 10717 213 137-t111 LYNWOOD, 113001ullieRd .. 10112 213 ~ MALlaU, nNW.CtwtcC.n_, W.y_,10216 213 113-8711 NOIWMLK, 12336 Civic C.nt9r W.y,10110 213 .. t-M21 llltCO f'IVEAA.1131 I . '8uone 9ffel.,IOIIO 111 332-11 .. IAN DIMAS, 122 N. Ian Difflaa. 11773 IOI 211-1121 IANTA CLARITA VALLEY. 237 40 W. M .. lc Mountain, 11336 111 216-7171 TIMIIILE CITY. 1131 E. La1 TuMl.11710 213 111-t110 WEITHOLLVWOOD. 720N.len Vtcen•.toon - DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND POWER A. WATER There are no water storage facilities in the Area. Water services in Southeast Area are handled by the City's Department of Water and Power, Central District. In the event of a major emergency, D.W.P. will automatically dispatch trouble crews to the affected area. Report trouble to: (213) 831-8807 (213) 481-4918 Office only 24 hour trouble M-F 0700-1530 The Dominguez Water Company((213)775-2301 - 24 hour emergency) services the Torrance/Carson areas and has storage tanks at Torrance Blvd and Maple Ave., Torrance: and Wilmington Ave. and Victoria St. in Carson. B. POWER Power services in Southeast Area are handled by the City's Department of Water and Power, Central Dist;ict. In the event of a major emergency, report trouble to: (213) 481-6721 24 hour trouble There are {7) power Receiving or Distribution Stati6ns in or near the · Area. All except one are unmanned 1. Receiving Station "B" 9615 S. Central Ave. (213) 481-5608 - 24 Hours 2. Distribution Station #14 9109 s. Menlo Ave. 3. Distribution Station #105 1330 W. 182nd St. 4. Distribution Station #41 7801 s. Figueroa Blvd. 5. Distribution Station #39 3125 Exposition Blvd. 6. Distribution Station #18 3316 W. 60th St. Revised 9-90 7 .. · Distribution Station #143 5 4 1 W . 15 2 nd St . C. - NATURAL GAS The Gas Company area office which services Southeast Area is located at 1401 E. Elm St., Compton. In the event of a major em_ ergency, report trouble to: (213)268-7878 24 hour trouble NOTE: The Gas Company maintains pipelines which run under virtually every street in the Area. The pipes vary in siz~ from three to -30 inches in diameter. The largest pipes traverse the Area in an East/West direction along 103rd St. and 104th St.: and North /South along central Ave. south of Century Blvd. The Gas Company has emercency plans which will be implemented immediately following an earthquake. D. TELEPHONE FACILITIES Pacific Telephone has three switching stations in the area. In the event of any telephone emergency repairs contact 611, 24 hours. Some of the switching stations may have emergency numb~rs during certain hours. 1. 17200 S. Vermont Ave. (213) 532-3890 - 24 hour building security · 2. 10600 s. Vermont Ave. (213) 3. 16802 s. Vernont Ave (213) Revised 9-90 - - ----- - - --- - - - - - ---~~ - - - - ANIMAL REGULATION 1. South Central riistrice (Services Southeast Area) 3612 S. 11th Ave. (213) 485-5761 - 24 hour - all calls forwarded to main office at (213) 485-5765 after 12 midnight 2. Harbor District (services Harbor Area) 735 Battery St. , San Pedro (213)831-2414 - 24 hours all calls forwarded to main office at (213) 485-5765 after 12 midnight 3. Humane Society (can service Southeast Area) 5026 w. Jefferson Blvd. (213)730-5338 - 24 hour *Note: The Humane S9ciety may provide emergency response when Animal Regulation is unavailable or has lengthly delays. Revised 9-90 EVACUATION CENTERS 1. Los Angeles Unified School District (213) 625-6631 - 24 hour School Police *Note: High Schools are first priority; then Junior Highs. Contact the School Police and they will respond to the school with necessary keys. 2. American National Red Cross (213) 739-5200 - 24 hours 3. The Salvation Army (213) 627-5571 - 9-5 M-F *Also reference "Command Post" section for further information DISASTER RELIEF 1. American National Red Cross (213) 739-5200 - 24 hours 2. The Salvation Army (213) 627-5571 - 9-5 M - F EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION 1. L.A.P.D. Motor Transport Division (213) 485-5361 - During business hours 2. L.A.P.D. Detective Headquarters Division (213)485-3261 - For any after hours requests - They will notify M.T.D. for access to police buses 3. Southern California Rapid Transit District _(213) 972-6111 - 24 hour dispatch center Revised 9-90 RADIO AND TELEVISION HOTLINES 1. L.A.P.D. Press Relations (213) 485-3586 - During Business Hours - After hours contact D.H.D. 2. Television Stations A. KCBS (Channel 2) ...•..•... (213)460-3316 B. KNBC (Channel 4) ...•••••• -.(818)840-4320 C. KTLA (Channel 5) .........• (213)460-5501 D. KABC (Channel _?) .......••. (213)668-2880 E. KCAL (Channel 9) ...•.•...• (213)960-3899 F . . KTTV {Channel 11) ...•...•• (213)856-1382 G. KCOP (Channel 13) ......... (213)850-2249 3. Radio Stations A. KABC .....•..•• (213)557-7432 B. KDAY ...••••.•• (213)661-2114 C. KFI ...•.•.•••• (213)387-5188 D. KFWB •.••••.••. (213)462-6053 E. KGFJ ..••••••.• (213)460-6464 F. KIEV •.•.•.••.. (213)628-5438 G. KLAC •..••..••• (818)842-1832 H. KMPC ••.••.••.• (213)460-5628 I. KNX .•••.•••.•• (213)460-3781 Radio and Television communicati9n to the public can be a vital service. The Press Relations Officer shold work closely with broadcasters to provide the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within and outside the involved area. Rumors and inaccurate infor mation could cause loss of life and property, panic and disorder. Major emphasis should be placed on emergency public service announcements publicizing dangerous and restricted areas~ informing the public of self-assistance procedures to protect their health and welfare, aiding various relief agencies in reuniting families, and releasing causalty lists AFTER proper notification of the immediate family has been made. Revised 9-90 PART I SOUTHEAST AREA UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE CONTROL PROC-~DURES Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Sectidn VI Page 31 SOUTHEAST AREA RESPONSIBILITIES FOR UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE CONTROL During a UO, the Area commanding officer has the ultimate responsibility for the implementation of an effective control operation in that Area. The Area Commanding Officer has the discretion to assume field command. Should the UO involve two or more Areas, the person assuming field command shall be determined by mutual agreement of the concerned commanding officers or as directed by the bureau commanding officer. In UO's involving more than one bureau, disagreements regarding the assumption of command shall be resolved by the concerned bureau commanding officers. Ordinarily field command will be assumed by an officer from the Area within which the major portion of the UO is located. Additionally, the Area commanding officer shall be responsible for the establishment of Area emergency procedures as required, eg. the Area Mobilization Plan and for the controlled issuance of Area equipment and supplies. During all planned minor unusual occurrences, and those of an extended duration, the FCP shall be staffed by Southeast Area Field Command Post Cadre when possible. The Area Cadre shall be composed of officers assigned to Southeast Area that have been trained in FCP operation, when possible. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 32 RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES OF FIELD COMMAND POST AND FIELD TASK FORCE A. Duties of the first officer at the scene of an unusual occurrence The first officer at the scene, or the senior officer if two officers arrive simultaneously, shall assume and exercise the responsibilitfes of the Field Commander until relieved. Such senior officer shall be accountable for police activities related to the unusual occurrence. B. Duties of the first supervisor at the scene of an unusual occurrence The first supervisor at the scene shall assume the duties of the Field Commander. The supervisor shall evaluate the situation and if the incident is not routine, shall establish a Command Post at a suitable location.· The watch commander shall be notified that a Command Post has been established. After establishment of the Command Post location, a Staging Officer and Staging Area shall be designate. The Staging Officer may be selected from any rank . C. Duties of the watch commander Upon being notified of an unusual occurrence, the watch commander shall ensure that the necessary notifications have been made. The watch commander shall be respon~ible for forwarding and coordinating initial requests received from the Field Command Post. The watch command shall respond to the scene. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 33 FIELD COMMAND POST CADRE OPERATIONS OFFICER Under the direction of the Field Commander, the operations officer shall: * Supervise and direct Operations personnel * Coordinate Operations Section Activities with other FCP sections and units. * Recommend operational plans to the Field Commander * Appoint staff as needed * Issue written operations orders to implement directives of the Field Commander * Determine, with the concurrence of the Field commander, the dispatch authority of the Operations Dispatcher * Request reconnaissance and utilize ICC field units and FCP scouts as needed to verify intelligence * Prepare · a journal of the Operations Section activities for submission to the FCP Executive · Officer upon termination of the UO Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 34 FIELD COMMAND POST CADRE INTELLIGENCE OFFICER Under the direction of the Field Commander, the Intelligence Officer shall: * Coordinate Intelligence Section activities and supervise assigned personnel * Coordinate activities of the Intelligence Section with other FCP elements, the ICC, and ECC * Implement a plan for the gathering of intelligence * Conduct intelligence brieffngs and debriefings * Approve the FCP Situation Report before transmission to the ECC * Prepare a journal of Intelligenc~ Section activities for submission to the FCP Executive Officer upon termination of the UO * Review all CCTV tapes for possible evidence of civil liability value Revised _ 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 35 FIELD COMMAND POST CADRE PERSONNEL OFFICER Under the direction of the Field Commander, the personnel officer shall: * Coordinate activities of the Personnel Section and supervise assigned personnel * Appoint a Peisonnel Section staff consiste~t with requirements of the situation * Coordinate activities of the Personnel Section with all other FCP sections and the ECC Personnel Section * Maintain timekeeping and assignment records of all volunteer, liaison, and outside agency personnel assigned to the Field Task Force Note: When accounting for the presence of Mutual Aid ; and /or military personnel, a separate accounting shall be maintained for those personnel assigned to the Field Task Force * Maintain sufficient Ready Reserve to meet the needs of the Field Task Force. * Notify the ECC Personnel Officer of any UO related death or injury of Department personnel * Ensure necessary medical treatment is provided for ill or injured Field Task Force . personnel, arrestees, and citizens * Make recommendation to the Logistics Officer for suitable locations for the: Personnel Pool Field Jail and prisoner detention area Feeding of personnel * Determine the need for, and recommend to the Field Commander, activation of the Field Jail Unit and/or Field Medical Unit * Prepare a journal of Pers·onnel Section Activities for Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 36 submission to the FCP Executive Officer upon termination of the UO Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 37 FIELD COMMAND POST CADRE LOGISTICS OFFICER Under the direction of the Field commander, the Logistics Officer shall: * Coordinate activities of the Ldgistics Section and supervise assigned personnel * Recommend a location for a Staging Area to the Field Commander after consulting with the Personnel Officer and Operations Officer * Assign personnel to staff the Logistics Section * Determine the extent of current and anticipated field operations and plan for necessary logistical support * Maintain communications with the ECC Logistics Officer Note: When the ECC is not activated, liaison shall be established with Detective Headquarters Division to procure necessary supplies * Ensure cleanliness of the FCP when activated and Staging Area after deactivation Note: When appointed, the responsibility for cleanliness of the Staging Area and FCP shall be with the Staging Officer * Receive Temporary Emergency Passes returned to the FC~ from perimeter control points Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 38 FIELD COMMAND POST CADRE TACTICAL ORGANIZATION A. Platoon A platoon is ordinarily commanded by a lieutenant and consists of two or more squads. Platoon missions may be as follows: * Crowd control at major disturbances or large assemblages * Arrest formations B. Platoon leaders shall: 1. Maintain an up-to-date roster of Squad Leaders, and personnel assigned to the Platoon. 2. Receive assignments from the Operations Officer 3. Designate a squad member as the Assistant Platoon Commander 4~ Keep the Operations Officer informed of casualties, situations and other items of importance 5. Remain in the field until the entire Platoon is relieved 6. The Platoon leader, if possible, shall ensure that Squad Leaders are equipped with radios Revised 09/20/91 . i Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 39 1 FIELD COMMAND POST CADRE TACTICAL ORGANIZATION A. SQUAD A squad usually consists of nine officers and a sergeant, but may be reinforced beyond that number. At the command of its leader, a squad ordinarily moves about in column formation providing a display of strength and unit of effort. Squad missions may be as follows: * Dispersing small groups * Removing occupants from buildings * Elements of reinforced formations * Elements of arrest formations B. Squad leaders Shall: 1. Take a position of advantage to observe and control the Squad 2. Have the responsibility of fire discipline, fire control and maneuvers of the Squad. 3. Lead and, therefore fire own weapon in critical situations only 4. Designate an officer a~ second in command 5. Brief the Squad on the situation, etc. 6. Keep the Platoon Leader informed on items of importance with reference to the situaiion 7. Insure that proper security is maintained on police vehicles which are parked and left at any location in the field 8. Maintain possession of a radio to insure communication and coordination between squads and the Platoon Leader Revised _ 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 40 FIELD COMMAND POST CADRE TACTICAL ORGANIZATION A. SQUAD MEMBER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 1. Each member shall follow the directions of the Squad Leader. 2. All action taken by the Squad shall be a coordinated effort. Squad members, generally, shall not take it upon themselves to react to a situation without being directed by their Squad Leader. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 41 SOUTHEAST AREA MOBILIZATION PROCEDURES Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 42 MOBILIZATION PROCEDURES A mobilization is the principle personnel deployment plan for unusual occurrence control. This plan shall act as a guide when an unusual occurrence is of sufficient magnitude to require deviation from normal police procedures. In the event of mobilization, Part A of the Tacticar Manual will provide additional information. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 43 MOBILIZATION PROCEDURES A. MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE The Minimum Operating Force for an Area during a mobilization shall consist of the following: 1. Approximately 50 percent of th~ uniformed officers and supervisors utilized in the smallest regularly-used car plan of the day and night watches. Minimum day and night watch personnel will be assigned to the "A" and "B" Watches respectively. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Mobilization does not include vice, juvenile, and accident investigation or traffic enforcement personnel. 2 . Those fixed post positions essential to Area operation. When practicable, these fixed post positions will be filled by light-duty officers . Example: A Mobilization occurs on Saturday night and Rampart Area is mobilized. The smallest regularly-used car plan on the night watch in this Area occurs on a Wednesday night. The Minimum Operating Force for Rampart's "B" Watch would then consist of 50 percent of the uniformed patrol officers and uniformed patrol supervisors used on a Wednesday night deployment, plus those positions essential to Area operations. B. ASSIGNMENT OF PERSONNEL TO "A" AND "B" WATCHES The "A" watch shall be composed of officers normally assigned to the Day Watch and supplemented by the Vice Unit and part of the Morning Watch to equal forty-five (45) percent of the Area personnel. The "B" Watch shall be composed of officers normally assigned to the Night Watch and supplemented by part of the morning watch to equal fifty-five (55) percent of the Area personnel. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas~ Standing Plans Section VI Page 44 The Area call-up roster shall be located in Southeast Area Analytical Unit office. C. CALL-UP RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROCEDURES During a mobilization, off-duty personnel, except those on vacation or on a day off in conjunction with a vacation, shall be notified by phone regarding their participation in the mobilization. Upon notification of a Department Mobilization the following responsibilities and procedures shall apply: Watch Commander Responsibilities 1. Determine which watch ( "A" or "B") is to be notified. 2. Assign on-duty personnel to contact off-duty personnel, by telephone. The following guidelines are suggested: * A minimum of four officers will be utilized * Night Watch, Morning Watch and weekend~ on Day Watch --minimum of four officers from station or "X" Car assignments. * Appoint one officer on the call-up detail as the Officer-in-Charge. * Make arrangements for continued attempts to notify officers who could not be contacted by the call-up detail. * Compile a work sheet for · the on-coming twelve-hour watch~ usirig the Area mobilization board personnel assignments. Call-Up Detail OIC Responsibilities 1. Provide each member of the detail with a list of names and phone numbers to be notified. (Xerox copies of the Area Call-up roster is suggested). 2. Insure each member of the detail has adequate information to notify officers. Revised .09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 45 3. Return, to the lists of officers notified and those that were not notified. Call-up Detail Responsibilities 1. Telephonically notify off-duty personnel assigned to them. 2. Provide the following information to off-duty personnel: * * * * * * Nature of the Unusual Occurrence Watch assignment Time to report for duty Where to report Suggested routes and road conditions (when applicable and available) Determine the expected time of arrival of the officer, if he is to report immediately. D. THE AREA MOBILIZATION PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENT BOARD A Mobilization Personnel Assignment Board has been located in the Analytical Office. This board is for assigning personnel to the "A" and "B" Watches. It provides for Minimum Operating Force deployment, squad assignments for Field Task Force deployment, Ready Reserve, and current duty status. The Area Mobilization Personnel Assignment Board shall be maintained as follows: It shall be the Watch commander's responsibility to up-date the board assignments of personnel·assigned : to his watch. This shall be done on each watch daily, at the conclusion of roll call. The following is a list of the changes that are to be made by the Watch Commander: * Addition of officers to a respective watch * Removal of officers from a respective watch watch * Officers sick Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 46 * Officers !OD * Officers suspended * Officers on vacation or day off in conjunction with vacation E. DUTIES OF VARIOUS AREA PERSONNEL Watch Commander 1. Supervise station personnel assigned to him. 2. Keep Area and Commanding Officers informed of Unusual Occurrence operation, etc. 3. Maintain adequate station security Jailers 1. Maintain proper security within the jail section. 2. Notify Watch Commander of overcrowding so that prisoners may be transferred. Station Security 1. Station Security shall be the responsibility of Southeast Area Detective personnel, under the direction of the Watch Commander. Desk Personnel _ l. Conduct regular desk duties 2. Relieve or assist other station personnel as directed by the Watch Commander. Kit ~oom Officer 1. Maintain records of all equipment (shotguns, vehicles, radios, etc.) on hand and those checked in and out. 2. Notify Supply Division daily (via teletype) of equipment on hand. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 47 3. Maintain direct communications with the Academy Armory and Central Property Division and order equipment (shotguns, ammunition, etc.) as needed. F. MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE FOR SOUTHEAST AREA During a Tactical Alert or Mobilization, concerned Areas will be requested to submit Unusual Occurrence Personnel Status Reports, Form 14.3. All personnel in exdess of those indicated as the Minimum Operating Force shall be available for Field Task Force deployment (Available Reserve). In preparing this report the following shall be considered as the Minimum Operating Force in Southeast Area. 1. Tactical Alert Minimum Operating Force a. Field Deployment All Watches Field Units SO percent of car plan on duty Watch Commander 1 Field Supervisors SO percent of car plan on duty Watch supervisors 1 b. Fixed Post AM Watch ) Day Watch PM Watch Vice Supervisors 0 2 2 Vice Officers 0 5 4 Desk 2 2 2 Jail 2 2 2 CRO 0 0 0 YSO ·o 2 0 Beat 0 4 0 Detectives 0 37 0 SPU 0 12 0 * Includes Lieutenant For Tactical Alert includes all plainclothes Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 48 2. Mobilization Minimum Operating Force "A" and "B" Watches a. Field Deployment so percent Field Units 4 Units Watch Commander 1 Watch Supervisor 1 Field Supervisor 1 b. Fixed Posts Desk 2 Jail 2 G. MOBILIZATION WATCH HOURS 1. Twelve Hour Watches Each twelve-hour watch in a Mobilization shall be proceeded by a 30 minute roll call period. The watch times shall be: "A" Watch "B" Watch 0630-1900 Hours 1830-0700 Hours The watch times for the FCP Cadre shall be: * 0730-2000 Hours * 1930-0800 Hours Other watch hours may be established only with the approval of the Department Commander. In unusual situations the Department Commander may authorize watch hours in excess of twelve-hour shifts. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section VI Page 49 H. AFTER ACTION REPORT The concerned Area Commanding Officer shall have the responsibility for the coordination, preparation, and distribution of the after action report(s). Note: 1. When the incident involves a region affecting two or more Areas, the concerned bureau commanding officer will be responsible for the investigation and reports ( s). UO After-Action Report Format The UO After-Action Report shall include the following sections: * Type of Occurrence * Field Command Post Information * Chronological Narration * Crimes and Arrests * Deaths and Injuries * Property Damage * Personnel * Logistics * Critique Revised .09/20/91 J • OFFICE OF OPERATIONS ORDER ~JO. " TO: All Area Commanding Officers, Office of Operations FROM: Director, Office of Operations 1 • 2. 2 MI/IZCH I~ 1990 s (?,..,/, r) V I SUBJECT: AREA CONSOLIDATED STANDING PLANS/FIELD COMMAND POST OPERATIONS EFFECTIVE: IMMEDIATELY PURPOSE This Order delinedtes procedures for maintaining and revising the emergency standing plans, establishes unusual occurrence (U.O.) cadres for the geographic bureaus and establishes the position of a Bureau U.O. Coordinator and Area Special Events Coordinator. Therefore; this Order cancels Office of Operations (0.0.) Order No. 4, dated March 2, 1984; No. 23, dated October 5, 1987;_ and, ~Jo. 28, dated July 21, 1976. INFORMATION Natural catastrophes such as the 1987 Uhittier earthquake, Hurricane Hugo, and the 1989 San Francisco earthquake wreak havoc on communities and .place a great deal of strain on local residents. During such catastrophes, the residents of Los Angeles will look to City government for lead.arship and stability. - Thus, Areas and bureaus must be prepared to respond rapidly with sufficient personnel and logistical support to control catastrophic situations. In order to achieve this goal, Areas must maintain updated standing plans and ensure that Area personnel are well trained in the content and implementation of these plans. It is also essential that Department personnel be trained in field command post (FCP) procedures and given hands-on training in order to become familiar with the responsibilities of the FCP positions. Questions regarding this Order may be directed to the Tactical Manual Untt, Tactical Planning Section (TPS), extension 54011. ~rea .C onsol i dated Standi ng ? l ans / Field C ommand Post O peritions ?age 2 1 • 2. 2 PROCEDURE Commanding Officers' Resoonsibil i ties Area commanding officers shall ensure that: * Plans are conso1idatsd in conformance with the attached guidelines; NOTE: Attachment 1, "Required Plans a· nd Aids," identifies the type of plans and operational aids to be included. Attachment 2, 11 Table of Contents, '' details each plan's contents. * Standing plans are updated annually by March 31, with three copies of updates or revisions for-"'arded along with an Intradepartmental Correspondence, For.n 15.2, (see attached exemplar) to the concerned operations bureau; NOTE: If tnere .1r:-: rio updates or revisions, a Form 1 s.·2 stating "No updates or revisions '' shall be completed and for•.Jdrded through channels. * Plans are maintained in t~o~inch, three-ring binders and each notebook's frQnt and edge are labeled to clearly identify the contents;_ * Plans are accessible and copies of plans are maintained in the Area office, wat.: • 1 commander's office and in tha Area command post vehicle; * Area personne1· ar~ ~1miliarized (roll call training, _ Area training days, etc.) wit;1 th-~ :;tanding plans and their 1,,,;ations; * Area A & a 1..Jatch Mobi1 i zation rosters are updated and foNarded to the c~ncer~ed bureau and TPS each daµloyment period; * A minimum of six personnel (on~ person per FCP position) be assigned to the bureau FC? c~dre and that they attend all s~heduled FC? training and exercises; * The bureau U.O. cadre coordinator is notified when an FCP cadre member i3 no longer abl~ to fulfill his/her assignment (~.g., transfer, retirement, injury, promo ti 0,1, etc.); and, * A supervisor is appointed as Area Special Events Coordinator to coordinate the preparation of plans for the policing ~f non-emergency special events and complete related reports. (Area commanding officers ~re reminded that such events are the r~sponsibility of the concerned Area, unless the anticipated policing requirements exceed the capabilities of the geographic Area.) Ar~a C onsolidated Standing Pl ans/ Field Command ~ost Operations Page 3 1 • 2. 2 Bur~au Commanding Officers' Resoonsibilities Bureau commanding officers shall: ~ E~sure Area commanding officers update their .standing plans annually; * Review the Areas' updates or revisions annually and ensure that three copies of updates or revisions are submitted to the bureau along with a Form 15.2; ~ Update the buteau copies of the Areas' standing plans; * Fon. ,ard the Form 15.2, along with two copies of the updates or revisions, to TPS annually by April 30; * Familiarize bureau staff per·sonnel ' -"ith the location and content of the - ~~:~a' s standing p 1 ans; ~ Appoint a lupervisor as 3ur~au U.O. Cadre Coordinator; * E :,sJre the assigned supervisor r1r!heres to the responsi bil i tie~ uf the Bureau U.O. Cadre Coorai.nator; and, * NO ti f y T? s Vi a F O rm 1 5 • 2 0 f a 11 bureau F C p a<: ti Vat i On s , tr a i n i n g and exercises, including the names and serial ·numbers of the personnel involved. aur~~J ~ntisual Occurrence Cadre CoordinatorsL Resoonsibilities Bureiu J.0. cadre coordinators shall: ~ ~:)ordinate the semi-annual trr1ining for al 1 U.O. cadre personnel, including the training for newly selected members; * Maintain updated rosters listing bureau FCP personnel, training received, their FCP assignment, divisicin of assignrn~nt, date of participation in last FCP activation/e~ercise, and call-up infonnation as provided by TPS; * Ensure that vacated FCP positions are fi1led immediately; NOTE: · The six basic FC? positions (Field Corrmander, Executive, Operations, Intelligence, Personnel, and Logistics Officer) shall be filled with a minimum of three people per position. These positions can · be fi 11 P.d . with either 1 i ght duty ( medi ca 1 restrictions pen,1itting) or full duty personnel. * Coordinate semi-annual bureau-wide FC? exercises; and, * Coordinate the pre~dration of plans for the policing of non-emergency specidl events when the anticipated policing requirements exceed the capai>iiities of the concerned Area, but do not exceed the capabilities of the bureau (Manual Section 2/1030.41 delineates reponsiuilities for the policing of non-emergency events), and complete all related reports. Area Consolidated Standing Plans/ rield Corrmand Post Operations ?age 4 1 • 2 .2 Tactical Planning Section Responsibilities TPS shall be responsible for: * Maintaining copies of the standing plans for the 18 geog~aphic Areas; * Auditing the standing plans annually to ensure that the standing plans are updated and distributea as required by this Order; * Coordinating a training school for bureau U.O. cadre coordinators and a semi-annual school for command post cadre members; * Conducting unannounced exercises of bureau U.O. cadres; * Maintaining a roster far each bureau listing U.O. cadre memoers, their FCP assignment, training ieceived, division of assianment, date of ' participation in last FCP exercise/activai:i:Jn, and call-up information; and, NOTE: A copy of the roster ·11i 11 be provided to the concerned geographic bureaus by the third Fri day of every deployment period. * P re;Jari rig p 1 ans for po 1 icing non-emergency spec i a 1 even ts when anti ci p~ ted po 1 icing requirements exceed the capabi1 i ty of tl1e concerned geographic bureau. /', '..Dr · l~~~-\ d-N~- ROBE~T L. VERNON, Assistant Chief Dfrector Office of Operations Distribution .. 0,. REQUIRED PLANS AND AIDS The ~tanding plans to be consolidated are listed below. Applicable Tactical Manual sections that may assist in -plan development are included. In addition to the specific plans, several operational aids have been listed. Incorporation of these aids in the consolidated plan package should provide U.O. responders and managers a ready means for establishing control in the quickest possible time. Attachment 2 specifies the order and scope of content for eacn main item comprising the consolidated package. All Areas preparing plans should conform as much as possible to this format. Plans * Protection of Department Facilities Reference: Tactical Manual Section B/600 *Mobilization: Reference: . Tacti ca 1 Manual Sec ti on B/100 * Civil Defense Warning Reference: Tac ti ca 1 Manual Section 8/400 * Earthquake Response Reference: Tactical Manual Sec ti on D/317 .06 * Dam Inundation ( Se~arate from the "Earthquake Response Pl an 11 for ease of access) Reference: _ Tactical Manual Section D/317.06 * Special Area and Single-Use Plans * Vital Point Survey * Facility Hazardous Materials Plan Aids * Nati fi cations * Plan Maintenance * Logistics * Command Post Sites, Staging Areas, and Evacuation Centers * "Watch Cormtander I s Gui de fo_ r Control of Disasters and other Emergenci es 11 * Emergency Operations Guide * Checklists: (a) Field Command Post - W/C - U/0 Procedures (14.15) (b} Barricaded· Suspect - Terrorist Activity (14.16} (c) Officer-Involved Shootings - Bomb emergencies (14.17) (d) First Responder disasters (14.18) ATTACHMENT I I. ---- - - - - -- --- --. -·~. ~?.C :,i: ~-:---= --:- ,.--..... . ........ .... ~ ,_...._ .. . :-a::le · :: C~c.:~::::s L~~s-:cs -~=ei ~ca.:ic::. -:N°ag-cc :::.·,e~t::ry (2 :=ag~~) ?:-~t:e':::.cn of I:e:a..-=.e!::: :acil!-::.es =. cc:: .:: ~a:~=- a::=. .=. ·-·ac..:.a =-=r:. ..:-:-:c ~~~~ s Sa-e ( 3 ?3.g'!S) 7:-:e:-e a.:e ~o ot.:O:.e:- ~;c.a:es er revisiocs for 1985. I: is also :-eques-:ed. ~o co9ies of t.":.e changes be fo:wa::etl to Tactical ?!.a..--~~i Sec::.c::. C..:..=.. Rcoc E-120. Ca;:taL-i <-cc:- a.~C!..":i CI~~e.:- A::ea \ so· uTHEAST AREA I PLAN MAirHE~lA ilCE & DISTRIBUTIOi~ Th e's e stand i n g p 1 ans sh a 11 be rev i e \'I e d an nu a 11 y. A 11 rev 1 s 1 ans s ha 1 1 b e s u b m i t t e d t o Ta c t i c a 1 ,P l a n n i n g S e c t i o n a n d O p e r a t i o n s , South Bureau by Ap~i1 30 of each year. A copy of this manual shall be maintained in the following locations: Watch Commander's Office Area Office Area Response Vehicle . In .addition a copy of this manual ·shall be maintained at: , ., \ \ Commanding Officer Headquarters, Uniformed Services Group (USG) Officer in Charge (OIC) Tactical - Planning Section Commanding· Officer Operations-South Bureau ....... . \ . ..... I • • • I. I I. Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section III Page 1 SOUTHEAST AREA INVENTORY OF RESOURCES VEHICLES ASSIGNED TO SOUTHEAST AREA Black & Whites 86790 88166 89961 89145 89205 87422 88170 89969 89153 89207 87631 88821 89973 89155 89223 87700 88927 89978 89174 89240 87735 88936 89002 89196 89257 88074 .88953 89014 89199 89282 88165 88954 89072 89201 89346 Sergeants Vehs 89177-Response Veh 89351 16087-Station Wagon 89431 27744-Van 89879 89234 89886 89290 89982 Plain Vehs 80134-Capt III 86180 88596 87909-Capt I 87000 88761 80037-Det Lt 87046 89450 89554-CRO 87858 88472 88186-Vice 87912 88660 88342-Vice 88532 89686 88693-Vice 88544 80084 SHOTGUNS 1 14 26 39 51 2 15/miss 27 40 52 3 16 28 41 53 4 17 29 42 54 5 18 30 43 55 6 19 31 44 56 7 20 33 45 57 8 21 34 46 58 10 22 35 47 59 11 23 36 48 60 12 24 37 49 61 13 25 38 50 62 Revised 11/13/90 89347 89367 89383 89414 89926 63 64 65 66 67 69 71 72 73 74 75 76 Southeast Area - standing Plans section III Page 2 III. TASERS 4807 5219 5383 5736 4871 5247 5496 5973 5175 5275 5662 7939 5218 5260 5735 7947 IV. · ROVERS 2326 S/E DET 2334 S/E DET 2362 S/E DET 2376 S/E DET 2426 S/E DET 2428 S/E DET 2443 S/E DET 2447 S/E DET 4134 LN S/B HOMICIDE 4293 LN GARDENA PD 4439 PATROL 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4447 LOST/STOLEN DR#89-1831034 4448 PATROL 4449 " 4450 " 4451 " 4452 " 4453 DESTROYED 4454 PATROL 4455 " 4456 " 4457 LOST/STOLEN DR#87-1805714 4458 " 4459 " 4460 " 4461 " 4462 " 4463 LOST/STOLEN DR#87-1805714 4464 PATROL 4465 S/E VICE 8002 8014 8028 8272 Southeast Area - standing Plans Section III Page 3 IV. ROVERS (CONT) 4466 PATROL 4467 " 4468 " 4469 " 4470 " 4471 " 4472 " 4473 " 4474 " 4475 " 4476 LOST/STOLEN DR#83-1809044 4477 PATORL 4478 " 4479 " 4480 " 4481 " 4482 " 4483 " 4484 " 4485 " 4486 " 4487 " 4489 " 4490 " 4492 " 4493 " 4494 LOST/STOLEN DR#83-303506 4495 PATROL 4496 " 4497 " 4498 " 4499 " 4500 LOST/STOLEN DR#87-1805714 4501 PATROL 4502 " 4503 " 4504 " 4505 " 4506 LOST/STOLEN DR#87-1805714 4507 PATROL 4508 " 4509 " 4510 LOST/STOLEN DR#87-1805714 4511 PATROL 4512 " 4513 " Revised 04/18/91 southeast Area - Standing Plans section III Page 4 4514 " 4515 " 4516 " IV. ROVERS (CONT. ) 4517 " 4518 " 4519 LOST/STOLEN DR#89-1831034 4520 PATROL 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 southeast Area - Standing Plans section III Page 5 IV. ROVERS (cont.) 4527 4528 4529 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4538 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 LN TO OSB CRASH PATROL " " " " " " " " " S/E DET S/E DET S/E DET S/E DET DESK S/E DET S/E DET -S/E DET LOST/STOLEN DR#89-1832134 S/E DET LOST/STOLEN DR#84-1806767 S/E DET S/E DET S/E DET LOST/STOLEN DR#88-1810449 S/E DET S/E DET S/E DET LN OSB HOMICIDE LN_ OSB HOMICIDE LN OSB HOMICIDE LN OSB HOMICIDE LN OSB HOMICIDE LN OSB HOMICIDE LN OSB HOMICIDE LN OSB HOMICIDE PATROL VICE VICE VICE VICE VICE VICE southeast Area - standing Plans Section III Page 6 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 Revised 04/18/91 VICE · VICE VICE CRO CRO CRO southeast Area - standing Plans Section III Page 7 IV. ROVERS (cont.) 4581 4582 4583 4584 4728 4729 4738 Revised 04/18/91 CAPT III CAPT I PATROL LOST/STOLEN DR#90-1811306 PATROL " VICE southeast Area - standing Plans Section III Page 8 RECOMMENDED ITEMS - AREA RESPONSE VEHICLE Quantity 1 Area standing Plans 1 .Penal Code 1 Vehicle Code 1 Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guide Book 1 Dispersal Order (Spanish and English) 50 Handcuffs/Plastic 1-time use · (Material Code 9374766) 1 Handcuffs/Plastic cutter (Material Code 9374768) 1 Handcuffs/Plastic Marker (Material code 9374769) 150 Flares 1 Pr Jumper Cables 1 Bullhorn 1 First Aid Kit 1 Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher 1 · Banner Guard Tape, 1000 ft. roll, "Police Line D · o Not cross" 1 Vehicle Exhaust Extension 1 Personnel Pool Kit: SO unusual Occurrence Assignment cards, Form 14.12.0 250 Unusual Occurrence Time card, A Watch, Form 14.13.0 250 Unusual Occurrence Time card, B Watch, Form 14.14.0 Revised 04/18/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans section III Page 9 RESPONSE VEHICLE SUPPLIES {cont.) 20 Command Post Signs 10 Authorized Personnel Only 10 Blank {Used to make impromptu signs) As Needed Clerical Supplies: Dispenser Pencils Pencil Sharpener Grease Pencils Paper Clips Stapler Rubber Bands 1 Thomas Guide Legal Tablets Transparent Tape and Scratch Pads Scissors Evidence Tags and Envelopes Felt Tip Pens {Black) 1 City of Los Angeles Telephone Directory 4 Folding Chairs 1 Pr Heavy Gloves Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section III Page 10 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT INVENTORY Jurisdiction: SOE STATION Address: 145 WEST 108th STREET Name: MILES Title: DETECTIVE (Person Completing Form) 777 777A 777C 777-2 700 715 717 720 742 750 # of Kits Date Type of Kit Number of inspected Instrument Failures 2 4/17/91 X 0 0 · O 0 0 0 Kit Contents: CDV-777 - (l)CDV-700, (l)CDV-715, ( 1 )CDV-720(0R_ 715), (l)CDV-750, (6)CDV-742 CDV-777A - (l)CDV-700, (l)CDV-715, ( 1 )CDV-717·, (l)CDV-750, (6)CDV-742 CDV-777C - (2)CDV-700, (l)CDV-715, (l)CDV-750, (6)CDV-742 CDV-777-2 - (l)CDV-715, (l)CDV-750, (6)CDV-742 Revised 07/15/91 • Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section IV Page 1 EMERGENCY RADIO OPERATIONS AND PLANS Revised 06/03/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section IV Page 2 MODES OF OPERATION FOR COMMUNICATION To achieve a high degree of reliability, the Emergency Command Control Communications System {ECCCS) uses two systems: * Computer Aided Dispatch System (CAD) * ROVER Radio System The five levels of service of the ROVER - Radio System include a fully operational level and four levels of degraded service. These levels are described in the "ECCCS Radio System Degraded Operation Outline" {pages ·2 through 5). The four modes· of operation of the CAD system are described below. If the main processors fail, normal operations, called Mode 4, degrade to Mode 3. In Mode 3 the system retains computerized record-keeping and Mobile Digital Terminal communications, radio and telephone capabilities; however, data base inquires and geofile address verification capabilities are lost. If the CAD system fails, Central Dispatch Center (CDC) operations further degrade to Mode 2. A failure of the entire CDC requires that radio and dispatch operations be conducted at the Area Command Centers (ACC) and is known as Mode 1. Mode 4 Mode 3 Mode 2 Mode 1 CAD MODES Normal CAD system and ROVER radio system fully operational Loss of Data Base Inquiries/Geofile Radio system fully operational Failure of entire CAD computer system Manual status keeping in the CDC Radio system fully operational Fall-back/Tac-Pac Failure of both CAD and the radio system in the CDC A. All area watch commanders shall switch their area Tac-Pac to position 9 on the blue phone in their office. NOTE: Position 9 is only to be used upon notification by Communications Division. · B. All area watch commanders shall broadcast to all field units to switch to their designated Revised 06/03/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section IV Page 3 C. D. simplex rover radio channel (i.e. Northeast Division is channel 7) All personnel should be aware of their designated level-one simplex channel. Watch commanders then assume dispatch operati ons. ROVER RADIO SYSTEM DEGRADED OPERATION OUTLINE The design of the ROVER radio system affords five levels of service. These include the fully operational level and four levels of degraded service. The four levels of degraded service allow the affected area(s) to function on an interim basis until the trouble creating the reduced service level can be repaired. In order to fully utilize the system ' s flexibility, supervisors and field personnel must be aware of the symptoms indicating a system problem and the procedure necessary to continue operations during the malfunction~ The following descriptions indicate the type of failure, the symptoms apparent to operational personnel, and the corrective actions(s) required. LEVEL 4 Situation:- Symptom: Action: Loss of a singl~ ~ispatch channel. Communications Division and field units on a specific channel will be unable to communicate. Communications Division shall notify affected areas of the failure via landline or UHF tactical frequency. At the time of the notifications, Communications Division will designate an alternate ROVER channel to be utilized to continue operations. Field units may be advised of the alternate channel via the area Tac-Pac or any ROVER on their normal dispatch channel. The mode (duplex/simplex) necessary to contact field units will depend on the cause of the channel malfunction. The reassignment of the impacted units to an alternate channel may result in the pairing of areas on the same ROVER dispatch channel for Revised 06/03/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section IV Page 4 l LEVEL 3 Situation: Symptom: Action: NOTE: LEVEL 2 Situation: Symptom: Action: the duration of the failure, if no tactical channels are available. As an example, ROVER Channel 1 (Central Area) failure could result in Central Area units switching to ROVER Channel 2 (Rampart Area) and operating paired with Rampart Area. Loss of radio communication capability at Communications Division only. Mt. Lee and ·all other system hardware remains functional. Loss of all communication between Communications Division and field units, including area Tac-Pac. Field units and area Tac-Pac can communicate normally with each other in duplex on assigned dispatch frequency. Communications Division shall notify each watch commander via landline to commence dispatch operations on their UHF Tac-Pac using their normal assigned dispatch frequency. Landline shall be established and maintained between Communications Division and area watch commanders. The landline link between Communications Division and the concerned watch commanders is necessary to facilitate the forwarding of calls for dispatch. Loss of radio communications capability by Communications Division due to system malfunction at Mt. Lee. 1) Inability of the field units to talk unit-to-unit in duplex (simplex is functional). 2) Communications Division is unable to SEND and/or RECEIVE on a channel or channels. 3) May affect one or more channels. 1) Communications Division shall notify Revised 06/03/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section IV Page 5 LEVEL 1 Situation: Symptom: Action: NOTE: affected geographic operation bureau to active the Bureau Fall-Back Control (one control per Bureau) 2) Communications Division shall notify area wa·tch commanders· to commence dispatch operations via the UHF Tac-Pac on their assigned dispatch frequencies. Landline communications shall be maintained between communications Division and affected watch commanders. Loss of radio communications capability by Communications Division and the watch commanders due to widespread equipment damage. 1) Inability of units to talk unit-to-unit in duplex. 2) Communications Division is unable to SEND and/or RECEIVE. 3) Watch commanders unable to send or receive on dispatch channels after Bureau Fall-Back Control has been activated. 1) 2) 3) 4) Communications Division shall notify all affected area watch commanders that a massive communications disruption has occurred. Communications Division shall maintain landline between Communications Division and watch commanders. All area watch commanders shall switch their area Tac-Pac to position 9 on the "blue Phone" in their office. Position 9 is only to be used upon notification by Communications Division. All area watch commanders shalJ. broadcast instructions for all field units to switch to their designated simplex channel (i.e. Central -1, Rampart -2, Newton - 3, Hollenbeck -4, Northeast -7). Revised 06/03/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section IV Page 6 NOTE: 5) Supervisors and field personnel should be aware of their designated Level-one simplex channel. The broadcasting of instructions to switch to the simplex channel by all watch commanders should establish communications with most field units. Field units observing an inability to communicate should contact their area watch commanders for directions. Watch commanders assume dispatch operations. BUREAU - FALL-BACK CONTROL SWITCH LOCATION Central Bureau Valley Bureau South Bureau West Bureau Revised 06/03/91 Systems Monitor Operator Communications Division Van Nuys Watch Commander ' s Office Southwest Watch Commander's Office West L.A. Watch Commander ' s Office Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section IV Page 7 SURVIVAL MODE ROVER INFORMATION AREA REGULAR CHANNEL FALLBACK CENTRAL/CTD 1 1 RAMPART 2 2 SOUTHWEST/STD 3 3 HOLLENBECK 3 4 HARBOR 2 5 HOLLYWOOD 3 3 WILSHIRE 2 2 WEST L.A./WTD ·1 1 VAN NUYS 1. 1 WEST VALLEY 1 5 NORTHEAST 2 7 77 STREET 1 1 NEWTON 3 3 PACIFIC 2 6 NORTH HOLLYWOOD 3 3 FOOTHILL 3 2 DEVONSHIRE/VTD 2 6 SOUTHEAST 2 2 CHANNEL NOTE;ALL TAC-PACS SHOULD BE ON POSITION 9 WHILE IN SURVIVAL MODE. ALL TRAFFIC AND MOTOR UNITS SWITCH TO AREA OF ASSIGNMENT CHANNEL Revised 06/03/91 September 4~ - 1990 5.1 INTRADEPARTMENAL CORRESPONDENCE Order No : ·· 1, ,.. ...... -.-~ - ---·-""·· '_ '.:, I ' TO: All Personnel, Southwest Area ! . : -· •·, ·- _ .; · I ! .. . \ ~ . . .":• . .. -· .... :·:~ _ : .. , .. .... _ ~!1/-/- _ • .:; ... ;_ ~ -- - - ~. FROM: ' ,-,.,·•• ,'-, • ,•,• ~ :- •.,"!.i•,t~~• , ,~,j,:,, •'; ;,:',:",~ : .•; • .~ • . I' f • l .. \ , , ,•• • Commanding Officer, Southwest Area - ~: ;~ ~~ ~; • . _ . :::~ ~::~ _ ;_· : _ ~ --- -· ..,...._~~rSUBJECT: ,_ .;,.. . . _ ,,.,;_,_. _ _ _ DEPARTMENT MAJOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM FAILURE; ,.-IMMMiN.-...-.~-M ·· ~ · ~~ · ~ --- y 4 •-,..._~ - --ACTIVATION OF THE OPERATIONS SOUTH BUREAU FALLBACK CONTROL _ PROCEDURES - BY SOUTHWEST AREA PERSONNEL · - : ~:, -:_;),· · .. _ :.~ r:-~rp~, s~- . ~ '~ - ~,~:: ,.. 2 ~ -~- ~ · .. · . . ·., - .. ' , -~~: ~.it.::; :.-J-- ~ ;-,_ : . - · ... ; ~ ... - :, i : ··· ~ , · .-..- . , . , ~-- .•"\, ·"'; ·, . . ' - ~ - ~f~ $ - ~ I L~·This orde~ _ delineates the procedures to be activated. by Southwest · ·• _ -.:.:_ ···· -· · ·· Area personnel in ~:t~e event th~t there is a major failure in the ·-,~. _ .,,_.,.-.1,.-,.-~. ,Computer Aided Dispatch System (CAD) or a _ joint failure in the _ _ . _ CAD and. Rover Radio Systems. ~ •-- - ~ · ~- •; •, .- : : , ~ ~ .. -• .;.4 --:· ,:-:.. . ".1 ' • NOTE: The above two (2) s·ystems co_ nstitute the ~ -=1,"-, !-11 '.S:~~»~ - ~ .. ~-~;~~~~ Emergency Command Communications System ( ECCS) . In view of the major earthquake in San Francisco last fall and the rece~t earthquakes centered in Upland, it is imperative that Southwes~ Area personnel be fully trained and prepared to function during a disaster that has severely damaged our communication equipment. This order provides contingency procedures to be activated in the event there is damage to the Mt. Lee radio facility or when there is wide spread communication equipment damage caused by a major disaster. Situation I - Loss of Radio Communications Capability..QY · Communications Division Due To System Malfunction at Mt. Lee Radio Facility. Symptom: 1. Field units are unable to communicate (unit-to-unit) in duplex (simplex is still functional) . 2. Communications Division can not send and/or receive messages. . ,·· ALL PERSONNEL, SOUTHWEST AREA 5.1 PAGE 2 · 3 ~ The emergency button on the Rover is not functioning. 4. The MDT system for black and white vehicles does not function . . ·· ,.-_..·communication Division Responsibilities · Notify Southwest Area Watch Commander to activate the Bureau Fall-Back Control System. Maintain !arid-line communications with th~ Southwest Watch - .;;: _ ,;/;~;;:.\~:commander. <'< ;,: •:•': •, . • - --- · ,. ·· -.~q_ t.,t.;y ,.,,_$.q:µtgw_est ~.Area _to deactivate the Fallback control system · ·after repa_ i rs have been completed. · •. , • . .,..f ' • :_.r,,. - ... .. "I'~- .... ,.. , : :-~ - .-.~N-'"i· ,:--",-,, .. _ Watch Commander' a Responsibilities: .. ..,.., . ...,.,.---~- - ~ ..: :~ .. · .. ~ .. • ... , ... • ... • . • ·- ,_, ·;t -~ 4:-.;. ·1.•j 4 • ,. ,, • . _ _:· · ·. _ ·· : .,. -~ -: . .-The . watch . . commander shall .. immedi:ately acti va.te the . ~ -~- ,- ~ ----~:..·- ~-~ -Operations-South Bureau Fallback Control System. ··---,... ., ' :: ·;;<-· ·: ~. ; . : :· . . . I . .. I . . NOTE: The· Fallback System is located to the rear of the microwave console (just below the large TV monitor) located in the Southwest watch commander's office. ·:.,~,!!#Jt'P.f~ff.!~·Procedures For · Activation:· Consecutively depress the three (3) toggle type switches at the bottom of the Ea-llback Control Panel. (This switching activates the Fallback System for all Areas within Operations-South Bureau. However, each area watch commanders will only be able to broadcast to his/her respective area units). NOTE: 77th Street Area is Channel 7, Southeast and Harbor Area are Channel 8, and Southwest Area is • Channel 9. If the system is functioning properly, prior to pctivation, the three (3) top green panel lights will all be light. When the Fallback System is activated, the three (3) "red" panel lights, (just below the green lights) will come on indicating the Fallback System is in operation. The watch commander at this time will be responsible for dispatching calls to field units via the blue colored, UHF-TAC-PAC phone on frequency L._ (The regular duplex frequency) . .. I · - 1 I !. I . I ! ALL PERSONNEL, SOUTHWEST AREA 5.1 PAGE 3 The Watch Commander ·shall assign two (2) officers to act as communication officers. Officer #1 will monitor the TAC-PAC phone and officer #2 will maintain an open land-lin~ with Communications Division. Officer #1 will prepare status/assignment cards, for calls assigned to field units. Officer #2 ~ill temporarily file the cards. Officer #1 will complete the· cards as uni ts close out their calls ~ ..... , . • J!~:- •~ ,;.•::. ·• - ·•• .~·:,• . ..... -;, ,.r . ,. Jr, ·. · · . The watch commander will only deactivate the Fallback Control System when instructed to do so by Communications Division Watch · · Commander . i .. three. ( 3) toggle . ! · · ' . . ·· · . NOTE: To deactivate, switch the ·.;;, ~ ;;_~;~:; ~~~; ;;· ; . f-: ;~ : ;; . : ·: swi tched to an upward position. -."" ----~ ·'""--'_,_ __ -, 4 .. ~ - - -- ··• --·· ·•appear, OSB . Communications will --· · · • · ·--· ·· ., . ··• -~i.s.~ ,pormal :transmission mode. When green lights then be functioning in · ·''I ·: -"''~"'· " "'·><J• A11 C: Om~ 1 e tE!d di spa tch cards sha 11 . be bund 1 ed and forwarded to T.f.: ~~~ ;~. 4t~~Coll'.muni 7 ati~:ms J?i vision as so<?n as practical after the regular :-::- . ~ .. 1 ,. ~~· ~ :--~yste!ll_ is back in proper working order. · . . ~ : .~:~" , •·•• '" . ,-· ~~ ~~•;;i.~f~~,_,• ;~ . ,•-::,;..· _ : :· v · ~ -.~~~ . . _ : .•· .. ~ -•. . .:~·•. ~ :~ .. . t.'· Loss of radio communications capability by both .- .. ,- Communications Div.1 sion and the area watch commanders, du~ to 1 wide spread ·communication equipment failures. 1. . ... ... Symptoms: . The same as Situation Number I, coupled with the ~ - !~~-_..~inability -of the -watch commander's office to send or receive · · - on the area dispatch channels after the Bureau Fall-Back Coritrol System has been activated. NOTE: The regular Rover position for Southwest Area is Duplex 3 and the survival mode Rover position is Simplex 3. Communications Division Responsibilities The responsibilities will remain tpe same as those in Situation Number I; except, that it will have the additional duty to instruct the Southwest watch commander's office to switch the Tac-Pac to Position 9. NOTE: · Position 9 activates the Survival mode on the TAC PAC. It is only to be used upon instruction by Communications Division. Watch Commander's Responsibilities: Upon switching to position 9 on .the TAC PAC, the watch commander shall broadcast for all Southwest units·to switch to their Simplex 3 channel. (Then conduct a roll call). .. ALL PERSONNEL, SOUTHWEST AREA 5.1 PAGE 4 The procedures and staffing outlined in Situation I shall be . activated. In addition, to his two communication of.ficers the watch commander shall have, at least, two (2) officers on standby to act as "runners." The duties of the runners. shall be to: ···Attempt to locate officers ·that are unaccounted for by the TAC PAC Communications · roll call. i ! 2. To act as relay messengers to officers in the field (in : areas that have communication "dead zones" caused by ~1 ' . . ,~ . . , ..:.. .... ..... ... ~ . . -,.,. ·~- . .... :,., :'"• · --_ .· . . hfgh rise structure, poor terrain, etc .. . ~=:~: :»~~' -'.~ ; '.. ,~,, ~ ; -·: ': NOTE: Ruzu:iers shall advise field uni ts that are unable ~-•-• ·· • ··· ·•,j!li,.iii;l,• i~,:.."· . ... ~,. t . P .. ,~communicate .on the TAC PAC to contact the watch ·. commander · every thirty ( 30) minutes by qamewell or -.-°f.:, . ·'- ~~c:--.,-="':-.,,- .,, .•. ,."'"'• ~ ··, ....._ ..... -- · ... · landline if not assigned to a radio call or once each - ~- ;tP.~~- f. :'~ ,c:,.;.~•'.· :v~\~ ~ -- . - · _ _ .. . _ hour if assigned to a radio call . . _....,_._ ....... :+,)~ ............ · • · ,# - '" ~~ ·-- ...,.. _ _ _ ••. .. .. . •· • . ·. ::.'~~~, }~Deactivation of the Fallback System-Situation XI ... -;,J':!',,f!-.. ;.,, • . , .. ~ , :;.y ~ ,., .............. ·. . . . - • - ~ .... · ·. · Procedure · . · The watch commander shall deactivate the Fallback Control System ·· only when instructed t'o do so by Communications Division. (Same as Situation I) ~~-,~ ~ ~l,);t,11 -!"° -~J..t"'" '--:,,.• l • , . _; ,--.,•_~. >--• :. ~· . .... . • , • .' The watch commander shall forward all completed (and bundled) dispatch cards to Communications Division as soon as practical after full service has been restored. __,. Situation III - Land-lines are down and the Areas are unable to communicate with Communication Division. ,\..J \ (', s,2....- , .._,. e,~, 0'-' Plan One 1 - .. \ · • ,....~..;; _ _ · \/JI-- ~ ' · ~; ,, . G rr- ,< ~ e;v- If the Gamewell System is f'l:rnctioning,- use the following numbers to reach the Communication Dispatch Center (CDC)- -: . 7-363, 7-364, 7-365, 7-366 Plan Two - If the Gamewell System is not working, the watch commander shall use the black telephone attached to the microwave console to the re-establish communication with the CDC. .. ALL PERSONNEL, SOUTHWEST AREA 5.1 PAGE 5 Procedures ·for Use: 1. Pick-up the receiver and listen for~ dial tone. 2. When you hear a dial tone dial ext. 150 . Plan 3 . · . ... ' • '• •;. •' I: ', ' .__ ... ., : ,t . ~ ," - • · ~1 • • • - . , • • ! . ... • , . If both the Gamewell · System and the microwave phone are not working, messages can be sent to and received from Communications 1 Division Emergency Command Center (E.C.C.) via the Administrative ""~ ! ···"··,.. • •• ,,. •·.Mess ~- ge - ~:-~~:at on ~he Network Communication Sys.terns ( NCS ) . .. ,.,.,., . .,t ,..., .~, ,- :.r.:..,• ,,Plan 4 -- ,.._. , ,. ,:, ~T --:-:- -v~ .... ~ _.--.,-, •• r · ----- • '< .,<. ,,..: .. - ' . ~i .... _,.,.. ... i.:. • .:-• .. .. .. - - ..:.,.• •• • . :: • .• ~-_.,,,,. . ·. : . . • • _ _ .. _ ... .. ,.. , ... If . the NECS . is also down, the watch commander should assign . severitf·offi"c·eir's "··cpreferably motor) to act as runners between the .-<, .· --.:·"'· > .... ~~....-.:<, .~ .Area ·and: I 3. 4. ·communications Division, .. ,,.. _ .... . -··-,: -. ..... -.. .. ; •• I~ •."'. • 1; •, • , Emergericy Operations Center, . . Operations-South Bureau, Nearby Areas, and ~~~:rl'~: :,,~ ~s. - ~-'."Any other organizational element which may facili t ·ate communications Plan 5 The Rapid Transit District (RTD) has 800 buses which are equipped with two-way radi6 systems. These buses, which are already dispersed, ·may provide a means of rapidity reporting the severity of situation to the Southwest Area watch commander and the EOC. Plan 6 Most of the Fire Department vehicles have mobile radios which are not dependent on commercial electrical power which could relay messages. Plan 7 Use Ring Down Line~ which link other city departments and State agencies directly with . Communications Division and the EOC (These lines do not utilize public telephone lines) .. I i i ALL PERSONNEL, SOUTHWEST AREA 5.1 PAGE 6 The following Departments and agencies have an LAPD Communication Division Ring Down Line: 1. Los Angeles Fire Department 2·. California Highway Patrol . \ · · Los Angeles Sheriff's ·oepartment ·4 . Department of Water & Power ~.' . S ; Department of ~+~::~~:t· :::~ - : :•= , . 6. Rapid Transit Transportation (City) District lii.f~ W•,,_· ,, laJuif,;;.~-� 1-· 1 .e.2 . ..:,,.."-~,. ....... ~ ~ ~ :t ~ . .. f' 01 i Ce ·0 · . . Pacific Bell Telephone Co* '. ~ ·!"'~~~7z:·~-*E~e- rgency · Service c·a~ be obtained thru PAC BELL "Sector ? · · ~ ; • -,t,~ ,-·:· ~me rgenc y . Report Center•~ ; .. how.ever, · this c enter shou 1 d not be ··. ...~." 0 ; : ..... , .... ~.-;· :~_ contacted directly. Requests should be routed thru the ~ t -·· . ..: .. :,-:>~-_.,. ·. Communi<;::ation Division ring do\tfn line. ( In the event that this . --~.• ... ... procedure cannot be· followed, the Sector Emergency Report Center emergency numbers are (213) 975-7231 or (818) 506-5080. ). . . t,. :· 1 : ~. • Plan 8 __... ~E~t'lilt".t ·« ·:1.1~("81!-"llil-·"'l'~~,..✓ .....,;.,._c,,._· · ., .•• • ,.,,.,.._ ,.._ , .... ~ .. ..... ,., .... .. • · • - · ·--··'.'• " ··'• ., ·-·By · staggering the location of police vehicles between Southwest Station and Parker Center, a message relay system could be executed by using simplex 3, unit to unit broadcasts. \ / NOTE: The watch commander shall let the severity of the incident be his guide when enacting contingency plans 5 thru 8. All supervisors should make themselves familiar with this order and be prepared to implement the various alternatives during a disaster that damages our Communication System. A copy of this order shall be placed in the Area Standing Plan~. NOEL K. CUNNINGHAM, Captain Commanding Officer Southwest Area Attachments: .. In 2 larse scale, ?r~ssing emersency situaticn 1 is quite li~ely t~a: most of t:1e Centrex t2lc9hor,e lir.2s in Areo s"':3t :)nS ·,.;ill b-2 tis-d up, making cadre call up difficult and tirTte CQns~11ing. Two alter~ate rr.eans of telephonic comnu.~ications are available and should not be overlooked by those making cadre r.ot{fications; t:.ese are (1) ~~e Dicrowave audio video systen and (2) the Gamewe~l (City owned teiephone) syst2:.11. Telephonic corrmunications from or.e Depart:nent facility to another can easily be established through the microwave system. Si~ply pick ur the handset of a touch tone microwave telephone (usually located on the video control console in the Watch Comnander's office), ~iait for a dial tone, and dial the desired three digit extension. The number directory system is as follows: FACILITY . · Academy Central Devonshire Foothill • - · Harbor Hollenbeck ..., ........ _ ~ -• ... off .. .-".·-· -:--·· ,, ,_...__ ••• , ~ -•• Holl j,'\~ood Mt. Lee EXTENSION 138 159 137 136 135 113 114 158 FACILITY EXTENSION Parker Center (Rm 800) Rampart 77tl1 Southeast Southi..-lest Valley Hdqtrs/Van Nuys Venice . West Los Angeles 150 134 116 130 117 111 119 118 · - • • • .,;; _-_ ..... . _ , .. : • • 4 . . . ' ·i~ ~ j +;,i-- = ·;_ ~,r .. :-.; ~ > ~ t.:l ~ . J: ' - · . , : :..2 - ~: ~.~;_~-. - -~~;;;;~. ~~~- :~- - .~~; .. :;;.,: ~ · ~::1: , - ---:: .'..· - .· . ... · ~r - · - - ~ :,.;;t .. . . In a large scale, pr2ssing e:nersency situaticn 1 is quit2 li~ely t~a: most of the Centrex t2l0~hor.e lir.es in Area s"':.:1t :)ns ·,,;ill b-2 ti9d up, making cadre call up difficult and tiiiie c8ns~~ing. Two alter~ate rreans of telephonic comnunications are available and should not be ove~looked by t.i--i.osc making cadre not:fications; r,.'-,ese are (1) the nicrowave audio video systein and (2) the Gamewe~l (City owned teiephone) system. Telephonic co1nnunications from or.e C€part:nent facility to another can easily be established through the microwave system. Si~ply pick up the handset of a touch tone microwave telephone (usually located on the video control console in the Watch Comnander's office), wait for a dial tone, and dial the desired three digit extension. The nl.ll11ber directory system is as follows: EXTENSION FACILITY EXTENSION Parker Center (Rm 800) Rampart 77th FACILITY Academy Central Devonshire Foothill • - · Harbor Hollenbeck 138 159 137 136 135 113 114 158 Southeast Southwest Valley Hdqtrs/Van Nuys 150 134 116 130 117 111 119 118 _, +-. ... - .~- • ... -tt,~""··- ·"."·'" '' '·'"'-···' " ... Holl i'\~ood Venice . Mt. Lee West Los Angeles ----~•- · - -------- --- • . ,.. . · : : ~ : .. ,:;;, ... : . . ... -..•.: . . . FACILITY EXTENSION FACILITY EXTENSION Newton 115 west Valley 133 North Holly-"ood 132 Wilshire 110 Northeast 112 ... The Gamewell sys_ tem is another means of telephpnic comnunications and may be used to contact all Area stations except those in Valley Bureau. .. ,4-.,~ - ;. ··•"-• ·j.:. • _ • ._ .., •. ·. - .. ~-, , •. , .--. ~ ·- - a - Garne~ll phones that rnay be useful for call up purp:>ses can be found at · - ~ - : ~-~- f~"~r'.'.~:;t~,-:~;/.- ~ : >::< :f· .. ,. • .. :\; the following locations: r ·. :~ ,! ·. ~.'.:_. ..... .. _.,.,.,~ ·. ": • ; ,.;., _ • • • ~ · ... ... ~ .. ,,, • • .. , "' · .,. • - .. ~~- ~ ~ io<i4-~~ - ~.,_l.· . ..;,"All - .Area stations in Central, South and West Bureau~ :·--: ~i ~--:?i i..7 /f .-_ -:··•'.'. h.. "---!� '5 ~ .. - .~ - · ~ ~ -·:· ·. · · ·.· ~ · 2. F):rergency Operations Center in City Hall East : ~i, f/ .. ti'r-:· ft,l • ;-,,/ , · :, :· . : ·.:.i. ! .- . . (Ext. 2~ through 226) . . ..... '. Ji,¥~, . .....,;. .. ..... .. "'-' ·.'••~ .- , .. .... . ' . , . .. -· . .... . ' - ~~i ~ ¥ - ~~~-'! _·/:_~ • .i,3. ·~-· Motor Trarisport Division, Administrative Office ___ Ai':: '-··\'f• t.i·· : _:~ .- --.. · · ·(230) ... •: ~ . . . . .:· ,:.~ . 4 • Parker Center -·~ - ~ -:_ :.:. · .. . :~ · .. - ~ - · . _.. ; · .. a. Jail Division Watch C<Xmiander's Office . __ _ __ .,,, (213) . " ~ . '~. r· ~ --~~~~ - ~ ~ : ~ ~!,� ~ - ;~~'~ ; ~ - . •;-• ,' . ;, ... •"'""" l~ .. : • .• • • • ' .•.. . b. Jail Division Release Desk (215} c. Pool car dispatcher's office (231) d. Robbery/Homicide Division, Room 321 (238, 251) e. Burglary/Auto Theft Division, Roan 319 (239) Ji. f. Bunce/Forgery Division~ Room 340 .:'241) g. Latent Prints Section, Room 203B (243) h. Photographic Section, Room 403 (244) i. Missing Persons Unit, Roan 140 . (240) • Instructions for using the Gamewell system to reach Area Watch Ccmnand ers may be found in Addendum # 3, attached. .. ·.• · : .. "': .. The Garnevw~ll System dialing is depicted in the following illustration: . , .. . . {•,;. .. ... ~ ··:,- '"· •· ~! . .. ~ . .. :·'. . ' .• . ·~. . . . . Ob ~•iEST L.A. 07 l-!T LSH IRE -~ ,~lli~J:::•:;::~~C~der's Ga.- - n-e-i.""_2_:_1_~-~-.:-:-:-: .... :-o_n_i_s_ 1 _'2_0_'; for all Areas with the excep- -~.flfH~~ ot. Central. . The extensi?n for the Central Area Watch Com:nander is "420". .. .,~As·~ ·1llustrated, ~·:a person calling an Area from a Parker Center Gamewell exten l . _.$t{ff.7/sion would dial the two-digit Area designation number followed by the desired / ;.' · ·r• --~ , ;_ ;..~-extension. Those dialing from one Area to another Area would have to first fi.1t :·- - -\~:,ff':i:<access the Parker Center dial --plant by dialing "7", then dial the Area desig- ~i{~j~~tio11. nimber and extension. • :>ft :'~: /_: ~ ·-., E?(affiple. :1 .. _ ..._ Call _ ing Wilshire Area Watch Coornander from · a Parker Center exten- ~-· ...e,, . ..,,,. -:,✓,#,i~ · • • ~,\ ..... .,., •. . • .. . . ,..-.,,~ . . • • --··· . #£~~~'~,..- ~ ·~::, '. '. . . . • ~ ·: s1on· Dial 07-20 -:. ~~ ::--t:{_.o:·~-, --... , . . ... ·.• · . • , • . P)i< : Example 2 gr;i:nt~;~~er Center extens1on 221 from Wilshire Area: J .,: ·•\ : : · .. . ,. Example 3 - Calling Wilshire Area Watch Corcmande~ from Southeast Area: Dial, 7-07-20 NOTE: . :_., .. _ ~- ·,: _ _;;~~:: :', · , ~~~ •: Not all of Parker .Center's extensions are physically located in Parker Center. For example, the e~tensions for the Emergency Control Center · are Parker Center extensions, even tl.ough the telephone instrwnents are located in City Hall East. : ::·· ::.J, .. - . . ·.f~ : ~-- I . ·, ,; ' ' ... .. . ..... : · ... . . - .. ~ . : .' .": - .. . . . - . .... . • • • .. __ - :'' -"' rr . f I . ~ -~ __ J) . I ._.: . . .. .,. ; r . t : ,. i . I ! i l . • I :_ . "L- r- ' -:-· 1 I I _ _ ) ·) J / } ! ) ) Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 1 SOUTHEAST AREA STATION SECURITY PLAN INTRODUCTION The protection of Department facilities an effort to safeguard employees, visitors, official records, and police buildings.· It includes provisions to ensure general security on a day-to-day basis as well as plans and procedures to be implemented when an attack on a police facility occurs or appears imminent. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 2 STATION SECURITY PROCEDURES A. Normal Security Station security duties within Southeast Area will be performed by Southeast uniformed patrol units. Each uniformed patrol unit, including supervisors, shall make a visual check of the station when arriving or departing from the station. This visual check should include driving past the station on 108th Street and the encompassing stree~s (Spring Street, Main Street and 107th Street). This visual check shall include the parking lot, garage and exterior of Southeast station. Personnel shall challenge all unfamiliar persons attempting to walk or drive into station property, and shall establish the identity and intent of all unfamiliar persons requesting admittance to station facilities. Unfamiliar persons loitering outside the station shall be interviewed and, if the person is unable to provide adequate identification and explain his presence, he shall then be interviewed by the watch commander. Area personnel shall record the description of pedestrians loitering in the .area and vehicles that appear to be cruising the station. This information shall be given to the Watch Commander. ARRIVING OFFICERS SHALL CONTACT THE WATCH COMMANDER UPON THEIR ARRIVAL TO: * Report any unusual situations, and * Their units purpose and location within the station B. Watch Commander Inspections The Watch Commander shall make a minimum of two inspections of the station during his tour of duty. Each inspection shall include: 1. The station exterior a. The garage facilities b. The station parking lot Revi·sed 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 3 c. The perimeter of the station d. All exterior walls, ledges and doors 2. The station interior NOTE: a. The lobby area and restrooms b. The jail area c . The Detective Squad Room d. The first floor hallways e. The second floor hallways f. The locker, roll call and ·coffee rooms g. The roof area Offices not occupied shall be locked (i.e., Captains'offices, Vice and Narco) and included in the Watch Commanders inspection. C. Security Controls To supplement the efforts of the station personnel, controls become necessary for proper security to be effective. The following rules and procedures shall apply to all personnel: 1. Non-uniformed employees SHALL attach their ID card to an outer garment before entering the station 2. Sworn and civilian personnel shall normally ent~r the station via the two rear doors at the north side of the station. 3. Unescorted visitors shall enter and exit via the front lobby door ONLY and shall attach a visitor's pass to an outer garment . 4. All containers (briefcases, lunch boxes, ~tc . ) carried into the station by Area personnel shall bear✓ the owner's name and serial number in a conspicuous location. NOTE: The Watch Commander shall immediately be notified when a suspicious package is observed. 5. · All offices not occupied or intended for use shall be locked (i.e., Captains' office, Vice and Narco). Interior lobby doors shall be Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 4 locked at all times and controlled by Desk personnel. 6 . All Department vehicles shall be locked when not in use. Shotguns shall be returned to the station gun locker if the vehicle is to be out of service for an extended period of time and at change of watch. 7. Unattended private vehicles belonging to Department personnel ·shal~ be locked when parked on station property ~ 8. Parking of vehicles on the parking lot driveway by Area personnel is prohibited. D. Lighting During the hours of darkness, lighting for station areas shall be as follows: ' 1. Interior lights shall be turned off in offices and rooms which are not being used. This shall include unused jail cells. 2. Interior lights in hallways, lobbies, locker rooms, and work areas shall remain lighted. 3. Exterior lights iiluminating the parking area and station exterior shall remain lighted. 4. In the event of a power shortage, a diesel engine-power generator is automatically activated to supply all of the station's normal power needs. This generator and numerous electrical switch panels are located in the electric panel room at the rear (north side) of the station, adjacent to the kit room. 5. In the event that a problem develops with the generator or with the electrical system, notifications shall be made to the Public Works Department, Bureau of Public Buildings, extension 53367. (24-hour emergency Public Buildings). Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 5 E. Station Gates The gate located on the east end of the lot, along Main Street, shall remain locked and is not to be used for entry under normal situations. The gate located along 108th Street and east of the station shall remain closed and is not to be used for entry under normal situations. The gateway located along 108th Street and west of the station shall be used by Department employees entering the parking lot for purposes of vehicular parking. This gate shall normally be left open and unlocked. The garage exterior doors shall remain unlocked only when an attendant is on duty. Security in and around the garage shall normally be the responsibility of the duty attendant. F. Jail Security - Responsibilities and Duties Jail personnel shall make a complete security and prisoner check every one-half hour and log it accordingly. The watch commander shall make spot inspections of the jail facility to ensure that safety and security is being maintained. These inspections shall be logged. All jail doors leading to the interior station corridors, and the outside of the building, shall be locked. G. Desk Personnel Responsibilities Desk personnel shall perform the following duties in relation to all non-Department personnel entering the facility: 1. Require visitors to identify themselves and complete the visitor's roster prior to proceeding past the· reception area. 2. Require visitors carrying packages, briefcases, valises or other containers to submit such items for cursory inspection before or upon entering the police facility. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 6 NOTE: Officers may, if reasonable cause exists, search visitor's purses. 3. Issue a visitor's card to each visitor and instruct the visitor to wear the card in a visible location on an outer garment. The card -shall be retrieved when the visitor leaves the station facility. 4. Prior to permitting visitors to enter the Area Commanding Officer's Offirie, the Field Services Division Commanding Officer's office, - the Community Relations office or the Detective Squad Room, the respective office shall be contacted to ascertain that an employee is available to receive the visitor. 5. Attempt to establish the visitor's estimated time of return and conduct a follow-up investigation if the visitor has not checked back within the allotted time. 6. If an attack appears imminent, the sliding metal screen at the station entrance should be secured to prevent any unlawful entry ~ Due consideration of the situation should be made prior to allowing anyone's entrance. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Stinding Plans · section V Page 7 SOUTHEAST AREA STATION SECURITY PROCEDURES CHECKLIST Normal Security 1. Station perimeter and exterior visually checked by uniformed field personnel. on departit?-g on arriving 2. Challenge unfamiliar persons to establish identity and intent. 3. Watch commanders aware of ~nfamiliar persons present. 4. Unusual situations reported by field units. 5. Purpose and location of field units identified in the station. 6. Twice daily inspections are given by Watch Commanders to the following locations: Garage Parking lot Perimeter Doors, walls, ledges Lobby Restrooms Jail Detective Squad Room First floor h~llway Second floor hallway Locker and rotl call rooms Coffee room Unoccupied offices are locked 7. Non-uniformed personnel wearing ID. 9. Containers inside the station identified as belonging to employees. (NOTIFY WATCH COMMANDER OF SUSPICIOUS PACKAGES) 10 . . Department vehicles are locked when not in use. Revised . 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 8 11. Shotguns are returned to locker when vehicles are out of service for extended period and at watch's end. 12. Unattended private vehicles are locked on premises. 13. No parking in driveway rule _ is observed. 14. Lighting during darkness: Turned off in rooms not used Interior lights in halls, lobbies, locker rooms, work areas are always turned on. Cells and incandescent lights off when not used Generator activates automatically when power shortage occurs Notifications to Public Works (x 53367) made if generator or power system fails 15. East end gates are always locked. _16. West end gate is open for employee use 17. Garage doors are locked when attendant is off duty. 18. A complete security and prisoner check is performed by jailers antj logged every half hour. 19. Watch commander inspects and logs jail inspections for safety and security at least twice each shift. 20. All interior and exterior jail dqors are locked. 21. Visitors are entering through the lobby only, with attached ID when inside station .. 22. Visitors' packages, briefcases, etc. are inspected prior to entry to station. · * WITH PROBABLE CAUSE, PURSES MAY BE INSPECTED 23. Visitors destination is contacted prior to entry. 24. Follow-up is made when visitors do not check out at the appointed time. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 9 SOUTHEAST AREA STATION DEFENSE PLAN Station defense is the security provided to protect life and property within the police facility when it is under attack or when an attack is imminent. When circumstances exist which threaten the security of the station there will be an immediate need to strengthen the normal security force. Circumstances will dictate the exact procedures to follow to best control the situation. Whenever the defensive position is necessitated, the following additional measures shall be implemented. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 10 STATION DEFENSE A. Responsibility The concerned commanding ·officer or watch commander shall cause the station defense plan for Southeast Station to be activated when it comes under attack, when it appears an attack is imminent or when directed to do so by the Department Commander. The watch commander shall be design4ted as ·the _field commander (unless specifically relieved) when a station defense situations exists. He shall have authority to direct all southeast Area personnel during the emergency. "Area personnel" shall include watch commander, field supervisors, patrol officers, all detective personnel, vice and narcotic investigative personnel and all other sworn and non-sworn person~el. · B. State of Alertness "State of Alertness" is that level of defense employed when it is believed Southeast Station or another police installation may be the object of attack; when the station ·has been the object of assaulting acts of a minor nature; when the station is the object of a demonstration by a dissident group where the probability exists there may be violent confrontation; or when circumstances out of the ordinary exist that dictate the necessity of increasing security. C. Notifications - "State of Alertneas" The field commander shall cause the following notifications to be made: 1. Patrol Division Commanding Officer 2. Detective Headquarters Division watch Commander The following notifications shall be made at the direction of the Patrol Division Commanding Officer: 1. Operations-South Bureau 2. Area Commanding Officer 3. Detective Commanding Officer Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 11 D. Procedures - "State of Alertness The field commander shall: 1. Cause personnel within the station to be notified that a "State of Alertness" -exists at Southeast Station. 2. Cause Communications to broadcast to field units that a "State of Alertness" exists at Southeast Station. Note:Field units shall remain on normal patrol. and respond to the station only: When assigned When normal duties require During normal change of watch 3. Cause a log to be maintained. 4. Cause the following deployment to be initiated: a. Post Number One: * Two officers positioned on the station's upper roof, one positioned at the southeast corner and one at the northwest corner to observe the parking area, garage, and encompassing streets. * Officers shall report any unusual activity observed to the field commander and to Post Number Three. * Officers shall be equipped with radios and binoculars. b. Post Number Two: One A-unit patrol stationed in the west parking lot, north of the entrance gateway. Revised 09/20/91 * Officers shall position themselves to observe both the vehicular and pedestrian traffic attempting to enter the station parking lot. Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 12 * * * * Officers shall report any unusual activity to the field commander and to Post Number Three. Officers shall be positioned to also observe the north portion of the station and the parking area in the north and west portion of the lot. Officers shall challenge and identify all persons attempting to enter the station parking area. Officers shall be armed with service weapon, Department shotgun and equippe~ with a radio. c. Post Number Three: One A-Unit assigned to perimeter patrol. * * * Officers shall provide constant surveillance of the station's exterior and perimeter. Officers shall report any unusual activity observed to the field commander. Officers shall investigate any unusual activity reported by Post numbers One and Two. 5. Cause desk personnel to~ a.- Maintain their normal security posture with no less than two officers being physically present at all times. b. Station one officer at the front door to inspect any suspicious articles in the possession of persons -desiring entry. 6. Establish relief for Posts One, Two and Three. ~en the "State of Alertness" no longer exists or in the field commander's opinion is no longer necessitated, the field commander may either reduce security to meet the needs of the Revised . 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 13 circumstances or totally secure from the "State of Alertness" and return to "normal station security". Copies of the log, related arrests, and other reports relating to the 'State of .Alertness" shall be completed and attached to the Watch Commander's Daily Report, Form 15.80. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 14 STATION UNDER ATTACK CODE 1800 The Southeast Station defense plan will be fully activated when the station facility is under attack of in imminent peril of attack. In this event the primary concern of all personnel must be for the safety of those inside the facility. Under theses circumstances, the field forces will be relied upon to provide an offensive. Station personnel will provide defensive positions to protect the installation and its occupants. A. Notifications - "Station under Attack" The field commander shall cause the following notifications to be made: 1. Patrol Division Commanding Officer 2. Detective Headquarters Division Watch Commander (Chief's Log) The Following notifications shall be made at the direction of the Patrol Division .Commanding Officer: 1. Operations-South Bureau 2. Area Commanding Officer 3. Detective Commanding Officer B. Procedures- · "Station Under Attack" The field commander shall: 1. Cause personnel within the station to be notified that the station is under attack. 2. Cause the front security shield to be closed. 3. Cause the main parking lot entrance gate to be closed~ 4. Cause Communications to broadcast a "Code 1800" to field units. Note: Revised 09/20/91 Code 1800 shall signify that Southeast station is under attack. Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 15 Note: 5. 6. 7. a. Field units shall not respond to the station unless assigned. b. Field units shall handle only emergency calls. Cause a field supervisor to establish a command post (See Field Supervisors Duties). Cause a log to be maintained. Cause the following deployment · to be -initiated: Detective personnel shall be used to staff as many positions as possible. a. Post Number One - Upper Roof Four officers and one supervisor positioned on the station's upper roof. Two officers positioned at the Southeast corner and two officers at the northwest to observe the parking area, garage and encompassing streets. Offi·cers shall each be equipped with a Department shotgun, ten rounds of ammunition, a pair of binoculars and a radio. Officers shall report any unusual activity to the watch commander and to Post Number One supervisor. The supervisor shall be equipped with a radio and shall establish a telephone ring down line to the watch commander for direct communication. See addendum for telephone jack location. The supervisor shall ensure no other personnel are on the roof without approval of the watch commander. b. Post Number Two - Front Desk No less than two officers shall physically be present at all times. Officers shall remain behind the desk armed with Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 16 c. 8. Department shotguns and ten rounds of ammunition each. They shall immediately secure the metal shield at the station entrance. If there is a malfunction, secure front doors; cause the lobby lights to be turned off; check doors leading from the lobby to the interior of the station; and, provide a safe and secure position for visitors at the desk Additional fixed posts may be designated and activated at the discretion of the field commander. Cause the garage personnel to secure all doors, lights, and gasoline pumps. Garage personnel shall remain inside the garage office or be ordered inside the station {if safety permits). 9. Cause jail personnel to secure all prisoners and to lock all interior jail doors. 10. Cause an officer to be stationed at each of the two north station entrances. * Officers shall allow no one to exit without the watch commander's permission. 11. Cause an officer to be stationed at the coffee room roof door and another at the locker room roof door allowing no one to exit without the watch commander's permission. 12. Cause all door lock panel circuits to be in the locked position and the audible alarm to be activated. 13. Cause all non-sworn personnel within the station to remain at their assigned location. · 14. Cause all sworn personnel within the station not assigned to defensive positions, to remain at their assigned locations. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 17 NOTE: The use of hallways and stairways shall be minimal and restricted to emergency use only. The field supervisor shall: 1. Immediately establish a command post at an appropriate location 2. Request Communications Division to i~struct all field officers, not engaged in emergency service, to report to the command post. 3. Establish communications by tactical frequency and by landline with the watch commander. 4. Develop and init~ate tactical plans. 5. Consider requesting SWAT personnel. C. Termination of "Code 1800" When the emergency no longer exists or,in the field commander's opinion is no longer necessitated, the field commander may reduce security to a "State of Alertness" or to a level necessary to meet the needs of the existing circumstances, or may totally secure and return to "Normal Station Security". Copies of the log, related arrest, and other reports relating to the emergency shall be completed and attached to the Watch Commander's Daily Report, Form 15.80. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section V Page 18 BOMB THREATS AND SEARCH PROCEDURES A. Telephonic Bomb Threats When a telephonic bomb threat is received, the person answering the phone shall: 1. Record the caller's exact statements, including the language and any accent used. Background voices should also be included. 2. Ask for the bomb's location and time of detonation. 3. Keep the caller on the line as long as possible. If a phone trace is appropriate, notify the · Administrative Desk, DHD. 4. Attempt to identify the caller. 5. Immediately notify the watch commander 6. If the bomb threat concerns another police facility, immediately notify the concerned watch commander. 7 . Complete a crime report. B. Written Bomb Threats When a written bomb threat is received, the person receiving the threat shall: 1. Immediately notify the watch commander who will, if appropriate, initiate a search of the premises. 2. If the bomb threat concerns any other facility, immediately notify the concerned watch commander . 3. Complete a crime report. C. Verbal Bomb Threats When a verbal bomb threat is received (other than telephonically) the officer receiving or hearing the threat shall: Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section V Page 19 1. Cause the p~rson making the threat to be immediately taken into custody (148.1 P.C.), searched and questioned as to the location of the bomb. 2. Immediately transport the person making the threat to the station or, if at the station, remove the person to a secure location. 3. Immediately notify th~ watch commander who will, if appropriate, cause a search of the premises to be conducted. 4. If the bomb threat concerns any other police facility, immediately notify the concerned watch commander. 5. Interview all witnesses. D. Watch Commander's Duties When the watch commander is informed of a bomb threat, he shall: 1. Cause the following _notifications to be made: * Area commanding Officer * Patrol Division Commanding Officer * Detective Commanding Office * Administrative Desk, Detective Headquarters Division * Bomb Squad, ext. 57474. * Operations-South Bureau (at the diredtion of the Commanding Officer) 2. Cause a search of the premises to be made when appropriate. 3. Increase station security when appropriate. 4. Cause the appropriate reports to be completed. Note: Copies of related reports shall be attached to the Watch Commander's Daily Report, Form · 15.80. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Areas - Standing Plans Section V Page 20 E. Bomb Search Procedures The watch commander shall appoint an officer of supervisory rank .to conduct and coordinate the search of the facility. Any available personnel shall be assigned to effectively and expeditiously complete the search. A Bomb Dog may be utilized, if available. Note: In the assignment of personnel to the search operation, familiarity with the area to be searched should be considered.· F. Interior Search 1. Assigned personnel shall conduct a systematic search of all areas of the building (including the roof). Particular emphasis should be placed on area with public access. 2. If possible, all floors of the facility should be searched simultaneously to expedite the investigation. 3. Personnel assigned to specific areas shall search their immediate areas and report results to the supervisor in charge of the search. 4. The watch commander shall immediately be notified when a suspicious package or device is discovered. Note: NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO MOVE THE OBJECT G. Exterior Search 1. Assigned personnel shall conduct a systematic search of the station grounds (including garage facilities). Particular emphasis should be placed on: Revised 09/20/91 * * * * * * Electrical power service inlets Natural gas mains Gasoline pumps Water mains All ledges and doorways Vehicles - police and private; on street and in lot Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 21 BOMB THREAT CHECKLIST A. Telephonic Threat Person receiving records the following information: * Caller's exact statement * Note language and accent used * Background voices, music, industrial noise, other type of noise, etc. Ask for the following: * Bomb location and time of detonation Keep caller on the l{ne as long as possible, and: * Notify Administrative Desk, DHD, for phone trace if possible * Attempt to identify the caller * Immediately notify the watch commander B. Via Other Verbal means: Person receiving or hearing shall: * Cause person making threat to be taken into custody (148.1 P.C.), searched, questioned regarding location of bomb * Immediately transport person to the station * Immediately relocate person, if at the station, to a secure location * Immediately notify watch commander * Interview all witnesses C. Via Mail or Writing Person receiving threat shall: Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 22 * Immediately notify watch commander * Complete crime report D. Watch Commander's Duties 1. Make the following notifications: * Area Commanding Officer * Patrol Division Commanding Officir * Detective Commanding Officer * Administrative Desk, DHD, Ext. 5-3261 * Bomb Squad, Ext. 57474 * Operations-South Bureau · 2. Cause a search of premises if appropriate 3. Increase station security if appropriate 4 . Immediately notify the watch commander of another police facility if the bomb concerns another facility 5. Ensure a crime report is completed 6. Cause appropriate reports to be completed and attached to Watch Commander's Log (Daily Report Form 15.80) Revised 09/2.0/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 23 FOUND BOMB When a suspected bomb is found in or near the station facilities, the person finding the bomb shall: 1. Immediately evacuate the danger area, including any nearby residences or business that could conceivably be in danger . . 2. Immediately notify the watch commander 3. NOTE: DO NOT BROADCAST INFORMATION BY POLICE RADIO DO NOT attempt to neutralize, disarm, move or -handle an object suspected to be an explosive device. Upon becoming aware · of the presence of a suspected bomb in or near the station the watch commander shall: 1 . Restrict radio transmissions in the vicinity of the bomb's location. 2. Ensure that the immediate area is evacuated. 3. If the device is located outside the station, ensure that a field supervisor is assigned to direct operations. 4. Ensure all necessary notifications are made. These shall include, but are not limited to, the following: * * * * * * S. I .-D. Bomb Squad, Ext. 57474 Area Commanding Officer Field Services Division Commanding Officer Detective Commanding Officer Administrative Desk, DHD Operations-South Bureau 5. Ensure the protection of the crime scene. If the bomb is readily recognizable as a concussion or fragmentation type bomb (pipe bomb, grenade, dynamite, etc) it should, if possible, be vented. This can be accomplished by leaving doors open leading from the bomb's location to an Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 24 outside door. The effect will minimize the structural damage and aid in preventing unnecessary injury. If the bomb is readily recognizable as an incendiary type bomb (fire bomb, flammable chemicals, etc) it should, if possible, be confined. This can be accomplished by closing doors and turning off ventilation systems. Revised 09/20/91 L__ Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 25 BOMBING ATTACK In the event Southeast Station is the subject of a bombing attack, the watch commander shall: 1. Initiate defensive security measures to protect the facilities. 2. Initiate a bomb search for secondary devices. 3. Cause an fire resulting from the attack to be extinguished. 4. Cause rescue and first aid efforts to be made. 5. Establish a first aid station if necessary. 6. Evaluate the structural damage and determine if the facility or any portion of th facility should be evacuated. 7 . Establish crime scene protection. S. Cause the following notifications to be made: * S.I.D. Bomb Squad, Ext. 57474 * Area Commanding Officer * Field Services Division Commanding Officer * Detective Commanding Officer * Administrative Desk, DHD, Ext 5-3261 * Operations-South Bureau Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 26 STRUCTURAL FIRE Should a structural fire occur, the person discovering the fire shall cause the watch commander and the fire department to be notified. The watch commander shall: 1. Ensure that the Fire department is notified and is enroute. 2. Cause the station to be evacuated (see Evacuation Section). 3. Cause the ventilation system to be turned off. 4. Effect a fire combatting team if practical. 5. Cause the following notifications to be made: * Area Commanding Officer * Patrol Division Commanding Officer * Detective Commanding Officer * Administrative Desk, DHD, Ext 5-3261 * Operations-South Bureau 6. Close all doors. 7. Establish temporary operations at the garage facilities if necessary. Water and chemical fire-fighting equipment, along with manual fire alarms is located throughout the station (See addendum for type and location). · The station is also equipped with an automatic sprinkler system. the main shut-off valve is in the closet located at the northwest corner of the Detective Squad Room. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 27 EVACUATION PROCEDURES A. Watch Commander's Responsibilities It shall be the responsibility of the watch commander to evaluate information and determine if Southeast Station should be evacuated. If evacuation becomes necessary, consideration shall be given to the possibility of snipers prior to designating evacuation routes. Watch Commanders shall: 1. Cause personnel within the station to be nqtified that the station is to be evacuated. 2. Cause exit route(s) to be designated. This will be contingent upon the location of the device or the situation which resulted in the evacuation order. 3. Cause patrol units to be alerted to the situation and the defensive status of the station. 4. Establish operations at the garage facilities (east portion of the station premises), if possible. 5. Establish security for for the station, parking lot and garage area. 6. Ensure a roll call is taken of sworn and civilian personnel. 7. Aid the jailer in evacuation and control of prisoners. B. Desk Officer's responsibilities If evacuation is ordered, the D~sk officers shall: 1. Remove all persons at the desk to a location of · Revised 09/20/91 . Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section V Page 28 safety or, if safety permits, remove them from the .station by the front door. 2. Cause the metal shield at the front station entrance to be placed in the down position. 3. Report to the watch commander to assist in evacuation duties to ensure a complete evacuation. C. Jailer's Responsibility The Jailer is responsible for custody of all prisoners at Southeast Jail. In the event an evacuation is ordered, . the jailer shall: 1. Coordinate the evacuation with the watch commander. 2 . Establish evacuation routes by determining: * Location of threat * Location of damage * Extent of damage 3. Continue to maintain control and custody of prisoners. 4. Obtain assistance from the watch commander in maintaining proper control of the prisoners. 5. Establish temporary jail facilities, if possible, at Southeast garage (north building). 6. Cause the prisoners to be handcuffed with chain handcuffs. If the number of prisoners is greater than the available chain handcuffs, the jailer shall use any available handcuffs to attach the prisoners to the chain or use plastic handcuffs to chain prisoners together at the elbow. 7. Cause officers with arrestees to transport their prisoners to Southwest or 77th Area Jails for booking. 8. Cause the prisoners to be transp~rted to Jail Division for temporary custody when circumstances permit the relocation. Revised 09/20/91 l .'- 8/100. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN I 101. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN TACTICAL ALERT 101.01 TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is the preliminary stage .of the Department Mobiliza tion Plan for Unusual Occurrences. It provides for the controlled redistribution of on-duty personnel to achieve the manpower level necessary for control of a major police incident. 101.02 PURPOSE OF A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is initiated to achieve the following objectives: . • Alert personnel of all or selected Areas to the possi bility of personnel redistribution, and announce the existence of a major police incident. • Provide a manpower reser:ve which can be used by concerned Area(s) in the control of the incident. • Control the deplet;on of field forces and discourage uncontrolled voluntary response to the scene of a major police incident. 101.03 INITIATING A TACTICAL ALERT. When there is a need for a Tactical Alert, it should be initiated as soon as possible ro restrict voluntary responses and avoid depletion of personnel from the involved Area and surrounding Areas. • A Field Commander at the scene of a police incident may declare a Tactical Alert for the concerned Area when, in his judgement, that action is necessary to ensure the availability of sufficient personnel to con trol the incident. The Field Commander shall immedi ately cause the Communications Division watch com- mander to be notified of the declaration. · • The Communications Division Watch Commander may declare a Tactical Alert, or expand an existing Tactical Alert, for all or selected Areas, when the redistribution of Department personnel is necessary to meet the immediate or anticipated needs of a Field Commander. 101.04 TACTICAL ALERT BROADCAST. When a Tactical Alert has been declared, the Communi cations Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Tactical Alert to be broadcast Department wide by radio and teletype. . - . Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department - - - -- . . . -· 101.05 EFFECTS OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When an Area or division is. placed on a Tactical Alert the following provisions shall take effect: · ~ - • All field units in the alerted Areas shall continue patrolling their assigned districts unless reassigned by Communications Division. • Unless otherwise directed, officers working in the Areas included in a Tactical Alert shall confine their activities to police 'NOrk of major importance. • Station supervisors and field supervisors shall ensure that all on-duty personnel are aware of the Tactical Alert. • Officers in alerted Areas who are off the air handling calls or making reports shall, whenever possible, be required to resume field patrol and await further instructions by radio or other communication. • Communications Division shall screen all incoming calls and, whenever possible, direct citizens to the concerned police station foJ making complaints or reports. • Station supervisors shall assign personnel to monitor radio frequencies and teletype machines. • Station supervisors shall maintain an accounting of on-duty personnel on the Unusual Occurrence Per sonnel Status Report, Form 14.03, in accordance with instructions contained on the form. • Investigative personnel. assigned to Areas or divisions included in the Tactical Alert, shall continue to per form their regular duties; however, they shall:.eontaa-t their division of assignl'T)ent at least once each hour. Note: Twelve-hour watches may be established by the Department Commander; however, commanding · officers of Areas specifically included in a Tactical Alert may establish twelve-hour watches for their Area when their judgment indicates that this will best serve their manpower needs. The Department Commander and the concerned bureau commanding officer shall be notified when th is prerogative is .exercised. Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 B/101.06 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 101.06 HOLDING OVER WATCHU DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. When a Tactical Alert is :,,itiated, on-duty watches shall be held over § follows: All station supervisors and traffic division watch commanders (regardless of whether their Area is on Tactical Alert) shall hold over off-going watches until a teletype is received from Communications Division granting authority to release watches. • All station supervisors and traffic division watch com manders shall hold over off-going watches when it reasonably appears that their Area may be placed on alert, even though no Tactical Alert has yet been declared. • Al I station supervisors and traffic division watch com manders desiring to release off-going watches shall request approval through the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC is activated, the request shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. • The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for releasing off-going watches and sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. If the ECC is activated, these duties shall be ~urned by the ECC Personnel Officer. In either case, the officer releasing off-going watches shaU notify the Department Commander of his actions. • A Tactical Alert cancellation teletype from Communi cations Division or the ECC shall be considered author ity to release off-going watches. • Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 101.07 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE MANPOWER. The Field Commander shall be responsible for deter mining the number of officers needed at the scene of an nusual Occurrence. The Communications Division • ✓atch Commander shall be responsible for determining how the manpower will be obtained and for dispatching the manpower requested by the Field Commander. When the ECC is activated, the ECC Personnel Officer shall assume the responsibility for fulfilling the Field Com mander's requests for personnel. 101.08 INITIAL REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL MAN- POWER. The manpower needs of the UO should be the Field Commander's first consideration. To ensure that the manpower needs are ·met, the Field Commander shall: • Determine whether the manpower at the scene will be sufficient to meet immediate and future needs. • When additional assistance is needed~ select a Staging Area and request the desired numbM of f)tlrsonnel. Note: The Field Commander should, when selecting a Staging Area, give consideration to security, distance from the disturbance, communications capabilities, toilets, electrical hook-ups, shelter, ingress and egress routes and a helicopter landing site. Personnel requests should be directed to Communications Division by radio. When the ECC is activated, personnel requests should be submitted to the ECC Personnel Officer by telephone or teletype. If these facilities are not avail able, the requests may be made by radio. • Declare a Tactical Alert when i-t appears that the magnitude of the incident has reached, or is likely to reach, a scale requiring redeployment of Department personnel to establish and maintain control. 101.09 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is activated to provide a manpower reserve that can be utilized to control a · major police incident. This is accomplished by a coAtrolled redistribution of personnel from other Areas and divisions to the Area of occurrence. To effect a controlled redistribution of personnel, Areas placed on a Tactical Alert must alter their deploymem- so they can continue to provide essential police service to their Area while reducing their manpower. To accom plish this, on-duty personnel in Areas and divisions placed on a Tactical Alert shall be divided into a Minimum Oper ating Force and an Available Reserve. March, 1976 Personnel Mobilization Plan Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department ) ) ) ) PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN --- --- ------ - - --- - ----- -· -- -· 8/101.12 101.10 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-TACTICAL 101.11· ADDITIONAL MANPOWER RESOURCES- ALERT. The Minimum Operating Force during a TACTICAL ALERT .. In addition to uniformed Tactical Alert is the minimu~nel force needed by personnel, the following manpower resources are also any Area or division to continue essential police functions. available during a Tactical Alert: Areaanddivision commanding officers shall determine the • Investigative personnel may - be utilized to supplement Minimum Operation Force• follows: or replace uniformed officers within the concsmed . .... , • Operations and Support Divisions; The Minimum-- · -- - - - - --- Area.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Operating Force for these divisions during a Tactical • At the discretion of the Department Comm5'der, . . .: . -- -- -- Alert shall censist-of the-foffowing. . - - - ------ivisiE>AH>thef-~i~iYistOH-AS~-- • A ...... roximately 50% of the .watch's uniformed may be placed on Tactical Alert and their personnel ~ used to assist in the control of the UO. petrol officers. • The following manpower is available with the approval Nata: The Minimum Operating Force for a Tactical of the Commanding Officer, Personnel and Training : Alert does not include Accident Investigation and Bureau: : Traffic Enforcement personnet. • Officers attending recruit dasses, to perform non- : • The station supervisor. · ; hazardous duties. 1 • Approximately 50% .of the watch's supervisors, not • Officers attending in-service training may be returned including fixed post positions. to their respective Areas. i • All of the watch's plainclothes and station fixed . • With approval of the Depactment Commander, civilian post positions. volunteers and police reserws may be assigned to the , • Traffic Divisions. The Minimum Operating Force for • Field Task Force. I traffic divisions shall consist of essential station per- · , Nata: Requests for civilian volunteers or police 1 sonnet only. reserves shall be directed to the Communications · • Area Vice Unit. The Minimum Operating Force for . Division Watch Commander. If the ECC has been Area vice units shall consist of all assigned vice per- activated, the requests shall be directed to the ECC . sonnet. rsonoel Officer I • All Other Divisions. The commanding officers of au • When on-duty forces assembled during a Tactical Alert other divisions shall determine the division's Minimum ' are insufficient to meet the needs of the tacticat si~• Operating Force by using guidelines established by . tion, the Department Commander shall initiafe a Mobpi- their respective bureau commanding officers. The zation. . ~ Minimum Operating Force of each division shall repres- ent the minimum strength nlleded to continue essential i police functions during a Tactical Alert. : I - - Nota: Minimum Operating Force during a Mobilization 101.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-TACTICAL ALERT • . differs from the Minimum Operating Force during a The Available Reser.1t is the status of officers 1 Tactical Alert. See Section A/102.11, Tactical M5'ual. : who can· be released from regular duties in their Area 1 or division of assignment and assigned to the UO Control _ _ ____ . IUield forces.in _ the_ Area .of_occurrence....or__aciioining Task-Fe~he A-.eilaele Reserwe shal Areas are depleted as a result of voluntary response to consist of atl officers and supervisors of an Area or . the scene of the UO, those voluntary units not actively division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating · involved shall be recalled from the Task Force, if possible, Force or the UO Control Task Force. Those officers __ _ ___ and .made available .for. radio_ callutUheiLArea ot.assign~ eensti-ttJting--the-AvaHable-Reserw-wffi-efetAafH~ ment. If these units are not immediately available for their routine duties until activated. recall, units from other Areas and divisions shall be used. to temporarily supplement the field forces in the depleted A~ . . -~· ~ ··-·-·--· ·- · - - --------...:__------------------------------------- -- ---·- -·- ---- ·- -- - · - -- · --- - - --- - - ------ - - -- .- ------------ Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 - _ __ ________ _,.,_ ____ ----- B/101.13 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN '"'\1.13 . CONTROLLED REASSIGNMENT OF FIEL~ FORCES. During I Tactit:al Alert the following ~rovisions shall apply when migning units to the UO Control Task Force: • An Area or division activated by a Tactical Alert may be required to commit its entire Availa~e Reserve to the UO Control Task Force. • Activated Areas and divisions shall not be reQuired to commit their Minimum Operating Force without the approval of the Department Commander. Nota: In ·the ewnt that sufficient manpower is not available for assignment to the Field Task Force, and the Department Commander determines that the . . 102. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN MOBILIZATION - 102.01 MOBILIZATION. A Mobilization is the principal personnel deployment plan for UO control. In addition to the implementation of a Tactical Alert, the Mobilization requires: • The immediate extension of the work day to twelve hour watches. • The temporary deferment of days off. • The recalling of off-duty officers • . ) .. : implementation of t'Nelve-hour watches and a Mob,11- 102.02 PURPOSE OF A MOBILIZATION. A Mobiliza,. zation is 11ot destrabt~ he ma, direct that--Ar•vie·:-------- . -t1on-tra-ctivatecho-provide-the-necessarv-man-;;.---- pe~nnel, or other personnel not inct~ in the power when: Available Reserve, be assigned to the Field Task Force. • A UO is of sufficient magnitude to require major • Unless the need for assistance at the scene of the UO deviation from normal police operating procedures is criticaJ no more than 50 percent of the uniformed and necessitates a general modification of Department patrol units that are clear in an Area will be dispatched organization and command; or to the Fiejd Task Force at one time. • The forces assembled by a Tactical Alert are insufficient Note: When there is an appreciable delay in obtaining to meet the tactical situation. sufficient units to fulfill the Field Commander's Note: A Mobilization shall be initiated without delay requests for manpower, additional Areas s,d divisions if, at the beginning of a UO, it is obvious that the on- should be included in the Tacticaf Alert rather than duty forces will be insufficient to meet the immediate __ __.,d...,.eptetiog_tha..Mioimum Operating Force of ~vated needs of the Field Commander, Areas. 102.03 MOBILIZATION OF THE DEPARTMENT. A __ _._1Q_ LI._4_CAN. CELLAnON_O_f_A_I_~_ CJlC~L_AL~RT. ,-------Mobilization is initiated b¥---tbe...Oepai:tme-n:t----- When the ECC has not been activated, the Field Commander and may involve the entire Department or Commander shall be responsible for the cancef lation of selected Areas and divisions. a Tactical Alert and shall notify the Communications ' ivision Watch Commander. If the ECC has been acti- ,ated, the ECC Personnel Officer shall have the ~esponsi- bility to cancel the Tactical Alert. When a Tactical Alert · is cancelled, that person initiating the action sh_ all cause a notice of cancellation to be broadcast by radio and . teletype to all involved Areas and divisions. • March, 1976 Personnel Mobilization Plan . - . . . . -·- - - Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department· ) PeRSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/102.07 10~04 MOBILIZATION BROADCAST. When a Mobili zation is initiated, the Communications Division , . Watch Commsider shall cause a notice of the Mobilization to be broadcast by radio anq__ teletype. If the ECC is ( ,. • activated the ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for causing the Mobilization notification to be broadcast. The Mobilization notification shall be made as follows: • The broadcast shall specify the watch (" A" or "B") and Areas or divisions mobilized. • The number of Areas or divisions included will depend upon. the anticipated personnel needs of the Fief d Commander. • The radio broadcasts shall be repeated every 15 minutes for two hours following the original Mobilization broad cast. • If additional Areas or divisions are Mobilized. that information shall be added to the original broadcast or promulgated in a supplementary Mobilization broadcast. • Following the broadcast, the Communications Division Watch Commander shall dispatch sufficient units to meet the manpower needs of the Field Commander. 102.05 EFFECT OF A MOBILIZATION. When si Area or division is mobilized, the concerned commanding officer shall activate the Area or Division Mobilization Plan, which shall include: • Implementation of twelve-hour watches. • Deferment of days off. • Consolidation of fixed post positions. • Alerting off-duty personnel. • Arranging an inventory of personnel and eQuipment remaining in the Area or division. • Preparing for the fulfillment of ECC requests for personnel and eQu ipment. • Restricting the activities of units remaining in the Area or division to police work of major importance. 102.06 HOLDING OVER WATCHE'S DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is announced, on-duty watches shall be held over as follows: • All Area and traffic-division commanding officers shail hold over off-going watches. Off-going watches may be released only with the approval of the Department Commander. • Station supervisors or watch commanders desiring to release off-going watches shall request approval through the ECC Personnel Officer. • The ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for securing the Department Commander's approval for releasing off-going watches and for sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. • A Mobilization cancellation teletype shall be considered authority to release off-going watches. • Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 102.07 ALERT OF OFF-DUTY PERSONNSL DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is initiated, personnel in mobilized Areas or divisions shall be activated as follows: • Station supervisors on duty in mobilized Areas or divisions shall cause notifications to be made to off duty officers assigned to their respective Areas or divisions. • When the offices of a mobilized Area or dilLision..are closed, off-duty personnel shall be notified"' as specified in the Area or Division Unusual Occurrence Plan. • In a Major Unusual Occurrence, the Department Commander may use the services of cooperating _ commercial radio and television stations. to rrotify off-duty officers of the Mobilization. • When off-duty personnel are alerted, they shall be instructed to report to their Area or division of assign ment. Officers assigned to the Field Task Force shall continue reporting on-duty at their Area or oivision of assignment throughout the duration of the incident unless otherwise directed by their Field Task Force supervisor. • When practicable, commanding officers who are requested to commit personnel to the Field Task Force shall send officers assigned to an on-coming watch rather than officers who have been held over. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Departme,it Pe~sonM! Mobiliz~ior. Plan March, 1976 B/102.08 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN · 102.08 MOBILIZATION WA1'CH ASSIGNMENTS. Area and other Office of Operations division commanding officers shall establish and maintain a Mobilization watch assignment roster and ensure that personnel of their commands are informed of individual ~ignments. All officers shall be included except ~ose on vacation , military leave, extended leave due to illness, or those otherwise not available during the deployment period. Assignments shall be structured so that 45 Ptlf'· CMJt of the uniformed officers comprise the "A" watch and 55 perct1t1t comprise the "B" watch. Note: The Department Commander is not precluded from reassigning personnel commensurate with the needs · of an emergency. • Day watch officers should be assigned to the "A" watch and night watch officers to the "8" watch. Morning watch officers should be assigned to either the "A" or "B" watch to comply with the 45-55 percent ratio requireme~ • Investigative personnel shall be assigned in a manner that allows for the augmentation of uniformed per sonnel, if necessary, and also to allow investigators to perform special functions related to UOs, e.g., Field Jail Unit. • The number of officers assigned to the Minimum Operating Force and the Available Reserve for each twelve-hour watch shall be computed and the Avail able Reserve reported as provided in B/102 14. July, 1978 . • Personnel Mobiliz!tion Plan ------------- --------- - - 102.09 lWELVE-HOUR WATCHES. Each twe1ve-hour watch in a Mobili-tation shall be preceeded by a 30 minute roll call period. The watch times shall be : • "A" Watch : 0630 - 1900 hours. • "B" Watch: 1830 - 0700 hours. The watch times for the FCP Cadre shall be: • 0730 - 2000 hours. • 1930 - 0800 hours. Other watch hours may be established only with the approval of the Department Commander. In unusual situations the Department Commander may authorize watch hours in excess of twelve-hour shifts. 102.10 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A MOBILIZA· TION. The "A" and "B" watches of a mobilized Area shall each be divided into a Minimum Operating Force and an Available Reserve. . T3ct:cal Manual, Los Angeles Police Department ) PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 8/102._14 ~ 102...,1 MINIMUM OPERATlt,jG FORCE-MOBILIZA TION. The Minimum Operating Force for an Area during a Mobiliation s~ll consist of the following: • Approximately 50 percent of the uniformed officers and supervisors utilized in the smallest regularly-used car plan of the day and night watches. Minimum day and night watch personnel will be assigned to the "A" and "B" Watches respectively. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Mobiliza tion does not include vice.juvenile, and accident investigation or traffic enf~r_?.!'!!_e~t personnel. . _ • Those fixed post positions essential to Area operation. When practicable, these fixed post positions will be . filled by light-duty officers. Example: A Mobilization occurs on Saturday night and Rampart Area is mobilized. The smallest regularly-used car plan on the night watch in this Area occurs on a Wednesday night. The Minimum Operating Force for Rampart's "8" Watch would then consist of 50 ,,.,-cent of the uniformed patrol officers and uniformed patrol supervisors used on a Wednesday night_ deployment, plus those positions essential to Area operations. 102.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-MOBILIZATION. The Available Reserve for an Area shall consist of the Area's on-duty officers except those assigned to 'the Field Task Force or the Area's Minimum Operating Force for a Mobilization. The Available Reserve includes - Area vfce~ juvenile, fixed posts, accident investigation and traffic enforcement personnel. If officers are assigned to the Field Task Force from the Available · ~eserve, the number assigned will be subtracted from the original Available Reserve to determine the current Available Reserve. ,. Note: The Available Reserve for a Mobilization, des cribed above, differs from the Available Reserve during a Tactical Alert, which is described elsewhere in this chapter. • . . 102.13 OTHER OFFICE OF OPERATIONS DIVISIONS. • Traffic Diwisions. The Available Reserve for traffic divisions shall consist of all personnel who have not .. ~ been assigned to the Field Task Force. • Investigative Diwisions. The Available Reserves for investigative divisions, within the Office of Operations, shall consist of those officers in the division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force and who are available for assignment to the UO Control Task Force. 102.14 REPORTING AVAILABLE RESERVE EACH DEPLOYMENT PERIOD. Office of Operations Area and division commanding officers shal I report the · ·number of officers assigned to the Available Reserve during a Mobilization to their bureau commanding · officers and to Investigative Headquarters Division prior to the first day of each depk>yment period, as ~allows: • The report shall be submitted on an Intra-Departmental Correspondence, Form 15.2. • The report shall include the number of officers, by rank, who will be assigned to the Available Reserve for the coming deployment period. • A separate listing shall be made for each twelve-hour watch. • A separate listing shall be made for: patrol, vice, juvenile, and fixed posts; accident investigation; .... . traffic enforcement: and investigative personnel. I • - ' - - - • . Example: .I .I West Los Angef es Area Tv...elve-Hour Watch Assignment Available Reserve Deployment Period No. 14 · December 15, 1978 ''A" Wa1dl "8" Watch Lt. Sgt. Invest. Ofer. Lt. Sgt. Invest. Ofer. Patrol, Vice Juvenile, & Fixed Posts 8 35 10 43 A.I. 7 9 T.E. 8 10 Invest. 4 2 5 2 ----- - -·--- --- -- Note: To provide an estimate of the potential strength -of the Field Task Force, the Available Reserve, as re- . ported each deployment period, shall be based on the maximum number of available sworn personnel. The ECC Personnel Officer will make a determination regarding the availability of pers<?nnel from each Ar~ during a Mobilization. At that ~Ime, pro~le,:ns pecul Iar, to the UO will be considered prior to assigning an Areas or division's Available Reserve to the Field Task Fore~ . When an Area or division is mobilized, the predetermined Minimum Operating Force shall immediately become · effective. Prior to the beginning of each twel~e-h~ur watch, iine-ups shall be teletyped to Commun1cat1ons 1 Division as prescribed in the Department Manual (3/224.10, Tactical Manuai. Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan july, 1978 8/102. 15 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 102.15 SELECTION OF PERSONNEL The personnel assigned to UO controlshould be highly qualified in poi ice service. Selection of _Task F<:>r~ personnel should be predicated upon the following qua It ties: • Experience anq job knowledge. • Exemplary work habits. • Physical stamina. • Emotional stability. • Fortitude. These characteristics are of increased importance when selecting supervisors. They should have all the _ qualities necessary for police officers and also those attributes w,idi contribute to effective leadership. 102.16 FORMATION OF SQUADS IN A MOBILIZA~ TION. In the application of Depan:ment tactics fo,. Unusual Occurrences, certain situations will necessi tate ~he use of squae1s. In a Mobilization, when the Field Commander indicates that squads will be used, the follow- ing procedures shall apply: · • When off-duty personnel are activated, concerned station supervisors or watch commanders shall _ arrange officers and supervisors into squads as they arrive for roll call. . • The squads formed in the Area or division of assign ment shall be dispatched to the Assembly Area or other desiar.ated location as a unit. • Squad assignments shall, when practicable, cont!~ue unchanged throughout the duration of the Mobaltza tion. • March: . 197 6 Personnel Mobiiization ?!an 102 .. 17 LOCATION OF OFF-DUTY OFFICERS IN A MOBILIZATION. Off-duty personnel from mobilized Areas or divisions shall inform their station supervisor or watch commander of the telephone number or location where they can be contacted when they are going to be away from their homes for .more than one hour. 102.18 CANCELLATION OF A MOBILIZATION. Approval for the cancellation of a Mobil ization shall be obtained from the Department Commander. - When a Mobilization has been cancelled, the ECC Per sonnel Officer shall cause the broadcast of the cancel la tion by radio and teletype as follows: • The broadcast shall include the location of the occur rence and shall be directed to all involved Areas. • The radio broadcast shall be periodically repeated during the first two hours following tne original cancel la ti on broadcast. • The teletype shall include instructions tor resuming normal activities. · 102.19 NOTIFYING OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL OF A . . MOBILIZATION CANCELLATION. Upon . receiving notification of a Mobilization cancel_la_ ti_on,.:- . commanding officers of mobilized Areas or d1v1s1ons shall ensure that their concerned off-duty personnel, including those loaned or temporarily assigned to th_ eir command, are immediately notified of the cancellation. In the event mobilized personnel · need to be billeted iff Department-selected facilities, the ECC Personnel Officer shall notify them when the Mobilization is cancelled . Tactical Man:;a!. Los An?eles Pol ice Depa:-:me;l,: S O U T H E A S T A R E A *** CONFIDENTIAL *** MOBILIZATION ROSTER DP #13 _ DECEMBER 1, 1991 - DECEMBER 28, 1991 1 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK TELEPHONE ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ ------- ------------ ---------- GASCON DAVID J 16883 CAPT 3 213 832-1164 AREA C/0 A TRUNDLE JOHN 20379 CAPT 1 714 591-2127 PATROL C/0 B DIAZ SERGIO 21800 LT 1 213 861-6508 DAY A EIDE RICHARD 21321 LT 2 213 947-7504 DET C/0 B HEPBURN DAVID 17346 LT 1 714 840-3865 AM B KELEPECZ BETTY 22441 LT 2 213 438-3240 LN OSB A MANCHESTER L A 12893 LT 1 714 964-4187 PM B MELTON MIKE 17047 LT 2 213 450-2651 DET GIS A ALLEN J.D. 20184 SGT 2 213 299-7633 FB DAY A AVALOS REYNALDO 22100 SGT 1 714 861-4873 AM B BLOOMER ROBERT 17022 SGT 2 714 963-1648 VICE B BONILLA CHRIS 22983 SGT 1 818 964-1506 SEG B COOKSON ETHELMAE 21183 SGT 1 213 547-5663 DAY A DELATORRE RUBEN 23002 SGT 1 213 695-5998 AM • B FAULK STEPHEN 20202 SGT 1 213 641-4001 FB PM B FULLER GEORGE 17298 SGT 1 818 337-8088 FB PM B GOODRICH GERALD 12866 SGT 2 714 780-9533 AM B GRENIER STEVEN 14128 SGT 1 714 842-2998 LN IAD B GUERRERO WILLIAM 22448 SGT 1 213 547-3906 ADJ PATROL A HURTADO FRANCISCO 21526 SGT 1 213 223-8184 DAY A JONES GREGORY 23428 SGT 1 714 924-5223 LN IAD B KATONA RONALD 23359 SGT 1 213 730-3446 PM B KEITH DONALD 20417 SGT 1 213 925-1343 DAY A KREJCI GLEN 22235 SGT 1 714 779-1477 CRASH B LANDRY ALBERT 21530 SGT 1 213 677-8779 CRO A LAWRENCE DONALD 23215 SGT 1 714 595-3307 PM B LONG FRANK 15659 SGT 1 213 831-3279 LN OCOP A MAILLET THEODORE 21475 SGT 1 213 924-6720 PRED B MC MANUS FRANK 17310 SGT 2 714 839-3476 PM B MOEN RONALD 17618 SGT 1 818 248-2505 PM B QUAN RANDY 21776 SGT 1 714 595-9560 FB PM B SALZMAN LON 15934 SGT 2 213 833-5452 PM B SHIMIZU CANDACE 21969 SGT 2 818 249-9675 VICE A TURLEY STEVEN 17974 SGT 1 213 425-7567 AM B VALENTI GREGORY 23105 SGT 1 714 278-0623 DAY A VANSON PETER 23397 SGT 1 714 960-1809 PM B VILLARINO ROBERTO 16238 SGT 1 213 513-1814 DAY A WALKER THOMAS 22529 SGT 1 213 927-8049 AM B WARDEN ROBERT 16935 SGT 1 818 960-2642 ADJ AREA A ZAMORA ANTONIO 24381 SGT 1 714 995-9238 DAY A AGNEW BRIAN 24635 p 3 714 597-5172 VICE B ALLEY JEFF 26435 p 2 818 965-7347 . PM B ALVAREZ ERNEST 10430 p 3 213 429-6165 DAY A ALVIANI JOHN 25164 p 3T 818 368-6918 PM B ANDERSON DANIEL 16857 p 2 213 490-9988 sco A 2 ·SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK TELEPHONE ASSIGNMENT uow ---------------- ---------- ------ ------- ------------ ---------- ANGULO STEVEN 26360 p 2 213 941-3566 PM B ARGOMANIZ MANUEL 25205 p 3 714 624-2960 LN VICE B ARTEAGA RICARDO 26844 p 2 213 696-3959 PM B AVILA ELIZABETH 25773 p 2 714 371-3465 CRASH B BAEZA HUGO 25390 p 3 714 873-1548 VICE A BA1<ER THOMAS 22306 p 3 818 246-0375 DAY A BANKER RAY 26101 p 2 714 596-6441 PM B BARLING CHRISTOPHER 25264 p 2 714 533-3120 CRASH B BARNES LYLE 27186 p 2 714 395-9846 GRATS B BAZAN JESUS 24383 p 2 213 773-2912 DAY A BEEZER DONOVAN 27187 p 2 213 671-9278 MID DAY A BELZ PATRICIA 27964 p 1 213 920-3707 - MID DAY A BJAZEVICH LISA 25081 p 3T 213 534-8134 PM B BLOCKER BARRY 27367 p 2 213 779-2108 PM B BLOUNT DAREN 25613 p 2 213 250-8182 PRED A BOYLE RICK 26630 p 2 213 434-5971 FB PM B BRANDON DARRYL 27754 p 1 213 376-5433 AM B BROWN CRAIG 27969 p 1 714 524-8073· DAY A BROWN ROBIN 25781 p ·2 213 695-2723 PM B BROWN STINSON 25213 p 2 213 255-6958 LN CRO A BURNS LARRY 23751 p 2 213 750-6588 VICE A CABALLERO SONIA 26539 p 1 213 585-2162 MID PM B CABUNOC ANTHONY 25170 p 2 805 257-6851 · PM B CAFFEY WAYNE 23900 p 2 714 875-7876 CRASH B CALAM GREGORY 27668 p 1 213 373-5366 DAY A CARNEVALE STEVEN 27920. p 1 213 376-9575 DAY B CARODINE MICHAEL 24641 P 3+1 213 751-7023 SLO DAY A CASEY MARGARET 23474 p 2 213 396-4057 DAY A CASTRO ANDREW 25946 p 2 818 337-5818 CRASH B CASTRO VICTOR 26368 p 2 213 534-2081 MID PM B CASWELL MARK 22214 P 3+1 213 923-4803 SLO DAY A CEDENO DAVID 25866 p 2 818 369-2766 LN DET A CHONG JAMES 26855 p 2 213 860-9137 MID PM B CHONG RUDOLFO 30089 p 1 213 376-5376 AM B CHU ANGELA 24972 p 3 805 254-4568 PM B CLARK EDGAR 26111 p 2 714 527-5048 AM B CLARK JOHN 15755 p 3 714 841-6363 BAIL A COATES MICHELLE 25699 p 2 213 732-0094 DAY A COLOMEY SEAN 27576 p 2 213 793-9534 PM B - COLON EDWARD 27921 p 1 213 376-9575 MID DAY A COOK CARLTON 26952 p 2 213 935-9454 DAY A COPPA CARMINE 13080 p 3 213 548-1801 DAY A CORPEL RICK 27379 p 2 ) 818 446-3681 PM B CORREA JOSE 25871 p 2 714 656-4511 SEG B CORTINAS JOSEPHINE 26447 p 2 818 307-9567 DAY A COTA ARTHUR 25538 p 2 714 629-6603 DAY A CRAIG MARIE 27975 p 1 213 867-8358 FB PM B DANZEK THOMAS 24390 p 3 213 3_ 92-2329 DAY A DATRIA DOUGLAS · 27579 p 1 213 394-8584 FB DAY A DIXON DANIEL 25406 p 2 213 298-0196 DAY A DUNIGAN KEVIN 25090 p 2 213 757-7471 LN OSB B EGUCHI STEVEN 26555 p 2 818 576-7233 CRASH B 3 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK TELEPHONE ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ ------- ------------ ---------- EIRICH RICHARD 25545 p 2 213 377-8519 PRED A ELDRIDGE JAMES 27198 p 2 213 518-5950 PM B ESCARENO JOE 22427 p 3 818 918-6187 FB DAY A ESQUIVEL MICHELLE 27201 p 2 714 532-3094 MID PM B EUWING DENA 25629 p 2 213 759-9756 LN CRO B FERRY DAVID 27384 p 1 818 562-3167 AM A FIELDS DELWIN 30046 p 1 213 638-2705 DAY A FIELDS PAUL 26457 p 2 714 860-1762 FB DAY A FLANAGAN MICHAEL 24857 p 3 818 331-7568 AM B FLORES MARIA 26862 p 2 213 645-3991 FB DAY A FLORES VIVIAN 25882 p 2 213 869-5278 CRASH B FORTE MICHELLE 25957 p 2 714 843-0827 - DAY A GARAY EMILIO 262 p 2 213 823-3368 DAY A GARCIA ALBERT 25132 p 2 818 284-3807 DAY A GARCIA SANDRA 27494 p 2 818 369-2549 DAY A GARDNER · ROY 22222 p 3 714 670-7369 AM A GLEASON JAMES 26461 p 2 818 965-7347 PM B GOBLE GAARON 25480 p 2 213 833-9780 DAY A GODWIN LESA 27927 p ·1 714 894-6336 AM B GOLT TERESA 26563 p 2 714 894-7474 FB PM A GRABIAK BLAIR 26647 p 2 213 398-5347 PM B GRAVES MATTHEW 27392 p 2 213 542-4215 AM A GREEN CHRISTOPHER 27779 p 1 213 957-3127 AM A GRIFFIN STEVEN 24725 p 3 714 242-2864 CRASH B GUEVARA AMAURY 27929 p 1 213 865-0799 AM A HART JEFF 24596 p 3 213 983-1203 AM B HAYNES SUSAN 25277 p 2 213 978-0820 DAY A HERRERA ART 27932 p 1 213 . 832-2409 DAY A HILL . M~RLIN 26966 p 2 818 254-4177 AM A HOFMEYER JEFFREY 27130 p 2 818 913 7179 · PM B HOLZER THOMAS 25095 p 3 818 364-2493 PM B JACKSON MARK 26135 p 2 l818 769-2090 LN CRASH B JAMES ROBERT 26737 p 2 714 441-0103 SEG B· JARA THEODORE 27132 p 2 714 873-2124 PM B JAROSCAK PAUL 22177 p 3 714 279-6327 LN DET A JIMINEZ JAMES 22773 p 3 213 804-4095 PM B JOHNSON RONALD 24991 p 3 714 670-0102 DAY A JOTZ KEVIN 26738 p 2 714 681-1393 SEG B KARDIBAN MARK 26226 p 2 213 860-5247 AM B KOBA GARY 27137 p 2 213 529-2996 MID PM B LEE HARRY 25565 p 2 714 594-4659 LN HARBOR A · LEQUIN ROBERT 25235 p 2 805 255-9108 LN DET A LEWALLEN JEFFREY · 27407 p 2 213 664-6651 AM A LEWIS TIMOTHY 24875 p 2 714 941-0173 LN DET A LIM STACY 26050 p 2 213 69'8-3589 AM B LIRA THOMAS 27862 p 1 213 698-4957 PM B LOCKETT MICHAEL 24995 p 3+1 213 329-9751 SLO DAY A LOYA KIMBERLY 26061 p 2 714 681-6102 PM . B MAGDALENO SANDRA 24067 p 2 714 638-4400 DAY A MANROW LINDA 23047 p 3 213 547-1712 AM A MARTIN ·DARRYL 27416 p 2 213 777-5952 DAY A - MARTINEZ JOSE 25426 p 2 818 289-1181 MID DAY A 4 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK TELEPHONE ASSIGNMENT uow --------------~ ---------- ------ ------- ------------ ---------- MARTINEZ MARIA 27520 p 2 213 .947-3918 PM B MATA CESAR 27143 p 2 714 256-1074 DAY A MATTHEWS DARELL 26583 p 2 - 213 962-2825 FB DAY A MC ALPINE JULIE 25053 p 2 714 685-5211 AM B MC ARTHUR STEVEN 23931 p 3 714 823-8037 - FRED A MC DONALD JAMES 27620 p 2 213 379-7501 PM B MC DONALD WILLIAM 26889 p 2 714 923-9926 SEG B MC GREW ANN 26978 p 2 818 247-7783 AM A MC MILLION CHESTER 25987 p 2 818 990-4575 FRED B MC WILLIAMS JOSEPH 30113 p 1 714 393-0711 SEG B MELCHIOR ROBERT 26980 p 2 714 597-5032 SEG B MILLER FRED 26063 p 2 213 630-2484 - LN CRO A MILLER LEONARD 24671 p 3T 714 242-8601 MID PM B MIRACLE MICHAEL 27872 p 1 213 573-2031 DAY A MONFILS RICHARD 26675 p 2 714 591-9762 PM B MONTELONGO FRANK 26749 p 2 213 949-8190 MID PM B MOORE KENNETH 26065 p 3 714 428-9789 AM B MOORE RONALD 25289 p 3+1 213 865-7419 SLO B MORENO OSCAR 27235 p 2 714 689-4582 AM B MORROW EVA 2°1760 p 3 213 831-9625 LN CRO A MULLINS MICHAEL 26678 p 2 213 320-6221 PM B NELSON BRUCE 24283 p 3 714 272-6984 MID DAY A NINO HUBERT 2780· 4 p 1 213 694-2504 DAY A NOBILE ROBERT 24421 p 2 818 335-3867 CRASH B NOLTE JEFF 26408 p 2 714 847-8260 AM B ODDO ANTHONY 2658_ 8 p 2 714 369-7041 MID PM B OKAMOTO SACHIKO 26989 p 2 818 285-5706 DAY A ONORATO JOHN 17242 p 3 213 547-4060 DAY A ORDONE DARYL 27530 p 1 213 291-8203 PM B ORME SALLY 27720 p 1 213 378-2072 PM B OSMAN JAMES 21284 p 3 213 425-2363 PM B PANOS PETER 25433 p 3 714 380-8697 MID DAY B PEDERSON ANDREW 24616 p 3 714 823-3048 AM A PEREZ ELLEN 25247 p 2 .213 434-4997 DAY A PEREZ ROBERT 26990 p 2 213 949-6690 LN CRO A PETER FRANCK 26991 p 2 213 856-3088 MID DAY A PINZON FLORO 26758 p 2 818 882-4601 DAY A PONOMAROFF JOHN 22870 p 2 714 681-6510. DAY SD A PRATT BRIAN 26414 p 2 714 621-9826 MID PM B PRESTON MARILYN 25113 p 2 213 757-8966 FB DAY B PRICE AUSTON 24813 p 3 714 943-9624 VICE B PYLE SHELLEY 26592 p 2 818 246-9663 FB PM B QUEZADA STEVEN 24553 p 3+1 714 960-2951 SLO PM B QUIHUIS ROBERT 26687 p 2 213 926-1784 PM B RAICHEL MARK 25295 p 2 714 952-1084 CRASH B RAMIREZ ARMANDO 23512 p 3+1 818 338-7221 SLO A RAMIREZ RAFAEL 27442 p 2 818 753-2909 FB PM B RICHARDS BRET 25754 p 2 818 782-0355 SEG B RODRIGUEZ ISIDRO 27950 p 1 213 534-1568 FB PM B ROSARIO JOAN 27890 p 1 213 439-6151 DAY A ROSS VICTOR 25466 p 2 213 759-3967 SEG B ROSSMAN DEBORAH 24948 p · 2 714 734-6791 LN ANALY B 5 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK TELEPHONE ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ ------- ------------ ---------- SAAB DANIEL 27815 P. 1 213 560-5372 DAY A SALCIDO DIANA 23941 p 1 213 699-8275 PM B SATO ROCKY 25117 p 3T 213 398-9013 FB PM B SHAUGHNESSY JOHN 21296 p 3 213 258-6699 PM B SHEPARD ANGELA 27001 p 2 213 946-0099 AM B SILAGY ROBERT 14410 p 3 213 533-1897 LN DET A SILVA EDWARD 26514 p 2 213 803-5928 PM B SIMPSON KATHY 25300 p 2 213 864-5879 FB DAY A SMITH MICHAEL 27254 p 2 213 404-2109 DAY A SMITH WILLIAM 24689 p 3 714 750-3622 LN DET B SPINELLO RALPH 25449 p 2 213 429-9443 FB PM B SPRINGER CHARLES 27648 p 2 213 798-0258 PM B STARKEY FRED 25253 p 2 714 972-1542 DAY A SWANSON JAMES 13875 p 3 714 236-9668 LN CAD A TELLES JOSE 26925 p 2 818 546-2362 AM B THARP MARK 25764 p 3 818 246-8632 VICE B THOMPSON PHILLIP 26084 p 2 213 422-1550 DAY B THUSING PEGGY 25120 p 3 818 784-3646 FB. DAY A TROVATO ANTHONY 27259 p 2 714 531-7190 GRATS B VONHURST MARY 26430 p 2 213 693-8237 AM B WAGNER ARTHUR 17848 p 3 714 846-5642 PM B WALLACE KIM 27462 p 2 213 757-6300 DAY A WEBB RAY 25681 p 2 213 758-2930 FB DAY A WEST JAMES 27093 p 2 714 681-3117 FB PM B WHITE ALLAN 24446 p 3 818 919-1012 PM B WILLIAMS ERNEST 27833 p 1 213 644-1221 AM A WILLIAMS ZIMBALIST 23322 p 3+1 213 423-3443 SLO PM A WOODS DANNY 20179 p 3+1 818 791-723' 3 SLO DAY A WU PATRICK 27659 p 2 818 286-8396 MID PM B WYNN DAWN 24427 p 3 714 532-1120 DAY HAR LN A YOUNG LYLE 17730 p 3 213 596-9106 AM B ALDUENDA RAY 20665 D 2 714 643-7843 CAPS A BARRAGAN STEVE 21507 D 1 213 374-5822 AUTO B BOOTOW WAYNE 21847 D 1 714 526-7490 JUV B CALHOUN . MICHAEL 21692 p 3 714 875-3134 CAPS A CLEMENTS STEPHEN 15178 D 3 213 325-7320 CAPS A COHEE JACKIE 24009 D 1 714 '536-2158 CAPS B COURTNEY - BETTY 14944 D 3 213 677-2701 JUV B FLAMENCO CAROLYN 22604 D 1 213 860-6978 BURG A GILMORE NOLAN 11618 D 3 714 599-7097 ROBB B GRANT GREG 22444 D 2 818 369-9567 CAPS A HANSEN MICHAEL 23915 p 3 714 537-2368 DESK B HYPOLITE GEORGE 17829 P 3+1 213 216-9247 CT LIAISON A KARLE JOHN 23293 D 2 213 542-9757 DESK PM B MARSH ROBERT 24544 p 3 213 547-2139 AUTOS A MARVIN DUANE 12459 0 · 2 714 898-8393 ROBB A MAUK DONALD 21917 p 3 213 869-4137 · CAPS B MILES KURT 20111 D 1 818 961-1937 ROBB B MORENO ALEXANDER 24148 p 3 213 928-6659 CAPS B OWENS DEXTER 14399 D 2 213 866-9511 JUV B 6 SWORN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK TELEPHONE ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ ------- ------------ ---------- PAUL JAY 14322 D 2 213 424-7327 CAD A ROCHA VICTOR 24488 p 3 714 779-2152 BURG A SHEPARD CLIFFORD 21297 p 3 714 861-0047 CAPS B SMITH LEON 16645 D 3 714 472-8046 AUTOS B STABLER JAYNE 24Q25 p 3 213 437-4572 CAPS B THORNTON THOMAS 23523 p 3 213 434-6724 ROBB B TOLLIVER KYLE 22745 p 3 714 948-9464 JUV A VENA JAMES 22300 D 2 310 693-5957 JUV B WEBSTER CHICO 21059 D 1 619 951-7990 DESK A WEBSTER JOHNIE 21352 p 3 213 631-4824 AUTOS B WILLIAMS KEITH 22965 D 1 714 874-1669 ROBB B WITHERS ISAAC 15090 D 3 413 402-5104 BURG A CIVILIAN LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK TELEPHONE ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ --------- ------------ ---------- ADAMS STEVEN E9051 so 213 867-7509 JAIL AM A ANDERSON GWENDOLYN C9450 SECTY 213 751-2752 AREA DAY A ANDREWS DESHON G8230 so 213 382-1284 JAIL DAY A BLANCETT JOHN G8775 EM 818 446-3778 GARAGE DAY 0 BRAGG ERNEST M9519 G/ATT 213 564-6066 DAY 0 BUSTER DEITRICK E9685 so 213 232-7572 JAIL PM B CANADA NANETTE E8297 CT 213 515-2849 RECORD DAY A CLEVELAND DERRICK G8642 CSA 213 756-3251 DAY A COOK LORRAINE . G8284 CSA 213 232-3689 PM B CRAIN ELIGAH J9624 G/ATT 213 774-0113 DAY 0 DE GUZMAN REYNALDO E9016 CSA 213 928-2158 AM A DEHESA CALVIN G8740 so 818 968-8378 JAIL DAY A DEREPENTIGNY LYNDA B8173 SCT 213 514-0803 RECORD PM B DOUGLAS BRENDA E9799 so 213 756-0067 PROP DAY 0 EBERHARDT JOYCE B9191 CT 213 588-3396 DETS DAY A EDGAR VERDE STER B9608 SR CSA 805 267-6761 DAY A FLEMING LEMUEL E9906 so 714- 622-6550 JAIL DAY A GAROFALOW ALLAN E9193 EM 714 828-5368 GARAGE DAY 0 . HALL ROBERT H9737 EM 714 780-5410 GARAGE PM · 0 HAMEICK BEVERLY B9192 CT 213 609-1439 RECORD AM B HART ROBERT E9013 SR/EM 213 835-7520 GARAGE DAY 0 HEROD DELISSA E9533 CT 213 755-6646 RECORD AM B JACOBSON ALMA C9857 MA 714 840-0601 CAD A JARMON LAVERNE B9252 CT 213 774-1846 RECORD PM B JOHNSON SHEZZELL G8217 CT 213 ·321-3364 PATROL DAY A KENOLY FAYELEASE E8887 SCT 213 422-3708 PATROL DAY A KIRKLAND ALICE E9747 so 213 631-0485 JAIL PM B LEGARDY LARITA B8693 so 213 753-0656 JAIL AM B LOFTIN JAMES G8666 so 213 984-9200 JAIL PM B LOUPE ERIC J8395 EM .213 770-0504 GARAGE DAY 0 MC COWAN BEVERLY M883S CT 213 635-4075 VICE DAY A MILLER DOROTHY B8522 so 213 777-0620 PROP DAY 0 MIMS ALMA B9603 CT 213 753-9402 RECORD DAY A MONTE CLARO ATHOS G9139 so 213 426-0041 JAIL PM B RAY DOUGLAS E9122 EM 213 945-?157 GARAGE DAY 0 - RIVEROS JOSE 68925 -- - SO-- --- -2-1- 3- 596sl7~ ---JA-IL PM · · · B SALO RICHARD D8208 EM 213 868-5688 GARAGE DAY 0 SHANKS STACEY G8577 so 213 809-4645_ JAIL DAY A TAITE CHARLES H9888 G/ATT 213 758-5976 PM 0 THOMPSON DWAYNE E9661 CSA 213 753-7845 PM A TROVATO WAYNETTE J8734 M/AIDE 818 331-7858 AREA DAY A TRUESDALE EARNEST L9551 so 213 762-2740 JAIL AM A WALLACE BESSIE 09059 PCP III 213 770-6228 RECORD DAY A WATSON JEANETTE B8594 CT 213 633-6708 RECORD AM A WILLIAMS KEITH G8670 so 213 774-6787 JAIL AM B WILLIAMS MICHELE B9530 CT 213 412-0453 DETS DAY B WILLIAMS SHARON E9716 CT 213 418-1124 RECORD PM A WITHERSPOON YVONNE A9012 SCT 213 636-5978 DETS DAY A RESERVE LAST NAME FIRST NAME SERIAL RANK TELEPHONE ASSIGNMENT uow --------------- ---------- ------ --------- ------------ ---------- --- CARTER JOHN Rl409 RO 213 316-9950 LINE B COLES WILLIAM Rl329 RO 213 596-4578 TECH B LAROSA JOSEPH R1268 RO 714 847-8950 TECH A RENTEN WILLIAM Rl920 RO 818 443-8008 TECH A RETIZELL PRENTICE R1804 RO 213 774-0501 TECH A SCHMAUS GEORGE R1667 RO 714 848-8766 TECH B SPEARMAN SONYA · R1476 . RO 213 770-0797 TECH B TEDFORD RICKIE R1073 RO 213 605-0848 LINE A THOMAS LORENZO Rl477 RO 213 293-2339 TECH B RECAP SWORN PERSONNEL Position TO Deployed Difference Capt III 1 1 Capt I 1 1 Lt II 2 3 +l Lt I 4 3 -1 Sgt II 5 6 +1 Sgt I 22 26 +4 PO 3+1 8 9 +1 PO 3 58 49 -9 PO 3T 24 4 -20 PO 2/1 108 142 ( 115. +27) +34- Det III 7 5 -2 Det II 10 7 -3 Det I 9 7 -2 Total 259 263 + 4 RECAP CIVILIAN PERSONNEL ' Position TO Deployed Difference Mgmt Analy 1 0 -1 Mgmt Aide 1 2 +l Secty 1 1 Clk Typ 12 11 -1 Sr Clk Typ 3 3 Police Svc Rep 2 0 -2 Stn Ofer 11 15 +4 Sr Cust Svc Atten 1 1 Cust Svc Atten 4 4 Prin Clk Police III 1 1 Total 37 38 +1 SOUTHEAST AREA COMMAND POST CADRE DEPLOYMENT PERIOD NO. 13 COMMANDING OFFICE~ A. Captain Gascon, Sergeant Warden B. Captain Trundle, Sergeant Guerrero EXECUTIVE OFFICER A. Lieutenant Melton, Sergeant Turley B. Lieutenant Hepburn, Sergeant Fuller OPERATIONS OFFICER A. Sergeant Katona, Sergeant Jones B. Sergeant Goodrich, Sergeant Hurtado PRESS RELATIONS OFFICER J A. Sergeant Landry, Officer Morrow B. Sergeant Cookson, Officer Brown INTELLIGENCE OFFICER A. Sergeant Bloomer, Officer Tharp B. Sergeant Shimizu, Officer Agnew PERSONNEL OFFICER A. Sergeant Villarino, Officer Perez, R. B. Sergeant Walker, Officer Coates LOGISTICS OFFICER A. Sergeant Faulk, Officer Nelson B. Sergeant Salzman, Officer Young, L. -------- -:------- ,\ - i --•"--- _,B/1.,,,;400;.,;;;,;.;•~---Cl;;;.;..;,V..;.;IL;;;,...;;;D_E_F_E_N_S_E...:W .. A_R_N_I_N_G_S ________________________ \ ' l . f CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS-GENERAL 403. DEPARTMENT COMMAND ANO ORGANI: The purpose of this chapter is to prOvide a TION. Changes with in the Department orgar 401. f -~ general plan for the Department in the event of a Civil zation and command shall be in accordance with UQ ..._J Defense Warning giving notice of a probabl• or immiMf1t control policy and- procedures as set forth in the Tab enemy nuclear attack. This plan diets with actions to Manual. However. special effort shal I be made to retc be taken during a Civil Defense Warning prior to the the normal command structure at, and below, the bur . � detonation of a nuclear device. The primary objectives level. --- - - -et - thts -plaA - are-three-fold~ -{-})-aiding - the- generaJ--popu-- - - - - ---- - - - - - --------- lace to shelter, (2) the shel_tering of members of the 404. CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING SIGNALS. ----QepaFtment,-aFuH-3Hhe-aispefsat-ef..E)epaftment-com- · --- -----· - - - - - - -- --- --· - -~ ::;.;::;;.;;_-· mand personnel to provide for the highest possible • Attantion or Al•rt Signtl: A 3-to 5-minute ltNdy survival of key Department person~ in the event of a blast means an •t111Ck probabl•, or a threatened or nuclear attack. This plan does not deal with actions impending peacetime emergency. required subsequent to a nuclear attack or-with non- • Attack Wamifti Signal: A 3-to 5-minute wt1vt1ring ·nuclear Civil Defense conditions. Those events will be mund on sirens, or a series of short blasts on whistl1 handled as Major Unusual Occurrences in accordance or horns means an •ttac!c imminent :with provisions of the-Tacticat Manual. The Civil Defense - role of the Chief of Police and the relationship of the · '.Department to the Civil Defense and Disaster Corps are ' set forth in the City of Los An,-1• Em.rgt1ncy Plan for the Organization and o,,.ration of tM Civil . o.,.,,. and Dill#tM Corps. 402. SPECIAL DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES. DURING CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS. During a Civil Defense Warning, the Department has the following responsibilities:· · • Directing and assisting persons to available shelters.. • Giving information to the public upon request. • Protecting life and property. • Facilitating the flow of traffic. : • Performing police work of major importance. . • Facilitating the activities of other agencies performing emergency services within City Jimits. ·405. ACTIONS TAKEN DURING A CIVIL DEFEN WARNING-ON-DUTY PERSONNEL 405.01 ACTIVATION OF THE EMERGENCY CON• TROL CENTER (ECC). Upon broadcast of a 'Civil Defense Warning giving notice of an attack probab, or an •ttack immin..t, the Emergency Control Center shall be immediately activated as set forth in Part A of · the Tactical Manual. Activation of the ECC under these den 1rns1aoces is iodepeocieot at a QP-partmeot Mobiliza- • tion. • 405.02 ATTACK .PROBABLE. During an •ttack pro- ' . babl• warning,on-duty personnel shall comply : with their Civil Defense Warning Plan. Staff and com- : mand officers and their personal staff shall disperse in ~ accordance with the dispersal plan. I :406.03 ATTACK IMMINENT. During an attack immi- '. 1 nfflt warning,all Department personnel shall immediately take cover in the best available shelter. ______________________ ...:...,_ ____ -¥U1en...titne aod disraoces allow, pecsonn.el..wilL.rnake , every effort to comply with their Civil Defense Warning : :Plan. \ ----------------------------------------------------:---1 I . ...,.. . . . :· { I I I ------------------------- - - - -----------~-- - Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Civil Defense Warnings February, 1976 -- .. .. . -·- - -- ·- - .. ·- · - - ---· -· - ~.:_ .:.. ~ · · · • ... • ... .,, J - - - -------------------- CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS B/410.03 409. ACTIONS TAKEN DURING A CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING-OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL. As professional law enforcement personnel, members of the Department are expected to perform their public duties in the event of a Civil Defense Warning. This obligation makes it incumbent on members of the Department to plan in advance for the sheltering of their families and dependents so that, having provided for their safety and well-being, members of the Department can devote their attention and energies to their public duties. 409.01 ATTACK PROBABLE. When an Attention or Alt1rt Signal is sounded, off-duty Department personnel have the following responsibilities: • Securing shelter for their families and dependents. • Staff and command officers shall proceed to their dispersal plan duty location whenever conditions permit. Should conditions prohibit response to the assigned duty position, command and staff officers shall take the best available shelter, and then move to their assigned duty position when that action can be safely taken. • Members of - the Department not included in the dis persal plan shall be guided by their Civil Defense Warning Plan as to whether and/or when to report to work, and under what circumstances. • In the event of an extended alert, al I off-duty per sonnel shall report for duty at the regular time, unless otherwise instructed by their Civil Defense Warning Plan. 409.02 ATTACK IMMINENT. When an Attack Warning Signal is sounded, off-duty personnel are obli gated to immediately secure cover for themselves and their families and dependents in the best available shelter. 410. CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING DISPERSAL PLAN. The purpose of the diSPersal plan is to maximize the survival of Department-·command and staff personnel , and to provide for on-the-scene decentralized command · of the Department in the event of a communications or transportation system failW'e subsequent to a nuclear attack. Dispersal shall occur during an attack probable. During an attack immin6f1t, personnel shall immediately take the best available shelter. 410.01 PERSONAL STAFF OF THE CHIEF OF POLICE. The Chief of Staff shall provide for the dispersal of the personal staff of the Chief of Police. 410.02 DISPERSAL OF ASSISTANT CHIEFS. All Assistant Chiefs shall proceed to City Hall East, 4th Sublevel, Emergency Operation Center (EOCl. 410.03 DEPUTY CHIEFS' DISPERSAL. Deputy Chiefs shall disperse as follows : • Commanding Officer, Operations-Central Bureau remain at Parker Center. • Commanding Officer, Operations-South Bureau remain at South Bureau Headquarters. • Commanding Officer, Operations-West Bureau remain at West Bureau Headquarters. • Commanding Officer, Operations-Valley Bureau remain at Valley Bureau Headquarters. • Commanding Officer, Operations-Headquarters Bureau -report to City HaJI East, 4th Sublevel, Emergency Operation Center ( EOC). · • Commanding Officer, Technical Services Bureau report to Police Academy. • Commanding Officer, Personnel and Training Bureau -report to Devonshire Station. • Commanding Officer, Plaf"!ning and Fiscal Bureau remain at Parker Center. • Commanding Officer, Bureau of Special Investigations -report to Hollenbeck Station. _ Tactical Manual, Los Angeles· Police Department Civil Defense Warnings June , 1981 Southeast Area - Standi~g Plans Section VI Page 1 , CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLAN The Tactical Manual provides some guidance · for civil defense planning. Provision must be made for sheltering of area personnel; personnel to remain on duty in preliminary stages, duty assignments and sheltering of additional personnel during a prolonged warning and for radiological monitoring. Some of these problems may already be covered in the included pages. Revised 1 11/04/90 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section VI Page 2 SOUTHEAST AREA CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLAN A. DEPARTMENT OBJECTIVE DURING CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING During a civil defense warning the primary objectives of Southeast Area personnel shall be: * Aiding the general population to shelter. * The sheltering of members of the Department. * The dispersal of Department command personnel to provide for the highest possible survival of key Department personnel in the event of a nuclear attack. During a civil defense warning Southeast Area shall have the following special responsibilities: * Giving information to the public upon .request. * Protecting life and property. * Facilitating the traffic flow. * Performi ng police work of major importance .. * Facilitating the activities of other agencies performi ng emergency services within the Area. B. CLASSIFICATION OF CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS Civil defense warnings shall be of the following types: Attack Probable - Indicated by three to five minute steady siren blast over the civil ·defense warning system. On duty shall: * Follow the direction of the Southeast Area civil defense plan. Revised 11/04/90 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section VI Page 3 Off duty shall: * * * Secure shelter for their families and dependents. Remain with their families or dependents until the immediate danger has passed. Within 24 hours of the warning, contact the concerned watch commander or report for duty. In the event of an extended alert all off duty personnel shall report for _ duty at the regular time. Attack Imminent - Indicated by a three to five minute wavering sound on the civil defense warning system. On duty personnel shall: * Immediately take cover in the best available shelter. When time and distance allows personnel shall follow the directions for on duty personnel under Attack Probable. Off duty personnel shall: * Obtain immediate cover for themselves and their families in the best available shelter. * Establish contact with their concerned watch commander as soon as immediate danger has passed. C. WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING Attack Probable 1. Initiate mobilization plans. 2. Designate up to one half of all on duty units to seek immediate shelter and establish communication with the watch commander's office. Revised 11/04/90 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section VI Page 4 3. Direct non-essential personnel to take shelter. 4. Direct and deploy remaining personnel to provide for the Area's responsibilities as outlined in Section IB (Special Responsibilities). Attack Imminent 1. Ensure that all on duty personnel seek immediate shelter and establish communications with them where possibl e. 2. Secure the station facility as best as possible. 3. Evacuate the Area jail and provide prisoners shelter (prisoners shall remain in custody). Termination of civil defense warnings 1. Ensure that Area operations return to normal as soon as possible. Note: Termination of civil defense warnings are not done via the civil defense sirens. Notifications of termination will be made via radio or teletype. D. WELFARE INQUIRY CENTER Theie well be a deluge of inquiries from evacuees, isolated citizens . and persons outside _ the disaster area regarding the welfare of relatives, families and friends. The system for handling these inquiries should include a central clearing house and several welfare centers where all registrations and inquiries can be processed. All locations which register disaster victims (mass care facilities, evacuation centers, hospitals, morgues, etc.) should be notified of the locations of the welfare inquiry centers serving their areas. The welfare inquiry centers may need communications capabilities with each other, outside agencies and other parts of the country. The American National Red Cross has a management cadre, a system for recruiting and training workers, and a tested program to handle inquiries on a massive scale. Revised 11/04/90 Southeast Area - Standing Plans Section VI Page 5 The location of the American National Red Cross Welfare Inquiry Station nearest Southeast Area is: Revised 11/04/90 1200 s. Vermont Ave Phone: 213 739-5200 • • • ,,.'-: !:~1, ·( · .. ---...._,• ' :· .. .. ... ~·- - . ........ ~ .,· . . • ..• ·. ·. •· . . ... . . .. . ... . -.. . •. · . ·• .•· . ~ - .;-• .·• .. ·.·, ~. · . .. . . .·.· . : i . - -· . .. . . ; · , . · . • : ... :· ... :-/· :-, _· : . . • . . ·' . ,· ..•_.·· . " · ;· ·.:, .•.·.··. : .. ; . .-· .. _: ,· . .. · ._ .. . , · .... · . • '· . . . . - .. ~ .. . , .. ... .. .. ...... · . .. ~ -· . .... . . ;. .. ..' · • . . . . ' . .. ·t .. ' • . . - -· '· . . . · ··_: _. --- -- .. : .. - .... . ~ . --· - -· .. -- _.. . . . : .. .. . . - .. • . • . . - ' · ' :· ".' ~ ' . . . · ... . - :. . . ~ · ~ .. • • . .. ' • ••::' · -_ • • • .-·_.: • • • • · :• , :: • • • : .. ,. , .. . • • ..,: • ~ : I • • . .:·.: . .. ·. ·. t _ . .... . ~ .: .' . ·. :.:' . · .: .. " !' •" . • _. : ~ . . · .. . ··, .. \ . . .. .. ·; .·· · ."" : "':' . · . . . . ' ~ :_1 ~ .•. ... . •. : . . • . • ( /~;~ : i ; ' l · : />;: ::1 ~; ) l~- t:J~VJ! - 1· :-./.-. . ·. . ..... .,. . .. .. . . . . ~ . .. . .. . · ..... · ·. .. ... · . '. : · .:·- :·<.: . .. . . · .. _.·.•·:· . . · .. _-:..: ... . .. · : . . -- _,;-·_ ' ,,. . · ~ .-_-; .. · .. ':' , . . · · ~ :, .'-'. . . . '• .. .. . ., . ~ .,, · .' : . . . .. - ~ ... ~7'.~~-~ :-_:_:-:..~-.:.-~~~--· • :--~ .. --~: .. _ L:t · · · ·f ··· -• ·'- -·- . • ... h;_ _ _ . ... ... •6'_• ··-. -~.. . ( .. :..:-:- ·.:~··· - ~- · . . ~- -· -.· ... -···- -: . :.::: :~_:- -__.._ --~----"·..:.- ·. ~-- __ -·· .. •- . :,-. .. . ..... . · ,; . Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 1 Revised 09/20/91 SOUTHEAST AREA EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLAN Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 2 EARTHQUAKE OVERVIEW SOUTHEAST AREA A catastrophic event, such as an earthquake, may have the effect of subdividing the City into various damaged and undamaged areas. Damaged areas may be isolated for prolonged periods of time. Prompt action by Department members and other agencies will be needed to save lives, protect property and to sustain the survivors. Since there is no way to predict, prior to an earthquake, the extent of injuries, property damage or loss of communications, a comprehensive set of guidelines has been established for Southeast Area personnel. The Area Commanding Officer or Acting Area Commanding Officer will use all resources available to fulfill the Department's responsibilities in responding to the emergency. Field supervisors must assume a strong leadership role by exerting a calming and stabilizing influehce upon subordinates. They must respond to the emergency by assessing the situation for damage and injuries and then forwarding this information to the command post for assimilation. ALL sworn personnel must be prepared to assume a leadership role and to respond to the emergency in a self-disciplined manner. The key to a swift and effective response is planning and individual readiness. This should include not only a thorough knowledge of the Area emergency plan, but also a determined course of action for each individual employee's family. This level of preparation will enable employees to function during the emergency with minimal stress in regard to the safety of their families. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 3 EARTHQUAKE CHECKLIST The earthquake checklist is a guide for the field commander's use. Circumstances will determine the extent of its use along with the priorities to be placed on the various items. 1. Assess injuries and damage within station 2. Start journal - note problems and ac•tion taken 3. Monitor appropriate radio frequencies, logging all messages 4. Advise units to remain in the field and report damage to the FCP 5. Evaluation of injuries and ·damage in southeast Area through the following assignments: * Officers first responsibility is to report their status and location * ' Units shall check on damage to special problem areas (schools, freeway under and overpasses, nursing homes, etc.) * The use of air units, if available, for overall picture and the identification of problems. 6. Establish station security 7. If phones are out, establish relay system with cars. The relays will establish contact with emergency service groups without operative radio equipment, ie., Fire Department, Department of Water and Power, hospitals, etc. 8. Designate field commander and satellite command posts as necessary 9. Notify and advise the following of damage and needs: * Communications - EOC level City Hall East Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 4 * Fire Department Paramedics - injury transport Helicopter Unit Emergency Equipment * Hospitals * Private Ambulances * Gas Company * Department of Water and Power * Street Maintenance * Sewer Department * Department of Building and Safety 10 . Begin rescue work in area of highest concentration of people, using special equipment and agencies available. 11. Establish access routes to and from major involved areas. 12. Establish evacuation routes and centers . 13. Community Relations Officer is in charge of organizing volunteers to aid in search and rescue. * Assign officers to take charge of the volunteer groups. * Specific tasks and assignments to search locations must be designated. * The scope of volunteer assignments should not exceed assisting injured persons and making door to door checks. 14. Call up off duty officers (maybe done via commercial radio and TV stations if phon~s are out). 15. Obtain from the EOC (by Federal Authority during a disaster). * Water * Chemical toilets Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 5 * Food * Bedding * Relief 16. Evaluate need for release or transfer of prisoners. * Misdemeanors - O.R. * Felonies - 825 PC release 17. Establish looter patrols for: * Vital Services Water and Power Food Gasoline and natural gas Telephone service Drug stores · and medical supplies * Locations needing security Banks Jewelry stores and pawn shops Sporting goods and gun shops Large markets Drug stores and medical supplies Other businesses Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 6 EVACUATION PROCEDURES If it is determined that evacuation of citizens from an area is imperative, officers shall be provided with the following message: "THIS HAS BEEN DECLARED A DISASTER AREA. YOU ARE ORDERED TO EVACUATE THIS AREA UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE. ALL PERSONS REMAINING ARE SUBJECT Td ARREST UNDER SECTION 409.5 OF THE PENAL CODE, REMAINING INK DISASTER AREA." Whether peace officers have the authority to forcibly restrain persons from entering or forcibly evacuate persons whose homes and/or businesses are located within an area closed pursuant to Section 409.5, has always been in question. The City Attorney tak~s the position that persons other than news media personnel are not exempt from provisions of Section 409.5 PC . All other person are allowed in the disaster area only at the discretion and judgement of the police. The exercise of this discretion and judgment is an administrative matter to be guided by Department policy. Depending upon the nature and circumstances of the particular disaster, it may be that the exercise of sound discretion should permit persons to enter who have interests such as a home or business in the disaster area. Such persons might be permitted entrance to protect their homes or businesses or to obtain valuables, animals, or other property therefrom. On the other hand, circumstances might be such that it would be extremely dangerous and hazardous to permit such persons to enter or that any person in the area would hamper the efforts of fire, police and rescue personnel performing their duty. In these• circumstances, the refusal to permit said persons from entering the area would be a reasonable and proper exercise of discretion. Consent once given to a person lawfully having business in the disaster area may be retracted. Once retracted, officeri may use reasonable and necessary force to remove such a person from the disaster area if necessary to preserve life and prevent interference with police, fire and rescue personnel. The use of reasonable and necessary force to evacuate those persons already within an area, subsequently declared a disaster area, is also permitted. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 7 A. POLICE POWER TO CLOSE A DISASTER AREA Local law enforcement agencies have the authority to close certain areas and restrict sightseeing at the scene of a disaster. This authority is outlined in the following sections of the California Penal Code: 409.5 - Power of Peace Officer to Close Area Subsection (a) Whenever a menace to the public health or safety is created by a calamity such as .. earthquake ... or other disaster, .. officers of .... police departments ... may close the area where the menace exists for the duration thereof by means of ropes, markers or guards to any and all persons not authorized by such officer to enter or remain within the closed area. Subsection (b) Officers of .... police departments .. may close the immediate area surrounding any emergency field command post or any other command post activated for the purpose of abating any calamity enumerated in this section or any riot or other civil disturbance to any and all unauthorized persons pursuant.to the conditions which are set forth in this section whether or not such field command post or other command post is located near to the actual calamity or riot or other civil disturbance. Subsection (c) Any unauthorized person who willfully and knowingly enters an area closed pursuant to subdivision (a) or (b) and who willfully remains within such area after receiving notice to evacuate or leave shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. Subsection (d) Nothing is this section shall prevent a duly authorized representative of any news service, Reviseq 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 8 newspaper, or radio or television station or network from entering the areas closed pursuant to this section. B. CROWD CONTROL Major crowd control problems may arise during the evacuation of people from earthquake damaged areas. There may be evacuees numbering in the hundreds of thousands because of damage to homes and utility systems. Law enforcement personnel will have to identify and control principle transportation routes through the damaged area. Debris and collapsed· overpasses may restrict the number of major routes that will be open. These transportation routes must be kept open for the movement of emergency units. Major damage may be sustained by railroads and highways because of obstructions. A major effort will be required to open the damaged area to bring in supplies and evacuate the injured. C. STATION EVACUATION PROCEDURES The watch commander is responsible for the station facilities. In the event of a major earthquake, the watch commander shall immediately assign the desk personnel to assess the facilities for damage and injuries. The first priority is to effect rescues and to care for the injured. In the event that damage has made the station unsafe or non-operational, the watch commanders shall take the necessary steps to evacuate sworn and civilian personnel. Roll call should then be taken by supervisors to aid in establishing missing, injured and death rosters. Search and rescue shall be done under the direction of the watch commander only by those designated and only after gas lines and power switches have been shut off. The watch commander shall establish emergency operations in the station parking lot. Separate areas for Operations, Personnel, Injured (First Aid), and Morgue shall be designated to aid in stabilizing conditions. Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 9 In the event Southeast Area's parking lost has been damaged, making it hazardous to use, the field commander may select an alternate location for the command post. D. JAIL FACILITIES DISASTER PLANNING AND EVACUATION PROCEDURES 1. Communication and Alarm System In the event of an earthquake or ot~er major disaster where the station jail facility requires evacuation or immediate manned security, the jail staff shall make a needs assessment and notify the watch commander. If an emergency exi~ts and assistance/help is required, the jail staff shall activate the jail alarm system by pressing one of the panic buttons located throughout the jail area. In the event that all inter-station and telephone communications are disabled, the watch commander shall issue a radio to the senior jailer. The watch commander shall advise the senior jailer of its proper use and an applicable tacti~al frequency. 2. Fire Extinguishers a. Locations within the jail * Inside jail office - H20 type * Northeast corner of kitchen area - CO2 type b. Locations in station * Hallways leading from the doors exiting into the north parking lot Hose (main water supply) H20 type extinguisher * Detective room (east wall) Hose (main water supply) H20 type extinguisher * Lobby (wall east of main desk) Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 10 Hose (main water supply) H20 type extinguisher * Property room (just inside cage) Dry chemical (2) Dry chemical (1) rear exit * Watch commander's office (north wall) Dry chemical type· * Upstairs hallway (next to men's locker room doors 3. Lighting Hose (main water supply) H20 type extinguisher Dry chemical (1) next to electrical panel east end of hallway If the primary electrical power to th~ station is disrupted due to a major disaster, secondary power will be supplied by an emergency generator. A momentary disruption in lighting will occur as the ~mergency generator comes on line. In the event a disaster is so disruptive as to cause the secondary power supply to fail, the jail is equipped with two hand held lanterns. a. Hand-held lant~rns (2) * Both lanterns are kept _ in the jail office next to the attorney's room b. Main electrical panels (2) * Room 128 (next to kit room) * East wall, east of main stairs on second floor c. Replacement bulbs * Storage room in front lobby Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII. Page 11 Note: When the operational lighting is damaged as a result of the disaster, the senior station attendant shall replace all damaged lighting. 4. Key Control In the event of disaster the senior jailer shall, maintain control of the jail keys and direct the removal of prisoners from their cells. The ·senior jailer shall open and close all doors during an evacuation. The watch commander has a second set of keys which, if necessary, may be assigned to jail or security personnel. 5. Records Security The senior jailer shall assign an assist~nt jailer or an assisting -officer to gather and maintain control of custody records and all other paperwork pertaining to in-custody prisoners. The senior jailer shall ensure that custody records and all other pertinent paperwork are transferred with the prisoners to any designated relocation point. At the relocation point, the senior jailer shall establish a control area for records maintenance and jail operations. 6. Security of Prisoner's Personal Property The senior jailer shall assign an assistant jailer or an officer to gather and maintain control of all prisoners' personal property. The senior jailer shall insure that prisoners' personal property is transferred with prisoners to any predesignated relocation point. At the relocation point, the senior jailer shall also establish a control area for the prisoners' personal property. 7. Control Personnel Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 12 The watch commander shall assign a supervisor who will gather the necessary personnel to assist in the evacuation, control and security of all prisoners. a. Control Supervisor The control supervisor shall assign, as necessary, officers to assist with prisoner evacuation, security of the evacuation route(s) and security of the predesignated relocation area. b. Senior jailer The senior jailer shall be responsible for gathering and assigning jail personnel for evacuation duties. 8. Jail Evacuation a. Senior jailer The senior jailer shall directly supervise the removal of prisoners from the jail cells and the evacuation from the jail facility. The senior jailer shall ensure that all prisoners capable of being relocated are chained together and removed from the jail facility. b. Control supervisor The assigned control supervisor shall ensure that an appropriate amount of officers are assigned to designated locations along the evacuation route(s) and the the relocation area for prisoner security. c. Evacuations routes * Refer to attachment 1 and 2. d. Control points (for prisoners' personal property and jail records) * Assigned as necessary by the control supervisor 9. Designated areas for secure detention a. Temporary Reviseq 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standirig Plans Section VIII Page 13 * Parking lot east of jail facility * North parking lot b. Long-term * Roll call room on the second floor * Southeast garage area \ c. The senior jailer should evaluate the need for release of prisoners. * Misdemeanors - O.R. * ·Felonies - 825 PC release 10. Relocation/Transportation a. Relocation * Harbor Area jail - can house 59 inmates by utilizing the unused female section * Jail Division - Utilize current transfer methods for over-crowding * Sheriff's Department, County Jail - Required to accept prisoners under PC Section 4015 b. Transportation * Department prisoner buses available from Jail Division or Valley Jail Section * Department buses - contact Motor Transport Division watch commander * Booster buses - Contact watch commander of 77th Street Area, Southwest Area or Harbor Area * Other Department vehicles (approximately 40) - contact Motor Transport Division watch commander (B-wagons, vans, panel trucks) * Sheriff's Department (emergency assistance) - Prisoner transport buses contact Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 14 * Transportation Bureau Watch Commander, 213 9744663. RTD (civil defense mutual aid agreement) - Transportation buses, radios and driver, 213 9723426. Note: As much as possible, Areas are encouraged to minimize reliance on transportation resources whose acquisition could be affected by the earthquake or similar large-scale disaster. · 11. Medical Treatment The senior jailer is responsible for notifying the watch commander of the need for emergency medical treatment of any iri-custody prisoner . The watch commander is responsible for assessing the emergency medical needs of in-custody prisoners and making the appropriate notifications. a. Station First Aid Kits 1. Locations * Jail - inside drawer of desk, next to booking cage * Kit room ·* Front Desk area b. Fire Department 1. Paramedics * RA 64 housed at 130 W. 108 ST. (across from station), 485-6264 2. Ambulance Companies * See attached list 3. Hospitals * Refer to LAPD Emergency Command Post Section of "Earthquake Response Plan" 12. Sanitation Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 15 a. Men * Restroom/showers - upstairs * Restroom - first floor b. Women * Restroom/showers - upstairs (1) and first floor (1) 13. Feeding The senior jailer maintains the responsibility for feeding prisoners and establishing their feeding times. If -the prisoner food supply becomes spoiled or destroyed and/or the kitchen is inoperable, the senior jailer shall notify the watch commander. The watch commander shall contact the Jail Division watch commander for guidance, ext. 52510. 14. Return to Routine Operation Upon determination that the station jail facilities are safe for utilization, the watch commander and the senior jailer shall conduct an inspection of the jail to determine if routine operations may resume. When it is determined that all cells are safe and capable of being properly secured, the senior jailer shall conduct a roll call of any remaining prisoners and assign them to cells. When completed, the senior jailer shall notify the station watch dommander and Jail Division that normal operations have resumed. Revised 09/20/91 l lltlv'KI h4NK2 TANA' 7 L'li'u'NK TANK TANK 1;5 TANK /,,2,2 /JLt/M8/N6 o o o· TtJILETS SflOWEtf AREA ~AfJ{)Ef) I t'ELL COtlNTER A'M 12 f V l\ C lJ - ~ T ! () 'l D L t\ N ,z 1 ATTACH-.,ENT #1 TANK.J TANKillf - · KlTCl-l6V $TtJA'A6E I I MISLJE/l~EANO/? D S/N,t' f . ' S'ECT/0/V vt/1./4f' /0 ' /JA'INT TABLE · IWIS/J llt'LL?IN6 /?/'A II � ,P/l()T() � AREA I RM _____________ ...; _______ , ____ _,___~ _ __... ____ __ SOUTHEAST JAIL E 'I - ~ C U T ! ') N n l A ~I # 2 A T T " C ! ~ ,,. E '-! T : 2 J:4NK 2 TANI( 7 LJRI./NK TANK TA!Vk' /,,/5 l'L I./A18/N6 CJ CJ CJ· 1 TOILETS SHOWER AREA ~AfJuE!J ' t'ELt - • TANK /1'.1' ~M/2 TANK.J TANK4 #OL£>/N6 v?NKS KITCh1EI✓ M ISt!JE/i/64NO/? SECT/CJ.~/ lA/VK /0 I ,PR/NT- TABLE MISfJ llcJLLJIN6 /?MIi RM Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 16 AMBULANCE SERVICES Los Angeles City Fire Department Phone (9) 483-6721 McCormick 1044 w. 164 St. Gardena Equipment: Phone (9) 674-8751 10 ambulances Schaefer's Phone (9) 469-1473 or (9) 468-1606 4627 Beverly Blvd. Los Angeles, 90004 Equipment: 80 ambulances Revised 09/20/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 17 MUTUAL AID AND MILITARY ASSISTANCE Note: For further information refer to Tactical Manual Section B/700 Mutual aid is the support and assistance rendered by regular and reserve peace officers of one jurisdi~tion to another in declared emergencies which do not involve labor controversies and in war emergencies. Mutual aid is provided in accordance with the provisions of the California Emergency Services Act, California Master Mutual Aid Agreement; California Law Enforcement Mutual aid Plan, pertinent portions of other state codes and agreements between local law enforcement agencies. A. MUTUAL AID - PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES FROM LIABILITY All of the privileges and immunities from liability, exemptions and benefits which apply to law enforcement personnel within their respective jurisdictions remain in force while providing mutual aid. B. LOCAL EMERGENCY A local emergency is proclaimed by the governing body of a local government or by a local official designated by ordinance. It is the existence of conditions of disaster or of extreme peril to the safety of persons and property within the territorial limits of a ... city .. caused·by such conditions as .. earthquake ... which conditions are or are likely to be beyond th~ control of the services, personnel .. and require the combined forces of other political subdivisions to combat. 1. The provision of Mutual Aid during a local emergency is voluntary. C. STATE OF EMERGENCY A state of Emergency is proclaimed by the governor or person acting in his stead. It is the existence of conditions of disaster or of extreme peril to the safety of persons and property within the State caused by such conditions as .... earthquake ... by reason of their magnitude are or are Revised 09/23/91 Southeast Area - _ Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 18 likely to be beyond the control of the services, personnel .. and require the combined forces of other political subdivisions to combat. 1. The provisions of mutual aid during a state of emergency is mandatory under the following conditions: 2. A request for mutual aid is received from the concerned Operational Area Mut_ual Aid Coordinator. 3 . The provisions of such aid would not unreasonably deplete the resources of the law enforcement agency · being requested to provide aid. D. REQUESTS FOR MUTUAL AID BY THE DEPARTMENT When requesting mutual aid during a local emergency, the request shall be submitted to the Mayor by the Department Commander. · The Mayor, acting in his capacity as the Commander of the Civil Defense and Disaster Corps. will normally forward the request directly to the Governor. However, the Mayor may forward the request to the Los Angeles County Sheriff or he may delegate the responsibility for making the request to the Department Commander. If the Mayor is absent or unable to act, the duties of the Commander of the Civil Pefense and disaster Corps will be· performed by the President of the City Council, or in case of his absence or inability to act, by the Chief of Police as the permanent chairman of the Civil Defense and Disaster Board. 1. Maximum utilization of existing Department reso·urces must be realized prior to the initiation of a request for mutual aid. 2. Whether of not the resources of the Department have been maximally utilized is a matter for the Mayor or his successor to determine. 3. The Department shall arrange to provide fuel, food, and necessary lodging for the pers~nnel of assisting jurisdictions. Revised 09/23/91 r Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 19 E . AID TO OTHER AGENCIES The Department is obligated to provide mutual aid under the following conditions: 1. A request for mutual aid is received from the Los Angeles County Sheriff during a state of emergency ... and the provision of such aid would not unreasonably deplete the resources of the Department, or ..... . When a request for mutual aid is received pursuant to either of theses conditions, the Department commander shall: * Evaluate the situation in the City of Los Angeles at the time of the request. * Authorize the deployment of personnel and equipment necessary to fulfill the Department's mutual aid commitment. * Activate the Emergency Control Center to coordinate the mutual aid activities. * Appoint a Field Task Force Commander. F . RESPONSIBILITY OF COMMAND The overall command responsibility for the control of an incident requiring mutual aid remains with the jurisdiction in which the incident occurs. 1. Agencies providing mutual aid to the Department shall maintain line command over their own personnel. Note: Local National Guard Commanders may act on their own judgment in support of law enforcement agencies when the overriding demand for saving lives and protecting property is too urgen~ to await the Governor's authorization, or when a loss of communications prevents the forwarding of requests for such authorization. Revised 09/23/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 20 G. COMMITMENT OF STATE MILITARY FORCES When State military forces are committed to -assist the Department, the State military forces field commander will accept and execute broad mission-type orders as directed by the Department field commander. Unless martial law has been proclaimed, the Department shall exercise overall direction of all unusual occurrence control forces within the specified area. Missions assigned to the State military forces shall be directed to the State military forces field commander. The State military forces field commander is ~esponsible for all decisions as to the tactical direction of troops, kihd and extent ~f force to be used, and particular means to be employed to accomplish the objective specified by the Department field commander. State military personnel will be under the command of, and directly responsible to, their military superiors. 1. Peace Officer Powers State military forces personnel have the powers of peace officers when: * Activated into State service, and * Serving within the affected area, and * Directly assisting civil authorities H. MARTIAL LAW Martial law is the exercise of military power to preserve order and ensure the public safety within domestic territory in time of emergency when civil governmental agencies are unable to function adequately or their functioning would threaten the public safety. 1. Martial law is proclaimed by the President of the United States, the Governor of the State of California, or, in circumstances involving an extreme emergency, by commanders of Federal military troops. 2. Martial law replaces local government only to the extent necessary to control the emergency. 3. In areas under martial law, the military may impose rules and regulations upon the civilian population in addition to civil and criminal laws already in force. Revised 09/23/91 Southeast Area - Station Standing Plans Section VIII Page 21 4. Military personnel may arrest and detain civilians chaiged with violations of the law or for violations of military rules imposed under martial law . r Revised 09/23/91 ( ' I ·'-· ' -- .. . . ... I Martial Law , Martial law is the exercise of military power to preserve order and ensure the public ,safety within domestic territory · in time ~of emergency when civil governmental aqencies are unable to function adequately or their functioning would threaten the public safety. ·J * Martial law is proclaimed by the President of the United States, the Governor of the State of California, or, in circumstances involving an extreme emergency, by commanders of Federal military troops. * Martial law replaces local government only to the extent necessary to control the emergency. * In areas under martial law, the military may impose rules and regulations upon the civilian population in addition to civil and criminal laws already in force. ✓- ✓ * Military personnel may arrest and detain civilians , . c h a r g e d w · i t h v i o· l a t i o n s · o f t h e 1 a w o r f o r . v i o l a - ~ i o n s of military rules imposed uncier · ~artial law. . . \ - ~ 47 - I - I OTHER AGENCIES 111 171-HUAHI ,OUUftOII. ., .... Df'IIN.R ..... C.H.P,.4,ITN.V..... 213 736-3311 Accldent/Traf. EfMtl. (to rpt.) 213 736-3311 Accldent/Traf. Info (forofcta.) 213 736-331' AcclOent/Traf. Info (for ,wile) 213' 736-3306 Aeca. F0t Aaaiat. CPurault. lactl•uP Ofc. needl help) 213 744-2331 Metro Fwy1 (Cent. LA OfflOe 777 W. WHh. '8-15) 213 12,.5150 ELA <Mon._..lO) Cl-II 213 323-6'90 Sodl.UCTorruc:iel 41-aJ 213 170-72$3 WeetLA ~City) Cl-I) 111 IN-ONO S.nF.,.,.,_~(8-51 213 •~a Mlilibl.l~5 l Zenith 12000 (eat! .. DUll'I .. ,..,,, -.,,t. TRAIIPIC 011111•,c" 213 731-3374 2• HcNr Non-E!Mf19ncy CALIP. INIUIIANCI "'AUD IUIIIUU 213 738-3225 CRIMINAL INVEST. CALI,. Dt,T. COIIIIICTIONI 213 120-2'39 PAROLE INDEX 2, 3 e20-2,3e ~OLE flifDEX f,ifarcotal 118 575-eMl IPECIALIERVICEUNIT CINT. IIIC. H08~fTAL, 1«1! W. • at. 213 ~17 MEO.CAL. RECORDS 213 '85~ NURSE'S STATION CPhyaic.l 213 '8Me35 WORK COMP. CLINIC 213 '85-'6'1 CAADIACIO'frHO CLINIC 213 2M-8011 CORONER. 114 N M INIOn lld. 213 22e-1001 INVESTIGATIONI 213 22e-1001 INQUEST, 210W. T ..... 213 17~321 COUNTY (LA) ~tloM Into. DIJtT. Ol' QINIJIAL IIIIY1CU 213 '86-3110 GAMEW£U Mf'IAIR 213 ~3110 WOHITOA 213 '85-3110 RadlO '-c>atr. 9!55 ,.,,..,.., It. 213 '85-1511 Te~~ 213· ,es.3&2, wn&S4N 1.Me-...st 213 II0-3100f'RDPAL .... wa a.ua 213 H•-2t 1 I lm~""atur-.4,Dtion 213 -.. 2954 ~ed. ~rthouH, 312N .... 213 477-IHSPWl,11000 ...... ...._ 213 4H-IOH 1'1111 DIP'T. Aaot6 213 '86-81 a6 F .D. DilDltC"-' (If no anawer at abOve l'lumbetl ttJ tH-1111.IUVINILIHALL, 110lla1111tle 818 3412-4311 Valley Juvenile Hall, lylmer 213 221-21221.AC•UIC IIID. CINT. 1IOON. a .... 9t. 213 '85-'280 Hoapltal Detall, OMO,""'· 1933 ,11tOIATtON Dl,AIITIIINT 213 17'-1331 MalnOfftce 213 t14-t3011ndea""°'1Mtloft: N ... ~ 213 17'-1311 A-CHE 213 17'-1313 CHI-GLI 213 17,.13115 OLl•LIY 213 17'-1317 LIW-NQ 213 11,-13111'111-101 213 17'-1303 IOT•Z ITAff IAII o, cau,. (II___, Attorney 11........U 213 '82-aUO RA"1» TUN11T o..t.,ouca 211 H7•IIOO , 211 110-~ ITATI IN,OIHIATION IUIUIIIAN ,OUCI DUAIITllllff8 111 170-1111 ALHAMBRA, 220W. Woodward. t1101 11 I 17-6-5'10 ~CAOIA. HOW. Hunt6ftlt0n Dr., 11001 111 ~"'3 AZUIA. 7HN. Alel'MdalL. 11702 111 33trM31 IALDWIN,~K.1..o3E. ,acttlc. 11701 213 U6-12,1 IEU.132t ,iM A .... 10201 213 II0-4151 IIVEIIILY HILLI, ,10N. Creecent Dr.,to210 111 113-1731 IUIIIIANK. 272 E. Ottve. 11102 213 106-MOO COMPTON. 301 I . WIIIOw• twoou. 10220 111 331-3311 COVINA, 4" N. Cltrva Ave., 11723 213 137 • 1221 CULYEIII CITY, 4CMO DUQueaM. 10232 213 773-1383 DOWNEY. 10111 Sroottat'ln Ave .. 102,1 111 110-2100 ELMONTE, 11323Valteyl1¥d., t1731 213 322-111' EL SEGUNDO. 141 Malft It., 102,1 213 123·'1811 GAIIDE.NA, 1711W. 112ndlt., 102,1 111 ~4'0 GLENDALE. 140N.1Mbel.t120I 111 11'-1210 GLENOORA, 1101. Giel'ICIOra, 11740 213 170-7171 HAWHORNt,6"0W.1NltllL, t02IO 213 37a-7N1 HERM08AllACH,NC,1etAwe., 1025' 213 111'-aa11 HUNTINGTON ,~K. 16'2 Mites . Ave., 10211 213 412-1210 INGLEWOOD. 1 w. Mane,_ • ..,, 10301 . 213 NC).7J11 LONG IEACH.400W. ,.. way,10102 213 MS-1821 MANHATTAN IEACH, 420 11eft It.. 102N 2,s Ya-5005 MAYWOOO, ,31111auaon. 10270 ltl ~1112 MONROVIA, 1401. LIIMAve., ,,011 213 72'-HOO tiitOftTEIELL0, 1100W. leveny llvd .• 108'0 111 307-1211 MONTEREY,AflK.320W.New• tMrtl,t11'N 213 S7M21t ,_.LOIVERDEl,340,.Y.Dr. w .. 10274 111 40MI01 ,ASADINA, 1 ,2 N. Arro,o ,.,. •• y, 11103 213 371-2, 77 REDONDO IEACH, 401 DlefflOftd lt,10277 111 ... 187 &AN FERNAND0, 120Mac:Nell k.t1340 . 111 308-2128 SAN OAIML. 8212 I . Del Mar, 1,11e a 1 I 300-0720 IAN M~INO, 2200 HuntlftltO" • Dr .• 11101 213 3H-N31 SANTA MONICA, 1 Ill Main It., 10401 118 355-141' SIERRAMADRE.t,2W. lierre Madta, 1102, 213 426-7311 IIONAL HILL, 11001. HIii It, 10101 213 6e7-2222 SOUTH GATt, N20 Callforn6a. 10210 111 7N-1121 IOUTH,AIADENA. 1422 MilllOn, 11030 213 321-MH TORRANCE, 3131 To,rence ltvd., 10603 213 517-1171 VERNON. 4301 Santa , . .. t00M 111 114-1617 WEIT COVINA. 14" W. Garwey, 11710 213 kl-Ul0 WHITTIE"- 7'11,a1n_, Ave .. 10102 A E TEE INFO lPubllC UNI 213 17'-6051 ARRESTEE INFO (Dept. UNI 213 17~211 INFORMATION IUA. (Gen'I Into) 213 17•--4026 INFO: Add'I ChQI, Werra, Oaten. 213 17~241 'IRSOHNEL 213 174-4007 IPECIAL POLICE ,ROILIMS: lntervlewlProP .. Evld .. lnveat. 213 117-2107 IYIIL IAAND Watch Cmdr. 213 117-2835 Ill BOOKING (Dept. UNI •., DetecttYe D,.._.. 213 .... 72CM AUTOTHEFT, trSt51.Coli,na, Wtun• 213 -..1222 AASOH/£XPLOSIVES. 111511 I . Colima. Wllltt,er 13 ka-7201 FORGERY/FRAUD. 111115 I . Coli,na, Whittier 13 17'-'411 FUGITIVE/WARRANTS, - 211 W. Temple, L.A. 13 17'-4341 HOMICIDE. 211 W. Temple, L.A. 13 .... 71CM NARCOTICS, 11516 s. Colima. Whittier 13 17'"'375 ROIIERY, 211 W. Temple, L.A. 13 .... 7014 VICE, 1 1 615 I . Coli,na, Wll11tier IHlllt,,.I ITATIONI 11 718-1131 ALTADENA, 710 E. Altadena Dr .. IM001 kl-MM ANTELO'f VALLEY, 1010W. Ave J.I~ 213 1510-0174 AVALON, 215 Summer Ave., 107CM 13 '30-112~ CARSOH, 21351 S. Avalon llvd., 10746 11 2'6-MM CRESCENTAVALLEY, •H4 N. lriotaa,1121' 13 21'-4151 EAl't LOI ANGELES, 10111. 3rd It .. t0022 13 112-7171 FIRESTONE. 7101 Compton Ave., 10001 11 3304322 IHDUSTAY, 110 N. Hudaon Ave., 1174' 13 IM-1011 LAKEWOOD.1130Clartllt., . 10712 213 171-7U1 LENNOX, '331 Lanno1 llvd .. t0304 213 a.1ee1 LOMITA, 2t123S. NarbOnM. 10717 213 137-e111 LYNWOOO, 11300 lullll Rd .. 102t2 213 '5&-N52 MALIIU, 2365 W. CIYIC Can•r Way.10296 213 183-1711 NORWALK. 12335 Civic C.l'lter Wa1, 10150 213 kl-2'21 fttCO RIVERA, M31 I . ,aaaona ltvd .. toNO 111 332-116' IAN DIMAS, 122 N. San Dlfflll. 11773 101 216-1121 IANTA CLARITA VALLEY, 23740 W. Magic Mountain. 11336 111 216-7171 TEMPLE CITY, 1831 E. Laa Tunaa. 11710 J,S 165-IUO WEST HOLLYWOOD. 720N. len Vicente. t0089 • • • Southeast Area - Standing P l ans Section IX Page 1 INUNDATION PLANS SOUTHEAST AREA Although Southeast Area has no dams and little or no threat of flooding, officers must be familiar with Police Department involvement should they respond to a neighboring Area. The following guides will serve as a reference should officers become involved in a flooding or coastal inundation situation. Revised 07/15/91 '- FLOODS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Los Angeles County flood .control District declares Phase I, II and IIl storm warnings. ·Tactical Planning Section (or, when closed, Detective Headquarters Division) prepares Phase I, II and III teletypes for transmission to all Areas. The Fire Department determines the need for general evacuation of an area. (However,.police officers at the scene may order an evacuation under emergency conditions.) The Police Department mission during flood emergencies is to support the LAFD Incident Commander by providing: · *A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes. * Perime.ter and traffic control. * Evacuation, if necessary. Definitions: * Phase I indicates that the overall condition of the area is basically safe for the public to conduct its business as normal with only minor, localized disruption and only minor, localized d~age anticipated. * Phase II - indicates that the overall -condition of the area is basically safe for the public to conduct its business with numerous localized disruptions and significant local damage anticipated. · * Phase III - indicates that the overall condition of the area is· extremely hazardous with significant disruption to the public in conducting its normal business and many major problems. Area Watch Res onsi~ilities: * Upon learning of Phase I, II or III warnings, watch commanders of oncoming watches should noti• fy their personnel to have appropriate rain gear on hand, and to be prepared to . spend a prolonged time in the rain. * Instruct field personnel to report .to the Area watch commander any significant damage they observe during their tour of duty. The Area watch commander telephonically notified the Administrative Information Unit, DHD, of all reported storm damage. When major damage has occurred: * Ensure that a situation estimate has been obtained by field units and has been communicated to DHD and Communications Division: * Location of •evere flooding or mudslides. ·' · * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Type of area (busines·s, residential, hillside, etc.). * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. ·: * Additional Department personnel required and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers, not units.) * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. · Revised August 1989 . Page 1 of 2 6 Floods (Continued) -2- . Ensure that the Pire Department has been notified. · * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to maintain liaison to keep the PCP informed of necessary directives and intelligence from the incident Commander. Establish and maintain communications with the liaison officer. · * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES dividers. *Goto the scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. Also take the Area water inundation maps. * Establish a Field Command Post. Be especially aware of site selection so that, if the flood level rises, the FCP will remain secure. (See FCP/EOC divider.) * Dispatch personnel to maintain: * Ingress/egress routes for authorized vehicles. * Perimeter control to keep unauthorized vehicles and pedestrians out of the area in accord with directions from the LAFD Incident Commander. · NOTE: In a flood emergency, the LAFD Incident Commander has responsibility to determine if an area will be closed, what the boundaries of the closed area will be, and what entry criteria will be used. Persons allowed into closed areas might include residents with identification, public utility employees, persons with press passes, and owners/managers/employees of business within the closed area. Generally there is no legal authority to keep out members of the press who have valid press passes. Additionally, LAFD issues Fire Line Passes to selected persona. * If the LAFD Incident Commander orders evacuation .of an area, see the EVACUATION divider. (NOTE: The LAFD has a policy that residents may remain or enter the closed area to attempt to protect their homes during floods.) : ' . ~ - :, 9 ... .... ·· ~ * If appropriate, see the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES, EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, and/or · FCP/EOC dividers. Also, see Chapter D/300 of the Tactical Manual • . .. - , . .. _ !. . ·. ~- !.·~ . ... . . ' - - ":.; . . r~ -- l I ., 4:.· .. - · ~ - · • . ..... --.· ,-:; _ .. .1 ' - ~ _. ., ... _; . ·. -. .. Revised August 1989 Page 2 of 2 \ ... --- · - ··- · COASTAL INUNDATION (TSUNAMI) SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The ?olice Department and the Fire Department have concurrent jurisdiction in emerge~cies involving . -evacuation within the City. The Police Department's mission is to provide: .. ·• . * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank (if the Fire Department or another agency is involved). * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes, evacuation routes and evacuation bus ingress. * Establishment and maintenance of the perimeter around the Closed Area (limited access or no access). * Door-to-door communications and the use of Emergency Broadcast System to communicate to persons within the involved area, warning them to leave, and directing them to the "initial evacuation center." * Inte·rior patrol of the evacuated area, if appropriate, in regard to the time span of the expected inundation. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMJ\NDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * * Ensure that a situation estimate ha_ s been communications Division: * Location of the emergency. * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Area to be evacuated. * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles, evacuation buses, and evacuation routes. * Location of initial evacuation center and designation of unit(s) assigned to log evacuees' arrival. * Additional Department personnel required, and location of staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units.) * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. * Ensure that a liaison officer supervisory rank has been assigned to the Fire Department Incident command Post or to the command post of any other involved agency. · NOTIFICATION: "WATCH" OR "WARNING" STATUS. After receiving notification of a seismic wave (tsunami) through channels originating from the National Warning System (NAWAS), particular attention should be paid to whether the notification is of a "watch" or "warning." The issuance of a "warning" is based upon the magnitude of the earthquake as well as the distance between the affected coastal area ·and the epicenter. A "warned" area includes those .areas that are within 3 hours of water wave travel time from the epicenter. The appropriate remaining areas, outlfide the warned area, are placed in a "watch" status. Upon confirmation from tide gauge data that a tsunami has been generated, the previously designated watch status areas are upgraded to a warning status. · If an area has received a warning and subsequent tide data show no tsunami activity, the warning and watch are cancelled. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 3 9 Coastal Inundation (Continued) PROCEDURES FOR "WATCH STATUS" * Review standing plans for coastal inundation including .evacuation contour maps. , * Notifications to standby: LAFD, Department of Public Works, So. Calif. Edison, local marinas, L.A. County Lifeguards, RTD, and Area Burea~s. - Assign a communications officer. * Assign an intelligence officer to monitor the teletype, ACC, and radio frequency. _ * Notify patrol units via MOT's of the "warning." PROCEDURES FOR "WARNING" STATUS: * Notification (concerned agencies and Bureaus) * Establish a command post and assign duties to officers. * Begin evacuation procedures for the predetermined areas, determining whether the evacuation should be voluntary or mandatory: * Voluntary Evacuation. Warning is given to persons within the closed a. rea that a threat to life and · property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning are not required to . evacuate. * Mandatory Evacuation. A warning is given to persons within the closed area that an imminent threat to life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning must evacuate in accordance with the directives of the Field Incident Commander. Note: An officer's judgment might be questioned if an attempt ·was made to force an occupant from his residence when, after being notified, he states that he wishes to remain and protect his property. However, in extreme instances, there is sufficient legal authority (409.5 P.C.) to make an arrest. * Ideally there will be enough time for radio and television stations to broadcast the required evacuation information (via the Emergency Broadcast System; contact DBD). Also, if sufficient time is available, copies of the evacuation notice can be locally reproduced (by copy machine) and distributed. Regardless of .the means, the evacuation warning should include such information as: * Type (voluntary or mandatory). * Best available route(s) out of the area. * Location of evacuation centers. * Anticipated duration of the emergency. • Time remaining before the situation becomes critical • . ,, - - .. ·.• . ~ . - ~evised August 1989 Page 2 of 3 ' \ ' -------- · ·- Coastal Inundation (Continued) .* .Divide the involved area into sectors. Assign squads to evacuate · specific sectors, beginning at the location of anticipated initial inundation. * Use door knocks, vehicle P.A., helicopter P.A •. , as appropriate. * Make a record of each contact or no-answer. Ask neighbors about any deaf or infirm persons who may not have responded to a door knock. * Direct evacuees to an initial evacuation center outside the involved area; also direct them to sign in with the officers stationed at the initial evacuation center~ * Take appropriate action to close the. area: * No-Access: (Warning status) prohibits unauthorized persons from entering the closed area. * Limited-Access: (Watch status). allows persons into the closed area according to criteria established by the Field Commander or the Fire Department Incident Commander. Consider: * Residents with valid identification. * Public Utility employees. * Persons with valid press passes. * Persons with valid press passes. * owners, managers, employees of business within the involved area. Revised August 1989 Page 3 of 3 •·, NOTE: In order to maintain the accuracy and completeness of this document and its future revisions, PLEASE REPORT ALL CHANGES OR CORRECTIONS TO THE RESERVOIR SURVEILLANCE GROUP at (213) 481-6100, -6130, or -6101, Post Office Box 111, Room 1314, Los Angeles, California 90051. WATER SYSTEM DIVISION HEADS: Dam and Reservoir Elile~gencies Persons to be Notified In case of any sudden or unprecedented flood, unusual or alarming circumstance or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir, including a significant change in seepage, abrupt change of water level in an observation well, or any unusual cracks, slumps, or wet spots in the dam or abutments, the employee discovering the problem shall notify his supervisor as outlined on the attached sheets. Where the problem or occurrence is of such seriousness as to warrant notification of the Engineer in Charge of the Aqueduct division or the Engineer in Charge of the Water Operating division, it is essential that one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division also be alerted. In the event of a major emergency, the Engineer in Charge will be responsible for contacting the Assistant General Manager - Water (page 4); the state Department of Water Resources, Division of Safety of Dams (page 7); and County Sheriff (page 9). If the dam or reservoir is located within the City of Los angeles, The Engineer in Charge shall notify the Chief of Police (page 9). In all cases, where the person called canno~ be contacted, the next name in order shall be notified. The first person contacted in each group shall be responsible for notifying all others in that group who may be needed in connection with the problem. In all cases, if none · of the persons in a group can be reached immediately, the Department Telephone Operator, (213) 481- 4211 or 818 984-2512, shall be contacted and instructed to complete the call to one of the group. Attachments c: Distribution List JAMES F. WICKSER Assistant General Manger - Water Ref. DWR Letters J. J. Doody to DWP 10/26/81 and 7/15/82 Reservoir Data IN-CITY RESERVOIRS The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir shall immediately notify the Water Utility Operator Supervisor or District Reservoir Foreman. These first level supervisor are listed below. If unable to contact the first level supervisors, the employee should immediately notify the LAWS-DAC operators at (213) 481-8118 or 8117. LAWS-DAC will attempt to notify the first level supervisor and if unsuccessful, will notify the second level supervisor. First Level Notification central District W. Clark** Harbor District A. Dempsey** Western District c. Nishiyama** 2355 Fletcher Drive Los Angeles (213) 481-7754 5898 Venice Blvd. Los Angeles (213) 481-6981 5898 Venice Blvd. Los Angeles (213) 481-6980 East Valley and West Valley Districts J. Fitch** 18718 Rayen Street Northridge (818) 702-2661 *(DWP) 2-273-2661 (818) 367-2002 (213) 971-2968 (818) 242-4079 (805) 523-7674 Upon investigation by the Water Utility Operator Supervisor or the District Reservoir Foreman, he shall alert the following supervisors listed under second level notification: (See next page) * DWP - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only. ** Also see Pager/Radio/Vehicle No. listings in Appendix A. Page 2 Second Level Notification D. E. Horton Room 1449 (805) 484-4698 General Office Building (213) 481-6233 J. D. Powers Room 1449 (81~) 281-2249 General Office Building (213) 481-6232 After the investigation of the problem by the second level supervisor, and if the situation warrants, he snall notify one of the following in the order indicated: Third Level Notification J.E. Jarf R. w. Carr Principal Engr. (WOO) L. McReynolds ·Principal Engr. (WOO) Room 1449 (818) 249-0713 General Office Building (213) 481:-6222 Room 1420 (818) 968-8948 General Office Building (213) 481-6241 Room 1420 (818) 957-0826 General Office Building (213) 481-6240 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification on one of the above engineers, it is essential that the Water Engineering Design Division be altered. In such instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division. Page 3 WATER ENGINEERING DESIGN DIVISION H. F. Hanson• Room 1314 4070 Wilkinson Avenue General Office Building Studio City, CA 91604 (213) 481-6130 (213) 877-2565 M. M. Sakado Room 1314 630 Marek Drive General Office Building Montebello, CA 90640 (213) 481-6134 (213) 728-9704 •Beeper 717 7356 s. Matsuda Room 1314 5 Via Seville General Office Building Rolling Hills (213) 481-6132 Estates, CA 90640 (213) 541-0198 P. c. Lahr* Room 1314 3239 Altura Avenue, #11 General Office Building Glendale, CA 91214 (213) 481-6100 (818) 957-2322 w. w. Hoye Room 1336 136 S. Plymouth Blvd. General Office Building Los Angeles~- Ca 90004 (213) 481-6150 (213) 935-1523 H. R. Venegas Room 1336 900 Hibiscus St. General Office · Building Montebello, Ca 90640 (213) 481-6147 (213) 724-9560 WATER SYSTEM EXECUTIVE OFFICE J. F. Wickser Room 1455 · General Office Building (213) 481-6171 D. D. Buchholz Room 1455 General Office Building (213) 481-6181 4548 El Repose Drive Los Angeles, CA 90065 (213) 257-3623 * Also see Pager/Radio/Vehicle No. listings in Appendix A. Page 4 ----------------------------- - ---- --- ---~---~ AQUEDUCT RESERVOIRS - NORTHERN DISTRICT The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir shall immediately notify one of the Construction and Maintenance Supervisors listed below: Bishop-Mono District J. Bright Bishop Yard (619) 873-2231 2-265-2231 (DWP)* (619) 873-8027 Lone Pine and Independence Districts R. Stockman Independence Yard (619) 878-2076 2-272-2227 (DWP) (619) 878-2337 If appraisal of the problem by the Construction and Maintenance Supervisor warrants, he shall immediately alert the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent and the Engineering Services personnel: J. Snead F. Finkbeiner Bishop Admin. Office (619) 873-2226 2-265-2226 (DWP) Bishop Admin. Office (619) 873-2256 2-265-2256 (DWP) (619) 873-4966 (619) 873-4302 If appraisal of the situation by the construction and Maintenance superintendent warrants, he shall immediately notify one of the following in the order indicated: R. G. Wilson D. C. Williams_ Bishop Admin. Office (619) 873-2225 2-265-2225 (DWP) (619) 873-4738 Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6191 (714) 995-7129 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification of one of the above engineers, it is essential that the Water Engineering Design Division be alerted. In such instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division as listed on page 4. *(DWP) - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only. Page 5 AQUEDUCT RESERVOIRS - SOUTHERN DISTRICT The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir shall immediately notify the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent. T. J. Sterling Mojave Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. (805) 824-4695 *(DWP) 2-269-2200 (805) 822-7493 If Mr. Sterling cannot be reached immediately, contact one of the Construction and Maintenance Supervisors listed below. J. Herbaugh L. Graves Mojave Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. (805) 824-4695 * (DWP) 2-26·9-2201 Mojave Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. (805) 824-4695 (DWP) 2-269-2209 (805) 822-5010 (805) 296-0249 If appraisal of the situation by .the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent or Supervisor warrants, he shall immediately notify one of the following in the order indicated: M. M. Kodama Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6180 (818) 333-5572 K. L. Salsman Room 1466 General Office B~ilding (213) 481-6198 (213) 325-3779 D. C. Williams Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6191 (714)· 995-7129 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification of one of the above engineers, it is essential that the Water Engineering Design Division be alerted. In such 1 instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division as listed on page 4. * (DWP) - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only. Page 6 STATE DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES DIVISION OF SAFETY OF DAMS Section 6101 of Division 3 of the California Water Code requires owners of dams or their agents to advise the Department of Water Resources (DWR) fully and promptly of any sudden or unprecendented flood or unusual or alarming circumstances or occurrence affecting the dam or reservoir. Notification of DWR would normally take place only after review of the situation by either the second level supervisor or the reservoi~ surveillance group. Make notification in the order listed below. During Working Hours V. H. Persson, Chief 2200 "X" Street, Suite 200 Sacramento, CA 95818 (916) 445-7606 After Working Hours and on Weekends and Holidays For City and south Aqueduct K. P. Osgerby 69 Coloma Way Field Engineer Sacramento, CA 95819 (916) 232-1115 (916) 736-9472 Fax No •. (916) 324-0793 For owens Valley and Mono Basin R. Sanchez 1041 La Salle Drive Field Engineer Sacramento, CA 95864 (916) 323-1115 (916) 489-1660 If the appropriate Field Engineer cannot be reached, attempt to contact in the following order: R. F. Delparte Regional Engineer (916) 322-6206 D. H. Babbitt Chief Field Engineer (916) 445-9517 6310 Cassady Way Carmichael 95608 ' (916) 944-1541 3860 West Land Park Drive Sacramento, CA 95822 (916) 444-7336 California State -Police, Sacramento (916) 445-1150 In all cases, where the person called cannot be contacted, the next name in order shall be notified. The first . person contacted in each group shall be responsible for notifying all others in their group who may be needed in connection with the problem. In all cases, if none of the persons in a group can be reached immediately, the Department Telephone Operator, (213) 481-4211,· shall be contacted and ·the operator shall continue to try to complete the call to any one of the group. Page 7 COUNTY SHERIFF Los Angeles County ••.••. s. Block, L.A •. County Sheriff Department 211 West Temple St., Room 266 Los Angeles, CA 90012 (213) 974-4101 ') Inyo County •.••••••••.•. Al George · P. o. Box s Independence 93526 (619) 878-2441 Mono county ••••••••••••. M. streineck, Jr. P. o. Box 616 Bridgeport 93517 Bridgeport No. (619) 932-7549 Mammoth Lake No. (619) 934-6058 Ventura county •••••••••• J. Gilles~ie 800 So. Victoria Avenue Ventura 93009 (805) 654-2381 24 Hours: (805) 654-2314 CHIEF OF POLICE City of Los Angeles ••..•. D. F. Gates, Chief, Parker Center 150 No. Los Angeles st. Los Angeles, CA 90012 (213) 485-3202 R. Banks Commander Operations Hdqrt. Bureau Normal Hours (213) 485-3211 After 1700 Hours, Weekends, Holidays (213) 485-3261 Commanding Officer Emergency Operations Center · (213) 617-0019 (213) 485-5191 City of Bishop •••••••••• F. G. Coburn, Chief 207 West Line Bishop 93514 (619) 873-5866 · Page 8 FIRE DEPARTMENT City of Los Angeles •.•... D. o. Manning _ Chief Engineer and General Manager 200 N. Main St., Rm 1020 Los Angeles 90012 (213) 485-6003 24 Hours: Operation Control Dispatch Center (213) 485-6009 or (213) 485-6180 J. Holloway, Hydrant Unit 200 N. Main St., Rm 920, City Hall East Los Angeles 90012 (213) 485-5964 Los Angeles County ... ~ .. R. Monarrez, Emergency Services Coordinator 1320 N. Eastern Avenue Los Angeles 90063-3294 (213) 267-2404 24 Hours: (213) 267-2455 OFFICE OF EMERGENCY SERVICES Ventura County ..•••••.•• Ms. Karen Guidi, Emergency Services Coordina\....,r Ventura County Office of Emergency Services 800 So. Victoria Ave. Ventur· a 93009 (805) 654-2551 24 Hours: (805) 654-2314 State of California ••••. Mr. Gardener Davis State Office of Emergency Services AFRC Building 283 , Los Alamitos, - CA 90720-5001 (213) 493-8900 24 Hours: State O.E.S. Warning Center . (916) 427-4341 Page 9 DAM AND RESERVOIR EMERGENCIES DISTRIBUTION LIST General Manager's Office •••••.•.•.•.••. D. w. Waters (2). N. L. Buehring (2) Receptionist (1) Public Affairs Division ..••.•.•......•. L.B. Dennis (1) E. Freudenburg (1) Receptionist (1) Power System Executive Office .•.•...•.. E. A. Cotton (1) K. S. Miyoshi (1) B . V. Palk ( 1) Water system Executive· Office ......••.. J. F. Wickser (3) D. D. Buchholz (2) G. A. Gewe ( 2 ) • M. L. Blevins (2) c. v. Solorza (2) Receptionist (1) Aqueduct Division •.....••.••.•.•••••.•• 0. c. Williams (2) (4) (2) (8) (6) Water Operating Division M. M. Kodama ·. K. L. Salsman T. J. sterling R. G. Wilson J.M. Snead Receptionist .••••.•••••••.. L. McReynolds R. w. Carr R. L. Simmons J.E. Jarf J. D. Powers D. E. Horton J. c. Lockie L.B. Withers D. Kocher R. c. Forsyth E. Thomas E. Session R. G. Fleming Central Water Trouble Board w. Valley Water Trouble Board (14) (3) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) ( 40) (10) (2) (1) (8) (8) (8) (8) (5) (5) ·water Engineering Design Division ••••.• w. w. Hoye (2) H. R. Venegas (2) s. Matsuda (2) H.F. Hanson (12) M. M. Sakado (2) Page 10 DAM AND RESERVOIR EMERGENCIES DISTRIBUTION LIST Cont ... Power Operating and Maintenance ..•.•...• c. A. Rogacs (2) L. D. Robbs (2) M. L. Martinez (2) G. E. Haynie (2) Duty Superintendent of E.C.C. (14) Power Design and Construction .•..•.•.•.•. E.G. Gladbach (6) Emergency Operation Center ....•.••••••..• L.B. Withers (6) State Department of Water Resources ...... v. H. Persson D. H. Babbitt R. Delparte R. Sanchez K. P. Osgerby (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) State Office of Emergency Services ••••••• G. Davis (5) (213) 620-5607 Los Angeles Police Department .•••••..•••• 0. F. Gates (1) (213) 485-4011 s. Roberts (36) Ventura County Emergency Services •••••••• J. Gillespie (2) Center Sheriff Department (805) 654-2314 Emergency Services Coordinator .••.••••. K. Guidi (2) (805) 654-2551 . (805) 654-2381 u. s. National Park Service •••••••••••••• T. Glass (2) (818) 597-1036 Los Angeles County Sheriff ••••••••••••••• s. Block (1) Inyo County Sheriff ••••••.•••.••••••••••• A. George (1) Mono county Sheriff ...................... M. Streineck (1) City of Bishop Police ••.••••••••••••••••• F. G. Coburn (1) Los Angeles City Fire Department ••••••••• D. o. Manning (1) Hydrant Unit ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• J. Holloway (3) Los Angeles County Fire Department ••••••• R. Monarrez (1) 640-PLEMRES.RPT Page 11 APPENDIX A 05/16/91 PAGER/RADIO/VEHICLE NO. LISTINGS WATER OPERATING DIVISION, PUMP PLANT AND RESERVOIRS * INDICATES CHANGES NAME BAKER BARR BENSEN BLINN BLOCH PAGER PH# PAGER# RADIO# RADIO ID VEHICLE# BODNAR BOTT* . CAMPOS CASTILLO* CLARK DEMPSEY DUMBOLTON FITCH HANSON HARFORD HIGBY HOMILLER HOOVER HORTON HUMPHRIES JARVIS JAUREGUI ~EKA KING KNOX KOCH KREINER LAHR* LAZADO LI:.L LINTON LUCAS* MANDEVILLE MC ALLISTER MONTANANO NAKAMURA NISHIYAMA PALACIO PATCHEN POCHMARA 704.;...5349 704-4900 704-5379 704-4885 704-5330 704-9323 717-7252 704-5355 717-7244 704-4890 704-4882 704-6054 704-5324 717-7356 704-5372 704-5327 704-5009 704-5378 704-4871 704-5325 704-4897 704-5349 704-5322 704-5241 717-7221 717".""7248 704-5157 717-7374 704-4901 704-4888 704-5356 704-5377 704-4889 704-5381 704-4873 704-5382 704-4886 704-5374 POWERS 717-7257 RESV.SURV* REY 704-4878 RODRIGUEZ,RU717-7240 SEARS 704-5375 707348 707900 707397 708885 707330 703323 771252 707355 771244 707890 W644 . W628 W524 W6i7 W523 W641 W632 W614 701080 701012 700920 700796 700321 700905 700902 WS-1377 W5-0500 WS-0597 P5-2612 WS-2603 P4-0096 REW-34782 P4-0029 708882 W611 ~00332 P4-0079 706054 W633 700428 W5-1123 707324 W520 700761 P4-0102 771356 (RESERVO~R SURVEILANCE) 707372 707327 707009 707378 708871 707325 708897 707349 708322 707241 771221 771248 W622 W278 W602 W624 W642 W525 W629 · W646 700784 700853 700896 700928 700586 701037 700185 700922 REW-34784 WS-1072 P4-3204 WS-0502 P4-0092 WS-1565 REW-34783 P4-0097 707157 W610 700939 P4-3146 771374 (RESV. SURV. ASSOC. ENGINEEER) 708901 W641 708888 707356 707377 708889 707381 708873 707382 708886 707374 771257 708878 771240 707375 W601 700613 P4-3396 W634 W277 W619 W638 W220 W616 W600 W637 Wl21 701602 700997 700454 700889 700861 701074 700745 748161 701016 700768 701020 REW-34782 WS-1124 P4-0107 P4-0127 W5-2523 W4-1175 W4-2042 W4-8160 W4-1154 W5-1555 W5-1187 704-4877 708877 W615 700989 SIMON 704-4887 708887 W612 700784 STANLEY 704-5359 707359 W279 700037 STONE . 704-5347 707347 SUNDEMIER 704-5376 707376 TAN 704-5367 707367 W626 700804 VAN NORMAN W643 700669 WALL 717-7350 771350 WEATINGTON 704-5360 707360 WILKERSON 704-4884 708884 W613 700944 WILLIAMS 704-5361 707361 ZAHNOW 717-7259 771259 ZEMPO 704-5368 707368 W627 700345 ZORNE 717-7224 771224 TO CALL FROM PHONE TO CAR, DIAL 818-35~-1991. KEY RADIO ID AFTER TONE. LOCAL PAGER NUMBER FOR THE VALLEY AREA: W4-1176 W4-1175 W5-1152 W4-1164 P5-0523 P4-0112 P4-0016 (818)884-1063, DIAL PAGER NUMBER, DIAL NUMBER TO CALL • • • ( \ \ !':-·- ,, T. "INSTANT" COMMAND POST This information is designed to furnish the Senior Supervisor at the scene of an unusual occurence with the "TOOLS'' to form a basic four (4) element Command Post Staff. Several additional positons have been included to handle necessary · functions as required. · · The information as outlined is only sufficient to get the "Ball Rolling" . . As the Task Force gets organized, the details of the individual position can be expanded. Time will be saved by the Field Commander, in appointing the proper person and providing him with the single page description of specific dut~es of his assigned position. THE POSITIONS CAN BE EXPANDED OR GROUPED TOGETHER TO FIT THE SITUATION. FIELD COMMANDER RADIO OPERATOR RECORDER EXECTIVE OFFICER OPERATIONS OFFICER INTELLIGENCE OFFICER FIRE DEPT. LIAISON OFFICER STAGING OFFICER PERSONNEL OFFICER LOGISTICS OFFICER T - 1 -~- .. ~ C -~ . '.- ' DUTIES AND FUNCTIONS OF THE CADRE. a. FIELD COMMANDER. He is responsible for the total accomplishment of the police functions related to the management of the Unusual Occurrence. Initial Actions: .(1) Gather intelligence and evaluate. (2) Establish a Field Command Post and notify communications of the location. (3) Start a Log. (4) Assign a Radio Operator. (5) Assign a Recorder. (6) Request additional Units. (7) Assign Staff Members (Cadre) as required. (8) Assign intelligence units • . (9) Deploy units as required to handle the situation. b. RADIO OPERATOR. Operates the radios for the Field Commander. c • RECORDER. Maintains a chronological log of all the following: (1) Radio and telephone messages. (2) Requests made to and from the C.P. (3) Situation reports. > (4) Arrival and depart'?.a.re times of a l l staff officer and city officals. (5) Additional Items that should be recorded . T - 2 c. d. ' EXECUTIVE OFFICER. Under the direction of the Field Commander he shall exercise line supervision over the assigned personnel and the functional operation of the Field Command Post. Additional duties are: (1) Assisting the Field Commander, as required. (2) Assuming command when the Field Commander is unavailable. (3) Verifying execution of the Field Commander's directives. (4) Coordinates the actiyies of: (a) Operations. (b) Intelligence. (c) Personnel. (d) Logistics. (5) Security of the Command Post. (6) Acts as the Press relations. OPERATIONS OFFICER. Is responsible for the planning, coordination, and supervision of the activities of the Field Task Force operations. Initial Duties: (1) Evaluate the situation. (2) Formulate a plan to handle the situation based on the Police Departments responsibilities. (3) Have the plan approved by the Field Commander. (4) Decide on the number of personnel and the amount of equipment required and request the them ASAP. (5) Advising the Staff Member of the plan and the requirements needed to accomplish the goals. (6) Additionally he is responsible for: (a) Perimeter Contr~l. (b) Interior Patrol. ( c) Evacuation. :) (d) Criminal Investigations. (e) Maps used at the CP. T - 3 -- . -.-· C . t \ 'f - --- · e. f. INTELLIGENCE OFFICER. Supplies all the intelligence information on the unusual occurrence to the Field Commander and .the Operations Officer. Initial Duties (1) Deploy units to gather information and advise the CP of the situation. (2) Establish liaison with: (a) Other Departments or Agencies involved in the operation. (b) Division Commander or the ~atch Commander. (c) Communications Division and the E.C.C. (3) Send situation reports (approx every 15 · minutes) to all concerned parties. FIRE DEPARTMENT LIAISON OFFICER. Initial Duties: (1) Maintain constant communications between the CP and the FD. (2) Advise the FD Commander of the situation. (3) Situation reports as requirements change. g. STAGING OFFICER. Initial Duties: (lJ Meet all assigned personnel. (2) Direct the Parking of Vehicles. (3) Give specific directions as required. ·(4) Insure that all personnel report to the Personnel Officer • T - 4 r \. \ $4 h. ·i. .. PERSONNEL OFFICER. The acquisition of all required personnel as requested by the Field Commander or other staff officers. Initial Duties: (1) Assign a staging officer. (2) Determine the location of the personnel pool. _(3) Determine the location of the vehicle pool. (4) Establish communications with the Field Commander. (5) Record all required information_ on assigned officers. (6) All assigned personnel are to remain in the personnel pool until assigned to a specific tasks. (7) Assign Personnel as required. (8) Brief all Personnel on specific duties once assigned a task. (9) Give status reports to the Operations Officer. LOGISTICS OFFICER. The acquisition of all required equipment as requested by the Field Commander or other staff officers. Initial Duties: (1) Maintain a log of all equipment assigned to the command post, who it is assigned to, and division of assignment. (2) Acquisitions of all required maps. (3) Return all equipment to the division of assignment after the unusual occurrence is secured. T - 5 ~--·------ - - .......... ·-· ·· • · - .. ···""""'" ·-~ - - ---- - ··- ... -- -··--·--- .. Page ~ I UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE COMMUNICATIONS LOG DATE: - - FROM TO TIME INFORMATION ( - , <t· - .. .. i I I \, T - 6 - Page~_/_ UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL LOG DATE: ---- UNIT ARRIVAL OFFICERS SERIAL VEH ROVER NORMAL u.o. TIME u. o. * TIME NAME i SHOP # (_ # EOW UNIT # ASGND ·EOW . - I ! I - - T 7 Page *-/- UNUSUAL OCCURENCE VEHICLE LOG DATE: ---- ( UNIT SHOP DRIVER'S u.o. ASSIGNED RETURNED i * NAME UNIT ft u. o. DRIVER BY - ) :) T - 8 • PERIMETER CONTROL . . . f �� l - �� -�·� � � � � � � - �� - � . �� . ' ·, .. ��.�� . � . �� . • . . · �� · �� \_ � �-�� -�� . . . . ~;. � � � � � � . � � � � � � .. ��.�� · tJ �� 0�� . ·. ��)�� ( . . MISC. IrlFOR11ATlOrl: . . r---, l/ T- 9 · : rf . -------------- ·( ... T - 10 PERIMETER CONTROL ( , T - 11 . . . .- .... ~ ·' ~ ·. · :· ·: .. .. ·. : . . .. .. ..... - ' . · _, .. . • . - ~ .. : _ .,,. .. ~. ... . ·.: . .. . ~~-···:.: ....- ·: .. •.-.:• : .. . : . - ....... .. . . ' . ._ . - .. : .. . • • I • ... - - . - . ~ - ., ~ . . : -::-. : -. ... .:_ . - . . . ~ . ... •· -:. ' ." : .. ' . . .. . . .. .. - . ....... . - . -. - . . .._ .. ...... - :" ... ... \ . ... . . . .. - .. . . , .. . · •·· .. .> ·.-:· · .· · •: ._ ... · • · .. : ...... . , ·· ... · - .•- ".· - _,, : . .. . · . .. --. . .. _.- -:-_- .. :. .. . .. .... ,..:- .• ~.. -· / - • • •, f • • • • .. • . • .. ... - ' • '• . • _; .""' I ~ •• . • : ·. • • • · • I ~ • • • _, - • • ., I • • •• "' ""• • ,.-; ' . .. - > · . · a >-- ·- .... . PR EDE s ! G i:;, E:l C O'.· ';;A ::o p OS~ . s r~t·; : ~>- --~<= ,)\It)?~/\. JC .. ; _ · . . !.. .1,· .- • ; i . • , - .:. .. ·. .. : . . · . --...;, .. . .. · . .... . - -~ ... :..· ~ .· .-· ": - .. ~ .. I . . . · . A~ Pri� ary Location i. .. • I . • . . i •. . . - t.,;J =· t;. .. ; f. .-.~ Sout~2~st A~e= Po1ice Facilities 145 W. 103:n Sere~~ • · Phone: 435-6929 . · . . ·- ~ .. . . : . .. . -- -·. . 2 ·:f ·· This facility offers a st~ging area~ indoor asse~bly lf ~ - a re a , a n d e a s y a c c e s s t o t h e H a r b c r Fr e ~\·Jay . T h a large parking lot and neafby ABC ~arket ~~rkin~ lot offer ample roe~ for an emergency helicopter landing : ·. .. . . "e. . • · . area and·_ove_ rf1ow parking. · · . . . Alternate Location . . . ... ... .. Californfa State ~enart~ent 0 f ·Pt_; b I i C >i C :-- '< S Div,sic,r. Gf . ~1an·.;a"'.tS 1 ./arehou.se . · F a c i 1 i ~ ,,. - 910 E • ~ i 1 th p 1 a C e Phcn~= - ('"9}. ·.ss4-4571 ·-... . . - . · ·:•-. .. · . · . This fa·cility offers· a s-taging ai-ea·,.:indcor asser,~1y . • • area·, and has bee~ ~;cwi red for.· the De~a rt~ent' s • Mobile Co:::ua:-1d ?as: :=1cet. It also · provid~s a he l i c o p t e r l 3. n d i n g a r e a • . . . . ·. · ·.:~ ~ ·. ~ccess -to the yard is ea~tb6und on 111th Pl. fro� . · Avalon Bl. · . .. C. Stag~~g Areas (Schools) . . . . " .·. . . . l . .. . . . . . • - • • C • • - ." ~• •" . · : • Locke High School ·325 E. 111th St. :phone: ( 9) 7 5 7 - 9 3 81 ·.• .. . .... . .- - . _..- · _ . -..•.. - . . . . . . .. _ .. . , ... .· . . ·2. _ Hinety-Seventh Street School ·. 4 0 0 W • 9 7th S t . • . . ·• . •. • . . • • #. · • • - · • •• . . -~ -. Phone: (9) 756-1~.19 ... : ~ .. _.:~ · -·: .. .. . · . .. . . . .. · ... - ·- - . - . . . . ~ ', . . - '· 3 • Br~ t Harte J ~ n i c r H- i o h Sch o o i: · . 9 3 0 1 S • H o c ,, e r S t . - · . ' · _ ·. ' : . : · • _-.. .~- P ho n e : ( 9 ) 7 5 5 - 1 3 4 3 .. • . . . ·.·_.'_ . . ·. : .. 4- . ·Gardena Kigh School . . ·. ;1 3 0 1 !J • l 8 2 n d S t . , G a rd e n a ·Phone: (i839} 327-5900 5. Ritter S:hoo1 ( . -111 08 'S • Hatt s - ~ P.hone: (9) 564-2.;73 . · .. :·. . · . •ll .. . . • . . .. . - . · . .. ... : . • . . ..: 4(r i · . . 2 : . .. . . .. . ... . ~ . . ,. . . - •. -- .. •· ,- · . ·. .· _. ,,. . . .. . . { . > -. . ·. _ ;. : . • . ._·· . . . · .:: _ :.· .. :. · ..:. • • • - . : • - '7. • ·..: f :c . .. • . - . .. i. . .. . • .-i . : ... . . . : . · ... . -.· ~ .. : .. · "-., . . . ·. - . . . . . . . ·- .· . ,· ' .• ~ .. . . .• .. . ~ ·- ·- ~ . .;,. . .. ·- . . .. . - . . . -. · . ... . . ':" . . -· • . .. ... . . . , ...... · - . _ _ ... . ··-.- . i • r . . ; I• ..• _, ._:..: · .. ' . \ . .. . : .. • I . > .' .. ' .. . . .. . - ·- . ~ • · . .-. · .. · . ' •. ' ~ - . 1 ' .. : · ,' . ·.•. - - .,. .. . · .. . · ,•. : . ~ .. I ' ' ~ .. • .. •• • • _ .... , .. ... . . - ...&, . . - .• ._.;-:- ·.: ..... : . . · ..:. -.. • ,i • • . . .. . · . . \ . Markham Jr. Hi9h School - 1650 E. 1 04 th St. Phone: (9) 5€4-6951 - .- ..... · . .. . - . -·. -_, -· · .. ~ .. .. -· . . . ~ : . :. . . . . . ~ . tlOT E: TO a C t i V a t e a c o :r. ~ .? n d P c S t a .t a S C h O O 1 , contact the securi:y . ~ec~ion~ Los · Anq~les Ci .ty School Distr~ct, at any tir.1e of· the . . ~--. , ,·. . .. ' . ' ., . . . . ·• · .. . .. . · ... : · .. . • •• • • • • t .. . ; . ; : . day . Phone : ( 9 ) 5 2 -S - 6 6 3 1 . . :.-:' .... :~ · . . .. .. -. - • • ·-.: - : .. -:, • • • • • : _ ... JI , t • . - ,:. . . . D • ' ' Staging Areas (Recreation Centers) ·. • . .. .. · • ~ ... _;. -,.· , . . . ---~ - - "": .... . . ! . 1 • Gr e e n r1 e a d a ·.-, s R e c r e a t i o n C e n t e r 43)1 E . 3 9th s·t . • 7 ,,. - . . , -·' • • • . : . :: . . · ·.· : -~- - . - . t . , I . . . . . ,. · . . . . Pho n e : ( _9 ) 7 5 0 - 4 3? 0 . .. ~ · . · :~ ·. ·_: · · 2 . . _- Man· ch es t e r ·Rec re a t i on C en t er· . :· .• . 8 a O O s . HOO Ver . st . · : -- : ·; ~·: · ~Phone: ( 9 ) · 7 5 3 - 5 a as . . . . ... .. • . . ~ . . :• . . . • : • ·f . 3. . ~ ;_ ~ ~ .- : . -~·- 109th Street ~ecrea tio·n ·c~nt2r- _ :•14 6,., E , 0 (') .. ~ c- .. . . - • • . · ." ""T • a .;; '- 1 I ... :.. • . - .. . . . . · - .. ~ . . -· . : .-.~ ~: ~ ·:~ . . .. . -- • .. • •• • • • I, - . ~. . -~-.. ... . .. ·~· . .._ . ~ . . . - ~ . ... ~ .. . . . .. . . • ..... ·. ·. -: . . . : . • ... ·! -·· : .. ·· .+. ' . ""] . . ·. . . _ .:! , . . :; • .__, .· . . . ·; · : .. / _: . : ~ . . · :_.: P rro n e : ( 9 ) 5 ~ 6 - 4 5 G 1 . .... ; ~ . : . • . • • . . ·j . . : .• . ; . ~ . . : . . . ·--: ~ i .· . . . . ~: .. .. . . . ~- . 4. ·.Ro.se~raris Recreation Park . . -.840 ~L 149th St.· · · ·Gardena ·. . . ·_. Phone : (ATS S ) . 51 5 - 9 4 0 9 ,. · .. ·•. . . . ... . _ ... ·S • . Wi11 Roger$ Park . . :.· · . . • 1 .33 5 E. 103 rd St. · - · · - _:_ · ~ .... : · .. ~ . . . . P h o n e : ( 9 ) s 5 6 - a 2 3 4 • . . ' .. .. . ·· -. .. ·. ; ; .. . .. ~-= - . ... . . .. '• . -- . ·- . . · . . · • A ,._ •• .. . .. ·· · -· . . - · . -· ~ .. : ~ . . ··> .. . - .. - ~ . · ..... · ... :_ -~ . E. Other Staging Locations :_:.•:.· : .::_ . . -- . . .. ~ _: --.-_ ._ - . ' .. . . . I ,. 1. ·Ascot Raceway Parki~o Lot ~- 182nd st~ & Vermont Av. • - ~ --- . J • . .. . , . . • ·. : .. / '2. : •· · - . o:. • · . · . . Av a 1 on 81 .- t.,. l 0 2nd St: .. .. 3. ·. Strip .l\rea . - . . . .. . -.. - · . . .. . • .. - . .Runnina East/~est ~~ Divisicn between -l16th:st. & 117th St. . . ..-- .. · . ... : . * . ~ . .. _ ~ ' . ... ·.• . . .. .. . , ... - :. -~ . --.. • · .. . · .. : :- ! . .· •. =-- . ~- . . ·.:· - ~ . . . - ._ ~-~ .. :-. .-_ . . .. . · - ~ ... . . ; ·~ ~ . . : :. : . . ' . .. , . .. · .. .. · - - . . . . -._ ,_ :~~-. ; - ·~. ... . . . • , - . • -, . ... . ·. -.· ··:;• . . . 41 - - .,, •. . ~ . . .. :. ·•·: . . : . . . :: - . - · - .... ... ;:. .. ~. :~- _ :. ·- -. - .. . .. 4: ·- ' • ~ . :. • .. . ·• : ·-·· . - . . : • -· . - . . .. . C ~- - ---- - ."':~-----..-·~--- .---.-:.. ·---" ,-·~--- -· ~-- · ... . -• -· - . - . - - ..;_-,. . . --.:----------- - - . -- -. - -· : 'F~GE 3 POTENTIAL PROBLEMS - CONTINUED • · . NEED FOR AUXILIARY Pm'f"ER NOrlE ------------------- 36. OTHER NONE ----------------:-------------- 37. COMMENTS SP1ALL SCHOOL WITH A ·sMALL AUDilORIU~ MID. C. A.FfRTERIA .38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE • . 0 I A<~ RAM I S ATTACH E D _ i . • . - ---· - - - . ,. I . , i I . --------- - - ----------- • ·' . ~- -- ........ ·-- ...--~-----·-·--·-----· ... ---.. ,--- ..,,_ _______ C!.1-\A,N L1N\:_ c:'EI\JCE,. -~ ______ __... ....... -- --- ---- ~ ~MA\..L. E'~i-1t\l~ ' ~~~A ,' (! c.> "~ ~C:, (.) I ..,_____ _ _ _... .................. . .... -- • ..... .,. . ...... ...... ....._ _ __ .._. .. . .. , J • ••• • • , ., .. , _ , ... ... . .._,. -"""' _, ............... ~...,. .......... - ... - _.,,,,,,,.., • . ----~-..----- S C..\+oc .. JL • __ ....,. ..... ....,_._,__ qt, -cc!- ~, Sc -( · J '-I 71 E, 7GE!., B ~ L 0 I tJ ~ p A A R l " R I E N ft G- - •·-' . . . . . . 1= \ · - . C1- 'l \ . .(i' - 4 . ~ • . S~TE ~~-..Ji_ COMMAND.POST SITE • . l\REA SOUTHEAST .' . \ · -------------- NAME 99.th STREET SCH<'rnL ·:. 3. ADDRESS 990!) S. \!ADSlfORTH SP~EET . . ' . 4. NAME AND PHO~E OF CONTACT (DAY)_~1_~_TT_v_ . E_F_E_r,_A~N_· _ · ______ 56_4_-~2~6~7~7- (EVENING)LA ~CH0nL SECURITY 625.6631 ~'5; THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCEP . ~~E 58 c·-·T REPORTING DISTRICT 1824 :.•."',.' 6. 7. TELEPHOHE COMPANY SEF:JICING SITE (GENERAL) ___ (PACIFIG:) _X __ 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 8 INCOMINri LINES VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 25,000 S0 'FTLIGHTED? N FENCED? Y ' 10. OTHER AREAS . - - - . LIGHTED? FENCED? -------- --- --- APPROXI~.ATELY HOW Mk"'~ v·EHICLES WILL AREA AC. CCf!l-!ODATE . 2 ~ '1 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) PAVED AND LEVEL ----------------- SECURITY PROBLEM? 13. 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-~'11:'CE~ITU~Y ~l \JQ 9 t STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE6,758 S~ FTLIGHTED? Y --- • . 16 ~ - OPEN AREA SIZE 7., 200 SQ FT LIGHTED? N FENCED? Y --- --- · 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) COVERED: A ·UDIRORIUM •' . ~ --------------------- ,•. -·· ·OPEN: PARKINr, LOT- 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? NONE · - . ----------------------- 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE NEED ·TO PROVID· E- MOBILE C0~1~. f\~!D on, · -·-- -- .. · • · . . t· Q U l . P~tE NT POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS X 220 VOLTS X --- ---- - . . ~ · . . . . . ·. . . -. . . ., . ~ . ·· ·-.:_ . . : . . . · : ------------------- --------- .t>AGE 2 ~- 22. -. 23. 24. · _ · PERSONNEL AREAS BRIEFING/ASSE~.BLY ~REA {NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 350 · COVERED Y LIGHTED? Y FENCED? Y --- --- . OPEN y LIGHTED? N FENCED? Y FEEDING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) lOQ COVERED V LIGHTED? y FENCED? y OPEN y LIGHTED? N FENCED? y KITCHEN FACILITIES CAFETERIA WILL AREA SUPPOR'l' FIRST AID SERVICES? (NUMBER OF PATIENTS) 100 y ----- AUDITORIUM PA R K I N~f· LOT . CA F' E'T E R I -~~ OUTSIDE. EATlNr, SIZE - 3J \ -. AREA . ) . 25 • . TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL} 5/0 (DESCRIBE) ---- ----- TIO LETS ON~Y. . . 26. SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL} rm NE (DESCRIBE) ---- ----- • POTE~TIAL P~OBLE~S . ' 27. FIRE NONE 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK AREA INUNDATION MAPS) ------- NONE . 29. COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD SPOTS?) COM 0 . A .TABLE FOR DEPARTME'-'T Cr1"1P{U~!ICr\7 ~ SYS TEr- 1s NO DEAD SPOTS 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION rm.NE_ 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE NONE . 32. SEISMIC RISK NONE 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES PERI HETER ONLY . . NONE l4. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS . POTE}.TTIAL PROBLE~!S - CONTINUED NEED FOR AUXILIARY POh~R NOt~E ------------------- 36. OTHER ----------------------------- NONE 37. COMMENTS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL H!TH A L.a.RriE . PAV£t) AREA. ~: LAi<nE CAP. ~CiiY AUD I TO R I U P1 A ND EAT HJ r, ·A R EA • GO I) D L O CAT I rnr · · · · · . •. _ 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTO~RAPH IF AVAILABLE • . ' DIAGRAM IS ATTACHED_ • • ., - , .. I '. . - . -- ....... - ----- - (J 0 R T }\ f ,) -- 99 -r/1 .,. - ::S(!..J/.a ._ • :~ ~ - · - ___________ ._ ___ ~._. ...... ..,..,.. . ....,. __ ~~-.-------. . .,, ............ ... ---~------- ~CJOc:J -s, vi A Ds v-/0117:4 1 e, u N Gr A L 0 w - ·----- ·-.._........ I --------,•---- LAti<:,E. • OL/\~~ Q.OOJ"'-., \~),~\LO, l'J (::i • ,. Ou.T.. t VA'i/t= V ,,oa \ EAT1~ I . A J<- ~A AltEA : ' ,, I ...... - -- --- ~P.U.~1N ~ ).._o, 1-.L..------:---- .......... ___ _ I ' • r (! L 0 \I 1 .t>iGE 2 . . ~ PERSONNEL AREAS .. -· .. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 15'1 . COVERED y LIGHTED '? y FENCED? y OPEN y LIGHTED? N FENCED? y .. 22. . FEEDING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 50 -- COVERED Y LIGHTED? :'t FENCED? Y --- --- OPEN LIGHTED? FENCED? --- ---- --- 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES CAFETERIA SIZE SO -------- . - ....... . _ ------ ------ 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? · - Y ---- .,. (NUMBER OF PATIENTS) 50 .. . . . . . . . . . : -. :~- : •: . ' j . ----- 25. -, " " .. :· ~ . . . . . . ! , : . \,:~· . • TOILET/SHOvlER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) lO/O · (DESCRIBE) · ·._ . . , ----- TOTAL OF Ti~ 1IOLETS LOCATED IN MEN AND WOMEN RESTR'10MS .26. SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 2 '1 (DESCRIBE) ---- ----- AU~ITOR I:.P1 AREA • POTENTIAL PR03LE~S 27. FIRE NONE · 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK AREA INGl~DATION MAPS) ----·--- NONE ·- 29. COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD SPOTS?) COM 0 . A.TA3LE FOR DEPARTME~lT Cl') '-~ ~ - 1.U ~ lIC . .\T . SYSTEMS NO DEAD SPOTS 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION ttoNE 31. · CHEMICAL STORAGE NONE 32. SEISMIC RISK NONE 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES PERIMETER ONLY 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS NONE ., ... 'PAGE 3 . POTE?--."TIAL PROBLEMS - CONTINUED NEED FOR. AUXILIARY POv."ER NOHE ------:--------------- 36. OTHER NONE ----------------:-------------- .- 37.. COMMENTS THIS IS A SMALL ELEMEMTARY SCHOOL WITH A ~MAlL ·CAFETERIA, . EAT I ~l r; A RE A M'E) AU D I T () R I U '1 • nm LA R G E · PAV t O · A~ EA S (J N TH E EAST~ t D E OF SCHOOL • - 38. ATTACH DIAGRA!1 AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE. DIAGRAM IS ATTACHED • • ·' , . . I # • • _ s - -· .......... - \} . - .· ~ R ~ 0 "' - ---- 1 13 L/ C ---, . . ...:::> J~5 rH sr :,e;,ku _ ·\ ,°':_; c;,o/ ~, l-3S !E sr .__----~--------1 l--· 1-ARC:,EQ i p"'JED f\1/C· :.A ..... • ~~~Al." I l)A~ lt.-1N (.> J _ \--- --~, ~~-- .. - l I \ I . ! ---- tJ q Iv\ E i2 (.) L.., ~ ~t-J{:j\LC}W~ . ~.~~~(., A DN'. I/ ,j' ~.~ ;·,) ·~~ B4-1L..C>1N<_, • \· •,•r•-- •-•-•-----·-• _.;..._._--r\ I 3 s I ~\ . • ST PA~E.:U H AKE.A · o v· ,, E J2_ A Q E.A � C - .. . . , • . SI 1'E ' 18 - J ---- CO~ND POST SITE DATE {S) SURVEYED 3- 1 . , _ ~ , • .3. · AREA SOUTHEAST .. ·, . -------------- -· > NAME '~ A R KHAM J U N !f)R H i r, H · ~ ,: H f1 '1 L _____________ ...;._ ______________ _ ADDRESS 1650 E. 104th ST~EET . ' ' ... 4 •· NAME AND PHO~E OF CONTACT (DAY) _B_E_V_t:_R_L_Y_M_A _R T_I_N _____ ...,;:S~ - 6.;... . 4:....-~F~9--'S.....,1_ (EVENING) LA SCHOOL SECURITY 625--663!' '~; THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE PAr,E - 58 · D~3 6 . . . 7. 8. ·9. 10 . . REPORTING DISTRICT :. . _. ..... 1837 .. ·. ·. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (GF.:~RAL) ___ (PACIFIC)_X __ NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 8 INCOMIN<; LINES VEHICLE PARKIN, "; . . . . PAVED AREA SIZE 7,500 S'1 FT LIGHTED? N FENCED? y . OTHER AREAS 10,QOO S0 FT LIGHTED? r.r FENCED? y APPROXIY~TEL'f HOW M.A..~-Y VEHICLES ~-;ILL AREA ACCmt.MODATE J , 1'1 12. DES~RIPTION OF PARKING AREA{S) PAVEO AND r,RA~S ----------------- 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? ----------------------- 14. NEARBST MAJOR INTERSEC'l'ION &~D/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP 103rd ST ~ 1 cn'(l'lT 'l~l ~ 1 •• STORAGE AREAS . ·; " ·. 15. COVERED AREA SIZE12 1 750 ~n F~IGHTED?_y __ 16; - OPEN AREA SIZE4,oon so Fi LIGHTED?_~_, _FENCED?_v __ · · 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) COVERED: AtfDITORIUM AND " GY'1 ·oPE"N: r>ATIO AREA 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? NONE - .·, . } ----------------------- 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDE~/9~ AVAILABLE EnurP~- ,ENT ~fECE~~ YK Y rn~ Hf')C3Il.E "v. . POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS X 220 VOLTS X · , .. '• . .. . • . : . - ---...~ . . .: .. •, . • ! ,.· ~- . PERSONNEL AREAS -· - . BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 300 COVERED y LIGHTED? y FENCED? y - OPEN y LIGHTED? N y • FENCED? 22. FEEDING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 150 COVERED y LIGHTED? N FENCED? y ......... :. - OPEN N LIGHTED? N FENCED? N 23. KITCH~N FACILITIES CAFETERIA SIZE 30 --------------- 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? YES 25. (NUMBER OF PATIENTS) l '.Vl ----- TOILET/SHOh"ER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL} 2°')/20 LOCATED IN .. r,. yM (DESCRIBE) • j • ----- .26. SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 50 (DESCRIBE) ---- ----- . .._ GYM AqEA .._ • · POTENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. ·FIRE. NO NE 28. FLOOD/INm;DATION AREA (CHEC~ AREA INUNDATION MAPS) ------- NONE . ·- 29. COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD SPOTS?) COM 0 . ATABLE F()R DEPARTME~T cn·• ~'· 1.U~:rcAT ~ - SYSTE~1S NO DEAD SPOTS 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION NONE 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE NONE 32. SEISMIC RISK NONE 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES PERIMETER ONLY -·- NONE 4. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS - . - .. ': . ' . I - l>AGE 3 36. ~ : ·. - . ·, .. · POTENTIAL PROBLEMS - CONTINUED NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWE'R NOUE ------------------- OTHER NONE -----------------:------------- - -j7- ~. COMMENTS THIS rs LARGE ,JUNTQR HT'iH CO~Pf EJEi Y EPJCED " "ANO A I Aer,i:- p AVE D AR EA , r, Y M A ~!D Au· P I Ir, 8 I u 'L ,; a a D LO c AT I M,. F 0 8 I H E EA st s I n E a ~ DIVISION, 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE. DIAGRAM IS ATTACHED • • . . ·' r i . . . ~ _:- - - . . . I • . ·, ....... . --- HELICOPTER l.M!DH~G SITES The below listed predesignated Cor1!mand Post sites are capable of accommodating helicopter landing: A. Primary Locati.on Southeast Area Police Facilities 145 ~. 108th Street Phone: 485-6929 This facility offers a staging ·area, indoor assembly area, and easy access to the Harbor Frceh'ay. The large parking lot ~nd nearby ADC Market parking lot o f f c r a m p 1 c r o o r:1 f o r a n E: m e r g e n c y he 1 i· c o r t ~ r 1 a n d i n g are~ and 01crflow parking. B. Alternate Location CaliforniM State Department O f P u h 1 i c \fo r k s _.__ Division of Hic 1 h 1 .:0 vs Harehc.u.;e Fucili t.y 930 E. 111th P1ace Fhonc: (9) 564-4571 This facility offers a staging area, indocr asse mb ly are a , a n d h <1 s be r 'l D r c· · .-1 i re ct f o r the D c p d r t 1· : en t ' s Mo b i 1 e C o ;:1 : r. u n d ? o s :-. F1 e e t . I t u 1 s o p r o v i J c s a helicopter 1anding 1:1rca. Access to the yard is eastbound on 111th Place from Avalon Boulevard. C. Staging Areas (Schools) 1. Locke High School 325 E. 111th St. Phone: (9) 757-~ ~ol 2. Ninety-seventh Street School 400 W. 97th St. Phone: (9) 756-1419 -16- 3. Bret Harte Junior High School 9301 S. Hoover St. Phone: (9) 756-1348 4. Gardena High School 1301 W. 182nd St., Gardena Phone: (196) 327-5900 5. Ritter School 11108 S·. Watts · Phone: (9) 564 7 2478 6. One-hundred Second Street School 1963 E. 103rd St. 7. Phone: (9) 569-ol~l Markham Jr. High School 1650 E. 104th St. Phone: (9) 5G4-GJ51 -17- I I . · ... . ~ " : · , . • F I RE D E PAR H1 E N T FA C I L I T I E S EMERGENCY COM~1AND POSTS Fire Department Emergency Command Posts will be established at the locations below: Battalion 13 Headquarters: 729 W. Manchester Avenue (Parking Lot) 8 0 o · H • i· 1 an ch es t er Avenue ( ? a r· k i n g Lot ) 4 3 1 £ • 8 9 t h S t r e c t ( G i~ e c 11 i ~ e a d o \': s F <1 r ~~ ) -1 ./ '~. , .r · )) ,.--....,_ J.J.J) ' ~... 'L '7 ( ~ ~ "' y \J 0 <s;,.> SOUTHEAST AREA PUBLIC SCHOOLS • 1. GARDEnA HIGH SCHOOL 2. 3. 1301 H. 182nd Street Gardena 902~3 Phone: (1839) 327-5900 Enrollm~nt: 3,460 DAVID STARR JORDAN HIGH SCHOOL 2266 E. 103rd St. Los Angeles 90002 Phone: (9) 567-0531 Enrollr.ient: 1,832 ALAIN LEROY LOCKE . HIGH SCHOOL, 325 E. 111th St. Los Angeles 90061 Phone: (9) 757-9381 Enrollment: 2,.507 1 . 4. MONETA HIGH SCHOOL (Gardena Continuation) 1230 w.· 177th St. Gardena 90243 Phone: (1839) 329-4139 Enrollment: 60 - 5. RODIA HIGH SCHOOL (Jordan Continuation) 2315 E. 103rd Street Los Angeies 90002 Phone: (9) 567-3304 Enrollment: 39 6. TRUTH H!GH SCHOOL (lo:ke Continuation) 11015 S. Avalon Blvd. Los Anoe1es 90061 Phone:- (9) 757-0159 Enrollment: 72 . . \ -· . l .. .. •· ~ ... ...... _ ' \ ) r-... . •• • . I . .... --- - -···•--· -· . i } . , ~ .. 7. SAr~UEL G0~· 1PERS JUtlIOR HIGH SCHOOL 234 [. 112th Street, Lo s ,An g e 1 e s 9 O O 61 ·p ho n e : ( 9 ) ' 7 5 7 - 9 21 1 Enro11ment: 1,535 8 • B R ET HA RT E J U ~: I O R f-1 I G H S C H O O L 9301 S. Hoover · Los Angeles 90044 Phone: (9) 757-9143 Enrollment: 1,604 9. EDWIN t1ARKHA:1 JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL 1650 E. 104th Street Los Angeles 90002 Phone: (9) 564-6951 Enrollment: 1,765 \ ---· - . -· · ·•---.----#· ··----· --- .. --• · --- ··- --- · ··- - •• . '('I --.. J r ✓., 1 0 .. COM P TO r: AV E ; : U E E L E M E :n ARY S C HO O L 1515 E. 104th Street· 11 . 12. 13. Los Angeles 90002 Phone: (9) 564-5767 Enrol 1r.ient: '369 FIGUEROA ST REE: i EL:: :1 E iH ARY SCHOOL 510 W. 111th Street Los Angeles 90044 Phone: (9) 756-9268 Enrollment: 823 GARDENA ELE~ENTARY SCHOOL 647 W. Gardana Slvd. Gardena 9G247 Phone: (1839) 324-6967 Enrol 1ment: 627 GRAPE STREET ELEi:lENTAKY SCHOOL 1940 E. 111th Street Los Anoeles 90059 ·Enrol.lme;,t: 710 1 4 • N I fl E TY -n UH~; S T R E ET E L Ei-~ E ! n -~ R Y S C HOO L 9900 S. Wadsworth Av. Los Anaeles 90002 Phone:~ (9) 554-2677 Enro11ment: 500 15. NINETY-SECO~!D STREET ELE:• tDHARY SCHOOL 9 2 1 l S • G · r a p e S t . - Los Angeles 90002 Phone: (9) 564-7946 I I . • · !_ , E n r o 11 m c n t : 7 2 2 .. 16. NINETY-SEVE:HH STRE£T E.LEMEtHA?.'f SCHOOL 419 W. 93th Street Los Ange:es 90003 Phone: (9} 756-1410 Enrollment: 1,035 17. NINETY-SIXTH STREET ELEME~TARY SCHOOL 1471 E. 96th Street .- ·Lo s An c e 1 e s 9 0 C O 2 Phone:w (9) 567-8371 Enrollment: 573 \ 18. NINETY_:THIRD ST~EEi ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 330 E. 93rd Street Los Anoeles 9CC03 Phone:· (9) 754-23c9 En·ro 11 ment: 332 .._ . ..... .·-"'\ • J i - ~ i ., I .. , .I' .. · J • 19. ONE HurrnRED EIGHTY-SIXTH STREET ELEMEflTARY SC H OOL 1581 W. 182th Street Gar,dena 90248 Phone: (1839) 324-1153 Enrollment: 872 2 0 . 0 N E H U : ~ D R E D E I G HT E E ;lT H S TR EE T ELEMEnTARY SC~OOL 21 . 144 E. 113th Street Los Angeles 90062 Phone: (9) 757-1717 Enrol l171ent: 594 OUE HU~lDRED ELEVOlTH STREET ELEMun;..~y SCHOOL 1630 E. 111 th Street Los Ange1es 90059 Phone: (9) 564-2545 Enrollment: 620 . · 22. ONE HU~lDRED :lI ~liH STREET . ELEMEiHARY SCHOOL ·10911 s. McKinley Av. Los Angeles 90059 Phone: (9) 755-9206 Enrollment: 408 23. 0tlE HU~:DRED s::cono STREET EL EM Et ff 1 \ R Y S C H O O L 1963 E. 102nd St. Los Angeles 90002 Phone: (9) 559-8141 Enrollr.1ent: 850 24. 0UE HUf:DRE:) SE'/E~~TH STR~ET ELEME:HA2.Y SCHOOL 147 E. 107th Street Los Angeles 90003 Pho·ne: (9) 756-8137 Enrollment: 990 25. ONE HU~:ORED SIXTEENTH STREET . ELEMENTARY SCHOOL llolO S. Stanford · Av. Los Angeles 90059 Phone: (9) 754-0424 ' En ro 11 men t: 3 9 O ... ~ . .... .:,, ... . ' ... . . .. . ' . ' . .... . . .._ . __,_. ____ _ - · ...• - .. -· . ... --· . . ..- ·-.. ' - - . -· - - .. --- - y • • --- - · ---· •• • .. . \ ... ./ --- ~ . / I I . I \. \ · ,: - ----~--· r 26. ONE HU~!DRED THIRTY-FIFTH STREET ·ELEMEiHA~Y SCHOOL 801 W. 135th Street Gardena 902~7 Phone: (1839) 324-4454 Enrollment: 615 2 7 • 0 l i E H U ~ ! D R E D T ~I E L FT H S TR E E T ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 28. \ 1265 E. 112th Street Los Angeles 90059 Phone: (9) 567-2103 Enrollment: 689 WE!GMW AVE~:UE ELEMErlTARY SCHOOL 1·0301 Weioand Av. Los Anqeles 90002 Phone:- (9) 567-9606 E . n r o 1 1 m e n t : 3 9 5 .. ---· ... \:;-,, • .. ~ •.-"j . • - - . t . ' ..... ;. . -· -------- ,..- • • • • ••• • • • • - - • - - p ------ - j i . ,.. ~ \ . . \ /_ . , .. I \· . :, ' ... ·. \ ·. . \. ~-.. I . \ \ I - -· SOUTH EA ST f.. R E A PAROCHIAL SCHOOLS \ 1. ST. MICHAEL'S HIGH SCHOOL 1100 W. Manchester Av. Los -Angeles 90044 Phone: '(9) 751-1135 Enrollment: 310 -2. VERBU:- t DEI BOY· s HIGH SCHOOL 11100 S. Central Av. \ Los Angeles 90059 Phone: (9) 564-6651 Enro11r.1ent: 280 .. t . I . . - • I . i . ·, . I • - 3. ASCENSIO:l ELn~nlTARY SCHOOL 500 W. 111th Place Los Angeles 90044 Phone: (9) 756-4064 E'nrol lment: • 261 4. FAITH LUTHERMl ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 310 W. 95th St. Los Angeles 9000·3 Phone: (9) 755-2541 Enrol lrnent: 50 5. MOTHER OF SORRO~ ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 100 W. 87th Place Los Angeles 90003 Phone: (9) 758-6204 Enrollment: 280 6. ·,,.,. SAN MIGUEL ELEt;EnTARY SCHOOL 2270 E. 108th Street Los Angeles 90059 � . Phone: (9) 567-6892 Enroli~ent: 360 . . 7 . ST . LAW R E NC E E L E :-i E ~HAR Y S C HO O l 1623 E. 101~t St. \ Los· Angeles 90002 Phone: (9) 564-3051 Enrollment: 204 --- . - .: ... · .. -I I ,--· \ -· . .. . , -- . , _ , ' ·' • ADORCSS INClUD[: ftAHE ANU T£L(PHON[ I or CONTACT ' VtHlCLE PARJ.ING ( APPROX I 11A T£ 110. Of PA~SUIGER VEIi 1 CLCS) NEAP.lST MAJOR I NHRSECT JUN OR f RWY Uff-RAHP SUPrLY STORAGE AR(A AREA ( APPROX i HA TC SQ. FT.) ASS!MSlT AREA fOR ,ERSON~[l (NUHBER or PERSONS) · I . . CH[O. IF HS, tXPL~1H ON R[Y[~5[ 510( OTHER I 'cOVtR ED OP EH H£0 Sl£EP HEOICAl TOILET S-OUTHEAST STA P P-50 184: 150 A CAPT . DINSE n 4 ti's . 6 9 2 4 • ' I 1 5 I3 - 4 STATE''OF ·CALIF P TRANSP.ORTATIOtl BUILDirJG 9 3.() .£· 11.Ith : PL 3'· D • H H I . TA K.E R .. . 564 ·_ ·4571 ' .. ··' ·· L_ OCKE Hl(jft SCH P P-58 184t 350 3 2 5 £ .11.1 t h · P 1 C · SCHOOL ~EC · 12 C-4 D E F 625~6~31; : . 9ith : ST SCH p n P-Sf A-3 182/ 150 4 "l fJ. U . 9 7 t h S T SCHOOL SEC B,RET H1'RTE· J.R P P-5.f 180 H I(~H :,CHOOL 93_~1 S HOOVER .10 A-2 .. GAROnJA HI-Gil S-C !tOOL .. .. · . 1 3 :J f l• i 1-n ii, d SCHOOL SEC _. 625-6- G3.1 · P P-:6: 189 . . 12 F .:.6 300 , . . . 1o nth/!1AIN 5 0 1: 1 0 0 ~ l lC Y 2 0 11 fth• ·.P· l & /\VAUHJ f3LVD ~Ol: · ~ . - . . . .. ' lfHHllf . · ... . 22r N o·• .. 5()K 11' 4 20 .. Sfdl . rEnRO & !'1rlfRI /\L . 22' Y 1()'10 1()0 ll' ! ~ . r T ~ I j r R ()l\ . '1 ,,.---~-~- ,,,,v ;. 1 , 1_ 1, 11\1... ..-.--. Ce ~,\.A~'I . 12nd · Pt ll')()'J[R . ' · 112nr1 . & '![ R~~(Hff 6750 25K 11< 22 ( Y 101) 1 , ()() 11 ~ 77K 50k 2 2r Y 5()0 1no 10 '11: lflOK i 1' 22( Y 10'1 1nn 2o'l . 6 N M N N rl N Y ti M I l5 N N. N Y ti ~I ~ i 20 N N N . f· I rt N Y M N ~ l 2 t'l· N N N f: t: ti y ti (J N N N N N ~t Y ~l ti ~1 * 0 r rl n r E 4 .f' () u ~ R l M E <; n r · r - R P1 r T E ~ 1 ; . 1 ·r • ADDAUS INCLVO[: NA~£ ANU Ttl[PHONE I 01 CONTACT .. ' ,_ u ... Cl{ ,_ ~ Q c., ~ .. ,_ Cit' 0 VCHICl[ PAR~INI; (APPROX I HATE 110. OF PASS(NG[R VEIIICLES) ~ .., - 1 PAYED OTHER / A8EA cor1r• • C::QIIIHE ll ~I I SITES. ~ • .. I AREA . /suPPLT FRWT Uff-RAHP SQ. FT.) o~ ...,J • ::; :le ~ ..... ~ 8 ASS(M8LY AREA fOR PERSONN[l (HUMBER OF PERSOHSf ;~;i!u°c;~~~\A/ ;::::::IHAIC l/ f ,1---~-----1 1------------J COVE!l(O OPEN FEED SlHP HEOJCAl TOILET' 1 () ') ..,. I 0 r .• CHEC~ tF HS. [XPlAtN ON REVEP.SC SIOC ~ - 96th ST SCHOOL p P-58 1826 20() 14 7 . 1 . E 96th ST r:n 1 - 1°T0 il ' G • l 5 O l~ 1 n fJ 1 11 ~ ' 1()0 · 20 N M r, t ~ . M N y ~ I N t, ~ I I SC4QOL .s · Ec n 0~2 · 6 2 5-,6 6 31 · ' ' •• 99th -~TREET - S~I .p P-58 1824 2 5 () 9JJ'J .· S. WADSHOf Ht SU!OOL SEC . ' .. . •· · • ; .. . . n 2 5-.60 Jl . . 8 C--3 , .. .. 135t'h ST SCH p P-63 1871 20. () 801 H •· l35th · s· SOi£)'0L SEC · 6 2 5 - 6 6 3 1 ·: 6 E-1 MI\ R KHAM JR H I GI I ·P P - 5 8 18 3 7 3 0 0 1650 -E' 104th - J SC HP O L S EC 8 0- . 3 (;25-6631 : ·.·.: • • : • 1 · ; ... ·.• . . . c~ t-l °\U;.4-~ 22~ .. .. . . c Pit ,rn Y ·,A C r..7 : r Rfd.. ,• ·- .. . · , : .. 6 7 ~ ,, 7 2 no I 1') . , -•• .. ~20 N 1 J 5th . ? , VER~rn rff 9 V , /joK!lO • e2n N ! Hl3r-c1 & COM r> TfH I n L V [ l 11: 4K ~10 220 N • ! N 100 30. ,. .. • . . lJlO 50 2() 50 30 50 100 · .. It . . n ., ~I N . ~ J .N N Y .. ti N ~l 10 N N N !I N N Y 20 N 'N M t! N N Y r-! N ~ I * DE IO . E ~ P ~HI R L I '. l E 1 b 0 N PI R P1E E f f :·!l Y · S!'IE ! 1 ~ - A .COK'Wm POST SITE DATE{S) SURVEYED?-!1 - ~: . .• , . AREA SOUTHEAST t. NAMESOUTHEAST AREA P'.1LICF. F/\CILITIES RU ilDPlr, 3. ADDRESS 145 W. 10 8th SiREET 4. NAME AND FHm~E OF (DAY)CAPT. C. OIN~f 485-6.929 (EVENING) PATCH cnw,A~?DER · s. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE DAf~E- 53 · · · B-4 485-0914 6. 7. REPORTING DISTRICT 1842 • . ,1 --------- TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (GENERAL) (PACIFIC) X --- --- 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 15 incorninq lines 9. 10. 12. 13. VEHICLE PARKING PAVED AREA SizES0,000 sn FT LIGHTED? Y FENCED? Y --- --- OTHER AREAS 15,010 sn FT LIGHTED? V FENCED? Y -------- --- --- APPROXIMATELY HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOt:I·!ODATE l 5 · 'J DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S)"AVED AMO LEVEL -------·---------- SECURITY PROBLEM? •.I('\ ' IC' I ' • t '.- 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP l r18th ~1 ' , 4 A!~i ~T 15. 16~ • STORAGE AREAS COVERED AREA SI ZEBU It DI ;· Ir, LIGHTED? Y OPEN AREA SIZE "ARKPl~ L'1T LIGHTED? Y FENCED? Y --- 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA{S)C0VERED: , ACTUAL POLICE 3UILDPIG · OPEN: BUILD!Nr, PARKIN~ LOT 18. 19. 20. SECURITY PROBLEM? NO rtE -------- SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE_~N~Q~M~E..._ ________ _ POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS_Y __ 220 VOLTS __ y __ , t>AGE 2 . .. .... 22. 23. PERSONNEL AREAS BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (~UMBER OF PERSONNEL) 250 COVERED y LIGHTED? y FENCED? OPEN y LIGHTED? V FENCED? FEEDING A.RE.~ (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) COVERED y . LIGHTED? ·y FENCED? OPEN y LIGHTED? y FENGED? KITCHEN FACILITIES JAUL KITCHEN ONLY y y 15 y y ----- ROLL CALL R()n~ . PARKING LnT SIZE 15 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? Y ---- (NUMBER OF PATIENTS) 2') ----- 25. TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) . f!./4 (DESCRIBE) liE ~ l'S L'1CKER ~...;..._-- ROOM : 4 SH Ol! ER S 3 T IO LETS 2 ()THE R REST Rn O ~, S ( 1 M /\ L E 1 FEMALE ) 26 •· SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 4 (DESCRIBE) ---- ----- • POTENTIAL PROBLE~!S 27. FIRE ~ 1 0 ~ ! E ----------------------------- 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK AREA INUNDATION MAPS) -------- NO INUNDATION ~ R t1 3 LE ~1 S 29. COMMUNICATIONS ( RADIO DEAD SPOTS?) P() L ! ,: E RAJ I 11 C f1 ~ 1 -~ u fl IC,'\ TI"~'' NO DEAD SPOTS 30. 31. 32. HELICOPTER LIMITATION I CHEMICAL STORAGE _______ M_n_~lE _______________ _ SEISMIC RISK. __________ MO_N_ , E _________________ _ 33. OVERREAD POWER LINES_P_E_n_r_,,_ . E_T_E_R_n_F __ S_T_A_T_r_n_r· _f ----------- 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS NONE ------------------ POTENTIAL PROBLEMS - CONTINUED ~~. NEED FOR. AUXILIARY POWER ALREADY Enuy 0 ~ED ------------------- 36. OTHER tlO M E ---------------~------------ 3 7. COMMENTS PR IV Ai E VEHICLES :-iO UL D BE RE ii U i RED TO RE n f\ R KE D ON i 1t E $ i REE T OR IN A LAR~E PARKJr!r, LOT LOCATED AT THE ·S/H118th AND MAH~ STREF.T<;. THIS MAY REOUIRE A SECURITY PnST. DIRECTLY ACR0SS THE STREET IS F!RE · ST AT ION # 6 4 1 .· !H I CH H n U SES · 3 FI RE FI ~HT I N r, TRUCK~ MtO A O "' RA.ME D I C UNIT. ·:. • c · · . . ·.• · ; ........ · · ~ . t: : • : : - 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM ANO AERIAL PHOTO~RAPH IF AVAILABLE. DIAGRAM IS ATTACHED • • - s R tJ G I I I ,. ~ : ~'IE Pot-1c:€. ..STA /4~ .. · (..J. /0 f/ . , . ...... .-)7 ~"'- WA.'- - F-E.tJc.E -------------~ PA R\<1N~ A~EA VA.~G.D .1 I ~ A f A- G, t: ·E. ,., T l " AJ E l::NT~1't-~~ 1 > \ , ·. ) • I .f'-'\ A " N - 4 ~ • SITE ~Jl_-_8_ cm~~i\.ND FOST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED1-1 ~-~ ~ 1. · AREA SOUTHEAST 3. 4. ADDREss930 E. 111th PU\CE NP._M.E P..ND PHO~E OF CONTACT (DAY) ~1R. ' 'fA.,<-\.\~~\... g~""''Q.£~ e . 1t!f-H TA Kt R 564-4571 ---------------- (EVENING).JJ. "fH TAK~ R ,f 21 3 ) R c; 4 7 5 -4 4 3. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE PAGE- SS· · ·C--4· l 11~) g~ ,- _ , b53 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 184l1 . l • I 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (GENERAL) (PACIFIC) X --- --- 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 3 INCOMING LINES 9·. 10. 12. VEHICLE PARKING PAVED AREA SIZE lOO,OOO LIGHTED? y FENCED? y OTHER AREAS ---·- LIGH_ TED? FENCED? -------- --- --- APPROXI.MATELY HOW MA.NY ·,lEHICLES WILL AREA - ACCQr.!.HODATE J · 71 DESCRIPTION OF PARKING .. ~REA(S) P.t\\lEO ArtD EXTREMELY L.1'Rr,E tOT 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? SECUqIT" i\T 'i . ~I~l ~~TE 14. NEAREST r-t~JOR INTERSECTION Ai~D/OR FREEWAY OFF-R.Ai--u>lllt1 "L ~1 "'l~L:i': • STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 30 ,aory S~ ~LIGHTED? y --- 16~ OPEN AREA SIZE l 'J() t Q()() SQ FT LIGHTED? N FENCED? Y --- --- · 17. DESCRIPTION OF AP.EA(S)COVERED: nm LARGE BUILDHtris OPEN: PARKIN~ LOT - . 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? NOrtE ----------------------- 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAI_ LABLE LOCATior, PREHIRED FOR USE ~y THE · DEPARTMENT ~()BILE COMMAMO _ POST FLEET 20. POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS y 220 VOLTS y -· ... PERSONNEL AREAS BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) RO Q COVERED Y LIGHTED'? Y FENCED? Y --- --- OPEN .. ·. : . / > LIGHTED? V · FENCED? Y 22. FEEDING ~..REA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) P,00 COVERED y LIGHTED? y FENCED? y OPEN V LIGHTED? y FENCED? y 2 3-_ . KITCHEN FACILITIES NOME 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? (NUMBER OF PATIENTS) 150 25. TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL} 3/0. ONE RESTROOM' 3 TIOLETS NO SHO~!ERS ----- T~• •n B U I L D I ~tr, S PA~KHtrt LOT SIZE - y (DESCRIBE) 26. SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 151 (DESCRIBE) ---- ----- C0TS I n THE 8U IL D! ~l0S • POTENTIAL PR O3LE~S 27. FIRE 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK AREA INUNDATION MAPS} ------- NO I N U ~! D AT I O N P R 0 3 L : " 1 29. COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD . SPOTS?) cn·, 0 AT . ~~L~ ~~R DE" . A.qT';~~ ~I T (: () '4'·'.U 'l : C~T: SYSTEMS NO DEAD · SPOTS 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION NONE -------~------------- 3 l. CHEMICAL STORAGE NONE ------------------------ 32. SEISMIC RISK NONE 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES PERIMETER OF 0 ROPERTY 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS SECURITY AT ENTRANCE POINT POTENTIAL PROBLEMS - CONTINUED NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER ~10 NE -~~----------------- 36. OTHER ~H) ~l F. __________ ....;..;....;...;..:..:.:_ __ --:------------- 37. COMMENTS THIS Ll1CATI()~~ HAS BEEN USED MANY TP,ES Itl THE PA~T. !T rs A LA R r, E t Ci: NT RALL y LO C ~TED. 'HT '1 p~ THE A q EA· • r- T rs C n ·~ 0 l ET EL V ~ E '!CED • TH I S LO CAT I O ti HAS O NE P R () BL E ~1- L I ~ I TE D NU M 3 E R n J:' Ht r, RE S S / E ~ R E S ~ q f') UTE S • THE ENTRAiJCE IS L0CATED ~T THE END !'1F A DEAD E'ID STREET. · 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTO~RAPH IF AVAILABLE • .. • I J --· - '. \\ \ T 1-' p L ... STATE al= CA'-1i=-o~N1A. ve:-PA2-Tf'\~T oF TiA"1~l)ofl.TATIO .. - ~J 9 30 .~:= //I / ~ PL. .. I ~----------------------·------------------------ � - w A II 13 {; '-I J.J. - I L.. D ' ~ · , : I !I ! . . . , w · . ... A ~ - e F E- µ (:" ' (J ( "" 5 G t: 4------------ . -------- :-----... ~---------·-------_.,. ~' - •, • SITE * 18 - C C0~21AND POST SITE DATE ( S) SURVEYED3- 1 '1 - '"' _. 1 • . AREA SOUTHEAST 2. NAME LOCKE HI~H SCHOOL · 3 • ADDRESS 3 2 5 E • 111 t h ~ TR E ET ·'• 4. NAME AND PHONE OF CONTACT VLADAC!CK 757-9~~1 (EVENING) L . A S C H () n L · S E C UR I TY h 2 5 - 6 ~ 3 1 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE PM;E · c;~ · c:.4 · 6. 7. REPORTING DISTRICT 1844 - , l '· TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (GENERAL) (.PACIFIC) X --- --- 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 12 !NCOMHI(; LINES 9. 10. VEHICLE PARKING PAVED AREA SIZE 50, OOIJS() FT LIGHTED? Y .FENCED? Y --- --- OTHER AREAS 50,001 sn FT LIGHTED? N FENCED? Y "-1• APPR·1XIMATELY HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE J5 · 1 12. 13. 14. DESCRIPTION OF PARJ<ING A:EIBA(S) 0 AVED . A.rm LE'!Et AND INCLUDES F"'1TR . ~LL dASUHLL ~IELJ~ II r\ If f'.' SECURITY PROBLEM? - 1 ~ - 1 - NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMPS .~'! "EG~') ST - ~ ':J ! 1 1 •. r.. ~ I .'\ [ ·i l 1 • • : , v • STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 12 , 250 sn FIJIGHTED? y 16 ~ OPEN AREA SIZE SO' QOO S"l FT LIGHTED? y FENCED? · V 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(StO'/ERED: ~~EN AND r,JRLS r,v~1 A U ') I T n R I U • 4 ( OPEtl: FnnreALL AND BASEB - ~LL FIELDS 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? NONE ·- ----------------------- 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE FOOTBALL · FI ELD HAS ELECTRI C . I\L OUTLETS · 20. POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS Y 220 VOLTS Y - I\ I I • -; , \ • , !>AGE 2 . .. PERSONNEL AREAS • . BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) sn0 COVERED Y LIGHTED? Y FENCED? Y --- --- OPEN Y LIGHTED? ~l FENCED? Y ---- --- ----- ~YMS AND AUDITOQIUM FIELDS 22. FEEDING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 250 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. ----- COVERED y LIGHTED? Y FENCED? Y OPEN y LIGHTED? Y FENCED? Y KITCHEN FACILITIES CAFETERIA SIZE - 1,000 --------------- WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? y ---- (NUMBER OF PATIENTS) 300 TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 15/2n MEN AND GIRL ✓ LOCKER ROOMS (DESCRIBE} SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL} lOQ (DESCRIBE) ----- ---- ----- UTILIZE r :1 E r,v•1s • POTE NTIAL P ROBLE'-!S FIRE 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK AREA INUNDATIQN r-'1.APS) 30. 31. 32. ------- NO ~ IE SYSTEMS NO DEAD SPOT~ HELICOPTER LIMITATION NOrtE -------------------------- CHEMICAL STORAGE NONE ------------------------ SEISMIC RISK NONE ----------------- 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES PE'HMETER OF 5CHOOL 'iROUN05 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS ~I() NE ------------------ ·- POTENTIAL PROBLEMS - CONTINUED NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER 1 1'1NE ------------------- 36. OTHER ~l(l:~E 37. COMMENTS LAR~E SCHOOL HOTH A ~OY AND r,rRL ~YM A.~D A LAR(iE AUDITnRIUM. SC HOOL HA S A L A R r, E F O 0 TB AL L F ! EL D , rm LA R ~ E · "A R K I N r; L OT~ 0 M TH E EA S T AND qEST SIDES OF THE SCH0f1L. THIS LOCATION HAS . ~ 0 AVED STREET 1 'HICH RUNS THROU(;H THE MIDDLE OF THE SCH()OL \·!HICH CAN ACCOM~ODATE THE '-10~ ILE' COMMAND POST FLEET. SCH00L HAS A L~Rr,E KITCHEN AND EATIN~ AREA. 38. ATTA~H DIAGRAM &~D AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE. DIAGRAM !S . ~TTACHEO • (._ - Lod(E:. ~\cG,t\ ~J ' : ..... TH 1 3;tS · E" \OG . ~ . . ttl 'L. s ·f 1 ·• I I , G R ,.._ ~ ':> ~ \IG.LD f:' o o, (:, A <. t. p . . I p s ~,(SLo ' ,, R. A k._ ·_ · _ .. N L~~~ C.,'( IV\. I C. • • ~ ,J ' - - , . c., 1) -- I r:: e '-- ~ J_ ~ l "t p~"~D ~'~~ET ...... D 1- < ~ ., A. 0 • ~ . . (:;. <. S' -- - I 0 P~t\l,~c.. a l.~T MA1N SC..\·\.ucL R- u.,LD,N ~ u tJ (, I A I I.. . 0 : £.. ') • I • l - . I I \ \ ) ,µ s, : . - _. .. •,. • SITE ! 18 - D COMMAND POST SITE OATE(S) S URVEY EDl - 11 - o c . ... 1. . · AREA SOUTHEAST ? • NAME NI NET Y - SEVENTH STREET ~CHO Q L 3. ADDRESS 400 W. 97th STREET 4. NAME AND PHO~E OF CONTACT (DAY) CH , l\RLES BARRE-TT . 756-14!9 ---------------- "S. 6. (EVENING) LA SCH00L SECURITY THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE p · ~ r, E - 5 8 A-- 3- REPORTING DISTRICT 1822 , I '· 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (GENERAL) ___ (PACIFIC)_X __ 8 •. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 8 I MCOMI Nr, LINES . VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE25,000 S~ FT LIGHTED? N FENCED? y --- --- 10. OTHER AREAS ----- LIGHTED? FENCED? 'l. APPROXIMATELY HOW MANY VEHICLES ~HLL AREA ACC O~iMODAT.E 1 ~ 1 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) THO SMALL LEVEL ~AVED PARK!N~ LOTS .• 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? ----------------------- 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-~~ c-r~ :_ ,~~"~. ST \ ' l:) . C t · j [ 0 ~ 'I f~ [ 1 / J • STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE~,750 S~ FTLIGHTED? Y 16. OPEN AREA SIZE 25,010 Sil � j LIGHTED? N FENCED? y · 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) COVE~ED: 5~1ALL AUDITORIUP{ OPEN: PARKIN~ LOT 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? NONE . ' ·- ------------------------ 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE N()T SET-U" e:"()R •~()BILE CfP~~ r V!D POST · F . LEET , 0. . POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS Y . 220 VOLTS Y · '• PERSONNEL AREAS 1.. B· RIEFING/ASSE1AJ3LY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 3()() 22. 23. COVERED Y LIGHTED?_V __ FENCED?~y __ OPEN Y . LIGHTED? ~! FENCED? y ------ FEEDING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 100 ----- AUDITt1RIUM PARKPfr, LOT ----- COVERED Y LIGHTED? ~I FENCED? V OPEN LIGHTED? FENCED? KITCHEN FACILITIES NONE SIZE --------------- ------ 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? Y (NUMBER OF PATIENTS) 100 ------ 25. TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER.OF PERSONNEL)2n/fJ (DESCRIBE) ----- 20 TIOLETS TOTAL IN MENS AND LADIES. RESTROOMS 26.· SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) NO~IE (DESCRIBE) ----- • POTENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE M(PlE ----------------------------- 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK AREA INUNDATION MA?S) ------- NONE - 29. " COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD SPOTS?) Cf1\1DATA:jLE F0R DE 0 A~T'1EnT cn'- 1'- 1 '.! 'l!C , '\ ~~ . 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. SYSTEMS NO DEAD SPOTS HELICOPTER LIMITATION NOME ---------------------- CHEMICAL STORAG~ NONE ------------------------ SEISMIC RISK NONE . ------- OVERHEAD POWER LINES PERI~ETER OF SCHOOL GROUNDS ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS NONE ------------------ - POTENTIAL PROBLEMS - CONTINUED ~ NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER NO~~ E ------------------- 36. 0 THE R NnNE 37. COMMENTS SMALL ELEMENTARY SCHOOL tHTH A 100 SEAT CA 0 ACITY AUDITORIU..,. GOOD PAVED AREA HILL AccommoATE ~()BILE FLEET • . . • . . . ~ t . ~ . . . . . . . · 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTO~RAPH IF AVAILABLE. D ! A r, R A ~ - 1 I S A TT~ C H E D • • - ., " ' ' ' (.. _ . (!oL D c.1"-.l . A '\J <2::.. l../ O O vi, 9 7 TJ 1 ~)-,-~ ---- ··-·-- ------- (n \ C L /l ~ s /Z. 0 V /ft 5 E 1\1 TT-AN(£ __ 91 TH s, � · . .. i : :! • 0 U. T ' t) OU~ - ~ P..-i-1 NC:a A. n._~ . ( C.t>'I € i ~ ... tiJ ADM1 I'll S,iA n "£ t>u,, tD, NC:, --- A u.o ITOJtll ~ ~tC) ------ _____ , _ __ , __ ,.. __________________ _.. · \ ,.. -~T - . , tJ F . L 0 • "" E R ! 18 - E COMHA~D ?OS~ SITE DATE(S) S r ·~~ r--'\•---~ "-'. '.., ~•tu 3- j 1 - · AREA SOUTHEAST .· \ · -------------- ~- NAME 8 R °ET HARTE JUNI!lR '1I'~H SC H")nL . . : :~ ----------------------------- .3. ADD RE s S 9 3 0 1 S • HOO V E R ST R E ET .. ' . 4. NAME AND PHO~rn OF CONTACT (DAY) CHARLES P. ~tMER . 75.6-1348 ---------------- (EVENING) L ~ ~CHOOL ~ECURITY 625~6631 "5; THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE P. ~GE ·58 ·A-'2: · 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 1801 7. TELEPHONE COMP.A.~ SERVICING SITE (GENERAL) ___ (PACIFIC)_X __ 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 10 !NCOM!Nr, LPlES . VEHICLE PARKING . . 9. PAVED AREA SIZE50,000 S0 FT LIGHTED? N FENCED? Y . ,. OTHER AREAsS0,080 S0 FT LIGHTED? N FENCED? Y --- --- APPROXIMATELY HOW MANY \1EHICLES WILL AREA ACCmfMOD. ~T:s3 · 7 1 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) PAVED AND LEVEL HITH t:OUR ENTRA ~ ICES 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP ?2nd , A. ND lH)(,V Eq ~ .... •• STORAGE AREAS .. . } 15. COVERED AREA SizE77,510 s~ FLIGHTED? . Y 16~ - OPEN AREA ·SizE50,0Q0 Sf1 J:'- T LIGHTED? N FENCED? Y --- --- 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA (S) COVERED: THO GYMS ArlD A- LARr,E AU-DITO RI UM -OPEN: CiRASS . FIELD· NEXT TO PARKI~Jr, LOT · 18. SECURI~Y PROBLEM? NONE .. · . . . - ----------------------- 19 . . SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE NEED TO PROVIDE . C 1 'VPt~~IO on~T _,,.-_ ,,.. .. J. 0. . POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS X 220 VOLTS X : . --.:._ . . . · . . . ·. - · .. : ,,.·.. . _ .:.. . .. .. · . • j • . . l>AGE 2 . I ,, . · PERSONNEL AREAS . . . . -· . . . . BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 50() · · COVERED y LIGHTED '? y FENCED? y r,vMs OPEN y LIGHTED? N FENCED? y t;RAS S: FIELD 22. . FEEDING ARE.; (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 100 COVERED y y y ✓• LIGHTED? FENCED? -- OPEN LIGHTED? FENCED? 23 • . KITCHEN FACILITIES SM~LL CAFETERIA SIZE _ 30') 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? y {NUMBER OF PATIENTS) 100 ' j . ... 25. . TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 20/20 (DESCRIBE) LOCATED IN~TH~ · BOYS LOCKER ROOM .26. SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) (DESCRIBE) '- ·- • - POTENT.IAL PROBLE'~S 27. FIRE NONE ----------------------------- 28. FLOOD/IN~DATION' AREA {CHECK AREA INUNDATION MA.PS) ------- NONE ·- 29. COMMUNICATIONS {RADIO DEAD SPOTS?) cnM 0 ATABLE FnR DEPARP1E~T cn•1 ~ t.P::Ct\7 . SYS TE~1S NO DEAD SPOTS 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION NONE 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE NONE 32. SEISMIC RISK NONE 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES PERIMETER OML Y - - 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS NONE · - . . . . . . .. 37. 38. I POTE?--.TTIAL PROBLE:'-1S CONTINUED NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER NONE -------------------- OTHER NONE -----------------:--------------- COMMENTS THIS TS A LAq~E ,JIJN!()R H!GH SCHOOL · H!T~ A L. l\:R(;E r'AVE~ ft JI n f' I'\ II r r ti11U 1 1r\M.J .J AREA. LARGE . GY~1 HITH -L()CKER R'10MS , ~~ID - SHn 1 "£RS ·. · L,A,Rr,E CAOACI- TY AUDIT0~I - ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE. . . . . . ~ DIAC,RAM IS ATTACHED . • • . , "'. r .. ~ .... I • ....... . . . . - - . 4# · ~ ITE ~ 18 - ,:- ---- com-v-.m: FO S T SI':'"2 DATE (S) SURVEYED 3- 1 , 7 _ ~ 1.. · AREA SOUTHEAST .' . \ · .. . . 3. 4. NAME r,ARDENA H!r,H SCHOOi ADDRESS 1 3 0 1 H , 18 2 n d ST 8 f EI NAME AND PHO~E OF CONTACT (DAY) '~R. AKEDA 327-59~0 ---------------- (EVENING) U\ SCHOOL SECURITY 625:-6631 '· "5; THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE PA~E -~3 · · F-5 · -6. 7. 8. .. 9. 10. REPORTING DISTRICT 1891 · . . . --------- TELEPHONE COMPA..'IT SEP.VICING SITE (GENERAL) ___ (PACIFIC)_X __ NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 12 I NCOM! ml L IrtES VEHICLE PARKING PAVED AREA SIZEl00,000 SQ FT LIGHTED? N FENCED? Y --- --- OTHER AREAS 4JO, 1:JOO · S~ FT . LIGHTED? fl FENCED? Y APPROXIMATELY HOW M.Ai.~"Y VEHICLES h.ILL AR.EA ACCOM.MODATE2r)1 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) LEVEL Ar:O PAVED CAN USE riRASS AREA 13. SECURITY PROBLE~!? ~:0 ~ lE ----------------------- 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEW AY pFF-RAf-1.P 1 8 2nd MID • STORAGE AREAS .. . : 15. COVERED AREA SIZE l:J 0 'J'J · ; s 0 t:tGHTED? y 16; - OPEN AREA SIZE 400, 00') Sf1 . FT LIGHTED? Y FENCED? Y --- ---- · · 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) COVERE!): n,n r,vr-1s AMO ONE AUDIT(}R!UM . · O~Erl: RASERALL AND F00TBALL FIELD<; . 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? NONE -.. ----------------------- 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE NEED rn su 0 · PL Y 'E'1UI ~H-1ENT -- .- . .. · .. NECES.S~RY· FOR ... COMMAND pnsr FLF.ET ~..,. POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS X 220 VOLTS X - . . .. . . - -·. . . .. · -- .:. . . . . ~ ,, - ,..., ' :. . j . .t>AGE 2 I • .,. 22. -, 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. I PERSONNEL AREAS BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 5 ")() COVERED y LIGHTED'? y FENCED? y AUDITORIU~ OPEN y LIGHTED? ~, FENCED? y ~RASS ·:F! EL-OS -- . FEEDING AREA {NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 200 COVERED y LIGHTED? y FENCED? y OPEN ------ LIGHTED?----- FENCED? ----- KITCHEN FACILITIES CAFE r: RI A SIZE 1()0 --------------- ------ WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? y (NUMBER OF PATIENTS) 2')0 • j . ----- TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL} 20/30 BOYS A~D GIRLS LOCKER ROOMS (DESCRIBE} SLEEPING . AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 100 (DESCRIBE) ----- ---- ----- GY~1S • POTENTIAL PROBLE~S . ' FIRE NO ~IE 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK rlREA INGNDATION MAPS) ----·--- NONE ·- 29. COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD $POTS?) C()~- 1°.t\TAJLE FOR DEPARP1E~i cn•. ,a,u ~:rc ,; -:- ~- 30. 31. 32. 33. '4. SYSTE~1S NO DEAD SPOTS HELICOPTER LIMITATION UONE CHEMICAL STORAGE NONE ------------------------ 5 EIS MIC RISK NONE --------·------------------ OVERHEAD POWER LINES ?ER!HETER ONLY ------------------------ ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS NO~!E ------------------ ., -..· ... • .:>ve 37 . • POTENT I AL P ROBLE!'-1S - CONTINUED NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER NO t~ E ------------------- ' OTHER. ___________ N_O_~_lE ___ -:--------------- C "''HI ... ,~,,.,~ <::cunn, T .. ~ u1•,1,f•l.C.,1.~ .L;:) ..J I IV '.J '- - IN . "'. R E ~ I D E ~ ! T'.L\ L - ~,~E/\ ! ~! T~I S!1UTH C' ~, n n C" ,.. u c- '- I •~ \ J t I t IL. D I V I S IO N • T H E S C H 0 0 L U. A S ,, L t. ? r, E A U D I TO R I tj '1 , · T W) · r, Y u S , L . A. q r, t D /\ '! E D PARK I N r, LOTS ANO A LA R r, E r, RAS~ FIELD •· THE · '10 ST P q ACT IC AL L () C . n. T If)~, I~ THE SOUTH END· OF SOUTHEAST. · 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM &~D AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE. DIAGRAM IS ATTACHED .. __ _ - • ........ --- • l . ·· - ·-- · .. - ·- tJ 0 R fVl /} j-/ {) ) ,· I - . - - P~\J~o > - A Q..t2,.A.. 1 L~R~E.. (-::,'(ti\. G, V.<-~ LAil:.,~ c./).~ t::,~ t, A. k~ il-6~ e.u\Jl::.Tlc.X ~ . Ou.., 0 C~:.Yl . E.A "'= ! t--) (:. ~~--~,, / 7 7 ::.ii :st.- \ GAP,Dt=:NA //,/. ,, ~//4.,,l I 3 · o I v./ , I . ·.>' \J q s, ... . : " !.~ · ... F 0 () . f , ' e ~ 4 L L. 0 (.. LA~~ P~'-'~D · . .. _ , . . 4-----"!"'---- AflE:.A • Q ( COM1~)m POST SITE D "TE ( s ) s u R' ...... \ YE D n , • t... • '3 - 1 'I - ~ , • . ~REA SOUTHEAST .. ~ ,- -------------- NAME 9 6 t h S TR E ET S C ~t f') 0 L . . • ;, ~ . .3. ADDRESS J4Zl E 96tb SJ 0 rEr . 4. NAME k'-1D PHO~E OF CONTACT (DAY) LOUIS ()~-fENS 5 ~ 7-88 71 ___________ __,;;,___.;...___;;.,.;;;..;_,:._ (EVENING) LA SCHOOL SECU~rr· v ~25-6631" ~"S; THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE 0 Af~E ·59 ·0-·2 · -6. REPORTING DISTRICT 1826 7. . TELEPHONE COMPANY SEP.VICING SITE (GE}43RAL) ___ {PACIFIC) _X __ 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 6 INCOMINr, LINES . VEHICLE P.?-.RKING ' . . 9. PAVED AREA SIZE30,000 S~ FT LIGHTED? N FENCED? Y --- --- 10 •. OTHER AREAS -----•~ LIGHTED?. FENCED? -------- --- --- APPROXIMATELY HOW ~~\...~--Y VEHICL::S WILL AREA ACCOMJ.!ODATE 15 'J 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) PAVED AND LEVEL 13. 14. ------------------ SECURITY PRO3LEM? 1 ~3 d,, r.",' ,i ,OT"'.'. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RA£'1P · 1 r -t - 1 ) • . , ------- •• STORAGE AREAS '\ ' 15. COVERED AREA SIZE50Q() sn FT LIGHTED? N --- 16; OPEN AR.EA SIZE 1600 SQ Fl LIGHTED? N FENCED? Y --- --- -17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) COVERED: . -OUTSIDE EATINr, AREA SECURITY PROBLEM? NONE .. - · ----------------------- -~, '·' E 18. 19. SPECIAL EQUIPME!,T NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE Ef'lU!"~1ENT F0R amntLE C')..,,~ 4 " ~F) 0 '1ST --.- . . . FLEET ··. '-V• POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS X 220 VOLTS X --- --- . - ....... . .. . .. . . .. . • . . . -..... :. .t>AGE 2 PERSONNEL AREAS .. -· . . •. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA {NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 3 () () - COVERED y LIGHTED'? y FENCED? y AUDITn~IUM . OPEN y LIGHTED? N y PARKINr, LOT. - FENCED? 22. . FEEDING A...~A (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) 200 COVERED Y LIGHTED? Y FENCED? Y --- --- --- OPEN LIGHTED? - FENCED? - 23. KITCH~N FACILITIES CAFETERIA SIZE nrn · . --------------- ------ 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? y . (NUMBER OF PATIENTS) 10 - 1 ' j . ----- 25. TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) · 2 0/Q (DESCRIBE) ---- ----- TIO LETS ON~Y : 26. SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) tlOr!E (DESCRIBE) ----- • · POTENTI AL PR03 LE~S ... 27. FIRE NONE ----------------------------- 28. FLOOD/IN~DATION AP~A (CHEC~ AREA INUNDATION MA.PS) ------- NONE ·- 29. COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD SPOTS?) COM 0 . i\Tl\8LE ~()R DEPARP1E~ H crP 111 U~ : IC AT. SYSTE~1S NO DEAD SPOTS 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION rrnNE 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE NONE 32. SEISMIC RISK NONE 33. OVERHEAD POv•rnR LINES PERIMETER ONLY -- ,. Nn~IE 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS .:. ( WATCH COMMANDER'S GUIDE FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS _ AND OTHER EMERGENCIES How to Use This Guide: Turn to the section that details response to the particular emergency at hand. You will eventually be directed to the General Procedures section, which contains procedures applicable to any Unusual Occurrence as well as specific instructions for turning the police station over to an Acting Watch Commander. Take this set of dividers to the scene. Ensure Area standing plans have been reviewed for the specific emergency. This material may be used for roll call or other training purposes. At the end of . most sections there are references to supplementary material on the subject. TABLE OF CONTENTS Subject section 1 Table of Contents. Air Crash ••••• • • 2 Fires and Explosions •••••• 3 Hazardous Materials Incidents. 4 Earthquake. • · • • • • • • • • • 5 Flood ••••••••••••• 6 Unlawful Assembly/Riot ••••• 7 Terrorism. • • • • • · • • · • • • 8 Coastal Inundation ••••••• 9 Tactical Organization Squad Formations~ . . Perimeter Control • • • . . . . . . -Los Angeles Police Department Tactical Planning Section (November 1989) .10 .. 11 .12 .13 Subject -------· ... General Procedures. Evacuation •••••• Specialized Resources. FCP/EOC ••••••••• Tac Alert/Mobilization •• . . . . . . . ------- . . . . . . ------- / ... .... ' . . . . . . ------- ------~ •••-· • •• Q •, •r: !',:• ~ ,_ .,.. • . . . ... . ....... . ·. : ------- ,. . ( 't- ,.; , •, .· .,. · ~ . ';f', ... .. ~- .. • 4 • . . . . ------- Section • 14 ••. 15 • 16 .17 .. 18 • 19 • 20 . 21 • 22 ••• 23 ••. 24 • • 25 • • • 26 ~IR CRASHES SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The LAFD Incident Commander has ·full power and authority regarding rescue and fire fighting. The Coroner is responsible for recovery and identification of the dead. The Federal Aviation Administration and the National Transportation · Safety Board have primary investigative responsibility: The Police Department mission is to support the Incident Commander by providing: * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank. , * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes. * Perimeter and traffic · control. * Crash site security. * Evacuation, if necessary. Also, Detective Headquarters Division (DHD) would actlvate the Casualty Information Center (CIC), if needed. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained and communicated to Communications Division: * Location of accident. * Size of the involved area. * Type(s) of structure(s) involved. * Number of injuries and deaths, if known. * Military or civilian aircraft. * Type of aircraft (passenger, cargo, helicopter~ •• ). * Class of aircraft (single engine, multi, jet. - ••• ). * Additional assistance needed (police, fire, medical, military, etc.), and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of · personnel, not units.) * Best available ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles .• Note: If the accident occurred within LAX boundaries, contact the airport Chief Special Officer (via LAX Substation at 485-5299) and determine if additional police assistance is required. If it is, continue with the below procedures. * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to maintain liaison to keep the FCP informed of directives and intelligence from the Incident Commander. Establish and -maintain communications with the liaison officer. · * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider and assign someone to be Acting Watch Conunander. *Gothe scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post (see FCP section of this guide). For major air crashes, consider requesting activation of the EOC and other resOU+Ces listed in the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES divider. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 3 2 Mr Crashes (Continued) -2- * Request a traffic supe~visor to direct the Department investigation. The National Transportation Safety Board and the Federal Aviation Administration will send investigators to the scene (as will the military, if needed) upon notific.ation by DHD. * As soon as Fire Department personnel and equipment arrive, the. role of the Police Department becomes supportive and may include: Perimeter Control. Consult with the LAFD Incident Commander (through your liaison.) Ensure all crash debris is protected, when reasonable. Traffic control. Consider for traffic diversion: * If freeways are involved, establish liaison with the CHP by requesting a CHP supe~visor to respond to your FCP. * Consider use of the Sig-Alert system; (Contact Communications Division.) * Maintain control of ingress/egress routes. * Assign personnel to direct traffic at key intersections along traffic diversion routes. Restrict air traffic over the scene. Limit LAPD and LAFD official agency aircraft by contacting Air Support Division on a tactical frequency or at Ext. 52600. Crash site security. * Establish adequate control to keep unauthorized 'persons out of the scene. Be especially aware of looting of bodies and wreckage. * Avoid unnecessary movement of DB's, body parts, and crash debris. On occasion it may be necessary for authorized rescue personnel to move dead bodies to effect the rescue of injured persons; in such exceptional situations, it is imperative that the former location of dead bodies be marked and documented. . * To remove small aircraft from traffic ways, contact the Bureau of Street Maintenance at Ext. 55661 during regular business hours or City Hall Operator Ext. 52121 off hours, holidays, and weekends. Identification of witnesses * Obtain complete Fl's of eyewitnesses. * Obtain statements, including: * Time of accident * Location of witness at time of crash. * Weather at time of crash. * Aircraft direction in flight. * Aircraft fire in flight. * Explosion prior to crash. * Impact angle and position of survivors. * Did objects fall from aircraft? * Anything removed from scene and by whom? Revised August 1986 Page 2 of 3 \_ Air Crashes (Continued) -3- If victims or aircraft parts are missing: * Survivors may have parachuted. * Survivors may have left prior to officer arrival. * Deceased or injured victims may be displaced by impact. Conduct a thorough, wide - search. Body parts located away from the scene should be covered and guarded until removed by Medical Examiner-Coroner personnel. Remote aircraft parts should be left in place and guarded. Military aircraft--special considerations. Beware of ejection seats, bombs, ammunition, solid and liquid propellants, and other hazards. Preserve the scene until military authorities arrive. Except for essential emergency personnel, deny access to all and refer -inquiries to military authority. Photographing of crash site. For civil aircraft, request a T~unit with a camera to photograph the scene from several angles, including the air (if practical). Do not photograph military crash sites. Do not admit the press within the perimeter unless accompanied by military authority. Subseguent situation estimates to DHD: * Aircraft identification numbers. * owner of involved aircraft * Name and address of pilot(s). * Property damage. * Location of known survivors. * Brief circumstances of the crash. * If military, are weapons involved? * If civil, was U.S. mail aboard? * If appropriate, see the EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, FCP/EOC, and/or SPECIALIZED RESOURCES dividers. Also see section D/139 of the Tactical Manual (Aircraft Accidents). Revised August 1989 Page 3 of 3 ,,. ( FIRES AND EXPLOSIONS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The LAFD Incident Commander has overall control responsibility. The Police Department mission is to support the Incident Commander by providing: * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank. * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes. * Evacuation, if necessary. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained by field units and has been communicated to Communications Division: * Location of the emergency * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Apparent direction of the fire. * Type of area (business, residential, hillside, etc.). * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Additional Department personnel required and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units. * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. * Ensure that Communication$ Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to maintain 'liaison to keep the FCP informed of necessary directives and intelligence from the incident Commander. Establish and maintain communications with the liaison officer. * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider. *Goto the scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post (see FCP/EOC divider). * Advise responding personnel of the appropriate officer-safety considerations. For brush fire survival information, see the Checklist Situations Estimate notebook divider (LAPD Form 14.18). If high-rise buildings are involved, beware of danger of falling glass. * Dispatch personnel to maintain: * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Perimeter control to keep unauthorized vehicles and pedestrians out of the area in accord with direction from the LAFD Incident Commander. NOTE: In a fire emergency, the LAFD Incident Commander has responsibility to determine if an area will be closed, what the boundaries of the closed area wi11 be, and what entry criteria will be used. Persons allowed into closed areas might include residents with identification, public utility employees, persons with press passes, and owners/managers/employees of business within the closed area. Generally there is no legal authority to keep out members of the press who have valid passes. Additionally, LAFD issues Fire Line Passes to selected persons. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 Fires and Explosives (Continued) 3 * * -2- If the LAFD Incident Commander orders evacuation of an area, see the EVACUATION divider. (Note: LAFD has a policy that residents may remain in or enter the closed area to attempt to protect their homes during -brush fires) If appropriate, see the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES, EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, and FCP EOC dividers. Also see Chapter D/300 of the Tactical Manual, especially D/315 (Fires). Page 2 of 2 Revised August 1989 ) HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENTS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The LAFD Incident Commander has authority for controlling the incident and it's effects including evacuation within the contaminated area. The Police Department's mission is to support the LAFD Incident Commander by providing: * A situation estimate. * A-liaison officer of supervisory rank * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes outside the contaminated area (cold zone). * Evacuation of endangered people located outside the contaminated area (hot or warm zones). Under no circumstances should .police personnel enter the contaminated area. Avoid contact with contaminated personnel who must be isolated in the warm zone pending de-contamination. (See "Contaminated Personnel" section in this divider.) AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Obtain the current Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook. * Ensure that a situation Estimate has been broadcast to · Communications Division. The estimate should address the following: * Location of the incident. · * Type of premfses and/or vehicle involved. * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles •. * Property and/or vehicle owner's name. * Number of additional personnel required. * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Weather conditions including wind direction. * Staging area location. . * Placard information (i.e~, warning signs and identification numbers from the involved container, if safely available). * Name of material involved, if known. * Contact the Department's Hazardous Materials Unit (54011 during normal business hours or DHD at all other times). * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to keep the FCP informed of necessary directives and intelligence from LAFD. NOTE: When the LAFD .Incident Commander's location is within the contaminated area liaison .should be established by having a fire fighter obtai-n a police ROVER and taking it to one of the LAFD Incident Commander's aides. · * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider, and assign someone to be acting Watch Commander. · *Gothe the scene and take command. - Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post upwind of the incident. If possible, the FCP should also be on higher ground. The Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook contains safe distance information. If the incident involved an unknown substance, the FCP must establish at least 2,000 feet away (approximately three city blocks). (See the FCP divider). Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 4 Hazardous Materials Incidents (Continued) -2- * The Field Commander must address the following tactical considerations: Officer Safety. Following are general survival guidelines to be corranunicated to responding officers: * Do not drive thorough the contaminated area. * Do not eat, drink, or smoke near the scene. * Do not use·flares; request barricades and banner guard tape. * Do not touch any material or container involved in the incident. * Treat all materials as toxic or explosive until proven otherwise. * Stay upwind of the scene, if possible. * Personnel experiencing skin irritation, sore throat, dizziness, should leave the area immediately, as these are the initial symptoms of chemical poisoning. Once isolated, see "Contaminated Personnel" section below. *Ina BLEVE (Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion, i.e., a tanker car or tanker truck on fire) situation, if rescue of downed personnel is to be attempted, always approach from the side of the involved tanker, never from the end of the tanker. -- * on-scene traffic accident investigation shall not commence unt_ il the area has been decontaminated. EVACUATION PROCEDURES. See the special Hazardous Materials evacuation procedures in the EVACUATION divider .• Contaminated Personnel: * Isolate contaminated personnel (usually in the warm zone). * The Fire Department or Health Department may order contaminated personnel to removal all clothing and equipment and be washed down. * Clothing, including uniforms and equipment such as leather belts will be collected by LAFD, sealed in plastic bags marked "Contaminated, and held for decontamination or disposal by the Department's Hazardous Materials Van. * Any Department personnel who may have become contaminated should receive medical treatment (MT), and report the ,same on a 15.7 (D/321 Tactical Manual). News Media Relations. News media personnel desiring -to enter the contaminated area _ (hot or warm zones) should be thoroughly warned by the incident commander and the field commander, in the presence of witnesses, of the dangers of contamination so far as they are known. There is no authority to stop news media personnel from entering the closed area. After-Action Reporting. Refer to Section D/~~l.07 of the Tactical Manual. * If appropriate, see EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, FCP/EOC, and/or SPECIALIZED RESOURCES dividers. Also, see Chapter D/300 of the Tactical Manual, especially section D/321 (Contamination Emergencies). Revised August 1989 Page 2 of 2 · 1 EARTHQUAKE SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: Police responsibilities will vary ( depending on the amount of damage caused. The Fire Department, other City , _ . departments, and the public utilities will be ·heavily involved in handling the disaster. After a minor quake, not all of the below listed police responsibilities will apply; however, after a major quake, most or all of them will apply. The most urgent police responsibilities immediately after an earthquake are: ( * Accounting for Area/division personnel. * Re-establishing communications, if disrupted. * Within one-half hour, providing the Emergency Operations Center with a damage assessment of key installations as well as a general damage assessment of the Area. * Implementing the Area Earthquake Response Plan. * Opening major ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Facilitating ~vacuati~n of displaced persons. AREA WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Conduct a roll call to account for all on-duty Area/division personnel. * Start a log. Assign sufficient staff to maintain the log and to monitor available communications, including a commercial radio station (e.g., KFWB). * Contrary to other emergencies, after an earthquake watch commanders should consider remaining at· their stations to facilitate the damage assessment process until the extent of damage and casualties is known and has been communicated to the Emergency Operations Center, ext. 55191, or Network Communication System (NECS) mnemonic ECCP or Communication Processing System (CPS) mnemonic RLA.LBC. ·* Telephonically survey or dispatch personnel to assess and report damage of key installations in each Basic Car area. Refer to the Area Earthquake Response Plan. · * Instruct Area personnel to report damage to the station (via telephone or gamewell if possible), not to Communications Division. (Communications will rgive similar instructions in all-units broadcast.) * Attempt to establish communications with: * Communications Division, or * Emergency Operations Center, or * Your Bureau office, or · ·• A nearby Area, or * Any other organizational element which may be able to facilitate communications. IF NORMAL COMMUNICATIONS ARE DISRUPTED * Attempt to communicate with your Area/division units on a car-to-car basis. (Note: Tactical and ROVER radios will operate only for limited distances on a car-to-car basis if radio repeater stations are destroyed.) Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 Earthquake (Continued) -2- * Within one-half hour, dispatch your Area/division personnel status report, damage assessment, and situation estimates by motor officer or other messenger to the Emergency Operations Center located in City Hall East (4th sub-level), or other location designated by DHD. 5 IF AT LEAST ONE MODE OF NORMAL COMMUNICATIONS IS OPERATIONAL: * Establish communications with the Emergency Operations Center or other Command-level personnel. * Within one-half hour, communicate to the Emergency Operations Center your Area/division personnel status report, damage assessment, and situation estimate. * In the event an aerial damage assessment survey is not possible to obtain, any initial survey of the involved area should include the status of facilities that are critical to those areas whose damage will result in great magnitude of harm. The other consideration is those areas that are critical to the response and recovery phases. Examples of critical sites are hospitals, dams, fire stations, etcs. See your corresponding standing plans for sites cri~ical to your .particular area. * Take charge of your Area/division emergency operations until relieved. Be aware that it may take several hours £qr assistance to arrive. * Maintain communications with personnel resources. · Officers should generally not become involved in rescue operations unless such incidents are immediately life threatening and rescue can be accomplished rapidly • . Officers must fulfill their primary functions of observing, estimating, and communicating the overall situation estimate. This approach will ultimately save thousands of lives in · a major event, instead of the few that each officer could person~lly rescue. * Implement the Area Earthquake Response Plan (located in the watch commander's office). * Review the' GENERAL PROCEDURES divider. * If damage is determined to be relatively localized (i.e., one major situation), go to the scene and establi$h a Field Command Post (see the FCP/EOC divider), if appropriate. "-~· * If appropriate, see the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES, EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, and FCP/EOC dividers. Also see Chapter D/300 of the Tactical Manual, especially D/317 (Earthquake), and the Area Earthquake Response Plan. Revised August 1989 Page 2 of 2 \_ , FLOODS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Los Angeles County flood ·Control District declares Phase I, II and III storm warnings. Tactical Planning Section (or, when closed, Detective Headquarters Division) prepares Phase I, II and III teletypes for transmission to all Areas. The Fire Department determines the need for general evacuation of an area. (However, police officers at the scene may order an evacuation under emergency conditions.) The Police Department mission during flood emergencies is to support the LAFD Incident Commander by providing: * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of ~upervisory rank * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes. * Perimeter and traffic control. * Evacuation, if necessary.· Definitions: * Phase I * Phase II indicates that the overall condition of the area is basically safe for the public to conduct its business as normal with only minor, localized disruption and only minor, localized damage anticipated. indicates that the overall condition of the area is basically safe for the public to conduct its business with numerous localized disruptions and significant local damage anticipated. * Phase III - indicates that the overall condition of the area is extremely hazardous with significant disruption to the public in conducting its normal business and many major problems. Area Watch Commander/Field Commander Responsibilities: * Upon learning of Phase I, II or III warnings, watch commanders of oncoming watches should noti•fy their personnel to have appropriate rain gear on hand, and to be prepared to spend a prolonged time in the rain. * Instruct field personnel to report to the Area watch commander any significant damage they observe during their tour of duty. The Area watch commander telephonically notified the Administrative Information Unit, DHD, of all reported storm damage. When major damage has occurred: * Ensure that a situation estimate has been obtained by field units and has been communicated to DHD and Communications Division: * Location of severe flooding or mudslides. * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Type of area (business, residential, hillside, etc.). * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Additional Department personnel required and location of Staging Area. ("Emphasize numbers, not units.) ( * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 6 Floods (Continued) -2- * . Ensure that the Fire Department has been notified. * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to maintain liaison to keep the FCP informed of necessary directives and intelligence from the incident Commander. Establish and maintain communications with the liaison officer. * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES dividers. *Goto the scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. Also take the Area water inundation maps. * Establish a Field Command Post. Be especially aware of -site selection so that, if the flood level rises, the FCP will remain secure. (See FCP/EOC divider.) * Dispatch personnel to maintain: * Ingress/egress routes for authorized vehicles. * Perimeter control to keep unauthorized vehicles and pedestrians out of the area in accord with ·directions from the LAFD Incident Commander. NOTE: In a flood emergency, the LAFD Incident Commander has responsibility to determine if an area will be closed, what the boundaries of the closed area will be, and what entry criteria will be used. Persons allowed into closed areas might include residents with identification, public utility employees, persons with press passes, and owners/managers/employees of business within the closed area. Generally there is no legal authority to keep out members of the press who have valid press passes. Additionally, LAFD issues Fire Line Passes to selected persons. * If the LAFD Incident Commander orders evacuation of an area, see the EVACUATION divider. (NOTE: The LAFD has a policy that residents may remain or enter the closed area to attempt to protect their homes during floods.) * If appropriate, see the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES, EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, and/or · FCP/EOC dividers. Also, see Chapter D/300 of the Tactical Manual. Revised August 1989 Page 2 of 2 r ) ~- --- - ... - - -- ·- -· - - -- -- --- -- - · UNLAWFUL ASSEMBLY/RIOT SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Police Department is the ·primary control authority during an unlawful assembly or riot ·situation. Assistance may be obtained from other City departments, and from law enforcement mutual aid and military assistance agreements as necessary. (Note: This guide deals with spontaneous occurrences not planned events where police control forces and command structure' are already in place. However, the strategies discussed in this guide are applicable to a planried event which degenerates into an unlawful assembly or a riot.) The primary responsibility of the Watch Commander/Field Commander during the initial stages of an unlawful assembly or riot is the rapid assembly of sufficient forces to immediately confront the participants. In the case of an unlawful assembly, a dispersal order must be issued. If the dispersal order is ignored, or in case of riot, law violators must be guickly overwhelmed and arrested. Initial responding officer must provide the following: * A situation estimate. * A temporary Field Command post and Staging Area for responding personnel. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained by field units and has been communicated to Communications Division, including the following information: * Location of the emergency * Number of participants. * Activities of the participants (e.g. looting, burning, blocking traffic, etc.). * Direction of movement of the participants. * Ingress/egress route(s) for emergency vehicles. * Additional Department personnel required and location of Staging · Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units.) * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider. *Goto the scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post. (See the FCP/EOC divider.) Command Strategy: It is likely that the involved Area watch commander will be the field commander for only a short period of time before being relieved by command personnel. However, these strategies apply regardless of the rank of who is in command, and they should be implemented as soon as possible after the situation become unlawful. * React quickly with strength to overwhelm. * Form responding personnel into squads and platoons. . * use the mission concept, i.e. assign a squad leader or platoon leader a mission, and let that leader develop the plan, respond to the scene, accomplish the mission, and/or report back to you with a situation update and/or request for additional control Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 7 Unlawful Assembly/Riot (Continued) * * * -2- forces. · For example, if the immediate mission is to stop an advancing group of rioters at a certain location, select a Light Striking Force leader, assign the mission and the responsibility to formulate a plan of action, and instruct the Light Striking Force to move to the vicinity of the trouble spot quickly. * Request additional personnel as needed (supervision, command, civilian traffic, and detectives), by contacting Communications Division. For major occurrences, consider requesting that detectives be assigned regular radio calls in their Area, so that all available uniformed personnel can respond to the Staging Area. * Consider requesting reservation of tactical frequencies; one for operations, one for management. * Establish control in all parts. Dispatch squads of civilian traffic officers by contacting DOT to secure major ingress routes to keep other people from entering the involved area. (Note: Do not put a perimeter of officers around the rioters for purposes ofcontaining them within an area, as this tactic causes a rapid depletion of personnel, as well as prevention of innocent persons from fleeing the violence.) * Dispatch Light Striking Forces and platoons to control specific _ problems and/or perform ."sweeps" of the involved area and to report back. · * Dispatch Special Missions to take up fixed-post positions to maintain control of those areas which hav. e been "swept." Arrest all law violators. * Provide for their transportation and processing. Set up a Field Jail Unit if appropriate. * Obtain personnel to act as booking advice officers and property processing officers. Prosecute with vigor. * Obtain witness statements. * Obtain photographs using the SNAP mission concept. If a SNAP Team is not readily available, consider using Accident Investigation units with cameras~ * Utilize the air unit's videotaping capability (two-hour lead time). Remain in the area· to· convince all that outbreaks will not be tolerated. * Es.tablish a high-visibility police presence. * Use highly mobile Light Striking Forces to respond quickly to any outbreak. * Arrange for relief and feeding ·of personnel. C.onsider requesting Communications Division to cause a Sig alert broadcast to be made to keep Qther people out of the involved area. If appropriate, see the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES, EVACUATION,· TACTICAL .ALERT/MOBILIZATION, and FCP/EOC dividers. Also see Part D (Command Strategy, Planning and Tactical Organization) of the Tactical Manual; and Chapter B/700 (Law Enforcement Mutual Aid and Military Assistance) of the Tactical Manual. Revised August 1986 Page 2 of 2 TERRORISM SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Police Department may be primarily or secondarily responsible for handling a terrorism ----. situation depending· upon jurisdictional criteria. During the early stages of a terrorist incident, responding officers should handle the initial containment and life threatening aspects of the situation. Jurisdictional questions may arise when incidents involve consulates, foreign dignitaries, airports, courtrooms., county or federal property within the City limits, and others. Officers should handle the situation until otherwise directed by a Department command or staff officer. \ Many terrorist .incidents take the form of barricaded suspect situations with hostages, and they should be handled as such. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES * Ensure that. a Situation Estimate has been obtained and communicated to Communications Division. The Situation Estimate should include available information from this list: * Location of the emergency. * Nature of the threat, including weapons and casualties. * Identity of the terrorist(s) and of the target(s). * Nature of the terrorist demands. * Safe ingress route(s) for responding officers. * Danger areas ("kill zones") to avoid. * Boundaries of areas to be evacuated. * Additional Department resources required. * Immediately notify: * SWAT 485-4091 (o~ use radio call sign 114 on any tack frequency) * DHD 485-3261 or 485-2504 * Counter-Terrorist Task force (contact Uniformed Services Group at 485-3211, or DHD after business hours). * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider. *Goto the scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post and Staging Area (see the FCP/EOC divider) • . * Members of the Counter-Terrorist Task Force are available for advice and consultation as individuals or as a group. They are not available to assume command of the scene. The task force consists of commanding officers of the following Department entities: Uniformed Services Group (Chairman) Detective Services Group Metropolitan Division Air Support Division ·Tactical Planning Section Detective Support Division Robbery-Homicide Division Detective Headquarters Division Revised August 1989 -..,...· Page 1 of 2 E 8 Terrorism (Continued) -2- Anti-Terrorist Division Planning and Research Division Scientific Investigation Division * Designate an acting press relations officer at the FCP. Request a press relations officer respond from the Office to the Chief of Police at 485-3586, or via DHD at 485-3261 after business hours. * If appropriate, see the EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, and/or FCP/EOC dividers. Revised August 1989 Page 2 of 2 I COASTAL INUNDATION (TSUNAMI) SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Police Department and the ·Fire Department have concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuation within the City. The Police Department's mission is to provide: * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank (if the Fire Department or another agency is involved). * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes, evacuation routes and evacuation bus ingress. * Establishment and maintenance of the perimeter around the Closed Area (limited access or no access). * Door-to-door communications and the use of Emergency Broadcast System to communicate to persons within the involved area, warning them to leave, and directing them to the "initial evacuation center." * Interior patrol of the evacuated area, if appropriate, in regard to the time span of the expected inundation. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * * Ensure that a situation estimate has been communications Division: * Location of the emergency. * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Area to be evacuated. * Ingress/egress routes for emergency ·vehicles, evacuation buses, and evacuation routes. * Location of initial evacuation center and designation of unit(s) assigned to log evacuees' arrival. * Additional Department personnel required, and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people,- not units.) * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. * Ensure that a liaison officer supervisory rank has been assigned to the Fire Department Incident command Post or to the command post of any other involved agency. NOTIFICATION: "WATCH" OR "WARNING" STATUS. After receiving notification of a seismic wave (tsunami) through channels originating from the National Warning System (NAWAS), particular attention should be paid to whether the notification is of a "watch" or "warning." The issuance of a "warning" is based upon the magnitude of the earthquake as well as the distance between the affected coastal area and the epicenter. A "warned" area includes those .areas that are within 3 hours of water wave travel time from the epicenter. The appropriate remaining areas, outiide the warned area, are placed in a "watch" status. Upon confirmation from tide gauge data that a tsunami has been generated, the previously designated watch status areas are upgraded to a warning status. If an area has received a warning and subsequent tide data show ( no tsunami activity, the warning and watch are cancelled. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 3 9 Coastal Inundation - (Continued) PROCEDURES FOR "WATCH STATUS" * Review standing plans for coastal inundation including evacuation contour maps. * Notifications to standby: LAFD, Department of Public Works, so. Calif. Edison, local marinas, L.A. County Lifeguards, RTD, and Area Bureaus. - Assign a communications officer. * Assign an intelligence officer to monitor the teletype, ACC, and radio frequency. * Notify patrol units via MDT's of the "warning." PROCEDURES FOR "WARNING" STATUS: * Notification (concerned agencies and Bureaus) * Establish a command post and assign duties to officers. * Begin evacuation procedures for the predetermined areas, determining whether the evacuation should be voluntary or mandatory: * Voluntary Evacuation. Warning is given to persons within the closed area that a threat to life and ·property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning are not required to . evacuate. * Mandatory Evacuation. A warning is given to persons within the closed area that an imminent threat to life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning must evacuate in accordance with the directives of the Field Incident Commander. Note: An officer's judgment might be questioned if an attempt was made to force an occupant from his re·sidence when, after being notified, he states that he wishes to remain and protect his property. However, in extreme instances, there is sufficient legal authority (409.5 P.C.) to make an arrest. * Ideally there will be enough time for radio and television stations to broadcast the required evacuation information (via the Emergency Broadcast System1 contact DBD). Also, if sufficient time is available, copies of the evacuation notice can be locally reproduced (by copy machine) and distributed. Regardless of the means, the evacuation warning should include such information as: * Type (voluntary or mandatory). * Best available route(s) out of the area. * Location of evacuation centers. * Anticipated duration of the emergency. * Time remaining before the situation becomes critical • •. . Revised August 1989 Page 2 of 3 ) l ~ . .... { Coastal Inundation (Continued) * -Divide the involved area into sectors. Assign squads to evacuate -specific sectors, beginning at the location of anticipated initial inundation. * Use door knocks, vehicle P.A., helicopter P.A., as appropriate. * Make a record of each contact or no-answer. Ask neighbors about any deaf or infirm persons who may not have responded to a door knock. * Direct evacuees to an initial evacuation center outside the involved area; also direct them to sign in with the officers stationed at the initial evacuation center. * Take appropriate action to close the area: * No-Access: (Warning status) prohibits unauthorized _persons from entering the closed area. *Limited-Access:· (Watch status) - allows persons into the closed area according to criteria established by the Field Commander or the Fire Department Incident Commander. Consider: * Residents with valid identification. * Public Utility employees. _ * Persons with valid press passes. * Persons with valid press passes. * owners, managers, employees of business within the involved area. Revised August 1989 Page 3 of 3 ~ -------- - - - ---- - - - --- -- -- -- ( C. TACTICAL ORGANIZATION For efficiency, the organization is developed utilizing the military concept of uni ts, squads, platoons, and canpanies. When operating at such a capacity it is in'perative that officers act as a team, not as individuals. Many control measures require deployrrent of only a few units, or at most a platoon. Although carpany size formations may be necessary in situations involving a heavily concentrated roob. The use of light striking forces may be required when sporadic activity recurs. Consideration should also be given to tactical support elements such as Metropolitan Division (Special Weapons and Tactics Teams) and Air Support Division. CONSIDERATIONS FOR TACTIAL ORGANIZATIONS * Necessity * Efficiency * Flexibility * Coordination TACTICAL ORGANIZATION- UNIT A Unit is the mini.nun control force (one or roore officers usually supervised by a sergeant) detailed a mission during a 00. Un_ it missions may include: * Foot Patrols * Per:imeters and Intersection Control * unmarked or Black and White Police Vehicle * Scouts for su:cveillance and intelligence gathering * Arrest formations TACTICAL ORGANIZATION- SCUAD A squad usually consists of nine officers and a sergeant, but ttiay be reinforced beyond that nunber. At the cannand of its leader, a squad _ ordinarily m:,ves about in colunn formation providing a display of strength and unity of effort. Squad missions may be as follows: * Dispersing small groups * leI1¥JVin9 occupants fran buildings * Elements of reinforced formations * Elements of arrest fcmnations TACTICAL ORGANIZATIOO- PLA~ A platoon is ordinarily ccmnanded by a lieutenant and consists of two or roore squads. Platoon missions may be as follows: * Crowd control at major disturbances or large assemblies * Arrest fonnations Revised November 1986 Page 1 of 3 1( 10 TACTICAL ORGANIZATIOO - CCMPANY CCJll)anies consist of two or nr:,re platoons ordinarily carmanded by a captain. · Carpany size missions are rare and usually invol~ the following control situations: · • Riot control • Crowd control at large assemblies TN:rICAL ORGANIZATIOO - LIGiT STRIKING FORCE The light striking force is a roobile force that may consist of ooe of roore squads. After the initial difficulties of a UO are overcane, - light striking forces are deployed as a reactionary force when units or squads on patrol cannot handle problems such as: * A growing c:rO'Nd that may develop into m:,b activity * Looting . • Roving gangs TACTICAL ORGANIZATIOO- ARRFSI'/TANGLE TEAMS An arrest team consists of two officers within a squad designated the arresting officer and the assistant arresting officer. Arresting officers are responsible for identification and booking of their arrestees. Arrestees are .not transferred or assigned to other arresting officers unless there are extenuating cirC\JtlStances. The assistant arresting officer assists the arresting officer in all phases of arrest and is pre pared to take responsibility as arresting officer. A tangle team consists of two or 1T0re officers within a squad who assist the arresting officer by separating arrestees. Tactically, arrest tesns and tangle teams can be used to: · · • Effect the arrest of·individual datalStrators who violate the law • RemJve a law violator or inciter fran a crowd or nd>. * Separate and arrest sit-down demonstrators. TACTICAL ORGANIZATIOO- APPR:>ACH/ENTRY/SF.AR:H TEAMS Each team consists of two officers, but they can be reinforced with additional personnel when necessary. Possible missions assigned to the teart\5 area Approach Team • Under appropriate cover and concealment, approach suspect'• location • Afford fire support and security for entry teans * Assist entry and search teams Revised November 1986 Page 2 of 3 { (_ - i * Make initial entry into suspect { s) location. In conjunction with the search and/or approach team, seek out the suspect in order to effect the arrest. * Assist approach and entry teams in locating suspect(s) and, if necessary, ~sist in arrest of suspect(s) OOl'E: Ordinarily, SHAT is assigned the task of approach, entry, and search. However, when SWAT is not required or not available, the task may be assigned to elements of the tactical organization. Revised November 1986 Page 3 · of 3 SQJAD FOR-!ATICNS The keys to effec:ive formation are: * Discipline - self-coni:=ol under the :or.nat.:..on leaders guidance * re&,onse - act.:..ng wit!'l initiat.ive * Int.~grit.y - The quality of remaining undivided * Pnldence - Caut.ion as to danger or risk The for.nation leader is an officer who assunes or is assigned the task of initiating and leading. a fonnat.ion in t.1ie accati)lishnent. of a mission. The format.ion leader receives inst.ructions fran the Field Cannander. It i.s in;>eratille that fonnation leaders n'X:)?1itor camrunication frequencies to ensure that all ·camiand infer.nation is received. VE?-BAL CCM-A.ANDS Preparatory * SkL~h Line * For.n a (right./l~ft} Diag-onal * For.n a Wedge * At a drag st.ep * Double t:ime * Squad * For.nan!.. * I<endo C~cle BASIC FO~TIONS Execution r-t,ve M:,ve t-t:,ve ! March! MarC.-"l : Halt Move Move 'Ibe six basi~ for.nations are designated as follows: * Colunn * Skitmish * Inverted •L• * Wedge * Diag::iaal * Ilando Circle R!inforced fOJ:mations are established when additional personnel are needed to support an original . force and enhance the tactical organizations · superiority as followsa * Inc::ea.se strength * Greater fire support * Inc:ease mobility and cover through increased use of vehicles • Vehicles are not left unattended • M)re efficient logistics * Greater cannunications capability ~ Note: 'lbe crossbow technique has been developed fran a canbination of the skirmish line and the colum fonnation and is utilized to divide a crowd, . an-est an individual, or rescue an individual. The first squad fOJ:%1\9 into a skL~h line and the second squad for.ns into a colunn of two's behind the skirmish line. At the carmand of the squad leader, the second squad \ _ · goes through the skinnish line and penetrates the crowd, for.ning an arrest. circle around a previously identified person to be arrested or rescued. Revised January 1987 Page 1 of 3 1 01~ al.lHf U M:JVe (our or ax-e · I) tbll @ff ecllve lo 11 llald algnal• are dlffl- Place the beat mn- orf teer frnw ane divide a INlh. cult lo tr ... tt to dltloned & _,.t dl•- local Inn to ln>lher. 21 tblt ftlblle for11111tlon o((loer fonaard In• clpllnecl offlmr• at 21 Divide a_.,. l) Flexible foniaatlon med coltan. tha front of the mhan. l) Arrest vlolatora and to 1111"'9 Into other 2) Officer to the rear of rescue vlct 111111 • ( In fon111tlona. a col__,-, have dlffl- conjmct lnn wlth the culty hearing voice kcnrto clrde) cc :uzls. 4 I Present a ehow of force. WfJd , , To pmetr11tft • crCMI 11 Flexible fon1111t.lon- II Vulnerable fraa the nc dlvldo a •i>. can alternate back lo rcac and the point 21 U11ed In conjunction a cohlWI or ekJ1111lah. la · •1110 wlnerable. with a n,J11111 of t1'D' • 21 llanrt algnal and voice 2, Teem to flatten Into LIL-&:da are wily a eklnalah Hne ~ aaa ,lcat.ecl. oon~Jontlng real t.-.ce. - ll Ineffective when med lo arreet a uspect having lllbblllty. SIUIIUSII I) PrCIMWll a hrw of force. I) F.aey to cir.ploy Into I) Yu Iner able f raa the Relnfon:ed akl1111lah 2, tlwc, • cro«I nr aob co 11111n f on1111t •on hr rear and fl.._ when foraatlona a£e -•n- atralght ber.k. aJYC11100t tCJWlll'd e lther ln open area• talnecl with cloae pee- l) Contain ~01.-. flank. 2) Of flcer at the n ... Ing betwen foraatlnn 4, Deny crodl « arJbe 2) Preeent a good offen- ..., not .... U-•.••• ...,_.. In order to pn- acor.s• to restricted Ive Hne. vent q,poalng foroea an,•. br'ealng through the line 51 Crcale a llm nf .._lie Inter rodl/bottle dc!Mrkat Ion. attedl officer• ahould •lntaln a greater -.,.etlon. IJINJJW. 11 ftM! crowds or-... I) can peel .. cnNI or IIIJb l) ~,lnenble at the f ,_.. . ! """Y r raa at. nach.-ca. fJ/11111'/ f n• a etruct,we 2) \\Jlnerable near bulldlnga . , 21 r.rr eel flar•1t19 awe- end .wu It to the cent• "-ere there la a danger RU1ta when ueed In of the atmet "'1ent _., of object• •~ f rm conj1 r.tlm with __..,ra can be ..-. .. 11, . aiJCJWI. . aklralah!r11. control led. ll -,Joe • m-,be JI ChlllMJD the dlnctlan dlfflaalt to hear. of a crowd or .., In c I lhcr q,en OI' <X111- :teatm area. lfM11'18) 1. I) Ar.sf,ac p?reons lrat.-,d I) g,stJy ~ Into a kendo I J 'l1le point IMII la .fl9i'lnet bll Id Inga or circle • .-rest or~ wtnerable. harrlftra. fOl'INlt Ion. 2. \\Jllll!rable near but Id- 2) Prcwldo a protectlvo 2) F.aslly controlled l,r for• Inga MWJnt there I . ahield or· eaa1119 roi,to. 11111t Ion leador. a danger of ob-ject• drqlped f raa above. ' 1• ICFMXl Clta.E 1 t rrhllllr I ly • a def enae- It r.aallly (onot frca other l) Uaual ly eun:omded bf lva (onMtJm. f0111111tlcn1. rioter• 2) To work Jn conj,n:tlon 21 Can easily be .u:llf led 2) Of fleer RWlng for- . with the arrest Into an arrest f on111tlon. ..-d tend to valk fonMt ton. - faeter than those aten,lng bacttward. Pa<Jc 2 of I ' l . H _ l.!rT DIAGONAL or 0 ® FORMATIOI WDEI 0ASSJSTAIT • ~UI&.! ~IMI +~t J1 ~ · M HAND-ARM SIGNALS IEIIFORC!D IIQfT OlM:CIAL 0 . o 0 o 0 o · 0°0°0 ®0000 000 O· @ FORUTIOI WOO 0ASS£STAIT •: .. CROSSBOW FORMATTnH -~~ ~ jL ()() . ) ()0 ) 0000 00 00 Page 3 of 3 PERIMETER CONTROL Perimeter control is accompl'ished through the application of several tactical methods. These methods are referred to as Cordoning and Sectoring. The typ~ and size of a perimeter is determined by the nature and the extent of the emergency as well as the environment in which operations are to be conducted. Natural terrain features, structures, · traffic ways and flood control channels are used to aid in establishing the perimeter and conserving the number . of personnel required to staff it. CORDONING A cordon is a line identified by terrain features and staffed by per sonnel to accomplish a-specified mission (i.e., restrict access, con tain a problem, etc.). Cordons are used to surround a defined area. The decisions of when and where to cordon are dependent on the nature and extent of the problem, physical barriers, available personnel, and appropriate access routes. SECTORING Sectoring is a means of dividing an involved area into manageable segments. The objective is to assign personnel to specifically ident-· ified operational areas. Sector units are assigned quadrants and are identified by a unique numbering system. The first number designated the involved Area and is followed by the letter •o•. The number im mediately following •o• designates the sector; a second number desig- nates the zone. · NOTE: Straight line deployment can be used as a blocking force per pendicular to routes of access to involved or closed areas. This type of control relies on natural or man made barriers to reinforce and augment deployed resources. This method of control is particularly effective in separating disorderly groups or others from destination or objectives. .~· Revised November 1986. Page l of 2. 1 SRTII Ill IU · , .. ...L I\) PERDErER CClfflllL SEX::'IURit«; - mIT Ituffl'IFICATICN IOI • II ID - • 1121 114 IIIJ - N u .., /lll ntVED AREA © COITRCl PUNT G- --anUITS @) FIELD COMNANO POST ® STACIIG AREA .. - .. IIM4 \ __ . , . l GENERAL PROCEDURES This set of guides was created to be a ready reference for the Area Watch Commander/Field Commander during Unusual Occurrences. There are dividers for various types of UO's arid for general subjects such as Evacuation, Tactical Alert/Mobilization, Specialized Resources, and Field Command Post/Emergency Control Center, any or all of which may apply to a given uo. Sections A/205.03-05 of the Tactical Manual identify general procedures to be followed by Area watch commanders during a disaster or other emergency. 204.03 AREA WATCH COMMANDER--INVOLVED AREA. Upon learning of an Unusual Occurrence, or an emergency ·having the potential of becoming an Unusual Occurrence, the watch commander of the involved Area shall designate a supervisor or senior officer as acting watch commander and shall immediately go the scene, assume command, and establish a Field Command Post; if appropriate, the watch commander should implement Area standing plans ( see· . • • A/201. 01). Note: A watch commander of lower rank than an existing Field Commander shall assume command only by mutual agreement. In any case, the watch commander shall remain at the scene to assist. During the early stages of an Unusual Occurrence (prior to activation of the Emergency Control Center), it is essential that communications between the Field Command· Post and the concerned Area station remain open. A watch commander assuming field command shall establish an open telephone line (when possible) or use a tactical frequency to accomplish these communications links. During an actual or potential Serious or Major UO, the watch commander who has assumed field command can expect to be relieved of that responsibility upon arrival of the concerned commanding officer (see . .. A/204.01). 1 204.04 ACTING WATCH COMMANDER--INVOLVED AREA. - When designated acting watch commander during a UO- or an incident having the potential of becoming a uo, the supervisor or· senior officer so designated shall: * Remain at the station. * Assign personnel to monitor the appropriate radio frequencies and teletype machines. *· Consider assigning a typist to record radio conversations and notification information. * Maintain a chronological _ log of Area activity, including: * Location and nature of the emergency, i.e., situation estimate (see . • • D/303.01. * Area personnel reassignments. * Anticipated personnel needs (if known·). * Tactical frequency used. * Existence of, or anticipated need for a Tactical Alert or Mobilization. * Decisions to hold over on-duty watches (see . . - .B/101.06). * Intelligence reports. * Use of specialized Department elements and/or equipment. * Implementation of Area standing plans, e.g., Earthquake Plan, Facility Security and Defense Plan. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 General Procedures (Continued) - ' .. *Cause notifications.to be made to the following: * Communications division watch commander. * Detective Headquarters Division, Administrative Information Unit. * Patrol Division Commanding ·officer * Area commanding officer (for a Serious or Major UO, or .when otherwise directed). * Operations bureau commanding officer (for Serious or Major uo, or when otherwise directed). * Maintain communications with the watch commander/field commander to coordinate decisions to hold over on-duty personnel (see ••• B/101.06). 204.05 WATCH COMMANDERS--NONINVOLVED AREAS. Watch Commanders of Areas not placed on Tactical Alert .or Areas which are not Mobilized shall hold overon-duty personnel until release authority is re'ceived by teletype from Communications Division (see ••• B/101.06). Additionally, watch commanders shall: * Assign personnel to monitor the appropriate radio frequencies .and teletypes. * Maintain a continuous accounting of equipment and on-duty personnel during a Serious or Major UO and provide these resources to a Field Commander when requested. The keys to successful UO operations are Delegation, Coordination, and Initiative: · * Delegation 15 * Coordination * Initiative of mission responsibilities; that is, select others to ~ccomplish the various tasks. Yoy direct them, and don't lose your effectiveness by getting "tied down". · with Communications, DHD· and all other involved entitles. to "stay ahead" of the emergency by anticipating and requesting personnel and logistics needs in a timely manner. The Communications Division and Detective Headquarters Division watch commanders have guides which are similar to these. NOTE: Because of a pending change in terminology, the terms Emergency Operations Center, Emergency Control Center, EOC, and ECC are used synonymously throughout this guide. Revised August 1989 Page 2 of 2 ) ( EVACUATION Caution! HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENTS: The following evacuation procedures are unique to hazardous materials incidents: * * The inner perimeter surrounds the contaminated area. · No police or civilian personnel may enter the inner perimeter, which .should be considered a closed area. Evacuation of the population .inside the perimeter may be accomplished by the following means: * Fire fighters with protective equipment. * Police bullhorns, P.A. Systems or sound trucks used from outside the contaminated area. * Police helicopter P.A. system from outside the contaminated area. * The emergency Broadcast System (through DHD). From the inner perimeter outward to the outer perimeter, police personnel may accomplish a precautionary evacuation. The outer perimeter is the area which may become endangered if the incident is not quickly controlled or if the wind shifts direction. SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Police Department and the Fire Department have concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuation within the City. As a practical matter, decisions whether to evacuate should be made by the agency with primary control responsibility in the situation at hand. However, either agency may make the decision to evacuate in an emergency situation. Regardless of which agency makes the decision, the Police Department's mission is to provide: * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank (if the Fire Department or another agency is involved). * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes, evacuation routes, and evacuation bus ingress. * Establishment and maintenance of° the perimeter around the Closed Area (limited access or no access). * Door-to-door communication to persons within the involved area, 1, warning them to leave, and directing them to the "initial evacuation ') cent~r." · * Interior patrol of the evacuated area, if appropriate. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Ensure that ·a Situation Estimate has been communicated to Communications Division: * Location of the emergency. * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Area to be evacuated. ~~ * Ingres/egress routes for emergency vehicles, evacuation buses and evacuation routes. * Location of initial evacuation center and designation of unit(s) assigned to log evacuees' arrival. * Additional Department personnel required, and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units.) * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 3 Evacuation (Continued) * * Ensure that a liaison officer of supervisory rank has been assigned to the Fire Department Incident Command Post or to the command post of any other involved agency. Determine whether the evacuation should be voluntary or mandatory. * Voluntary Evacuation: A warning is given to persons within the closed area that a threat to life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning are not required to evacuate. * Mandatory Evacuation: A warning is given to persons within the closed area that an imminent threat to life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning must evacuate in accordance with the directives of the Field or _ Incident Commander. Note: An officer's judgment might be questioned if an attempt was made to force an occupant from his residence when, after being .notified, he states that he wishes to remain and protect his property, e.g., brushfire and flood emergencies. Additional verbal persuasion should be employed when a life endangering situation is imminent. However, in extreme instances, there is sufficient legal authority (409.S P.C.) to make an arrest. * Ideally there will be enough time for radio and television stations to broadcast the required evacuation information (via the Emergency Broadcast System; contact DHD). Also, if sufficient time is available, copies of the evacuation notice can be locally reproduced (by copy machine) and distributed. Regardless of the means, the evacuation warning should include such information as: * 16 * Type (voluntary or mandatory). * Best available route(s) out of the area. * Location of evacuation centers. · * Anticipated duration of the emergency. * Time remaining before the situation becomes critical. Divide the involved -area into sectors. Assign squads to evacuate specific sectors, beginning at the incident and moving outward from it: * Use door knocks, vehicle P.A., helicopter P.A. as appropriate. * Make a record of each contact or no-answer. Ask neighbors about any deaf or infirmed persons who may not have responded to a door knock. * Direct evacuees to an initial evacuation center outside the involved area; also direct them to sign in with the officers stationed at the initial evacuation center. * Take appropriate action to close the area: * No-Access: Prohibits unauthorized persons from entering the closed area. * Limited-Access: Allows persons into the closed area according to criteria established by the Field Cormnander or the Fire Department Incident Commander. Consider: * Residents with valid identification * Public utility employees * Persons with valid press passes. * owners, managers, employees of business within the involved area. Revised August 1989 Page 2 of 3 ) I \. ___ ' ( Evacuation (Continued) Note: Generally there is no authority to prohibit news people with proper identification from entering a closed .area. They should be warned of the danger and allowed to proceed. (See Haz-mat Section for furthe~.) * Assign units to patrol the interior of the involved area, if appropriate.· EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION For residents not having the means available to transport themselves and their families to an evacuation center, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) buses should be considered. - When directed by the concerned watch commander or field commander, RTD buses should be obtained by contacting the RTD Dispatching Supervisor at (213) 972-3426. To obtain the use of LAUSD buses, notify the LAUSD Security Watch Commander at (213) 625-6631. NOTE: Requests for buses should be coordinated through the EOC if it is activated. Once contacted, be prepared to provide the following information or assistance: * Approximate number of people to be evacuated. * Pick-up point. * Drop-off point at appropriate shelter or evacuation center. * Ingress/egress routes. * Any problems that may be encountered. * Compliance with request for a police escort, if required. If needed, the Department has a number of police buses available. Requests to use Department buses should be directed to the Administrative 1 Information Unit, Detective Headquarters Division. Debris and .other obstructions may impede the movement of vehicles in the evacuated area. Such conditions my require that evacuees board.buses on the periphery of the area. Consequently, officers giving evacuation warnings should be kept informed of the locations where evacuees may assemble to obtain transportation. Note: In the event of a contamination emergency (hazardous materials incident), see the warnings at the top of this page. .~· Revised August 1989 Page 3 of 3 SPECIALIZED RESOURCES Airport Detail { ·* Liaison with FAA and airlines companies. '-- ·· Air Support Division * Aerial photography, public address * Closed-circuit TV (video-taping) * Discreet surveillance * Night viewing devices Communications Division * Tactical Alerts; assigning additional sworn and civilian personnel * Liaison; Public Utilities and Transportation (Telephone and radio equipment installation) Investigative Analysis Section* * Confidential sources of investigative information Detective Headguarters Division * Departmental notifications * Liaison; City departments, legal, & military * Light I (field illumination vehicle} \, * Sound I ( Public address system) * Miscellaneous equipment (bolt cutters, construction equipment, etc.) Detective Support Division. * Liaison; federal law enforcement * Criminal Conspiracy Section * Investigation of all bombings, attempted bombings, bomb threats and extortions· involving explosive devices or any type of nuclear material. * Special investigation Section Metropolitan Division * SWAT * Search dogs * Crisis Negotiation Teams * Mounted Unit "6-," Revised August 1989 · 485-5299 485-2600 485-3223 485-2676 485-3261 485-4335 485-2962 485-2521 485-4091 Page 1 of 2 r Specialized Resources (continued) Scientific Investigation Division* * Firearms * Explosives Unit & bomb dogs * Special Narration & Photography (SNAP T~ams) Tactical Planning Section * Mobile Cormnand Post Fleet equipment (Mobile I, II, V, VII, & Mobile Canteen) * Field Command Post Division Cadre call-up * Building blueprints · * Mobile Emergency Response Vehicle (MERV) 485-6503 485-7474 485-2541 485-4011 (Off hours contact DHD 485-3261) * Hazardous Materials Unit (non-narcotic incidents) Van Nuys Area *Light II, Sound II, & Mobile III Bureau of Street Maintenance * Street Barricades & Signs Cal Trans * Traffic diversion routes Department of Water and Power *Streetlight extinguishing (Electric Trouble Board) When closed, call DHD at 485-3261 (818) 787-6250 or (818) 989-8346 485-5661 (24 hours) 620-3270 (24 hours) (800) 821-5278 (24 Hours) Note: If the Emergency Operations Center is activated, directed - 17 logistical requests to the EOC Logistics Officer at 485-5191 • . _ .. · :i:· Revised August 1989 Page 2 0£ · 2 FCP AND EOC FIELD COMMAND POST (FCP) DO's and DON'Ts: DO select an adequate number of competent staff members. DO delegate missions to your staff, and remain available to make the decisions. DO maintain communications with your Area Acting Watch Commander, DHD and Communications Division. DO plan ahead of a developing emergency. DON'T get tied down to a particular mission or paper-flow function. DON'T leave the FCP unless you appoint an Acting Field Commander who will have full authority to make ·decisio. ns in your absence. In addition to the checklist below, see also Tactical Manual sections A/318-A/343 for more detailed information on FCP or organization and responsibilities. CAUTION!!!: In case of a contamination emergency (hazardous materials spill) of an unknown substance, the FCP should be established at least 2,000 feet (three city blocks) from the scene. UPON ARRIVAL AT THE FCP: The watch commander should take command and consider the following: * * * Are sufficient control forces at or enroute to the scene? * Is the FCP adequately staffed, and are FCP personnel properly performing their functions? · . * Radio Operator/Journal Clerk (chronological log). * Personnel Officer (UO time cards). * Operations Officer (contingency planning). * Staging and Logistics Officer (if needed). * Intelligence Officer (if needed). Note: FCP staffing may be expanded or consolidated as appropriate. Minimum staffing should include the Field Commander, the Personnel Officer, and the Radio Operator/Journal Clerk. Is there an open line to the station (i.e. the Acting Watch Commander)? Has the Acting Watch Commander completed appropriate notifications and other duties? Is there a need to request holding over of off-going watches? Are ingress/egress routes open? ·Is the .perimeter adequately staffed to keep out unauthorized persons? Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 ~ I FCP and EOC (Continued) * Has communication been established with the police supervisor assigned to be FCP liaison with the Fire Department of other appropriate agencies (if applicable)? * Are any specialized units or equipment needed? (See the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES divider.) * Are an adequate number of personnel held in reserve in case more control forces.are rapidly needed? * Is the FCP site adequate to accommodate possible expansion? * Will weather or nightfall be a factor? (jac~ets, flashlights, extra batteries, flares, light truck.) SECURING THE FCP: * Are all personnel reporting to a central location for debriefing, completion of uo time cards, turning in equipment, etc.? * Have arrangements been made to clean up the FCP site? EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC) During Serious or Major UO's, Field Commanders should consi~er requesting activation of the EOC. The request should be made to DHD or to Communications Division. For further information about the EOC, see A/300 of the Tactical Manual. EOC telephone: 485-5191 EOC NECS Terminal: MNEMONIC ECCP EOC Communication Processing System (CPS) Terminal: MNEMONIC RLA.LBC. When activated, the EOC can: 18 * Coordinate the Department's emergency control activities. * Gather, evaluate, and disseminate intelligence from the Field Command Post, Department sources, and outside agencies. * Provide personnel, equipment, and supplies to the UO Control Task Force when requested • . * Maintain chronological logs, situations maps, and situation reports * Complete periodic situation reports regarding the UO and prepare the EOC After-Action Report for submission to the Department Commander. 'f!.!llr. If the EOC is not operational because of damage, an alternate EOC location will be designated by DHD. Revised August 1989 Page 2 of 2 • ~ - ' 111op. PERSONNEL MQBILIZATJPH PLAN ~01.. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN TACTICAL ALERT 101.01 TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert Is the preliminary stage of the Department Mobillz• tion Plan for Unusual Occurrenca. It provides for the controlled redistribution of ~uty personnel to achiew the manpower level necessary for control of a major police incident. 101.02 PURPOSE OF A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is initiated to achieve me following objectives: • Alert personnel of 111 or selected Areas to the possi bility of personnel redistribution, and announce the existence of a major police incident. • Provide a manpower reserve which can be used by concerned Area(s) in the control of the incident. • Control the deQletion of field forces and discourage uncontrolled voluntary response to the scene of a major po~ice incident. 101.03 INITIATING A TAC'nCAL ALERT. When there is a need for a Tactical Alert, it should be initiated as soon as possible to restrict volunurv responses and avoid depletion . of personnel from the involved Area and surrounding Areas. • A Field Commander 1t the scene of I police Incident may declare I Tactical Alert for the concerned Ar• when, in his judgement. that action is necessary to ensure the availability of sufficient personnel to con trol the incident. The Field Commander shall immedi ately . cause lhe Communications Division watdl com mander to be notified of the decl•1tior,. • The Communications Division Watch · Commander may declare a Tactical Alert, or expand an existing Tactical Alert. for all or selected Areas, when the redistributior, of Department personnel is necessary to meet the immediate or anticipated n•ds of•a Field Commander. 101.04 TACTICAL ALERT BROADCAST. When a Tactical Alert has been declared, the Communi cations Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Tactical Alert to be broadcast Department wide by radio and teletype. 101.05 EFFECTS OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When an Area or division is placed on a Tactical Alert, the following provisions llhall take effect: • All field units in the alerted Areas shall continue patrolling their assigned districts unless reassigned by Communications Divisior,. . • Unless otherwise directed, officers working in the Areas included in a Tactical Alert shall confine their activities to polic. worlc of major Important:& • Station supervisors and field supervisors shall ensure that all on-duty personnel are aware of the Tactical Alert. • Officers in alerted Areas who are off the air handling calls or making reports shall, whenever possible, be required to resume field patrol and await further instructions by radio or other communication. • Communications .Division shall scr•n all incoming calls and, whenever possible, direct citizens to the concerned police station for making complaints or reports. • Station supervisors shall assign personnel to monitor radio frequencies and teletype machines. • Station supervisc,rs shall maintain an accounting of on-duty personnel on the Unusual Occurrenm Per sonnel Status Report, Form 14.03, in accordance with instructions containeq on the form. --~----- ' ·-- • Investigative personnel, assigned to Areas or divisions included in the Tactical Alert, shall continue to per form their regular duties; however, they shall contact their division of assignment at least one• NCh hour. • Natl: Twelve-hour watches mav be established by the Department Commander; """ wever, commanding offimrs of Areas specifically included in a Tactical Alert may establish twelve-hour watches for their Area when their judgment indicates that this will best serve their manpower. needs. The Department Commander and the concerned bureau commanding offimr shall be notified when this prerogative is exercised. • 101.06 HOLDING OVElt WATCHES DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. When I Tactical Alert is initiated, on-duty watches. 'Shall be held over as follows: • All station supervisors and traffic division watch commanders (regardless ot whether their Area is on Tactical Alert) shall hQld over oif-going watches until a teletype is received fsom Communications Division granting authority . to release watches. • All station supervisors .,a traffic division watch com manders shall hold over off-going watches when it reasonably appears that their Area may be placed on alert, _even though no Tactical Alert has yet been dldared. · . • All station supervisors and traffic division watch co,T' manders desiring to release off-t0ing watches shall request approval through the Communications Oivi~•on Watch Commender. If the ECC is activated, the r~quest shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. • The Communication, Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for releasing off-going watches and sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. If the ECC is activated. these duties shall be mu~d by the ECC Personnel Officer. In ei. ther case, the C'fficer releasing off-going watches shall notify the Department Commander of his actions. • A Tactical Alert canc~lation taJetype from Communi cations Division or the ECC shall be considered author- hy to release off-going wat<:hes. . • •~rsonnel assigned to the Fteld Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 101.07 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE MANPOWER. The Field Commander shall be responsible for deter mining the number of off;cers needed at the scene of an Unusual Occurrence. The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for determining how the manpower will be obtained and for dispatching the manpower requested by the Field Commander. When the ECC is activated, the ECC Personnel Officer shall assume the responsibility for fulfilling the Field Com mander's requests for personnel. 101.08 INITIAL REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL MAN- POWER. The manpcwer needs of the UO should be the Field Commander's first consideration. To ensure that the manpower needs are met, the Field Commander NII: •,., Determine whether the manpower at the. scene will · be sufficient to meet immediate and future needs .. • When additional assistance is needed, select a Staging Area and request the desired numMr of ~rsonMI. Noia: The Field Commander should, whe!' sel~ting a Staging Area, give consideration to securitv., .d~stance from the disturbance, communications capab1ht1es, toilets electrical hook-ups, shelter, ingress and egress routes' and a helicopter landing site. Person~I requests should be directed to Communications Division by radio. When the ECC is activated, personnel r~quests should be submitted to the ECC Personnel Off ,cer b_y telephone or teletype. If these facilities are not avail able the requests may be made by radio. • Oedare a Tactical Alert when it appears th.at Jhe magnitude of the incident has reached, or 1s likely to reach, a scale requiring redeployment of Department personnel to establish and maintain control. 1 9 101.09 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is activated to provide 1 manpower reserve that can be utilized to control a major police incident. This is accomplished by a controlled redistribution of personnel from other Areas and divisions to the Area c>t occurrence. To effect a controlled redistribution of personnel. Areas placed on a Tactical Alert must alter their deployment so they can continue to provide essential police service to their Area while reducing their manpower. To accom• plish this. on-duty· personnel in Areas and divisions placed on a-Tactical Alert shall be divided into a Minimum Oper ating Force and an Available Reserve. 101.10 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-TACTICAL ALERT. The Minimum Operating Force during a Ta<.tical Alert is the minimum personnel force needed by -any Artaa or division to continue essential police functions. Areaanddivision commanding officers shall determine the Minimum Operation Force as follows: • Operations and Support Divisions. The Minimum Operatin~ Force for these divisions during a Tactical Alen shall consist of the following : • Apprnxima. tely 50°0 ('If the watch's uniformed 11atr1 ,1 llff 1Lers. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Tactical A,..,, t d~s not include Ace ident I nvesti~tion and Traffo: Enforcement personnel. • Th~ station supervisor. • ~ppr<H,in~1ely 50% of the watch's supervisors. not tn< lud1ng fixed post positions. • All of thP. watch's plainclothes and station fixed post positions. · • Traffic Divisions. The Minin1um Ooerating Force fnr w1ffi< divisions shall c.:on~ist 0f esM!ntial station per. !-onnt-!I only. • ArH Vice Unit. The Minimu"" Operating Force for - Ar•.?a vice units shall consist of all assigned vice per !i,mnf>t .• • All Other Divisions. The rnmmandina officers of all nth .. , division~ shall detPI mine thP. division's .Minimum OpPratin~ For, P by using 9uideline~ established by their respect ivP bureau commanding officers: The Minimum Operating Force of each division shall repres <'nt th+> "'inimum strength needed to ,ontinue essentiaf police tunrtiuns ouring a Tactical Alert. ~ote: Minimum Operating Force during a Mobilization d1fft:_ r~ fr",m the Minimum Operatin~ Forr.f.! during a · Tact,~al Alert. See Section A/102.11, Tadir.al Manual. !f field fore e~ in tht> Area at occurrence or ad1oining ArP.as are depleted as a result of voluntary response to tht- S<:P.flta "'f thr UO. thuSfl voluntary units not a, tivety involved shall he wustled from the Task Force. if possibl~. and madP. available for radio calls in tht!ir Area of assign ,nc11t. If these units are not immediately available for fecall. unib from other Areas and divisions shall bP used to um,µorarily supplemP.nt the field forces in the depleted Area. 101.11 ADDITIONAL MANPOWER RESOURCES- TACTICAL ALERT. In additior to uniformed personnel, the following manpower resources are also availabl~ du• ing a l actical Alert ; • lnv~t,aa!iw pP.r~onnef rriay h~ ut;li1ed ~C' supplemflnt ('f rP.plal (! uniformed otfic-er1 within the cono?rned A,~a. • A~ th, ·,,::-; rdit,n r,t thf- ~~::a.ttment Com -1" •rr. d,. :;-• -n,; • •thr• tnc1n ,~rations or support ··v,~i1.\0~ : .· • :••· :.i'a .. ..-d "'n Tacti(al Alert and the:, Jw.'~'"nnP! • ,- : : .. . ~:- ~ ;!-. in the c-ontrot of the UO. • • ... :. ,:, .,•.,na n.an~''-'w<-'r il» avaiiabltt V\.ith th,• aoprn•.a! . . • •· ... -,11,m.; .. ,:1,n~ 01~ .. e,. p.,,~:,ne· and l•a1n1no t:.i'f',1 . • 0•111 -'' :• an~nJ1nq ,.,., ru,t da~. to ped"'°!T~ non• ha:3r ;1 •u~ t1Jtit!:a. • ()H,,. ,-•~ .1~~• .. 1riin9 Hi·St•rvi, e trainina n,a-. bf- returnt•~ ~• - ~! ... :- :,:.:., 0.-Ctl"'-· Art-er.. • With approval of the Department Commander. civili~n volunteers and police reserws may be assigned to the Field Task Force. Note: ReQUf!StS for civilian volunteers or police reserves shall be directed to the Communications Division Watct, Commanuer. If the ECC has been activated. the requests shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. • When on-duty forces assembled during a Tactical Alert are insuft icient to meet the needs of the tactical situ• tion. the Department Commander shall initiate a Mobili zation. 101.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-TACTICAL ALERT. The Available Reserw is the status of offkers who can be released from regular duties in their Area or division of assignment and assigned to the UO Control Task Force when needed. The Available Reserw sh11II consisl of all officers and supervisors of an- Area or division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force or the UO Control Task Force. Those officers constituting the Available Reserve wiH ordinarily continue their !0utine duties unlit activated. 101.13 CONTROLLED REASSIGNMENT OF FIELD . . FORCES. During a Tactic.al Alert the following provIs1ons shall apply when assigning u11its to the UO Control Task Force: • A" Are~ m division activated by a Tactical Alert may be reQutred to commit its entire Available Af.!Serve to the UO Control Task. Force. • Activated Areas and divisions shall not t.,.. required to commit their Minimum Operating Forre without the approval of the Department Commander. Note: In the event that suffic~t manpower is not available for assignment to the Field Task FOf'ce. and the Department Commander determines that tht' implementation of twelvt1-hour watches and a Mobili• zation is not desirable. he mav direct that Area vice personnel, or other personnel not included in the Available Aeserw, be assigned to the Field Task Force. • Unless the need for assistance at the scene of the UO is critical. no more than 50 percent of the uniformed patrol units that are clear in an Area will be dispatc..:hcd to the Field Task Force at one time. Not~:. When_ there is ~ appr«iable delay in obtaining suff 1cIent units to fulf 111 the Field Commander's reQuests for manpower. additional Areas and divisions should be included in the Tactical Alert rather than depleting the Minimum Operating Force of activated Areas. - 101.14 CANCELLATION OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When the ECC has not been activated. the Field Cnmmander shall be responsible for the cancellation of a Tactical Alert and shall notify the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC has been acti• v~t_ed. thf! [;CC Personnel Officer shall have the responsi h1lity to Lat"lc:el the Tactical Alert. WhP.n a Tactical Alfllrt i~ canc-ellfld: that person initiating the action shall cal,se a notirfl of canr.ellation to be broadcast by radio and telPtyr,P. to all involved Areas and divisions. _ ) (__ , ( -'------------- - . - - -· · -- 102. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN MOBILIZATION 102.01 MOBILIZATION. A Mobilization is the principal personnP.I deployment plan for UO control. In addition to thH implementation of a Tactical Alert the Mobiliiation requires: • • The immP.diatP. extension of the work day to twelve hour watt:hP.S. • Tht~ temporary deferment of days off. • Th•• rcc:;:illi11q of off -duty officers. 102.02 PURPOSE OF A MOBILIZATION. A Mobiliza tion is ac.rivatP.d to provide the necessary man ,x,wer whct1 . • A l 10 i5 of suffic:i~t magnitude to require major d1!Vic111011 ironi nmrnal polic:e operating procedures ,111d 11~1 •!S!,ilalt~ c1 'lf?ltt?rnl modification of Department 111fJrl11i1a1 io11 and . 1.011,mand; or • lh,i f111u.'!. asscmult!d uv a Ta<.:tical Alert are insufficient re, 111 .. ct th•~ 1a<.1ical situa1ion. Nott: A Mnbili1ation shall be initiated without delay it. at thfi ~t~inning of a UO, it is obvious that the on d11ty fn,, "" will he in~uffidP.nt to meet the immediate micids ol tlw F ic?ld Commander. 102.03 MOBI LIZA Tl ON OF THE DEPARTMENT. A Mouili1ation is initiated by the Department C, ,,rnn~nrtm r111d may involve the entire Department or '-'"!lt->1 led Art~a~ ,1nrt <iivisiuns. ~02.04 MOBILIZATION BROADCAST. When a Mobili- zation is initiated, the Communications Division W,Hr.ti Commander shall cause a notice of the Mobilization to :~ broadcast by radio and teletype. If the ECC is activated the ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible tor causing the Mobilization notification to be broadcast. The Mobilization notification shall be made as follows: • The broadcast shall specify the watch · ("A" or .. B") and Areas or divisions mobilized. • The number of Areas or divisions included will depend upon the anticipated personnel needs of the Field Commander. • The radio broadcasts shall be repeated every 15 minutes for two hours following the original Mobilization broad cast. • If additional Areas or divisions are Mobilized. that information shall be added to the original broadcast or pwmulgated in a supplementary Mobilization broadcast. • Following the broadcast, the Communications Division Watch .Commander shall dispatch sufficient units to meet the manp~er needs of the Field Commander. 102.05 EFFECT OF A MOBILIZATION. When an Area or division is mobilized. the concerned ,:ommanding officer shall activate the Area or Division Mobilization Plan. which shall include: • lmpl~rnentation ot twelve-hour watches. • Deferment of days off. • Consolidation of fixed post positions. • Alerting off-duty personnel. • Arranging an inventory of personnel and equipment remainina in the Area or division. • Preparing for the fulfillment of ECC reQuests ·..:w Pt"rS<,nnel ttn<i eQuipment. • Restrining the activities of units remaining in the Area or di..,isinn h• police work of major imporr.nc.. 102.0I HOLDING OVER WATCHES ~~Rl~G A MOBILIZATION. When a Mob1l1zatton is announced, on-duty watches shall be hPld over as toll,J .... -s: • All Area and traffic division commanding officers shall hold over off.going watches. Oft-going watches may be released only with the approval of the Department Commander. • Station supervisors or watch commanders desiring to release off.going watches shall reQuest approval through the ECC Personnel Officer. · • The ECC Personnel Officer shall be· responsible for securing the Department Commander's ~pproval for releasing off.going watt.:hes and for stmding a tel~type notice authorizing their release. • A Mobilization cancellation teletype shall be r.onside,ed authority to release off-going watches. • Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force w,11 he relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 102.07 ALERT OF OFF-DUTY PERSONN_ EL OU~ING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization 1s initiated, personnel in mobilized Areas or divisions shall be activated as follows: • Station supervisors on duty in mobilized Areas or divisions shall cause notifications to be made to off duty officers assigned to their respective ArP.as or divisions. . • When the offices of a mobilized Area or division au• closed, off-duty personnel shall be notified as sµecifit!Ci in the Area or Division Unusual Occurrenr.e Pl;,n. • In a Ma1or. Unusual Occurrence, the Department Commander may use the services of cooperating commercial radio and television stations to notify off-duty officers of the Mobilization. • When off-duty personnel are alerted, they shall he instructed to report to th~ir Area or division of as!>iqn ment . . Officers assigned to the Field Tasli.. Forc:ti !>hall continue reporting on-dutv at their Area or division of assignment throughout the duration of the iw 1dcri1 unless otherwise directed by their Fielc.J Task F'lm? supervisor. • When practicable, commanding ofiicer, who are reQuested to commit personnel to the F ielrt T asli.. Force shall send officers assigned to an on-, ominq watch rather than offic:P.rs who httve heefl h~ld ow.,. • 102.\i~ MOBILIZATION WATCH ASSIGNMENTS. J,rea and other Office of Operations division coinrlldnding officers shall establish and maintain a Mobilization watch assignment roster and ensure· that personnel of their commands are informed of individual assignments. All officers shall be included except those . 1 on vacation, military leave. extended leave due to illness or those otherwise not available during the deployment' period. Assignments shall be structured so that 45 PIN· c•rit of the uniformed officers comprise the "A" watch and 55 parcfflt comprise the "B" watch • . Note: The Department Commander is not precluded from reassigning personnel commensurate. with the needs of an emergency. • Dav watch officers should be assigned to the ,; A" watch and night watch officers to the "B" watch. Morning watch officers should be assigned to either the "A" or "B" watch to compiy with the 45-55 percent ratio requirement. • Investigative personnel shall be assigned in a manner that allows for the augmentation of uniformed per sonnel, if necessary. and also to allow investigators to perform special fu~tions related to UOs. e.g., Field Jail Unit. • The num~r of officers assigned9to the Minim1Jm Operating Force and the Available Reserve 1or each twelve-hour watch .shall ~ computed and the Avail · able ReseNe reported as provided ,n 8/102. 14. 102.09 TWELVE•HOUR WATCHES. -Each twelve-hour watch in a Mobilization shall be preceeded by 1 3) minute roll call period. The ·watch times shall be: • "A .. Watch 0630 - 1900 hours. • "B .. Watch . 1830 - 0700 hours. The watch times for the FCP Cadre shall be: • 0730 - 2000 hours. • 1930 - 0800 hours. Other watch hours may be established only with the approval of the Qepanment Commander. In unusual situations the Department Commander may authorize watch hours in excess of twelve-hour shifts. 102.10 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A MOIILIZA· TION. Th~ "A" and "B" watches of a mobilized Area shall each be divided into a Minimum Operating f orcP. and an Available Reserve. · 102.11 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-MOBILIZA· TION. The Minimum Operating Force for an /•·~.] during a Mobiliz•tion shall consist of the following : • Apc,rr,ximately 50 percent of the uniformed officers arid Sllµuvisors utilized irt the smallest regularly-used car plan of thP. day and niQht watches. Minimum dav and night watch personnel w,11 be assigned to th~ "A" aric1 .. a .. Watches respectively. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a MobiliZA tinn dOt!S not include vice. juvenile, and accident investigation or traff 1c enforc11mtnt personnel. • Thov- fixed post positions essential to Area operation. Whttn prac.ticable. thf!SP. fixed post positions will be !died by tight-duty offiL:ers. Example: A Mohililation occurs on Saturday night and fiamr,an Arfla ,s mobilized. The smallost regularly-used c;,, p !,t,, cm tht! night watch in this ArH occurs on 1 v,.,,1i11•~rtay night. The Minimum Operating Force for H •• ,, ,11,11 t's ··A" W,ttch would then consist of 50 ,»reent nt :ru• ,,111f11r mec1 patrol offkers and uniforfflf!d petrol s111w:1v1 :.111!, used un a WPdnesd11v niQht deploymtm1. plus 1h11..,-• po,1t1nns essent1;1I h> Area operetio"5. 102.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-MOBILIZATION. 1 h•• l\vailAhlr. Afl!Serve for an Area shall consist , .• .. ,l. l\rP.a's on-nu1y officers except thOlf! 11asiqner1 111 : 1 ,f• ~ 1t•lr1 Task Fnr, .. '" lhP. Area's Minimum o,,..r11t1nq +- ,:! ; t : t,1, a M,1b1l11 .. tio11. The Availablt! f� •~!rvt, indudes Ar~a vic.1!, iuw.1111., lixP.d JK>$tS, 1c.ddent 1n"8Stigatlon . and trntfic ~nfnr• tm~t r,ersonnet. If officers are asiti9nf?d to thu f- icld lask Force from 1h11 Av11l1bte Acw,ve. the number assigned will hf! iuhtrected from th~ 01 iginal AvailablP. Ane;ve to cJf!lt.arm:nP the c.urrent Avitilahtc Reserve. Note: 1 he Av111lat>le Rc.-if•r~ fur I Moh11i1,1tinn, df~. ,·,iht?c1 al,c,Yfl, difft•rs ,,.,,,, ltu! Av,1il11blt- Rf!W-•vt! durrng ct Tactic•! Al•rt, v:hu.t~ i~ dt.avr1tM!t1 f!lsnwtwu: 111 1hiit cf1,ll,ter. 102.13 OTHER OFFICE OF OPERATIONS DIVISIONS. • Traffic Diwiaions. The Available f :• . . .. fnr t,att,.: divisions shall consist of all persunnc"i .,..,.. . ndVf? nut been assigned to the Field Task Force. • lnw•tiptive Diwisiona. 1 he · Available fi,~, v•"'!S lur investigative divisions, within the Office of o,-...,dt1011, shall consist of those officers in the division wtio arc not assigned to the Minimum Operating f.o,u• anc1 who are available for assignment tn t~ l 10 t.,t11i1t :! Task Force. 102. 1• REPORTING AVAILABLE RESERVE EACH DEPLOYMENT PERIOD. Offic-e nt Opt:rdt,,•.,· .~ Area and division commanding officer~ shall report th,· number of officers assigned to the Availc1t1le Rt.-se, Ill! . during a Mobilization to their bureau cCJmmam~.ng officers and to Investigative HeadQuartcrs Div1sic,r1 prim to the first day of each deployment period. ;t-, h.1!1ows • The report shall be submitted on a11- l11trd r>t,,;,, 11111•111,11 Correspondence. Form 15.2. · • The report shall include the numt.»P.r , ,t , .tf1L't!f'~. hv rank. who will be assigned to thf! A\.dlldliltt RPservt! for the coming deployment period. • A separate listing shall be made for ea, h rw,•I"'' l\l,u• watch. • A separate listiny shall he mad<: tu, 11c1t,"•. "" ,:. juvenile, and fixed posts; ac~ident inv.~II\JiUio11. · traffic enforct!ment; and invt.-st1gat1v1? pr.rso1111t•I. Example: West Los Anq«!les Ar , 4 .. , Twelve-Hour Watt.:h As~•~1nrt.,•i1: Avai table Rt!5orvr. Deployment Peri<K1 ~1, . 1,1 December 1 f>. 1978 ••A" Witch "'B" Wattr, Lt. '91. lnw .. t. Ofer. l.1 Sgt lnw11t. Ofc.1 . Patrol. Vice Juvenile. & Fucud Posts H '.t') ti l ,,.. A.I . 1 I H T.l. H Iii 4 . . . !: 1nvnst. , Not1: · To prc,v,~ an ,,511111.n•• ut u,,! , .. ,,.:1111,,: :,tre :11i1P , of ttw I •••let 1 ;t\k furn!. ""' Av.ul;tl,lt: f�, .. ,.!t~· ,I'.· ••• pnruw1 t!;I- h ,tuplovment ,,. •• t0• t. ~ .. ,11 t "' t ,;r,1:tJ ,,,. '' 11· maximum number of IWll.thln !'tWUffl 1N,1 r,uflf'M!i I 1 ht, I Lt t>mwmnttl Clf f ir:nr w,11 na.1~ •· a rh!h ·• ., • ., ....... 11 r•,q.1rdmo tho .-vr11h1t,ila1y nt prn\onrn•t t,: , . ., 1:.t• Ii Ar•!.1 durmq it MolJil11attnn. At thHI t,m 1 •. pr:1Sii1•111•. ,,.tt 11 111 1 . to the lJO will h•~ ,.,msitJ~•t-i•. I prior I•• .t'.,,1 1 1n11111 ,,11 A, ,·., •, o• d1v1!,it>n'" Av;11IHlah• H~t-rV1' h, th•• I 1t!l 1 1 I ;,.J I ,1 1 , •• Whffll ,1n Artta rn rh" :,ulf'\ t!, rn11h1l,1od . tt11• 11•1~ •,11t:1••t:11, .. 1 Minimum Qptu.tting r urn• !itmll 1111""~11.,1ttlv '"" 0• 1 1 1 • efftJC:11Vt! Pnor to th~ ht~1u1111n,t ul •~•• II tiN•� • 11 • tu ... • Will Ch IIOt! U1)5 \hall l:f! IP.lt!lyf 1t!d 111 Cu•nn 1 u1111:.1t II.,,., . ' " •• I ' 1 1 ' , .. 11• · C>iv1!.,on a4i prnsa,,in1111 tht! £k.1>t1rtuM•111 " .. nrna.1 ,.1, -... ) ) " • ~ . ( 102. 1S SELECTION OF PERSONNEL The personnel as.c.igned to UO control should be highly qualified in police service. Selection of Task Force personnel should be predicated upon the following quallti•: • Experience and job knowledge. • Exemplary work habits. • Physical stamina. • Emotional stability. • Fortitude. These characteristics are of increased importance when selecting supervisors. They should have all the qualities necessary for police officers and also those attributes · which contribute to effective leadership. 102.18 FORMATION OF SQUADS IN A MOBILIZA- - TION. In the application of Department tactia for Unusual Occurrences, certain situations will necessi tate the use of sQuads. In a Mobilization, when the Field Commander indicates that SQuads will be used, the follow ing procedures shall apply: • When off-duty personnel are ac·tivated, concerned station supervisors or watch commanders shall arrange officers and supervisors into squads as they arrive for roll call. • The squads formed in the Area or division of assign ment shall be dispatched to the Assembly Area or other designated location as a unit. • Squad assignments shall, when practicable, continue unchanged throughout the duration of the Mobiliz• tion. 102.17 LOCATION OF OFF-DUTY OFFICERS IN A MOBILIZATION. Off~uty personnel from mobilized Areas or divisions shall inform their station supervisor or watch commander of the telephone number or location where they can · be contacted when they are going to be away from their homes for more than one hour. 102.11 CANCELLATION OF A MOBILIZATION. Approval for the cancellation of a Mobilization shall be obtained from the Department Commander. When a Mobilization has been cancelled, the ECC Per sonnel Officer shall cause the broadcast of the cancetl• tion by radio and teletype as follows: • The broadcast shall include the location of the occur rence and shall be directed to all im,olved Areas. • The radio broadcast shall be periodically repeated during the first · two hours following the original cancellation broadcast. · • The teletype shall include instructions for resuming_ normal activities. 102.11 NOTIFYING OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL OF A MOBILIZATION CANCELLATION. Upon receiving notification of a Mobilization cancellation. commanding officers of mobilized Area or divisions shall ensure that their concerned off~uty personnel. includin, those loaned or temporarily assigned to their command. are immediately notified of the cancellation. In the event mobilized personnel need to be billeted in Department-selected f.-Hlties. the ECC Personnel Officer shall notify them when :t'i! Mobilization is cancelled. , t CHECKLIST-FIELD COMMAND POST & FIELD JAIL UNIT CD · - - lAP0 14.15.0 (10-79) This checklist assis!3 field · supervi~ors in establishing a Field Command Post (F_ CP). The following guidelines may be modified to fit individual situations. · · · " .I FCP SITE SELECTION FACTORS: D Strategically located to incident D Accessible to responding personnel O Defensible against snipers, mobs, fire bombs, etc. � Sufficient space for responding personnel & equipment � Restroom . � Communications capabilities (telephones, radios, etc.) � Electricity � Water � ~elicopter landing zones D Structures for personnel briefing, protection against weather· � Storage facilities � Area for Mobile Command Fleet POTENTIAL COMMAND POST SITES: � Predesignated FCP location i' � School \ � Park i O Parking lot O Water & Power facility O Street, (closed w/o seriously affecting traffic) FIELD JAIL UNIT SITE SELECTION FACTORS: O Accessibility to the involved area. � Proximity to the Field Command Post D Anticipated duration of the incident O Anticipated number of arrestees O Security measures required O Sufficient space for processing, detention, and supplies � Provisions for lighting, restrooms, telephones, electricity, water, and shelter POTENTIAL FIELD JAIL UNIT SITES: ·· : � Schools/ gymnasiums ~ O .Auditoriums/theaters � National Guard armories ~ � Warehouses D Convention Center • - - - - � Sports Arena/Coliseum ??, 1 't , ESTABLISH A COMNfAND POST: i • . ... -:. . . ·. D Notify Communications Division, Area Watch Commander (WC), . & responding units of FCP location . · D Select an Executive Officer to appoint FCP staff, as needed: D Radio Operator/ Journal Clerk to record radio transmissions & 1 • maintain UO summary & ch~onological activity log · D Collect/ r~tain pertinent UO data for After-Action Report � Personnel Officer to receive, account for, & assign officers � Designate personnel pool location • � Utilize UO Time Cards · 0 Appoin~ & maintain FCP security (if there is no Staging & Log_ istics Officer) . � Staging & Logistics Officer to receive & issue vehicles & other equipment & provide FCP security D Intelligence Officer to gather, record & evaluate UC-related information � Operations Officer to formulate control plans � Request sufficient personnel (by no. of officers, not by no. of units) \ . ' O Direct responding. units to report to FCP (not to scene) via appropr_iate routes � Request Tactical Alert, if need is apparent or anticipated � Designate staging area for personnel & equipment pending assignment � Establish & maintain open phone line to Area station � Notify Communications WC & responding units of the tactical frequency to be used � Isolate working areas with ropes & stanchions � Place signs designating FCP sections or components � Utilize FCP staff armbands � Brief personnel & assign radio designations prior to deplo. ying · � Request specialized units: e.g., SWAT, SID, RHO, TE � Set up map board with necessary maps; define & sector involved Area � Connect microphone at rear ·of station wagon � Establlsh/ maintain liaison with other concerned agencies . � Expand FCP as necessary; i.e., Field Jail Unit, Field Medical Unit u Have FCP site· cleaned up ·after Incident - . - - - -- ·--. ------- - L ----------- ------ - - -, ·- - ~.~ .,,.. ....... ·: ... .. ___ ,... __ - ~ .. --- . ·- - - - - - - . . - - - - --- ----~--- - -- - - - - - . . . . - - . - . . .· f , . . rt\ - - ~ - -- ·cHECKLIST-WATCH COMMANDER UO PROCEDURES _ ___,;_ _________________________________ _,~( I This checklist guides supervisory and station personnel in making necessary notifications during an Unusual Occurrence (UO). The number of notifications and action taken are dependent upon the scope of the specific· problem. ' Upon being notified of a civil disturbance, disaster, or other emergency that has been declared a UO or Is a potential UO, the Watch Commander shall assume responsibility for direction of police operations in the involved Area. (Tactical Manual A/204.03). INITIAL RESPONSIBILITIES: � Perform Required Notifications D Notify Communications Division of: ~ D Location &,nature of incident � Anticipated personnel needs, if known D Tactical frequency to be utilized � Request Tactical Alert, if necessary D Hold over watches, if necessary • . D Field Services Division Commanding Officer ~~ . 0 Area CO [J Operations Bureau CO � Detective Division CO 0 OHO, Administrative l_ nformation Unit � Direct a supervisor with Divisional command post veh to report to UO location ASSIGN PERSONNEL TO PERFORM UO STATION DUTIES: D · Monitor radio & teletype O Maintain UO log & summary of area activity � Personnel reassignments D Logistics information D . Intelligence summary . . O Departmental & other notifications 0 Designate Sergeant or Senior Officer as Acting Watch Commander .. ---:--- -..· • l .j .. i . ... REQUEST NECESSARY SPECIALIZED UNITS AND/OR EQUIPMENT: D Spec. equipment (shovels, -sandbags, etc.) 0 SWAT • D SID: Photo Lab, SNAP-Teams, Latent P_ rints, etc~ 0 RHO p Air Support D Ambulance � Fire Department \ INITIATE UO PLANS: D Area . UO plans D Facility security � Facility defense · - O Facility evacuation . . INFORM OTHER CONCERNED AGENCIES: . � · Adjacent police jurisdictions � Public agencies ... � Volunteer agencies (Red Cross, Salvation Army, etc.) RESPOND TO SCENE/ ASSUME COMMAND: � Accompanied by officers to act as aides ...... --· ·--··• ·--- - ·- -- -.• · ----- - ·--··- - - _-_ -_-_:_ __________ _ ( ! - CHECKLIST - BARRICADED SUSPECT J. LAPD U.16.0 (5/81) ' The officer-in-charge at the scene of a barricaded suspect or sniper incident is primarily r~sponsibie for minimizing injuries, str~tegically deploying persori,·,el, and gathering intelligence. A tactical plan to initiate a · holding action' pending the arrival of SWAT must be formulated. The tactical pion should emphasize the 'Time, Talk and Tear gas' concept in containing the barricaded suspect. The following guicielines will assist field supervisors in neutraliring the suspect until his arrest can be so~ely effected • . IMMEDIATE CON SIDE RATIONS: O Take charge as Fie Id Commander and appoi~t necessary staff · . 0 Confine the suspect(s) to his present location· by using posit ions with maximum cover for officers 0 Determine crime(s) involved 0 Establish a command post st_ rotegic to incident 0 Contact Communications Division and r_ equest that · the following be notified: ... 0 OHO, Administrative Desk 0 Area/division commanding officer(s) 0 Watch Commander D Alert or request SWAT/Crisis Negotiation T eom, if necessary . Q Request necessary number of personnel for control purposes .. O Select tactical frequency to be utilized; advise Communications & responding units O Determine areas vulnerable to suspect's field of fire O Determine ~umber, type, and range of suspect's weapons '� Cordon area & isolate from pedestrian & vehicular traffic ; · 0 Evacuate injured O Evacuate adjacent buildings or rooms, if necessary 0 Provide officers, including those stationed on perimeter, with suspect(s) description . O Designate on acting Press Relati_ons Officer & . request Deportment Press ·Relat1011s Representative TACTICAL CONSIDERATION$ 0 Determine probable location of suspect within .the structure · 0 Request ambulance & Fire Deportment Units to stand by · . · 0 Determine access routes & advise ~onc~rned units Maintain control of responding forces & ensure that: 0 All personnel report to FCP prior to deploying 0 All personnel are adequately briefed regarding tactical problem, assignment & unit designation 0 Assigned personnel hove coinmunications capability D Establish alternate routes for citizen traffic . 0 Establish telephonic c-<>mmunicatio~ ns with suspect. Every effort must be expended to obto in the voluntary surrender of the suspect 0 Request air support, if necessary 0 Determine identity and objective of suspect( s) 0 If susp~ct' s identity can be ascertained, clieck record through R&I & Intelligence resources I D Detain all persons who con supply pertinent information 0 Request Tocticol'Alert, if necessary 0 Order sound, I ight, and photo equipment ( SNAP Teams) · to scene, if necessary IF SWAT IS DE LA YEO ANO VERBAL EFFORTS TO , PERSUADE THE SUSPECT TO SURRENDER HAVE FAILED: 0 Asoertain floor pion of the structure O Formul~te plan for use of gas, if necessary • 0 Consider wind direction & fire hazard if gos is employed , . . O Evacuate adjacent buildings or rooms, if necessary O Communicate pion to all deployed officers prior to implementation . 0 Ensure use of protective equipment (gas masks, flak vest, etc.) • .~ _ 0 Exhaust oil verbol'efforts prior to escalating the applic~tion of force 0 Formulate plan for approaching & entering premises if 90s has failed to cause suspect to surrender O Initial entry team should consist of three officers 0 Provide entry team with appropriate equipment: gas, projectile & grenade, pry bars, battering ram, etc. O Maintain communication with entry team 0 C~nsider use of diversionary tocti~s to distract suspect', attention from entry team . . 0 After entry, the team must secure each room of premises prior to proceeding further 0 Secure seen~ & preserve ~vide~ce for investigators ---1----0 Weapons fire control is maintained---·- - ______ _.,. __ __ ---- .. ----_-----.. -=-- . ----- -· --- .. · -------·--- ·--- - f- - ·-- · . . . ! r. , .. . ·- ...::: :. · .... - - - - -. . - ~ ~ - ~ :: _ _ : - - ·--~·~-~~~ ± --~- - : _ .. _ : : - ::~-~---· .. .. : . · · .· _ · -:·,- ··_ · _ · - · , . ~-'--- · - =-- ~-=-:-· - :..· -: -. ·: -~- :.:: __ _ ··_ ·_- ~~-- -- ··· - · . __ ; . -- .. -. ___ _ _ _ .· __ · __ ..:._ . :. • • • .. · · .. ·"' ~- · v ' --- ·- - ----- ...... -- ---- -· ·-·-- - · CHECKLIST - TERRORIST ACTIVITY . : ··--·. -\ --------------------------··-· ------· ·-··--·- - .. -- --- Terrorism is criminal acti vi~y, usually 'v'iol~nt, inter:1ded to intimidate for politi_ cal reasons, or i~ is other activity that focuses attention upon a particular grievance or demand by creating fear and anxiety. ' . ,_ _ . Some factors that may alert officers to the possibility of terrorist activities are: • Political ideology, group identification slogans or papers . . . . . • Specialized or military type armament • Positive identification of terrorist groups or members - · , .-.:-::·<_' ;.: ·• : :·:_.· .. '_ / ·_· . .... . . - . . ·:.~ .. ' . . . ·::: ~ . . . ".. ~ . • Specific grievances or demands relating to a terrorist group or philosophy THIS CHECKLIST PROVIDES A DIRECTORY OF RESOURCES FOR PERSONNEL CONFRONTED WITH TERRORIST ACTIVITY NOTIFICATIONS: 0 Watch Commander 0 Area Commanding Officer 0 OHO, Admi"istrotive Desk D PDID. 48fr-3261 48fr-4391 RESOURCES AVAILABLE TOT-HE FIELD COMMANDER Air Support Division 485-2600 . D Aerial photography, public address Detective Support Division• 0 Liaison; Federal law enforcement 0 Criminal Conspiracy SectioQ D Background information on terrorists 0 Special Investigation Section (Surveillance) • Metropolitan Division - ~� CCTV (Video taping) . . 0 SWAT O Crisis Negotiation Team Organized Crime Intelligence Division• :J Discreet surveillance - D Night viewing devices Communications Division 1 485-3223 0 Liaison; Public Utilities & Transportation (Telephone & radio equipment installation). Valley Communications Section (Dept. use only) 782-2454 Investigative Analysis Section• 0 . Building occupants (limited) D 0 D D Ex-con psychiatric information Immigration information Parole & probation information Prison record if'.'formation Detective Headquarters Division 485-2676 .. • · 485-3261 · � Airport Detail; Liaison with FAA & airline companies Scientific Investigation Division• 0 Firearms-explosives unit (and dogs) 0 Special Narration & Photo (SNAP Teams) · Tactical Planning Section• 0 Mobile Command P.,:,st Fleet equipment (Mobile I, 11, V, VII, Sound I, & Mobile canteen). 0 . Building blueprints O . Field Comm~nd Post Division Cadre call-up 485-4335 • 485-2962 485-2521 485-4091 485-5201 485-5298 48fr-6501 485-2541 485-4011 . .. · D � D Departmental notifications liaison; City Departments, legal, & military· Van Nuys Area 0 Ugh t 11, Sound II , & Mobile Ill 181-383 or . 787-6250 - 0 "] Trained negotiators ! ;i > ) -· Light" 1 (Field illumination· vehicle) ·•:. Miscellaneous ~quip~ent.- (bOlt cutters, constructiqn eq~ipment, etc.) *Contact OHO Administra. tive Deslc du, 0 ing non-oflice_ h_ ours. ; Department of Public Works ·O Street barricades &signs ... -. . Department of Wat_ er and Power 0 Street light extinguish;ng (Electric Trouble·Board) • · . . . . . . . 485-5661 . (24 hoJrs) 481-6720 (24 ho.xs) · .. ;..··_ .-- - -~- - .· .. _ · - ~ · . ·.·. t. } '-- . - _ · _ · _ __ :.... · .=.· -: ._ · · _ .·_ .. ··~ - ---·• .· -. .. . .._,,.,, __ .-...--:..-.~ _ j __ , ~ - ... -·- -- ·- · --·-- .. _ . ·: . ~-- _.., ....,:__ · · .. _ _ · ·-. ·.~ .. .. __ • _:.....;,;;:;._:;:=::==.:~:;;;:.:;:=::.:;::=::::::-=::-: .. - ~.:-- . . ~ - .. .. --::-~ . . .· ..:,;; .. '---.-.:w: T". :---- . - ~ - --· . . ----------------- . D CHECKLIST - OFFICER INVOLVED SHOOTINGS LAPO 14.17.0 (2•77) ; j'__i==T=h=i=s=c=h=e=c=k=I i=s=t =i s=in=t=e=nd=e=d=to=p=ro=v=i=de=b=a=s=i c:=r=e=m=i=n=de=r=s=t=o=a:;=s=u=pe=r=v=i s=o=r=at=t=h=e=s=c=e=~=~ · =o=f=a=n=o=f=f i=c=e=r•=i n=v=~=l=ve=d=s=ho=o=t=i n=~=·=· ( { OFFICER OR OTHERS INJURED Immediate considerations: O Secure scene 0 Request ambulance 0 Crime broadcast 0 Request additional personnel O Locate & identify witnesses ' D Transport involved offic;ers to station O Have appropriate notifications made Notifications: 0 Area Stat ion OIC 0 Area Commanding Officer ORHD 0 Area Investigators OIHD 0 Coroner - Notified by RHO ~stablish CP if necessarr: 0 Appoint CP staff as required [J Record action taken D Drief personnel 0 Establish perimeter security 0 Press relations •. . . l NOTE: Only information authorized by RHO shall be released. Specialized units and equipment: 0 Air Support OMetro � SWAT 0 IHD-FCP Fleet 0 SID-Notified by RHO. 0 Barricades 0 light Truck ! =7· .It. ,: · ;i--. . ~ - . DISCHARGE OF FIREARM - NO INJURY Chronological narrative: I 0 Date & time call received 0 Names, Ser~al_ No. & rank of officers involved 0 Current assignment & detail O Uniform or plainclothes 0 Types _ of vehicles 0 Description of scene including background Weapons: D Ofer' s. Ser. No., make, model, caliber, qpuble action 0 Sus p's • Ser. No., make, mode I, co I iber, Doub le action Type of ammunition/holster: D Ofcr's - type, mfg, No. rounds fired, type holster 0 Susp's • type, mfg, No. rounds fired, type holster 0 Oook cartridges, coses and/or exp~nded slugs Personnel at scene : 0 Identify all police perso~nel at scene CJ Nome, rank, Serial No., current assignment 0 Nlme of first supervisor at scene 0 Other related persons, i.e. ambulance Suspects: , 0 Include all known information: O Description · 0 Prior record D· Parole, proboti"on info Vehicles and evidence: 0 Vehicle(s) description 0 Disposition-Impound, hold, ·etc • . 0 Evidence booked Witnesses: O Location & observations 0 Incident occurred while on duty Communications: O Incident occurred within County while officer off duty O Teletypes Conduct complete investigation of the circumstances of the O Communications' tickets shooting incident; obtain the following information for the • • purpose of preparing o detailed chronological narrative. 0ia&ram scene: NOJ_E~ __ See Manual Sect!on 3fl~6.4_7 fo!. c~mp~ti~--- D Position .of officerrsuspect; witness &-path of-bullet- _ -- · · time requirements and d1stribut1on of .. . . __ .. ... .. - . . . . . completed reports. · ~ _ .: 0 Suppl~~nt with photos if necessary · . ·.» . ~ 1,-. - -- --- -------i ..... - -- .. · - --- --. _____ ...._ ____ _ - --------------- ---- --- -- _ CHECKLIST • BOMB EMERGENCIES This checklist is intended to assist the field supervisor in the initial stages of a bomb eme~ge~cy. , 4 flexible and can be modified to deal with specific field situations. These guidelines ( '- INVESTIGATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES: O CCS-City•wide responsibility of all bombings, attempted bombings and bomb threats.~ O RHO-City-wide responsibility for all bomb threat extortions of banks, bank employees, bank messengers, federally insured credit unions, savings & loans, food stamp dispensaries and armored cars where there i~ no device.• 0 Area Investigators - Bomb threat extortions when the location is not the responsibility of RHD end there is no device. 0 Preliminary investigation of bomb threats against schools . IMMEDIATE CONSiDERA TIONS: 0 Time call received 0 Type of device 0 Time of detonation , , f I NOTIFICATIONS: .1HD-X3261 4rJ CCS/1S0 - X2962• SID- X6501 RHO- X2511• 0 D D D Area Station OIC r - I Area Investigators - Domb threat ag~inst school 0 Notify school 0 Labor Relations - If bomb threat or bombing is the result of a labor dispute.• · . INVESTIGATION: The necessity for a thorough investigation of the bomb threat - location is imperative for the personal safety of officers and the pub I ic. . .• --- 0 Contact P/R only . SEARCH: . '• ~ - . . D D 0 • I - Systemcrtic search with person familiar with locati~n No radio transmissions - -· Do not t~uch, move or att~mpt to disarm any suspected item. Isolate the ite~ Remove Department pers6nnel at least ten minutes prior to scheduled time of detonation t. EVACUATION: 0 Decision to evacuate should be made by the person in charge of location 0 Use evacuation plan which minimizes confusion Subsequent measures to be considered when an explosive device has been detonated. • TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS: 0 Establish command post � Seal off location until SID determines if a secondary device exists . • 0 Evacuate im~ediately ' NOTE: 409.5 PC- Power for peace officer to close areas during emergency 0 Ambulance 0 Fire Dept. - advise of evidence destruction 0 Have gas and electric power turned off 0 Request additional person"el • 0 ~ E stab I i"sh traffic control 0 Available hospitals NOTE: All press releases are..nade by investigators or press relations. SPECIALIZED UNITS AND EQUIPMENT: 0 SID O light truck- any night time detonation• . 0 ~ir Support O Metro - 0 Sound truck• 0 Barricades O Command post flee·t• ADDITIONAL RE~PONSIBILITIES: 0 Fire Oepo~tment-lnvestigotion of fire bombings 0 T /A involving vehicles transporting explosives 0s10 0 Fire Department 0 Firearms and Explosives Unit, SID shall direct all searches of aircraft or facilities at LAX. ENFORCEMENT SECTl_ ()NS: Division 11, Chapter 7 of H&S -Code provides the most comprehensive sections relating to the illegal use and possession of explosives. - • Cc,ntact Administrative Desk, IHO, during non-business hours. ~ --.-r~ .~.,.,~~- :- ·. ~'fi'-- - ~ "E# WV• ,c:•a ;:+E'-. # 4' _- • ------~-----------· ------- • I I I I , I D r '\ . . / : ;•' ....... ·c£5. . , I I I I I CHECKLIST-FIRST RESPONDER-DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES LAPD 14.18.0 (~2) · - This checklist is used by field officers ·who are first responders to the scene ot" a disaster or oth~r emergE It a~ists officers in establishing on-scene command, formulating a situation estimate, alerting others tc conditions of the emergency, and obtaining the personnel and equipment necessary to control the incic Additionally, the· checklist provides officers with a list of special considerations to be used as guidelines dL \ several specific types of emergencies. The guidelines are flexible and subject to modification as necessar control the situation. , . · · I . . I •-=---=-==-==============-==--===-========-=-=--===================\ , I ... COMMAND RESPONSIBILITIES: . First responders have a responsibility to establish on-scene command, formu1ate and broadcast a situation estimate, set up a Field C~mmand Post, request necessary personnel and equipment, and provide a Staging Area for responding personnel. To accomplish this, the senior officer shall assume command responsibility (i.e., act as the Field Commander), appoint others to staff the Field Command Post, assign missions, gather intelli gence and delegate other tasks as necessary to establish control until relieved by an officer of higher rank. SITUATION ESTIMATE: A situation estimate is that information developed by the first officer at the scene of an emergency.and is basic intelligence tran· smitted to Communications Division and then supplementally conveyed to other concerned Department elements. The initial situation estimate should include: � Type of emergency D Location of emergency D Type of structure(s) and/or vetiicle(s) involved � Size of the involved area (actual and potential) D Number of additional officers required D Field Command Post location � Staging Area location D Access routes for emergency vehicles D ~istance required (e.g., ambulance fire, public utility) � Number and type of casualties . - ------- . . . - - ·-. . " : .:.: · _ - _ _ . -· --- . - - . . - · - ·· . .. - - ·-. . - - .. - - ... . - . · . . ·- - · - l The following additional information should alsc: included in the situation estimate for the spec \ type of emergency I isted. • Contamination Emergencies D Type of specialized equipment needed D Wind conditions, including direction D Severity of hazard to citizens and emergenc'. personnel . D Traffic and crowd control · D Placard and/or shipping papers information D Material name, if identified D Property and/or vehicle owner's name, if identified · Brushfires D Apparent diq:~ction fire is burning D Wind conditions, including direction D Hazard potential for structures Aircraft Accidents D Type of aircraft (e.g., multi-engine jet-DC10, helicoper-Jet Ranger, or single-engine four-place Cessna) D Military or civilian aircraft Subsequent situation estimates should be communi cated by telephone and include: D Aircraft identification numbers � D D � D D Owner of involved aircraft Name and address of pilot(s) Location of known survivors Resume of circumstances surrounding incident If military, was it carrying weapons? If commercial, was U.S. mail aboard? • ·._; ~ .. - . : :.~- ' -~ ---· ;': . . .. , . • • . · -'= · · . ·. ~ , - - - - . : _ · - ·-~ ;:_. __ .-.; : : .. : ... · .... - _ ___ ___ .. _ ..... -.. • . _ _ . - - - ----- -- . - - . . . . . .. -- . . ------- ------ ---- -· _.,_ . . . - . · --· ---- -·-!.~- ~~::. ~ --~ -;~ -:-:· . -; ~ ---:-~ ----~ - - - - : ---~~~:~~ _ - ;!.· - ~ ' ~ --:±~,~-~- ...... . ..... .. -- --,,...:-- _________ _ -----..CHECKLIST-Fl RST--RESPONDER--DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERG~NCIES .,.--i:CIAL CONSIDERATIONS: he Department's role at the scene of disasters and other emergencies is to support the Los Angeles Fire Department Incident Commander by providing the following: c _ · D A liaison officer of supervisory rank D ·Control of emergency vehicle access routes D Perimeter tra_ ff ic control D Evacuation, if necessary Note: Police officers may close an area and order an . evacuation under emergency conditions (409.5 PC). ( . 'i Contamination Emergencies Officers approaching contamination emergency scenes should be aware of several precautions that can decrease the po~ibility of illness, injury, or death. D Stay upwind of the contaminated area D Do· not use Department gas masks as they are ineffective against toxic vapors D Do not drive through the contaminated , ! _ area Do not eat, drink, or smoke near the scene .J Do not touch any material or container involved in the incident D Do not use flares (request barricades) 0 Keep contaminated perso~s isolated from others D Maintain a safe distance (at least 2,000') from the incident scene (refer to Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook). . . : . . _ - . ~: .. ~. Barricaded Suspect And Terrorist Activity Refer to Check I ist, Form 14 .16 · · . .. ... . ' · . \ ·-· . ' . . . . Earthquakes The damage from a large earthquake is likely to effect a considerable area of the City; therefore, special efforts must be made to provide for an effective emergency operation. Officers shall immediately make individual · situation estimates and damage assessments according to Basic Car assignment. This information should be forwarded to the Area _ watch commander by telephone or delivered to the station. The police rad io should be reserved for emergency messages . • Brushfire Survival I A person trapped by a fast-moving brushfire can seldom run fast enough to escape onrushing flames. Knowledge of brushfire survival techniques may alleviate injury to officers working in close prox imity to the fire. D Know where the fire is at all times by utilizing : personal observation and monitoring radio frequencies . D Keep escape routes in mind and make them known to others � Park vehicles where they will not oostruct_ others . D Cose windows and park the vehicle directed toward an escape route D Keep clear of all electrical power lines � Wear helmet and goggles in areas of heavy smoke and flying debris ' . · .. . ... Officer Involved Shootings And Bomb Emergenci Refer to Checklist, Form 14.17 ' ;, . . . . . '· ~ . . "· . ·. · .· '.-.. ; .. - . :- ry .-· · · - . . ~ - - . . . . · .. . . ' . • .. . _ .... .. ~ - . ~ - . . I . . · J f__ . . . . ...._ ·-i.." . --:-r-:- .. -r-----.--- -· ...:.__ · .. , . · . . J. L: . , . . /·· ·-____ _ - -- - ---- ----- - - ... ~f( it ···-- ~¥ - ....-· - - - ••• ---. _ -"'-~ ---- - -=- --- ------ /1.rea lloJtcti Cor.ir:dnder/Ficld Commander HlTR01'tJ CT TON This guide was created to be a ready refcrenr.~ for the Are~ Watch Comm~nder/Ffeld Cormander dur1nq Unusual O~curr~nces. There ar.,. qufdes for v,•rious ty'.'les of IJO's c1nc1 for <1ener: ,1 suhjC'cts such as EvoJcu.:ition, · _. ract1ca1 ,,1ert/' 1 ob1lizat1of'l, Srecializ~d Resources, ~nd Field Ccmmand Post/Er.iergcncy Control CE>nter, any or all of which may apµly to a given LlO. Sections ,",f2(H.03-05 cf tht! Tactiul ~'. .rnual i~entify 01:r1E:ri1l r,rnc:r.,1ures to be followed hy Area watch commanders during a disaster or other e~eigency. This qui~e dee: not directly quote the Team Polici~g l!ngul~e in t~e manual at the ti~e of printing, but applies those concepts tb the current watch ioMrnander system: 2 0 4 • 0 3 AH A WATCH C n '.~ 'tflrln rn - - I NV O I V Erl ARE A • II r, on learning of an u~usu3l Occurrence, or an e~ergency havinq the ~otential of becoming an Unusual Uccurr~nce. the wJtch commander of the involved Area shall designate a su~~rvisor or senior officer as t.cting watch co~ ~~ ndP.r and shall immediately go to t he scene, assune com~and, and establis~ a F1fld Command Post; 1f a~,r~oriate, the watch co~~ander should implement Area stand ing plans (see ••• A/201.01). note: A watch com~ander of lower rank than an exis.t1ng Field Co.:-r.-,ander shall assume cor:::nand only by mutual agreement. In any case, the watch com ~ander shall remain at the scene to assist. During the early sta~es of an Unusual Occurrence (prfor to activation of the E~erqency Control Center). it is ~ssential that co~~unications bch:i?en th'! Fi~ld Com::iand .Post and tli~ concerned Area stztion remain ooen. A ~dtch comm~nder ass~ning field coM~and shall establish an open telepho~e line (when possible) or use a tactical freque~cy to accomplish these operations. During an actual or ootentfal Serious or Ma.ior UO, the ~:atch co,;,:.1,1nder ~,ho has assumed rield ccr1 mand can exp~ct to be relieved of that re~~onsibility upon arrival of the cor.cern~d com~anding officer (SC C •• , A/ 2 0 4 • 01 ) • 204. 05 WATCH co~:TMlnERS--NOtrn1voL I/ED AREAS. Watch CoMmanders of Areas not placed on Tacti~al Alert or Areas ,~hich ar€ not--;-~bilized sha11 hold over o.-;-:!vty personnel u:itTI release auth~rity is re c c h :; ~ t. v t '= 1 e t •: :) e f :- " :-, C o rm u n i.: a t i o ~ ~ ~ i v f s io n (!.ec ... C/101.0iJ). ' Add i ~ionally, watcn cri~~'.'landers sha 11 : * tssio:i ~ers0nn~l to ~~niter t~e ar~roor1ate ra~i; freq~c~cie~ a~a t~letyoes. • ~:air1t3i:". a c ~ ·ritinu0 1Js a , :co 1 .• , 1 z: irici of er.·.1ia11e-,t a n d o n - cu t v :i e r s "n r: e ·, ~ u r i ri q a S P r i ') ·~ ; o r •~ .! ; o r UO and r,r·"viC:e thasc:: : •:?sources tc>Jr'.el d ~om: ~andar ~hen requested. 204.04 ACTTH~ W~TrH roMMANOER--TNVOt vrn An~~ . When designated acting watch co~~ander during a UO or an incident having the potential ~f beco~ing a U0, the supervisor or senior officer so designated shal 1: • Renain at the station. • Assign personnel to ~onitor the appropriate radi~ frequencies and teletype machines. • Maintain a chronological log of Area activity, inclu~ing: • location and nature of the cmer9ency, i.e. situation estimate {see ••• 0/303.01). • Area personnel reassignments. * Anticipated personnel needs (if known). * Tactic~l frequency used. * Existence of, or anticipJted need for a Tact1ca 1 Alert or ~:obil izatio:-:. • Decisio~s to hold over on-duty watches (ste .•. 13/101.06). • Intelligence reports. * Use of specialized Department elements and/or equi p~1ent. • Implcraent3tion of Area standing plans, i.P.., Earthquake Hesponse ~lan. Facility Security an.d Defense Plan. • Cause notifications to be made to the fo11ow1rg: • Co~mun1cations Division watch co~manter. • Detective Headquarters Division, Admi~istrative Information Unit. • Field services division c,~mandino ,f~1ccr. • Area con~andinq off1c~r (for a s~rio~s or Major UO, or when other~ise direct~~). • Operations bureau co~~anding officer (fc ~ Serious or llajor UO, or \.hen other-..ise directed). • ~aintain coD~untcations with the Wd~ch cc~~~n~e~: field co~~Jn der to coordinate deci~ic~s ~u ~;1~ over on-duty personnel (sce, •• 3/lJl.Of.). The keys to successful UO ooerations ~r~ ~elegation, Coordination, and Initiative: • De 1 e g a. t i , n • Coordfnat1on • In1t iat he of rnls3ion rcs~;nsi~f11ties; that is, ~elect oth~rs to accoaplts~ the various ta~ks. You d i rec t the ::, , a r. d d c n ' t lose your effect i v ~by get t i n q " ti e d do.,: n . " with Communications Civision and Detective Headquarters Division. to •stay ahead" of the e~erqency by anticipating a~d requesting personne1 and logistics needs in a timely manner. The COMfllun1cat1ons Division and Cietective Head-.;Jarters D1vfsion· watch commander have guides which are similar to these. Note: Because of a p~ndfng change in ter~inoloqy, the terms Emerq~ncy Oocrations Center, E~erg~ncy Control Center, EOC, and ECC arc vsed synonomously throuJhout thts guide. PROLOGUE In the oast, the Department Tactical Manual has not been readily available to key Department personnel involved in disaster opera tions. Therefore, valuable information was not widely known by personnel who often needed this information the most. To correct this deficiencv, the "EmerQency Ooerations '1uide - Disasters" was developed by Tactical Planning · -Section. Althouoh not desioned to replace the Tactical Manual as a reference, in this condensed form it does contain essential information considered to he valuable to those involved in field - operations. · - All sworn personnel and selected civilian personnel, e.q., Police Service Representatives, Traffic Officers, etc., should become familiar with the Emerqency Operations Guide contents and keep .it available for quick reference whenever necessary. The section "Disasters and ()ther Emeroencies" deserves your soecial attenti _ on. I have asked the Personnel Oepartment to use the Guide rather than the Tactical Manual as a source of questions for future promotional examinations. If you have any questions, recommendations~ or suqqes·tions, contact Tact al Planni.nq Section at extension 4011. DARYL F. GATES Chief of Police ., .. , TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION. . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 1 DECLARATION OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY ................... :· ...... · ...... 2 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS BOARD ...................................... 2 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION ............................... 3 GENERAL ••.••••.••.••.•.•.••..••.••••..••••••..•..•...•.••.. 3 ACTIVATION .••.....••.....•...........•...•••.•..... ......... 3 POLICE DIVISION ....••.••..........•..••.•.................. 3 OTHER CITY DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES ....... · .............. 4-5 COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY .•............•. · ..................•....... 6 DEPARTMENT COMMAND ........•................................ 6 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION {ECC) .................... 7 FIELD TASK FORCE-FIELD COMMAND ..........•..•..... ; ......... 8 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION ................................ 10 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER ........•........................ 11 CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER ................................ 11 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND EMERGENCIES GENERAL •••••••••••••••••.••••••••••••.•••••••••••••.••..... 12 PLANNING RESPONSIBILITIES .................................. 12 PLANS ......•...•..•.•.••..•••••...•.••..• · •••........•..•... 12 TRAINING RESPONSIBILITIES .•..•.•.......•..•................ 13 AREA COMMANDER-RESPONSIBILITIES ........•••................. 14 AREA WATCH COMMANDER-RESPONSIBILITIF.S ...................... 14 ACTING WATCH COMMANDER-RESPONSIBILITIES .•••................. 15 WATCH COMMANDERS OF NON-INVOLVED AREAS-RESPONSIBILITIES .... 15 ARE A DETECTIVE D IV I_ S ION ..••.••..•..............•........... 16 SPECIALIZED DIVISIONS-RESPONSIBILITIES •.•.................. 16-20 TACTICAL ALERT DEFINITION, PURPOSE, BROADCAST, EFFECTS .................... 21 HOLDING OVER WATCHES, REQUEST FOR MANPOWER ................. 22 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE ••...••••••••••....•................ 23 AVAILABLE RESERVE ..••••••••••.••••.....•................... 23 CANCEL LAT I ON •••.••..••.••.••••...••••••.•...•...•.......... 24 MOBILIZATION DEFINITION, PURPOSE .......•........•....•.........•........ 24 BROADCAST, EFFECTS, HOLDING OVER WATCHES ..•................ 25 ALERT OF OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL ••......•..•..•..•.............. 25 WATCH ASSIGNMENTS ......•.................................... 26 A AND B WATCH-HOURS •........•........... ~ .................. 26 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE •.•••..••.••..•....••............... 27 AVAILABLE RESERVE ............•............................. 27 REPORTING AVAILABLE RESERVE EACH DEPLOYMENT PERIOD ......... 27 FORMATION OF SQUADS ........................................ 28 · C A N C E L . L A T I O N • • . • • . • • • • • . • • • . . • • • • . • • • • • . • • . . • • • • . . • . . . . . . . . 2 8 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL ACCOUNTING •................•....... 29 GENERAL ••••..••••••••...•••....•.•...••............•.•. · .... 29 U O T I M E C A.R D S • . . . • • • . • • • • . • . • • • . . • . . . . . . . • . . . • • . • . • . . . . . . . . 2 9 ENO OF WATCH PROCEDURES •..•......•.................... -..... 30 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE AFTER-ACTION REPORTING AFTER-ACTION REPORT-WHEN REQUIRE0 ...•........•......... 31 AFTER-ACTION REPORT-FORMAT ,DISTRIBUTION ................ 32 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES GENE~AL, DEFINITION ......•.•...•..•.....•... -....... ~ .... 33 INITIAL RESPONSE .............•.•..•..•••..... · .......... 33 S I TU AT I ON EST IM ATE . • . • . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . • • . • . ... · •.•...... 3 3 FIELD COMMAND POST-SELECTION ..•....•...•............... 34 EVACUATION GENERAL ••••••••••••••••••••• .••••••••••••••••.•••.• 34 LEGAL AUTHORITY .....•.••..•••...•.•..... ~ ......... 34 TYPES •••••••••••••••••••• ~ ••••••••••••••••••••••.. • 34 WARNING •••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••••.•••..• 35 . C E N TE RS , S C HOOL S , TRAN S PORT AT I ON • • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 R E D C RO S S • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • -. • • • • • • • 3 6 SALVATION ARMY ••.••.•••••••••••••••••••••.•••.••. - .36 ANIMAL CONTROL ••.•..•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••. 36 CLOSED AREAS-ENTRY ....•...••..•...•.....•......... 37 TYPES OF ACCESS ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 37 ENTRY CRITERIA •••.•.•••.••••••••••••••••.••••.•••• 37 FIRE LINE PASSES .•....••••••.....•..•••........... 37 RESCUE •••••••••••••••• .•••••••••••••• ~ •••••••••..•. 38 PSYCHOLOGICAL REACTIONS •.•••••••••.••......•..... ~38 MEDICAL ALERT CENTER •••••••••.•.••.••.•.•...••.•.• 39 FIRES r SITUATION ESTIMATE ....•.•.••...••••••.........•.... 40 LIAISON-FIRE DEPARTMENT ..•••.•.••••••.•••......... 40 EVACUATION-FIRE AREA .••••••.•.•.•..•••............ 40 BRUSHFIRES-SURVIVAL .•..•....••...•••.•...•........ 41 EARTHQUAKES GENERAL.............................. . ......... . 42 MEASUREMENT.......................... . ......... . 42 SITUATION ESTIMATE .••.••••....••.•••. . ...•...•.... 43 DAMAGE SURVEY-ASSESSMENT .••••.••••.•......•...•... 43 AREA PLANS ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.••••. 44 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS GENERAL •••••• ~ ••••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••..•• 45 SITUATION ESTIMATE.~ ..••.••••.••....•.•........... 45 PERIMETER CONTROL AND EVACUATION ..•••......•...... 46 TRAFFIC CONTROL .•.•.•••...••.••.•••.••.•.......... 46 CRASH SITE SECURITY .••.••••....••....•..•......... 46 OVERWATER INCIDENTS ..••.••••.••.••.•........•...•. 47 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS ••••••••••.••.•.•...•.•..... 47 ' ., "· CONTAMINATION EMERGENCIES GENERAL •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 48 SITUATION ESTIMATE ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 48 PLACARDS AND SHIPPING INFORMATION ••••••••• -~ •••••••••• 49-50 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL GUIDEBOOK ••••••••••••••••••••••••• 51-56 L I A I S O · N • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •. • 5 2 PERIMETER AND TRAFFIC CONTROL, · EVACUATION •••••••••••• 52 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND SAFETY FACTORS •••••••••••• 53 CONTAINMENT •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 56 CONTAMINATION AND CASUALTIES ••••••••••••••••••••••••• 57 RECOVERY OPERATIONS •••••••••••••••• ~ ••••••••••••••••• 58 COMMUNITY RELATIONS •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 58 INTRODUCTION Historically, the City's efforts to control disasters and other emergencies have involved the Police and Fire Departments as primary control forces, with other City departments providing support -with varyfng degrees of involvement. As a result, some occurrences have severely tasked the Police and Fire Departments' resources and the City's ability to rapidly and fully recover from the effects of a wide-spread disaster. A large population, high-density housing, and other factors found in today's urban environment contribute to the severity of disasters when they occur. 'he result is increased demand upon the City's emergency services. Although emergencies will vary in magnitude, large-scale occurrences require involvement of all City depart ments and their resources to overcome the effects of the emergency. To coordinate the City's response, the Emergency Operations Organization has been formed. It is a special purpose organization which is comprised of representatives from each department and is divided into divisions with special responsibilities for planning and emergency response. - The Department is the Emergency Operations Organization's Police Division. To meet Police Division.respon sibilities, the Department has developed plans enabling it to activate all or part of the Department's Unusual Occurrence Control Task Force. Such plans are designed to give direction to Department personnel and serve as guidelines in achieving control of disasters and other emergencies and to restore order .as efficiently and rapidly as possible. The need to create a public awareness of police responsibility to protect lives and property, maintain order, and preserve the peace is especially accented by emergencies such as fires, earthquakes, and explosions. However, it should be understood that one of the most important functions of the Department during disasters is to assist and expedite emergency operations of other agencies having primary responsibility to overcome the cause or effect of the occurrence. Often, other agencies cannot operate effectively until Department personnel have successfully performed certain initial control measures, such as: * * * Establishing Perimeter Control. Establishing Field Communications. Maintaining Ingress/Egress A outes. During emergencies, such as civil disturbances or riots, where the Department has the primary control respon sibility, Department resources shall be immediately applied to the extent necessary to effectively control the incidents. The assistance of other agencies, when needed, shall be requested without delay and their operations shall be coordinated with those of this Department through the process of liaison. Since no two emergencies will be the same in nature, scope, or magnitude, it is necessary for the Department's plans to be basic, flexible, and subject to modification as the need arises. Because these occurrences are infrequent, training programs must be continuous. Success is primarily dependent on a highly specialized and well-train· ed cadre or staff which assists the Department Commander, Field Commanders, and officers-in-charge of various elements of the Unusual Occurrence Control Task Force. Every office, bureau, Area, and division of the Department has some responsibility related to the control of disasters--0r other emergencies. Accordingly, each commanding officer has a responsibility to ensure the efficient activation, maintenance, and conclusion of those duties related to his command. Part A of the Tactical Manual describes local emergencies and the Emergency Operations Organization; sets forth command responsibility, and Department responsibility for the control of disasters and other emergencies; and defines the responsibilities, organization and functions of the Unusual Occurrence Control Task Force. 1 A/000 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 001. LOCAL EMERGENCY-GENERAL. The direc- tion and control of local emergency preparations has been centralized to enable the City to effectively coop erate with local, state and federal agencies. Additionally, this coordination of resources has been accomplished to cope with and guard against conditions wh ich may result in extreme peril to life and property and make available the City resources as the needs of the citizens may demand during a local emergency. Moreover, it enhances efforts to assist local emergency response organizations and author ities of the state and federal governments in the accomplish ment of emergency services so that maximum protection .of life and property will be provided to the community. 002. DECLARATION OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY. The mayor, as Director of the Emergency Ope~ tions Organization (EOO), is empowered to declare the existence of a local emergency or disaster when conditions· exist which are, or are likely to become beyond the control of the normal services of City government, or at any time a disaster or State of Emergency is declared by the President of the United States or by the Governor of California. The declaration of a local emergency by the Mayor will be in writing and will take effect immediately upon issuance. The Mayor will cause widespread publicity and notice to be given of such declaration throughout the City. Example: DECLARATION OF LOCAL EMERGENCY By virtue of the authority vested in me as Mayor of the City of Los Angeles, pursuant to the provisions of Ordi nance No. 153,772 as amended, I hereby find that: The City of Los Angeles is experiencing an emergency in the area of and by reason of its magnitude is or is likely to become beyond the control of the normal services, personnel, equipment and facilities of the regularly constituted branches and departments of the City government and said emergency threatens to cause extraordinary loss of .life and property. NOW THEREFORE, I hereby declare the existence of a Local Emergency and direct the Emergency Operations Organization (EOO) be immediately activated to take such steps that are necessary for the protection of life and and property in the affected area. I FURTHER DIRECT that the Declaration of Local Emergency shall take effect immediately and that wide spread publicity and notice shall be given said declaration through the most feasible and adequate means of dissem inating such notica throughout the City. Dated at Los Angeles, California Mayor Whenever the Mayor declares a local emergency, the City Administrative Officer will prepare, with the City Attorney's assistance, a resolution ratifying the existence of a local emergency and state the conditions for continu ing the state of local emergency. The resolution will be submitted by the Mayor to the City Clerk for presentation to the City Council. The City Council will approve or disapprove the resolution within seven days from the date of the original declaration and every 14 days there- afte~ · 002.10 POWERS OF MAYOR DURING A LOCAL . EME~GENCY. During a local emergency, the Mayor 1s the Di.rector of the Emergency Operations Organization. All powers and duties conferred upon the Emergency Operations Board, or any officer or chief of a division, shall be exercised subject to the approval of ~he Director. The Director is authorized to promulgate, issue and enforce rules, regu1ations, orders and directives which the Director considers necessary for the protection of life and property. The rules, regulations, orders and directiv~ will take effect immediately upon issuance, and copies of such documents will be filed in the City Clerk's office. The Director may obtain vital supplies and other materiel for the protection of life and property and if immediately required, may commandeer property 'tor public use; may require emergency service of any City employee, or any citizen; and may requisition necessary personnel or materiel of any City agency. 002.20 LOCAL EMERGENCY-DEACTIVATION. . The Director will keep the City Council fully advised as to the status of the emergency. The City Council will declare and publicize the termination of such local emergency at the earliest possible date that conditions allow. Upon the City Council's announce ment of the termination of the local emergency , such rules, regulations, orders, or directives will terminate and have no further force nor effect. 003. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS BOARD. The Emergency Operations Board (EOB) manages the affairs of the City's Emergency Operations Organiza tion and issues instructions to the chiefs of the Emergency qperation~ Organization divisions. The Emergency Opera t1ons- B_oard has the power to make and enforce necessary regulations to govern the Emergency Operations Organiza tion during periods of planning and during emergencies. The Emergency Operations Board may also appoint com mittees for the administration of its affairs. The Emergency Operations Board consists of the follow ing members: * Chief of Police, who is permanent chairperson. * Chief ~ngineer and General Manager, Fire Department. * City Ad, ministrative Officer. * Commissioner, Department of Public Works. * General Manager and Chief Engineer, Department of Water and Power. * General Manager, Department of Personnel. * Superintendent of Building and General Manager Department of Building and Safety. ' * General Manager, Department of General Services. * General Manager, Department of Transportation. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Emergency Operations Organization Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies July, 1982 2 A/004. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 004. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION. The Emergency Operations Organization (EOO) is a special purpose organization established to coordinate and direct the City's resources towar~ ~<;mtrolling ~isasters and· other emergencies. The EOO d1v1s1ons constitute those resources believed necessary to successfully overcome the conditions of a local emergency. The Emer~encx qpera tions Organization is comprised of the following d1v1s1ons: * Police Division. * Fire Suppression and Rescue Division. * Transportation Division. * Public Works Division. * Utilities Division. * General Services Division. * Building and Safety Division. * Personnel and Recruitment Division. * Public Welfare and Shelter Division. * Harbor Division. * Airports Division. * Animal• Regulation Division. The Emergency Operations Organization resources_ also include the officer-in-charge, other personn~I, serv1c~. and materiel held or used, and all other services, equip ment and facilities which may be loaned, donated, con tributed to the City, or commandeered for use~ by_ the Director of the Emergency Operations Organization. 004.10 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION- ACTIVATION. Upon receipt of an official warn ing of an impending or threatened emergency, or upon the declaration of a local emergency, the Emergency Opera tions Organization will be immediately activated and Emer gency Operations Organization personnel will be called into active service. 004.20 DIRECTOR-POWERS AND DUTIES OF~ _The Mayor, as Director of the Emergency OperatlOflS Organization, with the advice of the Emergen~y Operations Board exercises full authority over the operations of the variou~ Emergenev Operations O_rgar:iization divisions. The Director is responsible for coordination be~een the ch1e!5 of the various divisions and resolving questions of authority and responsibility which may arise. T~e Director_ may organize additional Emerge!1cy O~erat1ons Organization division as necessary: and assign duties. 004.30 DEPUTY DIRECTOR-POWERS AND DUTIES. The Chief of Police (chairperson of the Emer gency Operations Board) is the Deputy Director of the Emergency Operations Organization. The Deputy.Director acts on behalf of the Director on all EOO related matters delegated to him, liaises with outside agencies for coope~a tion and mutual aid during local emergencia, and coordi nates the activities of the Emergency Operations Organiza tion divisions. 004.40 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZA- TION COORDINATOR. Subject to the rules, regulations and instructions of the Emergency Operations Board, the City Administrative Officer is designated as the Emergency Operations Organization Coordinator and is responsible for: * * *. * * * * Coordinating the powers and responsibilities of the Emergency Operations Board and Organization. Liaising with other governmental agencies, City departments, and such private agencies as may be necessary. Preparing and processing emergency operations pro gram papers and applications for federal and state funds. Notifying the Emergency Operations Board in writing prior to the beginning of each fiscal year of the recommended budgetary items relating to emergency services of each City department having control of an Emergency Operations Organization division and which items are included in the City Administrative Officer's annual budgetary recom mendations to the Mayor. Assigning personnel from the City Administrative Office to perform staff duties for the Emergency Operations Board as may be required by the Board. Coordinating and providing for the dissemination of public information relating to emergency operations activities as required. Exercising such further powers and duties as may be conferred upon the City Administrative Officer by the Emergency Operations Board. 004.50 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZA- TION-STRUCTURE. The Emergency Opera tions Organization is divided into 12 divisions, each under the direction of a chief. Each chief is assisted by a chief deputy and a second deputy, who su· cceed the chief in his absence or inability to act. Each chief formulates and maintains operational plans for the division. Each division is organized into such sections as are necessary for proper functioning. Division chiefs have responsibility for all personnel in their divisions. During a local emergency division chiefs will immediately activate their divisions and carry out orders and directions from the Director. The functions and duties of the Emer gency Operations Organization are distributed among the 12 divisions and the City Administrative Officer. 004.51 POLICE DIVISION. The Police Division is sub- ject to the control of the Police Department. The Chief of Police is chief of this division. During a local emergency the chief has the authority to direct Police Division personnel to enforce all laws, preserve life and property, and maintain order. July, 1982 Emergency Operations Organization- Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 3 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES A/004.57 004.52 FIRE SUPPRESSION AND RESCUE DIVISION. The Fire Suppression and Rescue Division is sub ject to the control of the Fire Department. The Chief Engineer and General Manager of the Fire Department is chief of this division. During a local emergency the chief has the authority to direct Fire Suppression and Rescue Division personnel in controlling all explosives and hazard ous materials, petroleum and chemical pipeline accidents, demolition of buildings, fire suppressior-i and rescue opera-. tions and radiological defense. 004.53 TRANSPORTATION DIVISION. The Trans- portation Division is subject to the control of the Department of Transportation~ The General Manager of the Department of Transportation is chief of this division. The chief develops plans for the main tenance of traffic control devices, emergency travel routes to be used during emergencies, barricade place ment as necessary or as directed by the chiefs of Police and Fire Suppression and Rescue Divisions, direction and control of traffic, and coordination with all other agencies supplying common carrier services. 004.54 PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION. The Public Works Division is subject to the control of the Depart ment of Public Works. The division chief is selected from among the Board of Public Works membership. The chief develops plans for, has charge of, and arranges for street repair and maintenance, street lighting, sewers, storm drains, chc;mnels, bridges, waste and debris removal, placement of barricades, and engineering investigations requested by any of the Emergency Operations Organiza tion divisions. When requested by the Fire Suppression and Rescue Division, the chief has functional supervision of personnel performing rescue work. 004.55 UTILITIES DIVISION. The Utilities Division is subject to the control of the Department of Water and Power. The General Manager and Chief Engilileer of the Department of Water and Power is chief of this division. The chief develops plans and arranges for cooperation with other municipally .and privately owned public utilities, excluding privately owned communications systems. 004.56 GENERAL SERVICES DIVISION. The General Services Division is subject to the control of the Department of General Services. The General Manager of the Department of General services is chief of th is division. The chief develops plans for the activities of the division and for the following sections: * * * Supplies Section. This section is under the direction of the Purchasing Agent. The Purchasing Agent procures and is the custodian o, :hs :..""ceial equip ment and property which may be obtained from any source for the use of the Emergency Operations Organization, and assembles information concerning available equipment and operators normally under the control of outside agencies. Communications Section. This section is under the direction of the division chief or designee. The chief, or designee develops plans for and provides, restores, and maintains emergency communications services for City Council controlled departments and offices, and liaises with other City departments providing their own communications services to the City and its citizens. During a local emergency the section head has the responsibility to direct City and volunteer communications personnel to perform section duties. Maintenance Section. This section is under the direction of the division chief or desigriee. The chief or designee develops plans for the mainte nance of all City owned equipment and facilities, has charge of, develops plans for, and arranges for the safety of occupants of City controlled build ings, and liaises with other publicly and privately owned agencies which supply such services. The section head also develops and maintains an inven tory of City transportation vehicles available from the division for the movement of heavy equipment. 004.57 BUI LDIN. G AND SAFETY DIVISION. The Building and Safety Division is subject to the control of the Department of Building and Safety. The Superintendent of Building and Safety is chief of this division. The chief has the duty to determine potential hazards to persons and property, issue abatement notices, investigate and determine damages to buildings and structures, give advice regarding the condition of build ings and sites and the use of applicable safety measures, and supervise volunteer stn,Jctural engineering personnel who are registered volunteer disaster service workers (they may serve as deputy building inspectors). The chief develops and recommends to the City Council . legislation relative to structural damages and necessary modifications of current structural standards. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Emergency Operations Organization Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies July, 1982 4 .J ... A/004.58 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 004.58 PERSONNEL AND RECRUITMENT DIVISION. The Personnel and Recruitment Division is sub ject to the control of the Personnel Department. The General Manager of the Personnel Department is chief of this division. The chief maintains records of all Emergency Operations Organization personnel and liaises with govern mental and private agencies providing or administering medical services during a local emergency. · This division is the recruiting center for the Emergency Operations Organization, and establishes a plan for using qualified City personnel by any of the Emergency Opera tions Organization divisions during a local emergency. The other Emergency Operations Organization division chiefs will render services requested by the chief of this division in the recruitment of personnel. The chief, with assistance from the Emergency Operations Office, will develop a program for the use of volunteers during a local emergency. The program will contain procedures for: * * * * * Recruiting volunteer forces through the media. Registering volunteers as disaster service workers in the state workers' compensation program. Dispatching volunteers to command posts or other locations. Liaising with the City Council for dispatching volun teer to assist with recovery operations on private property. Developing any other procedures necessary to imple ment Chapter 3 of the Los Angeles Administrative Code, LOCAL EMERGENCIES. 004.59 PUBLIC WELFARE AND SHELTER DIVISION. The Public Welfare and Shelter Division is subject to the control of the Department of Recreation and Parks. The General Manager of the Department of Recreation and Parks is chief of this division. The chief arranges for housing and shelter facilities for persons rendered home less as a resu It of a local emergency, and conducts the City's fallout shelter management program. The chief arranges for the services of the American National Red Cross, the Los Angeles Unified School District, and other ~overnmental agencies as needed, to furnish food, cloth ing, shelter, registration, information service, and rehabili tation to individuals affected by a local emergency. November, 1982 Emergency Operations Organization Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies 5 004.60 HARBOR DIVISION. The Harbor Division is subject to the control of the Harbor Department. The General Manager of the Harbor Department, or if so designated by the General Manager, the Port Warden, is chief of this dtvision. The chief is responsible for port security and prepares operational plans for the control, · anchorage, and movements of ships to avert collisions and hazards during a local emergency. The chief is empowered to evacuate any vessel that is a peril to the port, and when practicable, move mobile equipment at the waterfront and jeopardized vessels, or those which may impede rescue or salvage operations or accelerate a local emergency. The chief coordinates emergency activities with concerned federal agencies and with the other Emergency Operations Organization divisions. 004.61 AIRPORTS DIVISION. The Airports Division is subject to the control of Department of Airports. The General Manager of the Department of Airports, or if so designated by the General Manager, the Airport Manager, is the chief of this division. The chief is responsible for airport security and prepares operational plans for con trolling ground operations and management of aircraft and other hazards during a local emergency. The chief coor dinates emergency activities with airport tenants, the Federal Aviation Administration, other concerned federal agencies, and other Emergency Operations Organization divisions. 004.62 ANIMAL REGULATION DIVISION. The Animal Regulation Division is subject to the con trol of Department of Animal Regulation. The General Manager of the Department of Animal Regulation is chief of this division. The chief arranges for the care and con trol of animals during emergencies, including rescuing, sheltering, controlling, and providing emergency veterinary services. · Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department A/100. COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY 101. DEPARTMENT COMMAND. During an L)nusual Occurrence when the Chief of Pol ice or the person acting in his stead (Acting Chief of Police or Duty Deputy Chief) is unavailable, the Watch Commander, Detective Headquarters Division, shall assume interim command of the Department until he is able to notify one of the Department staff officers according to the succession of command, and is thereby relieved of that responsibility. 102. DEPARTMENT COMMANDER 102.01 DEPARTMENT COMMANDER RESPONSI- BILITIES. The Chief of Police has the ultimate responsibility for the control of an Unusual Occurrence. The Chief may however, designate another staff officer to act as the D~partment Commander for the duration of the Unusual Occurrence. This allows the Chief of Police to continue in his normal function. The Department Commander's headquarters shall be in the Emergency Operations Center when the Emergency Co. ntrol Center is activated. The Department Commander shall maintain communications with the Emergency Control Center when not in the Emergency Operations Center facility. Unless otherwise directed by the Chief of Police, the Department Commander shall make his own provisions for relief. 102.02 DEPARTMENT COMMANDER-SUCCES- SION OF COMMAND. In the absence of the Chief of Police and/or the Duty Deputy Chief to act, the assumption of Department Command shall be: * Director, Office of Operations. * Director, Office of Special Services. * Director, Office of Administrative Services. * Commanding Officer, Operations-Headquarters Bureau. * Commanding Officer, Operations-Central Bureau. * Commanding Officer, Operations-South Bureau. * ·Commanding Officer, Operations-West Bureau. * Commanding Officer, Operations-Valley Bureau. * Commanding Officer, Bureau of Special Investigation. * Commanding Officer, Planning and Fiscal Bureau. * Commanding Officer, Personnel and Training Bureau. * Commanding Officer, Technical Services Bureau. * Commanders, by seniority in rank. * Captains, by seniority in rank. Any of the above qfficers may have the responsibility for the performance of more than one function. 6 102.03 MODI FICA Tl ON OF DEPARTMENT ORGANI- ZATION. The Department Commander is re. sponsible for issuing orders· to redistribute or mobilize personnel during an Unusual Occurrence. Personnel redistribution and mobilization is depen_dent upon the magnitude of the UO as follows: * Mi~or. The Department organizat10n and the organi zational structure of the Area in which the UO is occurring shall remain unchanged. The Area of occurrence shall be responsible for policing the event. * Serious. A large distribution of personnel may be necessary, therefore, the Department organization may be modified temporarily. * Major. A Mobilization of extensive portions of the Department is necessary to control the UO. The Department organization shall be modified as required to accomplish the mission. Mobilization is initiated only with the appr_ oval of the Department Commander or a Chief Officer acting in his stead. 103. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE CONTROL TASK FORCE 103.01 RESPONSIBILITY FOR TASK FORCE STAFF- ING. When a position within the UO Control . Task Force is not staffed, it shall be the responsibility of the Field Commander and the Commanding Officers of . the Emergency Control Center, the Intelligence Control Center, and the Casualty Information Center to staff the positions within their commands as neede~. · Examples: * A UO may not require the .manning of the Pre~ Relations Section of the ECC, and the Commanding Officer, Emergency Control Center Division 1 may direct other personnel to perform the functions of that section. * A Logistics Officer may not be necessary in a parti cular Command Post and the Field Commander may direct other personnel . to perform the functions of that position. * During a Minor UO, a sergeant may be th~ Field Commander. He might need only two officers to · ~erform all of the applicable functions of a Field Command Post. * During a Major UO, a bureau commanding ?fficer may be the Field Commander. He may assign captains or. lieutenants as Operations, Personnel, Intelligence, and Logistics Officers. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Command Responsibility June, 1982 A/104. COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY 104. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER (ECC) DIVISION 104.01 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION. The Emergency Control Center Division is a temporary division that may be activated to staff the ECC during a Serious UO or when a Serious UO appears imminent. The ECC Division shall be activated during a Major Unusual Occurrence .. The Emergency Control Center Division, when activated, provides staff assistance to the Department Commander. 104.02 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION / -ACTIVATION. The ECC Division may be activated as a temporary division by the Department Commander, or the Director, Office of Administrative Services, or their designated representatives. 104.03 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -STAFF RESPONSIBILITY. The Commanding Officer, Planning and Fiscal Bureau, shall exercise staff responsibility for the operation of the Emergency Control Center Division. He may designate a commander, or a captain assigned to Planning and Fiscal Bureau, to represent him in this position. 104.04 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY. The Com manding Officer, Planning and Research Division, or his designated representative, shall be the Commanding Officer of the Emergency Control Center Division. He shall be responsible for assigning and training personnel to staff each position within the ECC Division. The assigning of personnel to the ECC Division shall include additional personnel to act as alternates for each position on each of the two twelve-hour watches. When the ECC Division is activated and the Commanding Officer, Planning and Research Division, or his representa tive, is not immediately available, the Officer-in-Charge, Headquarters Section, Detective Headquarters Division, shall staff and command the ECC until relieved by the ECC Division Commanding Officer or his designated representative. November, 1981 Command Responsibility 7 104.05 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -CHAIN OF COMMAND. The chain of com mand for the Emergency Control Center Division, when activated, shall be: * Department Commander:- * Commanding Officer, Emergency Control Center Division. * Personnel assigned to the Emergency Control Center Division. 104.06 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -FUNCTIONAL SUPERVISION. In their specialty, the regular supervisors of personnel assigned to the Emergency Control Center Division shal I exercise functional, but not line, supervision over such personnel. 104.07 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -STAFFING. The following organizational units shall provide regularly assigned personnel to com prise the Emergency Control Center Division. * Planning and Research Division. * Automated Information Division. * Personnel Division. * Supply Division. * Commission Investigation Division. The Commanding Officer, Emergency Control Center Division, may procure personnel to staff the ECC from any Office, bureau, Area, or division within the Depart ment if it becomes necessary during a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence. 104.08 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -DEACTIVATION. The Commanding Officer, Emergency Control Center Division, shal I deactivate the Emergency Control Center Division when so instructed by the Department Commander. · Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY A/106.03 105. FIELD TASK FORCE 105.01 FIELD TASK FORCE COMMANDER. The commanding officer of the operations bureau in which a UO occurs shall be the Field Task Force Com mander unless another staff officer is appointed by the Department Commander. If the UO encompasses more than one operations bureau, the Director, Office of Oper ations, shall designate which bureau commanding officer shall be the Field Task Force Commander. When two or more UO's occur simultaneously at separ 0 ate locations, or one UO in which there are two or more separate and distinct tactical areas of activity, the Field Task Force Commander shall be responsible for directing the activities of the concerned Field Commanders. He may assign any officer from the Field Task Force to the position of Field Commander; · The Field Task Force Commander may assume opera- tional command of any or all involved areas, in which case he then assumes the title of Field Commander. When the Field Task Force Commander assumes the operational command as Field Commander, he shall notify the Department Commander and all concerned Field Commanders. In such case, the Department Com mander may appoint another Field Task Force Commander. 105.02 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEPARTMENT FIELD OPERATIONS. The Field Task Force Commander shall be responsible for: * Evaluating the Field Task Force needs, and coordinating the distribution of resources to the involved areas. * Advising the Department Commander as to the utiliza tion of available personnel and as to the reassignment of personnel and equipment. 105.03 FIELD TASK FORCE-CHAIN OF COMMAND. The chain of command for the Field Task Force shall be: * Department' Commander. * Field Task Force Commander. * Field Commander. * Personnel assigned or present at the scene. 8 · 106. FIELD COMMAND 106.01 FIELD COMMAND AUTHORITY AND RES- PONSIBILITY. The Field Commander, regard less of rank, shall have compiete authority and responsi bility for conducting the Field Task Force operations within his tactical area. 106.02 FIELD COMMANDER-SUCCESSION OF COMMAND. The order of succession is the normal order of precedence in which officers assume field command. The normal order of succession at a UO shall be: * The commanding officer of the Area in which the major portion of the UO is occurring. * The commanding officer of the operations division in which the major portion of _ the UO exists. * The commanding officer of the support division of the Area in which the major portion of the UO exists. * The senior police officer at the scene. The normal order of succession to field command may be altered by: * Appointment of any officer to field command by the Field Task Force Commander. * A Field Commander ordering any officer of lesser rank to assume field command. * The assumption of command by an officer not in the normal succession of command, but of a higher rank than the existing Field Commander. * Relief of the Field Commander based on his physical or mental inability to perform his duties. 106.03 RESPONSIBILITY TO ASSUME FIELD COM- MAND. When a Serious or Major U.O. appears imminent, the commanding officer of the operations division of occurrence, or in his absence the senior officer of the operations division of occurrence, shall assume field command until relieved of such responsibili ties by a superior officer, or by the appropriate officer of an ensuing watch. Tactical M~nual, Los Angeles Police Department Command Responsibility April, 1976. . , .. , A/106.04 COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY 106.04 APPEARANCE OR PRESENCE OF A SENIOR OFFICER. The mere presence of a senior officer at the scene of a UO shall not indicate his assumption of command. The senior officer shall remain in an advi sory capacity unless he specifically assumes command. Note: In such an advisory capacity, senior officers shal I not issue orders or direct the activities of personnel. 106.05 ASSUMPTION OF COMMAND. An officer of superior rank may assume field command from an existing Field Commander at any time during a UO. The officer then acting as Field Commander must be specifically informed that he has been relieved of com mand. 106.06 ASSUMPTION OF COMMAND BY OFFICER OF EQUAL OR JUNIOR RANK. An officer - assigned to a team district in which the major portion of a UO has occurred or exists may relieve a·Field Com mander of equal rank who is not assigned to the team district of occurrence. A commanding officer may assume field command in his geographic region of responsibility from a Field Commander of equal rank. Any officer may relieve a Field Commander of equal or higher rank when that Field Commander is physically or mentally unable to perform his duties. In all cases the relieving officer must identify himself and inform the existing Field Commander of his intent . 106.07 UNITY OF COMMAND. All orders or commands within a tactical area of responsibility concerning that event shall originate from the Field Commander or an officer acting under his authority. 106.08 COUNTERMANDING OF ORDERS. A Field Commander's orders or requests may be counter manded only after the countermanding officer has speci fically relieved the Field Commander of his command unless the situation requires the change of instructions and time will not allow such assumption. In such cases, the countermanding officer shall, as soon as possible, inform the officer issuing the order that it has been countermanded and the reason for that action. 9 April, 1976 Command Responsibility 106.09 FIELD COMMAND PRIORITY. A Field Com- mander shall have access to the full resources of the Department and shall requisition from the ECC, when activated, Department personnel and equipment necessary to contain the occurrence and prevent injury, loss of life, destruction or loss of property, or the threat of any of these. 107. FIELD COMMAND POST (FCP) DIVISION 107.01 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION. The Field Command Post Division is a temporary division activated to provide trained cadre personnel to staff the FCP during a Serious or Major UO, or when a Serious or Major UO appears imminent. 107.02 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION-ACTI- VATION. The FCP Division may ·be activated as a temporary division by the Chief of Police, the Director, Office of Operations, or their designated repres entative, or the Commanding Officer of Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. As required by existing needs for activation, all or selected positions or units of the FCP Division may be activated. With the concurrence of the Commanding Officer, FCP Division, the Field Commander shall determine the extent of FCP activation. Note: The FCP Division Commanding Officer shall be the first to be notified for purposes of activation. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY A/107.07 107.03 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION- COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY. The Command ing Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group, shall be the Commanding Officer of the Field Command Post Division. He shall be responsible for the selection and training of personnel assigned to the Field Command Post Division Cadre. He shall ensure that a sufficient number of cadre personnel are available to immediately respond to activation orders and staff the FCP positions. The assignment of personnel to the FCP Division shall include additional personnel to act as alternates for each position on each of the two twelve-hour watches. 107.04 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION-CHAIN OF COMMAND. The chain of command for the Field Command Post Division, when activated, shall be: * Department Commander. * Commanding Officer, Field Command Post Division. * Personnel assigned to the Field Comm~nd Post Division. 107.05 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION-FUNC TIONAL SUPERVISION. In their specialty the regular supervisors of personnel assigned to the Field Command Post Division shall exercise functional, but not line, supervision over such personnel. 10 107.06 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION-STAFF- ING. The following organizational units shall provide regularly assigned personnel to comprise the Field Command Post Division : * Office of Administrative Services. * Operations-Central Bureau~ - * Operations-South Bureau. * Operations-West Bureau. * Operations-Valley Bu~eau. * Operations-Headquarters Bureau. * Communications Division. * Technical Services Bureau. * Scientific Investigation Division. * Supply Division. * Jail Division. * Property Division. * Motor Transport Division. * Training Division. * Records and Identification Division. * Organized Crime Intelligence Division. * Pub I ic Disorder Intelligence Division. * Administrative Vice Division. Note: The Commanding Officer, Field Command Post Division, may procure personnel from any Office, bureau, Area, or division within the Department as necessary, during a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence. ·107.07 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION-DEACTI- VATION. The Commanding Officer, Field Command Post Division, or the Field Commander shall deactivate the Field Command Post Division when so instructed by the Department Commander. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Command Responsibility October, 1977 A/108. COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY 108. INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER (ICC) 108.01 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER- ACTIVATION. The Commanding Officer, Public Disorder Intelligence Division (POI D), may acti vate the ICC upon notification ofan incident which has the potential of becoming a Serious or Major UO. This activation may precede the activation of the ECC or the FCP. The POI D Commanding Officer shall activate the ICC when: * Notified of a Major UO. * Directed to do so by the Department Commander. 108.02 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER- STAFFING. Upon activation, the ICC shall be staffed with POI D personnel. When required, Office of Special Services personnel may be requested. 108.03 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-COM- MAND RESPONSIBILITY. The Commanding Officer, POI D shall be responsible for: * Staffing the ICC. * Directing information gathering. * Disseminating intelligence to the Department Com mander and other concerned commanding officers. 108.04 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL.CENTER-CHAIN OF COMMAND. The chain of command of the ICC, when activated, shall be: • Department Commander. * Director, Office of Special Services. * Commanding Officer, Public Disorder Intelligence Division. * Personnel assigned to the ICC. 109. CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER (CIC) 109.01 CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-ACTI- VATION. Upon becoming aware of an Unusual Occurrence which is likely to involve injuries or deaths, or upon direction from the Department Commander, the Commanding Officer of Detective Headquarters Division shall direct the activation of the CIC and appoint an officer-in-charge. Note: During non-business hours the Officer-in-Charge of Detective Headquarters Division shall, in addition to his regular duties, act.as the Officer-in-Charge of the CIC and cause its activation. He shall continue in that capacity until relieved by an officer appointed by the Commanding Officer of Detective Headquarters Division. June, 1981 Command Responsibility 11 109.02 CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-STAFF- . ING. Personnel to staff the CIC shall. ordinarily be drawn from Detective Headquarters Division, supple mented by personnel assigne· d to Bunco-Forgery Division. Additional personnel, when required, may be procured from any headquarters detective division. Note: Homicide Investigation Teams, not a part of the CIC, shall be appointed by the Commanding Officer, Robbery-Homicide Division, to investigate deaths result ing from actions of Department personnel or other deaths resulting from the Unusual Occurrence. 109.03 CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER- COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY. · The Com manding Officer, Detective Headquarters Division, shall be responsible for the staffing ot the Casualty Information Center to gather, record, and disseminate information concerning the deaths, injuries, and missing or lost persons resulting from the UO. 109.04 CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-CHAIN OF COMMAND. The chain of command of the Casualty Information Center, when activated, shall be: * Department Commander. * Commanding Officer, Detective Headquarters Divis. ion. * Officer-in-Charge, Casualty Information Center. * Personl'}el assigned to the Casualty Information Center. 110. COMMUNICATION OF TACTICAL INFORMA- TION . 110.01 COMMUNICATION OF TACTICAL INFORMA- TION. Effective command and coordination is dependent upon prompt, accurate, and complete informa tion. All personnel shall have the responsibility to com municate pertinent intelligence upward to the next higher level of authority. This information shall be entered into a written record. * All UO Control Task Force messages effecting or reporting a change in the tactical situation or the Department participation in a UO shall be recorded _ on an Unusual Occurrence Message, Form 14.20. * Each section and unit within the UO Control Task Force shall maintain a work sheet chronicling its participation in the Unusual Occurrence. * Each Field Command Post and the ECC shall maintain a journal. The journal shall be a summarized chronicle of all significant information relative to the UO. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department A/200. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 201. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES-GENERAL. During a disaster or other emergency, the objective of the Department's command strategy is to restore order and restore conditions to normal as rapidly and efficiently as possible. Emergency control efforts are enhanced when the Department responds rapidly with sufficient resources and · aids the emergency operations of other organizations which have the primary responsibility to combat or alleviate the effects of an occurrence. Usually, these agencies and organizations cannot operate effectively until the Department has performed some initial emergency control measures. Which organization has primary control responsibility is determined by the type of emergency, e.g., brushfires are the Fire Department's responsibility, unlawful demonstrations and riots are the Police Department's responsibility. Notwithstanding the Depart ment's support role during some disasters and other emergencies where primary control responsibilities lie with other agencies, the Department has a continuing responsi bility to: * * * * Plan for foreseeable emergencies. Train personnel in emergency control functions and tactics. Exercise, test, and evaluate emergency control procedures. Respond rapidly with sufficient personnel and logistical resources necessary to fulfill police responsibilities when a disaster or other emergency occurs. 201.01 PLANNING RESPONSIBILITIES. It is essential that the Department prepare plans for controlling emergencies. Such plans should be comprehensive, taking into account foreseeable emergencies, and should state procedures to counter expected problems. Proper and thorough planning provides a strong but flexible framework to facilitate management of emergencies (see ... 0/003). Such plans shall include applicable procedures for the following: * * * * * * * Notifying concerned command and staff officers and other necessary Department elements and personnel during emergencies (see ... B/100} and allocating personnel as required to the following: * * * * * Field Task Force. Field Command Post. Emergency Control Center. Intelligence Control Center. Casualty I n. f?rmation Center. Selecting Field Command Post and Staging Area sites (see ... D/003.04). Accounting for personnel (see ... B/200). Assigning personnel to squads or details (see ... B/102.16). Obtaining necessary supplies and equipment. Releasing prisoners, when applicable, as provided in Penal Code 853.6 Submitting an Unusual Occurrence Atter-Action Report (see ... B/900). Required Standing Plans. Standing plans enhance the Department's response to controlling emergencies. These plans are adjunct to and include procedures established in other chapters of this manual. The following standing plans are required for the Dep_artment elements and . commands indicated: · · * * All Commanding Officers: * Mobilization Plan (see ... B/100). * Protection of Department Facilities Plans (see ... * * B/600). Note: If more than one Department element is located in_ the same facility, see ... B/603.02. Civil Defense Warning Plan (see ... B/400). Air Pollution Emergency Plan (when required, see ... 8/803). Area Commanding Officers: * Area Earthquake Response Plan (see ... D/317.06). Note: Other standing plans may be developed for fore seeable emergencies, e.g., landslides, brushfires, and air crashes. These plans will usually reflect particular problem locations where emergencies have occurred or ·the potential for an emergency exists. Review and Filing of Plans. All standing plans, and all · emergency control lesson plans intended for training at Department schools, shall be submitted for review and approval to the concerned bureau commanding officer. When approved, copies of such plans shal I be forwarded to the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group and to Tactical Planning Section for special filing. Commanding officers shall review and update all standing plans, at least annually, to provide alternatives for changing conditions and notification revisions. Mobilization plans shall be reviewed and updated each deployment period; however, only that part of the plan which describes call-up and mobilization procedures needs to be forwarded annually to the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group and Tactical Planning Section. SingJe-Use.Pl.,s. Single-use plans are plans developed for a specific or special event and shall contain procedures and operati9nal concepts found ir;, the Department and Tactical Manuals. Single-use plans shall be submitted to the concerned bureau commanding officer for review and approval of equipment and personnel, including, as appropriate, the Field Commander and members of the Field Command Post Cadre. Tactical MarnJal, Los Angeles Police Department Department Responsibility to~ Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies July, 1982 12 . J .. , A/201.02 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 201.02 TRAINING RESPONSIBILITIES. Training is an essential part of emergency preparedness; therefore, the Department continuously trains its personnel in emergency control functions and tactics. Such training provides a wide base of personnel resources on which to draw for emergency deployment to a major incident. To ensure continuity and quality of training the following Department elements have - specific training responsibilities: * * * * * * * * * Personnel and Training Bureau shall coordinate a continuous training program in emergency control procedures. Training Division shall prepare and conduct programs for training Department personnel in emergency control procedures. Tactical Planning Section shall evaluate lesson plans intended for use at Department schools and shall coordinate training for the Field Command Post Division Cadre. Metropolitan Division shall maintain a program of continuous training in emergency control tactics for Metropolitan Division personnel. Detective Headquarters Division shall maintain a program of continuous training for the Casualty Information Center Cadre. Planning and Research Division shall maintain a program of continuous training for the Emergency Control ·center Division Cadre. Records and Identification Division shall train clerical personnel in Unusual Occurrence-related DR nurnber issuance procedures. Scientific Investigation Division shall provide quarterly team training for Special Narration and Photography (SNAP) Team personnel. Public Ditorder Intelligence Division shall maintain a program of continuous training for the Intelligence Control Center Cadre. Note: Commanding officers are encouraged to incorporate emergency control procedures and tactics into ongoing roll call and training-day programs . . Personnel should be aware that they may be selected without notice to staff virtually any position in the Unusual Occurrence Control Task Force. July, 1982 Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters.and Other Emergencies 13 201.03 EXERCISING, TESTING, AND EVALUATING RESPONSIBILITIES. To maintain a state of emergency preparedness for all personnel and equipment, and to validate plans and training programs, the Depart ment conducts announced and unannounced exercises tests, and evaluations of emergency control plans, ' procedures, and tactics. The following Department elements have specific responsibilities to exercise, test, and evaluate plans and training programs: * * Office of Operations shall evaluate the Department's emergency control tactics and procedures. Tactical Planning Section sh al I: * Evaluate Department standing plans for emergency control. * Evaluate lesson plans intended for emergency control training at Department schools. * Evaluate Command Post exercises. * Conduct announced and unannounced exercises and . tests of Department plans for emergency control as directed by the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. Note: Commanding officers are encouraqed to conduct exercises and tests of required standing plans. 201.04 RESPONSE TO DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES. When a disaster or other emergency occurs, the effectiveness of the Department's emergency preparedness planning and training will be thoroughly tested. The Department must respond rapidly with sufficient personnel and logistical resources to control the situation. Concurrently, the Department's ability to respond to high priority calls for service must be maintained. The controlled redistribution of on-duty personnel may be effected by declaration of a Tactical Alert (see ... B/101). If on-duty forces are insufficient to control the situation, a Mobilization may be declared (see ... B/102). Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES A/204.03 204. AREA RESPONSIBILITIES. 204.01 AREA COMMANDING OFFICER-INVOLVED AREA. The commanding officer of an Area experiencing an Unusual Occurrence has t_ he ult_im?te responsibility for emergency control operations w1th1n the boundaries of that Area. During an escalating emergency which has the potential of becoming a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence the Area commanding officer shall go to the scene (or t~ the Field Command Post, if estab lished) and assume command. If the Unusual qccur_ rence involves two or more Areas, the person assuming field command shall be determined by mutual agreement of the concerned commanding officers or as directed by the bureau commanding officer. During an Unusual Occur rence involving more than one bureau, assumption of command shall be determined by the concerned bureau commanding officers. Normally, field command will be assumed by the commanding officer from the Area/ bureau most affected by the emergency. Note: If the Field Command Post Division is activated and cadre personnel have staffed the Field Command Post, the concerned Area commandinq officer mav be relieved of this responsibility by a Field Commander designated by the Department Commander. Additionally, Area commanding offi°cers are responsible for the maintenance and implementation of Area emer gency procedures as required, e.g., the Area ~ob)lization Plan and the controlled issuance of Area equipment and supplies. Watch commanders are key pers<;>nnel i~ con trolling emergencies; therefore, commanding officers shall ensure that Area standing plans are available to · watch commanders at all ttmes. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 204.03 AREA WATCH COMMANDER-INVOLVED AREA. Upon learning of an Unusual Occur rence, or an emergency having the potential of becoming an Unusual Occurrence, the watc,h commander of the involved Area shall desianate a supervisor or senior officer as acting watch commandeHnd shall ia:,media~ely go to the scene, assume command, and establish a Field Com mand 1-'ost; it appropriate, the watch commander should implement Area standing plans (see ... A/201.01 ). Note: A watch commander of lower rank than an exist ing Field Commander shall assume command only by mutual agreement. In any case, the watch commander shall remain at the scene to assist. Every half hour, the Field Commander shall apprise the Watch Commander, Communication Division, of the necessity for extending on-duty watch hours. During the early stages of an Unusual Occurrence (pr_ior to activation of the Emergency Control Center), It Is essential that communications between the Field Com mand Post and the concerned Area station remain open to facilitate the immediate dispatching of personnel and equipment and to communicate a situation estimate and subsequent periodic intelligence reports to the Area's acting watch commander. Therefore, a . watch commander assuming field command shall establish an open telephone line (when possib_le) or utilize a tactical frequency to accomplish these operations. During an actual or potential Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence the watch commander who has assumed field comm~nd can be expected to be relieved of that responsibility upon arrival of. the concerned command ing officer (see .•• A/204.01). Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies July, 1982 ., .. , A/204.04 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONtROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 204.04 ACTING WATCH COMMANDER-INVOLVED AREA. When designated acting watch com mander during an Unusual Occurrence or an incident having the potential of becoming an Unusual Occurrence, the supervisor or senior officer so designated shall: * * * * * * Remain at the station. Assign personnel to monitor the appropriate radio frequencies and teletype machines. Maintain a chronological log of Area activity. Recorded information shall include: * Location and nature of the emergency, i.e., situation estimate (see .•. D/303.01). * Area personnel reassignments. * Anticipated personnel needs (if known). * Tactical frequency utilized. * Existence of, or anticipated need for, a Tactical Alert or Mobilization. * necisions to hold over on-duty watches (see ... B/101.05). * Intelligence reports. * Use of specialized Department elements and/or equipment. * Implementation of Area standing plans, i.e., EarthqCJake Response Plan, Facility Security and Defense Plan. Cause notifications to be made to the following: * * * * * Communications Division Watch Commander. Detective Headquarters Division, Administra tive Information Unit. Area field . services division commanding officer. Area commanding officer (for a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence, or when otherwise directed). Operations bureau commanding officer (for a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence, or when otherwise directed). Maintain communications with the watch com mander to coordinate decisions to hold over on duty personnel (see ... B/101.05). Obtain necessary resources in support of the Field Commander until Field Command Post and Emer gency Control Center systems are implemented and functioning. July, 1982 Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies 15 204.05 WATCH COMMANDERS-NONINVOLVED AREAS. During an Unusual Occurrence, watch commanders of Areasnot olaced on Tactical Alert or Areas which are not mobilized shall hold over on-duty personnel until release authority is received by teletype from Communications Division (see ... B/101.05). Note: Field Commanders will make assessments of personnel needs each half-hour to ensure an adequate control force is committed to the emergency and then communicate anticipate personnel requirements to Communications Division. The Watch Commander, Communications Division, will determine the need to hold over on-duty personnel in noninvolved Areas and will teletype release authority to Area watch com manders according to the deployment assessment. Additionally, watch commanders shall: * * Assign personnel to monitor the appropriate radio frequencies and teletype machines. Maintain a continuous accounting of equipment and on-duty personnel during a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence and provide these resources to a Field Commander when requested. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES A/205.03 204.06 AREA DETECTIVE DIVISIONS. Commanding officer(s) shall ensure that detective personnel in their command: * Investigate UO-related crimes, injuries, and deaths. * Apprehend and interrogate offenders (when applicable). * Approve UO-related bookings. * Coordinate the prosecution of UO-related felony and misdemeanor arrestees. * Assume responsibility for the handling of radio calls and staffing police stations in order to release uniformed officers, as directed by the Area commanding officer. * Provide personnel to staff and supervise station defense positions as specified in other sections of this manual. * Allocate personnel to the Field Jail Unit and Field Command Post Division when needed. 204.07 TRAFFIC DIVISIONS. Traffic divisions shall: * Maintain a continuous accounting of equipment and on-duty personnel during a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence. * Provide personnel to assist in UO control when re quested. * Notify the Field Commander when UO-related traffic accidents are investigated. During.a major police incident or an Unusual Occurrence, perimeter traffic control, if necessary, should be estab lished by utilizing available Al and TE officers acting under the direction of an officer-in-charge of perimeter control. When perimeter traffic control involves traffic directing only, and there is no anticipated need for the use of sworn personnel, the Field Commander may direct a civilian traffic officer (TO) supervisor and civil ian traffic officers to assist or relieve sworn personnel. Note: Caution must be exercised to ensure that civilian TOs are not unnecessarily exposed to dangers inherent in unruly crowd control situations. Moreover, TOs shall not enforce the provisions of Penal Code 409.5(c) . Whe~ assigned to assume responsibility for perimeter traffic control, the TO supervisor shall: * With the concurrence of the Field Commander develop alternate perimeter traffic control plan's as necessary to control traffic in the event of escalation or de-escalation of the incident. * Deploy available civilian TOs to perimeter traffic control points. * Ensure that TOs are, not assigned to duties other than UO-related traffic control. · 205. HEADQUARTERS UNIFORMED SERVICES GROUP 205.01 METROPOLITAN DIVISION. Metropbl itan Division shall: * Maintain a program for continuous training of Metro politan Division personnel'in emergency control tactics. * Plan for the immediate deployment of division person nel during disasters and other emergencies. * Be responsible for the administration and operations functions of Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) elements. * Be responsible for the administration and operations functions of Crisis Negotiation Teams (CNT). 205.03 AIR SUPPORT DIVISION. When needed during an Unusual Occurrence,~ Afr Support Division shall provide: * Aerial observation. * Information gathering. * Assistance to the FCP Closed Ci_rcuit Television Unit. Additionally, Air Support Division shall maintain a contingency plan for the City-wide assessment of damage following an earthquake emergency. Included in this plan shall be provisions for the utilization of Air Support Division aircraft and personnel. Air Support Division shall review this plan every two years to ensure that key facilities and critical locations are identified and in agreement with Area emergency plans. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Department Responsibi1ity for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies June, 1982 16 . , ,, A/205.05 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CO.NTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 205.05 TACTICAL PLANNING SECTION. Tactical * * * * * * * * * * * * Planning Section shall: Develop and maintain the Tactical Manual. Evaluate procedures, tactics, and techniques to be employed during disasters and other emergencies . . Observe and evaluate Department activities in the control of Serious or Major Unusual Occurrences. Develop methods for the collection and evaluation of information (for intelligence purposes) related to the ·control of emergencies. Evaluate tactical equipment to be used in the control of disasters and other emergencies. Develop procedures to facilitate liaison with th-.; State Office of Emergency Services for law enforcement mutual aid. Coordinate the preparation of a written history of a UO when directed by the Director, Office of Operations. Maintain Area radiological monitoring kits. Coordinate "Red Flag Alert" notifications with the Fire Department. Provide specialized assistance to Field Commanders. Develop and evaluate Department plans for contamination emergencies and provide specialized assistance to Field Commanders at these emergencies. Conduct announced and unannounced exercises and tests of Department plans for emergency control as directed by the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. Mobile Command Post Fleet. * * * * Develop and maintain the Department's Mobile Command Post Fleet and deploy the Fleet vehicles as required. Exception: Mobile II (Logistics Trailer) is maintained and deployed bv Suoolv Division. Mobile 111 (Communications Trailer) is jointly maintained and deployed by Van Nuys Area and Tactical Planning Section, Mobile IV (Field Transportation Trailer) is maintained and deployed by Motor Transport Division, Light I is jointly deployed by Detective Headquarters Division and Tactical Planning Section, and Light II and Sound II are maintained and deployed by Van Nuys Area. Prepare Field Command Post'Division and Department Mobile Command Post Fleet budget requests. · Note: Budget requests for Mobile 11 are prepared by Supply Division, and those for Mobile IV are prepared by Motor Transport Division. Provide Department Mobile Command Post Fleet vehicles to bureau and Area commanding officers upon the direction of the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. Maintain the driving proficiency of section personnel, for the operation of the Mobile Command Post Fleet vehicles. Staff Assi11ance. Provide staff assistance to the following: * * * * * * * Counter- Terrorist Task Force. Emergency Operations Board. Labor Advisory Committee. County Emergency Preparedness Commission. County Red Cross Disaster Committee. Emergency Operations Committee. Inter-bureau Command Post exercises, field exercises, and certain related exercises conducted by pub I ic and private agencies. Staff Evaluation: Evaluate the following, related to emergency control: * All lesson plans intended for emergency control training at Department organized schools. * All Area, bureau, and Department standing plans. * After-Action Reports, UO Histories, Special Events Critiques, Journals, and other reports related to Unusual Occurrences for consider ation in future planning and training. Reimbunament Statistics. Provide Department UO time card accounting and recordation for state and federal reimbursement Training. Train Department personnel by using the following: * * * Field Command Post exercises. Field Command Post Cadre schools. Emergency control classes at roll calls, training days, and in-service training. Field Command Post Division. * Initiate a call-up of the Field Command Post Division Cadre for response to the Field Command Post upon the division's activation. Note: Detective Headquarters Division, or the ECC when activated, makes the appro priate notifications when Tactical Planning Section personnel are not on duty. * Monitor the operations of the Field Command Post Division when it has been activated. * Coordinate the preparatio• n of budget requests for the Field Command Post Division . Field Command Post Division Cadre Rosten. Provide current rosters of the Field Command Post Division Cadre to Detective Headquarters Division each deployment period. Special Fil•. Maintain files of the following: * * * * * Personnel trained in the use of radiological monitoring equipment. Field Command Post Division Cadre personnel. Personnel deployed to police a disaster or other emergency. Used Temporary Emergency Passes (to be retained one year). Standing plans for controlling emergencies. * Mobilization Plans. * Protection of Department Facilities Plans. * Air Pollution Emergency Plans. * Area Earthquake Response Plans. * Area Civil Defense Warning Plans. * Area Dam Inundation Plans. Liaison. Liaise with the Los Angeles Fire Department concerning Department responses to emergencies involving hazardous materials. June, 1982 Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Departm~nt 1.7 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND 0TH ER EMERGENCIES. A/6207.03 HEADQUARTERS DETECTIVE SERVICES GROUP 206.01 DETECTIVE HEADQUARTERS DIVISION Detective Headquarters Division shall : * Activate and staff the Casualty Information Center (CIC} during an emergency which is likely to involve numerous injuries or deaths. * Activate the Emergency Control Center (ECC} during a Major Unusual Occurrence or when directed by the Department Commander and cause the ECC to be staffed with available Department personnel until re lieved by ECC Division cadre. Note: The ECC Division is a temporary division that is activated to staff the ECC. See ... A/104. * Notify the ECC Division Commanding Officer and cadre for the purpose of staffing the ECC when Plan ning and Research Division personnel are not available. * Notify the Field Command Post Division cadre for the purpose of staffing the FCP when Tactical Planning Section personnel are not available. * Notify Special Narration and Photography (SNAP} Team personnel for purposes of activating the FCP Photographic Unit or a SNAP Team when requested by a Field Commander and Scientific Investigation Division personnel are not immediately available. * Notify Motor Transport Division Watch Commander of the pending deployment of caged security buses, determine the number available and tneir location. * Notify Jail Division Watch Commander of the number of bus drivers needed, the location of available buses, destination and anticipated use. * Maintain files of the number of personnel assigned to the Available Reserve on predesignated 12-hour watches. These files shall reflect current division, Area, bureau, and Department totals which are submitted by all divisions each month as specified in Chapter 8/100 of the Tactical Manual. Note: When the ECC Division is activated, these files shall be delivered to the ECC Personnel Officer. * Maintain liaison with the courts, the City Attorney, and the District Attorney to facilitate cooperation between the judiciary and the Department during emergencies. * Retain special files (books 24A and 248) indicating the location of equipment and telephone numbers of other departments, agencies, or individuals which might be called upon for personnel and equipment. Note: When the ECC Division is activated, these files shall be delivered to the ECC Logistics Officer. * Apprise the Chief of Police, when notified by the Communicatio~ Division Watch Commander, of a Serious or Major UO. If the Chief of- Police is unavailable, notification shall be made to the Duty Deputy Chief. If a Duty Deputy Chief has not been designated, notification shall be made in accordance with the provisions of A/102.02 of the Tactical Manual. 206.02 JUVENILE DIVISION. Juvenile Division shall maintain liaison with the Los Angeles County Probation Department, California Youth Authority, and the Juvenile Court to insure timely notice of any unusual number of persons to be processed by those agencies and alert Department personnel to problems experienced by those agencies. 207. OFFICE Of ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 207.01 TECHNICAL SERVICES BUREAU. Technical Services Bureau shall:: * Provide auxiliary services to the UO Control Task Force. * Provide personnel to staff the FCP and ECC. 207.02 SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATION DIVISION. Scientific Investigation Division is responsible for quarterly team training and the coordination of Special Narration and Photography (SNAP) Team person nel. Additionally, Scientific Investigation Division shall : * Assign personnel to SNAP Teams and maintain team rosters. * Provide Detective Headquarters Division with a team roster to be used for:..call-up of SNAP Teams during non-business hours. * Provide personnel, equipment, and technical support to the Field Command Post Photographic Unit when requested by a Field Commander. * Maintain a special file of photographic and sound recordings taken during emergencies according to the Department's existing document retention program. 207.03 MOTOR TRANSPORT DIVISION. Motor Trans port Division shall: * Ready the vehicle fleet for immediate and extended service. * Activate the Vehicle Mobilization Plan as directed by the Department Commander. * Establish and staff the Field Transportation Unit and other temporary repair and service points, as required by the Field Commander. * Allocate buses for emergency transportation to the Field Command Post, Field Transportation Unit in response to emergency requests. * Allocate caged security buses to the Field Jail Unit, Detention and Transportation Detail, in response to emergency requests placed through Detective Head quarters Division. * Maintain the Field Transportation Van (Mobile IV) in a condition of readiness and deploy it as directed by the Department Commander or the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. * Provide vehicular maintenance for the emergency fleet. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies June, 1982 18 A/207.04 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EME RGENCIES. 207.04 PROPERTY DIVISION. Property Division shalt: • Maintain an inventory of emergency equipment kept by Property Div is ion. * Ready emergency equipment and supplies under its jurisdiction, and recall equipment loaned to other Department elements, as nece55:8ry. . * Provide personnel to staff the Field Jail Unit Evidence Detail, and the Field Command Post Field Stores Unit Property Detail. * Provide personnel to staff the Evidence Detail, Field Jail Unit, when it is activated. 207.05 SUPPLY DIVISION. Supply Division shall: * Allocate personnel to the Logistics Section of the Emergency Control Center. * Arrange for the provision and delivery of supplies, food 1 and equipment to the Field Task Force. * Maintain the emergency equipment manuals (Books 24A and 248) which are filed at Detective Head quarters Division. * Provide personnel to operate the Logistics Vehicle (Mobile 11), staff the Field Stores Unit, Field Com mand Post, and transport other related materials and equipment as needed. 207.06 JAIL DIVISION. Jail Division shall: * Maintain liaison with the courts to facilitate the efficient processing of prisoners subsequent to mass arrest situations. * Provide class 11 licensed drivers to operate caged security buses in response to emergency requests. • Maintain a list of assigned on-duty personnel who are licensed to operate buses in response to emer gency requests. 207.07 RECORDS AND IDENTIFICATION DIVI SION. Records and Identification Division shall: * Compile and maintain custody of Department records relating to Unusual Occurrences. * Train clerical personnel in UO-related DR number issuance procedures. * Issue UO-related booking numbers. * Provide sworn personnel to the Field Command Post as requi~_ ,_by the Field Commander. 208. PERSONNEL AND TRAINING BUREAU 208.01 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING BUREAU. Personnel and Training Bureau shall: * Coordinate a continuous training program relating to UO control. ·- · * Maintain staff responsibility for accounting for Depart ment Personnel resources during a UO. * Provide personnel to staff the Emergency Control Center. 208.02 PERSONNEL DIVISION. Personnel Division shall provide personnel to staff the Emergency Control Center. 208.03 TRAINING DIVISION. -Training Division shall: * Prepare and conduct programs for the training of Department personnel in UO control. * Coordinate the UO-related activities of officers as signed or loaned to Training Division. * Provide personnel to staff the Field Command Post. September, 1982 Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 19 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND 0TH ER EMERGENCIES. A/210.07 209. PLANNING AND FISCAL .BUREAU 209.01 PLANNING AND RESEARCH DIVISION. Planning and Research Division shall: * Plan and develop ECC systems and procedures. * Provide current rosters of the ECC Division cadre to Headquarters Section, Detective Headquarters Division each deployment period. * Coordinate training activities of the ECC Division cadre. * Direct the preparation of the ECC After-Action Report for submission to the Chief of Police and the Command ing Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. * Prepare budget requests for ECC resources. * Provide personnel to staff the Emergency Control Center. * Maintain liaison with the City's Civil Defense Coordi nator regarding control and operation of the ECC. *. Maintain liaison with the Emergency Operations Board and Emergency Operations Committee. 209.02 AUTOMATED INFORMATION DiVISION. Automated Information Division shall allocate personnel to the Emergency Control Center Division. 209.03 COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION. Communi cations Division shall: * Monitor and record UO-related activity on all radio frequencies. * Compile a log of significant UO-related information and prepare a map of the involved area. * When the ECC Division is activated, submit recor dations to the ECC Division Commanding Officer and brief the division staff regarding the deploy ment of Department personnel. * Dispatch necessary logistics (personnel and materiel) to the involved area or the Field Command Post (FCP) as required by circumstances, or as requested by the Field Commander. * Assess Department deployment needs against UO related personnel requirements and, when necessary, declare a Tactical Alert. Note: When Department personnel requirements indicate the need and the Field Commander has not declared a Tactical Alert, the Communications Divi sion Watch Commander may initiate a Tactical Alert. * Respond to.Tactical Alert requests and declarations and Sig-Alerts submitted for action to the Communi cations Division Watch Commander. Note: When the Department manpower requirements indicate the need and the Field Commander has not declared a Tactical.Alert, the Communications Divi sion Watch Comman'der may initiate a Tactical Alert. While the Emergency Control Center is in operation, the ECC Commanding Officer shall approve all Sig Alert broadcasts concerning the UO. * Notify the Department Commander of all requests for Tactical Alerts. * Notify the Records and Identification Division Watch Commander of the initiation and cancel lation of a Tactical Alert. * Limit non-UO-related calls for services in the in volved area to police work of major importance. * Screen citizen calls for service to ensure the avail ability of field units to handle emergency calls and respond to the FCP when needed. * Al locate personnel to the FCP. * Notify the Chief of Police in the event of a Serious or Major UO. If that office is closed, notifications shall be made to the Detective Headquarters Division Watch Commander. 210. OFFICE OF SPECIAL St:h ,,!~':~ 210.01 OFFICE OF SPECIAL SERVICES. The Office of Special Services shall exercise staff direction and coordination over UO operations of Internal A ff airs Division, Public Disorder Intelligence Division and Organ ized_ Crime Intelligence Division. 210.02 INTERNAL AFFAIRS DIVISION. Internal Affairs Division shall: * Investigate UO-related personnel complaints in accord ance with procedures set forth in The Department Manual. _ * Prepare a final report of all UO-related personnel com plaints for submission to the Chief of Police. * Allocate personnel to staff the ICC when approved by the Director, Office of Special Services. 210.03 PUBLIC DISORDER INTELLIGENCE DIVISION (PDID). The POI D Commanding Officer may activate the Intelligence Control Center (ICC) upon notification of an incident having the-po tential of becoming a Serious or Major UO. POI D shall: * Activate the ICC during a Major UO. * Deploy field intelligence units when directed. * Forward significant intelligence to the Department Commander, FCP, ECC, and ICC. * Allocate personnel to the FCP. * Allocate personnel to staff the 1c;:c. 210.04 ORGANIZED CRIME INTELLIGENCE DI VISION (OCID). Organized Crime I ntelli gence Division shall: * Allocate personnel to staff the Intelligence Control Center (ICC). * Allocate personnel to the Field Command Post Di vision. 210.06 NARCOTICS DIVISION. Narcotics Division shall provide personnel to supplement · the staf fing of the ICC when approved by the Director Office of Special Services. ' 210.08 ADMINISTRATIVE VICE DIVISION. Administrative Vice Division shall provide personnel to supplement the staffing of the ICC, when approved by the Director, Office of Special Services. 210.07 LABOR RELATIONS DIVISION. Labor Relations Division shall: * Coordinate assignment of Labor Relations Division personnel when a Tactical Alert is declared as a re sult of a labor dispute. * Forward significant information to the ECC and the FCP in the event of a labor related Unusual Occurrence. * Allocate personnel to staff the ICC when approved by the Director, Office of Special Services. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Department Respon~ibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies June, 1982 20 B/100. 101. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN TACTICAL ALERT 101.01 TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is the preliminary stage of the Department Mobiliza tion Plan for Unusual Occurrences. It provides for the controlled redistribution of on-duty personnel to achieve the manpower level necessary for control of a major police incident. 101.02 PURPOSE OF A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is initiated to achieve the following objectives: * Alert personnel of all or selected Areas to the possi bility of personnel redistribution, and announce the existence of a major police incident. * Provide a manpower reserve which can be used by concerned Area(s) in the control of the incident. * Control the depletion of field forces and discourage uncontrolled voluntary response to the scene of a major police incident. 101.03 INITIATING A TACTICAL ALERT. When there is a need for a Tactical Alert, it should be initiated as soon as possible to restrict voluntary responses and avoid depletion of personnel from the involved Area and surrounding Areas. * A Field Commander at the scene of a police incident may declare a Tactical Alert for the concerned Area when, in his judgement, that action is necessary to ensure the availability of sufficient personnel to con trol the incident. The Field Commander shall immedi ately cause the Communications Division watch com mander to be notified of the declaration. * The Communications Division Watch Commander may declare a Tactical Alert, or expand an existing Tactical . Alert, for all or selected Areas, when the redistribution of Department personnel is necessary to meet the immediate or anticipated needs of a Field Commander. 101.04 TACTICAL ALERT BROADCAST. When a Tactical Alert has been declared, the Communi cations Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Tactical Alert to be broadcast Department wide by radio and teletype. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 21 101.05 EFFECTS OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When an Area or division is placed on a Tactical Alert, the following provisions shall take effect: • All field units in the alerted Areas shall continue patrolling their assigned districts unless reassigned by Communications Div.is.ion. _ * Unless otherwise directed, officers working in the Areas included in a Tactical Alert shall confine their activities to police work of major importance. * Station supervisors and field supervisors shall ensure that all on-duty personnel are aware of the Tactical Alert. * Officers in alerted Areas who are off the air handling calls or making .reports shall, whenever possible, be required to resume field patrol and await further instructions by radio or other communication. * Communications Division shall screen all incoming calls and, whenever possible, direct citizens to the concerned police station for making complaints or reports. * Station supervisors shall assign personnel to monitor radio frequencies and teletype machines. * Station supervisors shall maintain an accounting of on-duty personnel on the Unusual Occurrence Per sonnel Status Report, Form 14.03, in accordance with instructions contained on the form. * Investigative personnel, assigned to Areas or divisions included in the Tactical Alert, shall continue to per form their regular duties; however, they shall contact their division of assignment at least once each hour. Note: Twelve-hour watches may be established by the Department Commander; however, commanding officers of Areas specifically included in a Tactical Alert may establish twelve-hour watches for their Area when their judgment indicates that this will best serve their manpower needs. The Department Commander and the concerned bureau commanding officer shal I be notified when th is prerogative is exercised. Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 8/101.06 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 101.06 HOLDING OVER WATCHES DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. When a Tactical Alert is initiated, on-duty watches shall be held over as follows: • All station supervisors and traffic division watch commanders (regardless of whether their Area is on Tactical Alert) shall hold over off-going watches until a teletype is received from Communications Division granting authority to release watches. * Al I station supervisors and traffic division watch com manders shall hold over off-going watches when it reasonably appears that their Area may be placed on alert, even though no Tactical Alert has yet been declared. * All station supervisors and traffic division watch com manders desiring to release off-going watches shall request approval through the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC is activated, the request shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. • The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for releasing off-going watches and sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. If the ECC is activated, these duties shall be assumed by the ECC Personnel Officer. In either case, the officer releasing off-going watches shall notify the Department Commander of his actions. • A Tactical Alert cancellation teletype from Communi cations Division or the ECC shall be considered author.; ity to release off-going watches. • Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 101.07 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE MANPOWER. The Field Commander shall be responsible for deter mining the number of officers needed at the scene of an Unusual Occurrence. The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for determining how the manpower will be obtained and for dispatching the manpower requested by the Field Commander. When the ECC is activated, the ECC Personnel Officer shall assume the responsibility for fulfilling the Field Com mander's requests for personnel. 22 101.08 INITIAL REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL MAN- POWER. The manpower needs of the UO should be the Field Commander's first consideration. To ensure that the manpower needs are met, the Field Commander shall: * Determine whether the manp- ower at the scene will be sufficient to meet immediate anu fi.!t 1 ..;;c: needs. • When additional assistance is needed, select a Staging Area and request the desired number of personnel. Note: The Field Commander should, when selecting a Staging Area, give consideration to security, distance from the disturbance, communications capabilities, toilets, electrical hook-ups, shelter, ingress and egress routes and a helicopter landing site. Personnel requests should be directed to Communications Division by radio. When the ECC is activated, personnel requests should be submitted to the ECC Personnel Officer by telephone or teletype. If these facilities are not avail able, the requests may be made by radio. * Declare a Tactical Alert when it appears that the magnitude of the incident has reached, or is likely to reach, a scale requiring redeployment of Department personnel to establish and maintain control. 101.09 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is activated to provide a· manpower reserve that can be utilized to control a major police incident. This is accomplished by a controlled redistribution of personnel from other Areas and divisions to the Area of occurrence. To effect a controlled redistribution of personnel, Areas placed on a Tactical Alert must alter their deployment so they can continue to provide essential pol ice service to their Area While reducing their manpower. To accom plish this, on-duty personnel in Areas and divisions placed on a Tactical Alert shall be divided into a Minimum Oper ating Force and an Available Reserve. March; 1976 Personnel Mobilization Plan Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 8/101.12 101.10 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-TACTICAL ALERT. The Minimum Operating Force during a Tactical Alert is the minimum personnel force needed by any Area or division to continue essential police functions. Area and division commanding officers shall determine the Minimum Operation Force as follows: · • Operations and Support Divisions. The Minimum Operating Force for these divisions during a Tactical Alert shal I consist of the following: * Approximately 50% of the watch's uniformed patrol officers. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Tactical Alert does not include Accident Investigation and Traffic Enforcement personnel. * The station supervisor. * Approximately 50% of the watch's supervisors, not including fixed post positions. * All of the watch's plainclothes and station fixed post posi. tions. • Traffic Divisions. The Minimum Operating Force for traffic divisions shall consist of essential station per sonnel only. • Area Vice Unit. The Minimum Operating Force for Area vice units shall consist of all assigned vice per sonnel. • .All Other Divisions. The commanding officers of all other divisions shall determine the division's Minimum Operating Force by using guidelines established by their respective bureau commanding officers. The Minimum Operating Force of each divisi. on shall repres ent th·e minimum strength needed to continue essential police functions during a Tactical Alert. Note: Minimum Operating Force during a Mobilization differs from the Minimum Operating Force during a Tactical Alert. See Section A/102.11, Tactical Manual. If field forces in the Area of occurrence or adjoining Areas are depleted as a result of voluntary response to the scene of the UO, those voluntary units not actively involved shall be recalled from the Task Force, if possible, and made available for radio calls in their Area of assign ment. If these units are not immediately available for recall, units from other Areas and divisions shall be used to temporarily supplement the field forces in the depleted Area. 23 101.11 ADDITIONAL MANPOWER RESOURCES- TACTICAL ALERT. In addition to uniformed personnel, the following manpower resources are also available during a Tactical Alert: * Investigative personnelrnav be utjlized to supplement or replace uniformed officers within the concerned Area. * At the discretion of the Department Commander, divisions other than operations or support divisions may be placed on Tactical Alert and their personnel used to assist in the control of the UO. * The following manpower is available with the approval of the Commanding Officer, Personnel and Training Bureau: * Officers attending recruit classes, to perform non hazardous duties. * Officers attending in-service training may be returned to their respective Areas. * With approval of the Department Commander, civilian volunteers and police reserves may be assigned to the Field Task Force. Note: Requests for civilian volunteers m police reserves shall be directed to the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC has been activated, the requests shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. * When on-duty forces assembled during a Tactical Alert are insufficient to meet the needs of the tactical situa tion, the Department Commander shall initiate a Mobili zation. 101.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-TACTICAL ALERT. The Available Reserve is the status of officers who can be released from regular duties in their Area or division of assignment and assigned to the UO Control Task Force when needed. The Available Reserve shall consist of all officers and supervisors of an Area or division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force or the UO Control Task Force. Those officers constituting the Available Reserve will ordinarily continue their routine duties until activated. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan March , 1976 B/101.13 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 101.13 CONTROLLED REASSIGNMENT OF FIEL~ FORCES. During a Tactical Alert the following provisions shall apply when assigning units to the UO Control Task Force: * An Area or division activated by a Tactical Alert may be required to commit its entire Available Reserve to the UO Control Task Force. * Activated Areas and divisions shall not be required to commit their Minimum Operating Force without the approval of the Department Commander. Note: In the event that sufficient manpower is not available for assignment to the Field Task Force, and the Department Commander determines that the . . implementation of twelve-hour ~atches and a Mo_bil1- zation is not desirable, he may direct that Area vice personnel, or other personnel not included in the Available Reserve, be assigned to the Field Task Force. * Unless the need for assistance at the scene of the UO is critical no more than 50 percent of the uniformed patrol units that are clear in an Area will be dispatched to the Field Task Force at one time. Note: When there is an appreciable delay in obtaining sufficient units to fulfill the Field Commander's requests for manpower, additional Areas and divisions should be included in the Tactical Alert rather than depleting the Minimum Operating Force of activated Areas. 101.14 CANCELLATION OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When the ECC has not been activated, the Field Commander shall be responsible for the cancellation of a Tactical Alert and shall notify the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC has been acti vated the ECC Personnel Officer shall have the responsi bility' to cancel the Tactical Alert. When a Tactical Alert is cancelled, that person initiating the action sh_all cause a notice of cancellation to be broadcast by radio and teletype to all involved Areas and divisions. 24 March, 1976 Personnel Mobilization Plan 102. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN MOBI LIZA Tl ON 102.01 MOBILIZATION. A Mobilization is the principal personnel deployment pfan for UO control. In addition to the implementation of a Tactical Alert, the Mobilization requires: * The immediate extension of the work day to twelve hour watches. * The temporary deferment of days off. * The recalling of off ~duty officers. 102.02 PURPOSE OF A MOBILIZATION. A Mobil iza tion is activated to provide the necessary man power when : * A UO is of sufficient magnitude to require major deviation from normal police operating procedures and necessitates a general modification of Department organization and command; or * The forces assembled by a Tactical Alert are insufficient to meet the tactical situation. Note: A Mobilization shall be initiated without delay if, at the beginning of a UO, it is obvious that the on duty forces will be insufficient to meet the immediate needs of the Field Commander. 102.03 MOBILIZATION OF THE DEPARTMENT. A Mobilization is initiated by the Department Commander and may involve the entire Department or selected Areas and divisions. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department . , ·~ PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/102.07 102.04 MOBILIZATION BROADCAST. When a Mobili- zation is initiated, the Communications Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Mobilization to be broadcast by radio and teletype. If the ECC is activated the ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for causing the Mobilization notification to be broadcast. The Mobilization notification shall be made as follows : • * The broadcast shall specify the watch (" A" or "B") and Areas or divisions mobilized. * The number of Areas or divisions included will depend upon the anticipated personnel needs of the Field Commander. * The radio broadcasts shall be repeated every 15 minutes for two hours following the original Mobilization broad cast. * If additional Areas or divisions are Mobilized, that information shall be added to the original broadcast or promulgated in a supplementary Mobilization broadcast. * Following the broadcast, the Communications Division Watch Commander shall dispatch sutficient units to meet the manpower needs of the Field Commander. 102.05 EFFECT OF A MOBILIZATION. When an Area or division is mobilized, the concerned commanding officer shall activate the Area or Division Mobilization Plan, which shall include: * Implementation of twelve-hour watches. * Deferment of days off. * Consolidation of ·fixed post positions. * Alerting off-duty personnel. * Arranging an inventory of personnel and equipment remaining in the Area or division. * Preparing for the fulfillment of ECC requests for personnel and equipment • * Restricting the activities of units remaining in the Area or division to police work of major importance. , 25 102.06 HOLDING OVER WATCHES DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobi.lization is announced, on-duty watches shall be held over as follows: * All Area and traffic division commanding officers shall hold over off-going watches. Off-going watches may be released only with tfie approval · of the Department Commander. * Station supervisors or watch commanders desiring to release off-going watches shall request approval through the ECC Personnel Officer. * The ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for securing the Department Commander's approval for releasing off-going watches and for sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. * A Mobilization cancellation teletype shall be considered authority to release off-going watches. * Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 102.07 ALERT OF OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is initiated, personnel in mobilized Areas or divisions shall be activated as follows : * Station supervisors on duty in mobilized Areas or divisions shall cause notifications to be made to off duty officers assigned to their respective Areas or divisions. * When the offices of a mobilized Area or division are closed, off-duty personnel shall be notified as specified in the Area or Division Unusual Occurrence Plan. * In a Major Unusual Occurrence, the Department Commander may use the services of cooperating commercial radio and television stations to notify off-duty officers of the Mobilization. * When off-duty personnel are alerted, they shall be instructed to report to their Area or division of assign ment. Officers assigned to the Field Task Force shall continue reporting on-duty at their Area or division of assignment throughout the duration of the incident unless otherwise directed by their Field Task Force supervisor. * When practicable, commanding officers who are requested to commit personnel to the Field Task Force shall send officers assigned to an on-coming watch rather than officers who have been held over. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 8/102.08 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 102.08 MOBILIZATION WATCH ASSIGNMENTS. Area and other Office of Operations division commanding officers shall establish and maintain a Mobilization watch assignment roster and ensure that personnel of their commands are informed of individual assignments. All officers shall be included except those on vacation, military leave, extended leave due to illness, or those otherwise not available during the deployment period. Assignments shal I be structured so that 45 per cent of the uniformed officers comprise the "A" watch and 55 percent comprise the "B" watch. Note: The Department Commander is not precluded from reassigning personnel commensurate with the needs of an emergency. * Day watch officers should be assigned to the "A" watch and night watch officers to the "B" watch. Morning watch officers should be assigned to either the "A" or "B" watch to comply with the 45-55 percent ratio requirement. * Investigative personnel shall be assigned in a manner that allows for the augmentation of uniformed per sonnel, if necessary, and also to allow investigators to perform special functions related to UOs, e.g., Field Jail Unit. * The number of officers assigned to the Minimum Operating Force and the Available Reserve for each twelve-hour watch shall be computed and the Avail able Reserve reported as provided in B/102.14. 26 July, 1978 Personnel Mobilization Plan 102.09 TWELVE-HOUR WATCHES. Each twelve-hour watch in a Mobilization shall be preceeded by a 30 minute roll call period. The watch times shall be : * "A" Watch : 0630 - 190G--Aours. * "B" Watch: 1830 - 0700 hours. The watch times for the FCP Cadre shall be: * 0730 - 2000 hours. * 1930 - 0800 hours. Other watch hours may be established only with the approval of the Department Commander. In unusual situations the Department Commander may authorize watch hours in excess of twelve-hour shifts. 102.10 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A MOBILIZA· TION. The "A" and "B" watches of a mobilized Area shall each be divided into a Minimum Operating Force and an Available Reserve. · Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department . , ,., PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/102.14 102.11 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-MOBILIZA TION. The Minimum Operating Force for an Area during a Mobilization shall consist of the following : * Approximately 50 percent of the uniformed officers and supervisors utilized in the smallest regularly-used car plan of the day and night watches. Minimum day and night watch personnel will be assigned to the c, , A" and "B" Watches respectively. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Mobiliza tion does not include vice, juvenile, and accident investigation or traffic enforcement personnel. * Those fixed post positions essential to Area operation. When practicable, these fixed post positions will be filled by light-duty officers. Example: A Mobilization occurs on Saturday night and Rampart Area is mobilized. The smallest regularly-used car plan on the night watch in this Area occurs on a Wednesday night. The Minimum Operating Force for Rampart's "B" Watch would then consist of 50 percent of the uniformed patrol officers and uniformed patrol supervisors used on a Wednesday night deployment, plus those positions essential to Area operations. 102.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-MOBILIZATION. The Avai I able Reserve for an Area shall consist of the Area's on-duty officers except those assigned to the Field Task Force or the Area's Minimum Operating Force for a Mobilization. The Available Reserve includes Area vice, juvenile, fixed posts, accident investigation and traffic enforcement personnel. If officers are assigned to the Field Task Force from the Available Reserve, the number assigned will be subtracted from the original Available Reserve to determine the current Available Reserve . Note: The Available Reserve for· a Mobilization, des cribed above, differs from the Available Reserve during a Tactical Alert, which is described elsewhere in this chapter. 27 102.13 OTHER OFFICE OF OPERATIONS DIVISIONS. * Traffic Divisions. The Available Reserve for traffic divisions shall consist of all personnel who have not been assigned to the Field Task Force. * Investigative Divisions. - The Available Reserves for investigative divisions, within the Office of Operations, shal I consist of those officers in the division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force and ·who are available for assignment to the UO Control Task Force. 102.14 REPORTING AVAILABLE RESERVE EACH DEPLOYMENT PERIOD. Office of Operations Area and division commanding officers shall report the number of officers assigned to the Available Reserve · during a Mobilization to their bureau comm~i:~ing . officers and to Investigative Hes3dquarters D1v1s1on prior to the first day of each deployment period, as follows: * The report shall be submitted on an Intra-Departmental Correspondence, Form 15.2. * The report shall include the number of offi cers, by rank, who will be assigned to the Available Reserve for the coming deployment period. * A separate listing shall be made for each twelve-hour watch. * A separate listing shall be made for: patrol, vice, juvenile, and fixed posts; accident investigation; traffic enforcement; and investigative personnel. Example: West Los Angeles Area Twelve-Hour Watch Assignment Available · Reserve Deployment Period No. 14 December 1 5, 1978 "A" Watch "B" Watch Lt. Sgt. Invest. Ofer. Lt. Sgt. Invest. Ofer. Patrol, Vice Juvenile, & 43 Fixed Posts 8 35 10 A.I. 7 1 9 T.E. 8 10 Invest. 4 2 5 Note: To provide an estimate of the potential strength of the Field Task Force, the Available Reserve, as re ported each deployment period, shall be based on the maximum number of available sworn personnel . 2 The ECC Personnel Officer will make a determination regarding the availability of pers<?nnel from each Are. a during a Mobilization. At that ~Ime, pro~le~s peculiar , to the UO will be considered prior to assigning an Areas or division's Available Reserve to the Field Task Forc. e. When an Area or division is mobilized, the predetermined Minimum Operating Force shall immediately become effective. Prior to the beginning of each twel~e-h. our watch, line-ups shall be teletyped to Communications Division as prescribed in the Department Manual (3/224.10) . Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan July , 1978 8/102.15 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 102 15 SELECTION OF PERSONNEL. The personnel • assigned to UO control should be highly qualified in police service. Selection of _Task F<?r_ce personnel should be predicated upon the following qual1t1es: * Experience and job knowledge. * Exemplary work habits. * Physical stamina. * Emotional stability. * Fortitude. These characteristics are of increased importance when selecting supervisors. They should have all the _qualities necessary for police officers and also those attributes which contribute to effective leadership. 102.16 FORMATION OF SO~ADS IN A MOBILIZA~ TION. In the application of Department tactics for Unusual Occurrences, certain situations will necessi tate the use of squads. In a Mobilization, when the Field Commander indicates that squads will be used, the follow-1 ing procedures shall apply : * When off-duty personnel are activated, concerned station supervisors or watch commanders shal I _ arrange officers and supervisors into.squads as they arrive for roll call. * The squads formed in the Area or division of assign ment shall be dispatched to the Assembly Area or other designated location as a unit. * Squad assignments shall, when practicable, continue unchanged throughout the duration of the Mobiliza- tion. · 28 March, 1976 Personnel Mobilization Plan 102.17 LOCATION OF OFF-DUTY OFFICERS IN A MOBILIZATION. Off-duty personnel from mobilized Areas or divisions shall inform their station supervisor or watch commander of the telephone number or location where they can be.contacted _ when they are going to be away from their homes for more than one hour. 102.18 CANCELLATION OF A MOBILIZATION. Approval for the cancellation of a Mobilization shall be obtained from the Department Commander. - When a Mobilization has been cancelled, the ECC Per sonnel Officer shall cause the broadcast of the cancella tion by radio and teletype as follows: * The broadcast shall include the location of the occur rence and shall be directed to all involved Areas. * The radio broadcast shall be periodically repeated during the first two hours following the original cancellation broadcast. * The teletype shall include instructions for resuming normal activities. 102.19 NOTIFYING OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL OF A MOBILIZATION CANCELLATION. Upon . receiving notification of a M<?~ilization cancel_l~ti_on, commanding officers of mob1l1zed Areas or d1v1s1ons shall ensure that their concerned off-duty personnel, including those loaned or temporarily assigned to th_ eir command, are immediately notified of the cancellation. In the event mobilized personnel need to be billeted in Department-selected facilities, the ECC Personnel Officer shall notify them when the Mobilization is cancelled. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department .J .. 8/200. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL ACCOUNTING 201. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL ACCOUNTING. Unusual Occurrence personnel accounting procedures are designed to facilitate the organization and deployment of personnel assigned to the UO Control Task Force during an Unusual Occur rence. Use of the UO Assignment Card, Form 14.12, and the UO Time Card, Form 14.13 (red), or Form 14.14 {blue), ensures proper control and accountability of assigned personnel. 202. PERSONNEL ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES GENERAL 202.01 COLLECTING UO TIME CARDS AND ASSIGN- MENT TO DUTY. Those officers charged with personnel accounting responsibilities within the Emergency Control Center ( ECC), the Intelligence Control Center (ICC), the Casualty Information Center (CIC), and the Field Command Post (FCP), (See Chapter A/300), shall: * Collect the UO Time Cards from responding personnel. * Complete the Date/Time Assigned to UO portion of the Time Card. Note: All portions of the UO Time Card below the double black line shall be completed only by officers responsible for the accounting of personnel assigned to the UO Control Task Force. * Assign personnel to positions within the ECC, ICC, CIC and FCP, and to squads within the field force in accordance with preplanned cadre rosters and/or the directions established by appropriate commanding officers or OIC's. When practicable, personnel assigned to the Ready Reserve should be formed into squads to expedite assignment to active duty. Note: Whenever possible, a squad should be com prised of personnel from the same Area or division of assignment. If this is not practical and personnel from different Areas or divisions are assigned to the same squad, that squad should remain intact for that tour of duty. * Check the appropriate assignment box and record the assignment designation on each officer's UO Time Card. ' , 29 8/202.02 202.02 FIELD TASK FORCE ASSIGNMENT RECORDS. In addition to collecting UO Time Cards and assigning personnel, the FCP Personnel Pool Officer shall : * Establish a file for each of the following three cate gories: * Ready Reserve. * Assigned. * End of Watch. * Complete a UO Assignment Card , Form 14.12, for each squad or FCP section or unit, e.g., Logistics, Personnel, etc., using information obtained from the UO Ti me Cards. * Alphabetize the UO Time Cards of each squad or unit by the officers' last names and file the cards with the UO Assignment Card in the A?signed file in order of unit designation. When no assignments are pending, file the UO Time Cards alphabetically in the Ready Reserve file by Area or di'lision , or with the UO Assignment Cards if the officers are ass igned to a squad held in rese_rve. * Give the UO Assignment Card soft copy to the squad leader or OIC of the FCP section indicated on the card. * When Ready Reserve personnel receive assignments: * Check the appropriate assignment box and record the assignment designation on each officer's UO Time Card. * Complete a UO Assignment Card (if not previously done). * File the UO Time Cards and UO Assignment Cards in the Assigned file by squad or unit designation. * When personnel completing an assignment return to the Staging Area and are not EOW, remove the time cards from the Assigned file and place them as a squad in the Ready Reserve file, along with the UO Assignment Card . . * Ensure that the ap· propriate UO Assignment Card is modified as personnel are added to, or removed from, assigned squads, squads organized within the Ready Reserve, or FCP units and sections. * Recurrently cause a survey to be made of Ready Reserve personnel to determine the ratio of sergeants to pol ice officers. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department Unusual Occurrence Personnel Accounting January, 1976 B/202.03 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL ACCOUNTING 202.03 ECC, CIC, AND ICC ASSIGNMENT RECORDS. In addition to collecting UO Time Cards and assigning personnel, the officers r.esponsible for personnel accounting with in the ECC, CIC, and ICC shall : * Establ ish a f ile for each of the following : * Assigned Personnel. * End of Watch. * Complete a roster of assignments for all personnel within their assigned element. Include in the roster the date, names, personnel serial number, position · assigned, time assigned, and such other information establ ished by regular standard operating procedures within the ECC, ICC, or CIC. * Alphabetize the UO Time Cards by officers' last names and file in the Assigned file, together with the assignment roster. 30 January, 1976 Unusual Occurrence Personnel Accounting 202.04 END OF WATCH-PROCEDURES FOR ALL UO CONTROL TASK FORCE ELEMENTS. When personnel have gone EOW, the officers responsible for personnel accounting shall : * Remove the UO Time Cards of relieved personnel from either the Ready Reserve or1he Assigned file. * Record the EOW time in the Date/Time Released UO portion of the UO Time Card. * Complete ·the Name of Officer Releasing from UO Duty and Serial Number portions of the UO Time Card. * Place the time cards alphabetically in the EOW file by Area or division. (This file shall be retained for refer~ ence material). * Complete the Officer releasing squad, date and time portion of the UO Assignment Card. * File the UO Assignment Card or assignment roster in the EOW file. * During each tour of duty, ensure that total hours and overtime hours have been computed on the preceding watches' UO Time Cards in the EOW file. * Compute the total hours and overtime hours on the UO Time Cards of the current watch if the Tactical Alert or Mobilization is terminated during that tour of duty. Note: The time shall be computed to the nearest tenth of an hour increment in decimal form. (Example: One hour and twelve minutes shall be recorded as 1.2 hours.) * If a UO continues for more than two watches, ensure that all EOW UO Time Cards and UO Assignment Cards and rosters are retained in the EOW file for at least 12 hours after EOW. Example: · Remove the EOW "A" watch UO Time Cards and UO Assignment Cards from the EOW file when the "A" watch reports for duty the following day. * At the conclusion of the UO, forward completed UO Assignment Cards, assignment rosters, and UO Time Cards to Tactical Planning Section, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. 203. TACTICAL PLANNING SECTION-RESPON SIBILITIES. Tactical Planning Section shall : * Code UO Time Cards for data processing. * Forward the coded UO Time Cards to Data Service Bureau for machine tabulation. * After receiving the tabulated information from Data Service Bureau, forward the information to Department personnel responsible for writing the history of the Unusual Occurrence. * Maintain a file of UO-related hours worked by Police Department personnel for future reference. * Maintain control of the used UO Assignment Cards and assignment rosters for one year for the purpose of evidence or possible civil action, after which time they may be destroyed. Note: UO Time Cards and related matching tabulations (computer printouts) will be available to concerned com manding officers for purposes such as the preparation of reports and verification of timek eer: ing. Th is information may be requested telephonically rr"):n Tactical Planning Section, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department .J .. , B/900. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE (UO) AFTER-ACTION REPORTING PROCEDURES 901. OFFICE AND BUREAU-SPECIAL RESPON- SIBILITY. As directed by the Director, Office of Operations, either the concerned Office or bureau shall prepare a report of the UO-related activities of the Areas, divisions, and other u_ nits of their command. 902. CRITIQUES. When directed by his commanding officer, each officer of the rank of sergeant or higher who was directly involved in UO-related activities shall prepare a critique and submit it to his commanding officer. Upon being directed by a supervisor, each officer and civilian involved shall prepare a separate critique and submit it to the concerned supervisor. Copies of all critiques shall be forwarded to the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. The critique shall include, but need not be limited to : * An appraisal of procedures used in the officer's or civilian's assignment. * A statement evaluating the effectiveness of the effort while operating within established procedures. * Recommendations for changes in procedures. 903. UO AFTER-ACTION REPORT. This report shall be prepared subsequent to a UO and shall document the activities of any individual, unit, or agency involved in the control of an Unusual Occurrence. Note: The establishment of a Field Command Post by a Field Commander to deal with a problem is not a UO unless there is an associated Tactical Alert or mobilization. For example: barricaded suspects, assisting the Fire Depart ment, missing children, major TA's, explosions, or civil disturbances which may involve a Field Command Post but where there was not a Tactical Alert or Mobilization, · are not UO's and do not require a UO After-Action Report. ( 31 904. OPERATIONS BUREAUS. If more than one operations bureau is involved in the control of a UO, the Director, Office of Operations, shall designate a bureau commanding officer to be responsible for the investigation and after-action reporting of the UO. Note: When other bureaus or divisions provide personnel to perform distinct or specialized functions in the control of a UO, each commanding officer shall direct the appro priate personnel within his command to prepare a UO After-Action Report concerning their activities. A copy of the report(s) shal I be sent to the concerned Area commanding officer in addition to the regular distribu tion ( B/907). 905. AREAS. The concerned Area commanding officer shall have the responsibility for the coordination, preparation, and distribution of the after- action report(s). - Note: When the UO involves a region affecting two or more Areas, the concerned bureau commanding officer shall designate which Area commanding officer will be responsible for the investigation and report(s). 906. UO AFTER-ACTION REPORT-FORMAT. The UO After-Action Report shall include the follow ing section headings: * Type of Occurrence. * Field Command Post Information. * Chronological Narration. * Crimes and Arrests. * Deaths and Injuries. * Property Damage. * Personnel . * Logistics. r • Critique. 906.01 TYPE OF OCCURRENCE. The UO After-Action Report shall have a section describing the type of Unusual Occurrence. This section shall include, but need not be limited to, the following : * The type of occurrence; such as a demonstration, fire, or flood. Sponsoring groups or persons involved in the UO should be included, when applicable. * A brief background/intelligence summary. * The location of the Unusual Occurrence, including the affected Area(s) and perimeter(s). * The date(s), times, and duration of the Unusual Occur rence. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Unusual Occurrence After-Action Reporting Procedures May , 1976 8/906.02 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE (UO) AFTER-ACTION REPORTING PROCEDURES 906.02 FIELD COMMAND POST INFORMATION. This section shall include the following: * Location of the Field Command Post and , when appli- cable, the location of Satellite Command Posts. * The Field Command Post staffing level during the UO. * The mobile command post vehicles used during the UO. * The watch schedule during the UO. 906.03 CHRONOLOGICAL NARRATION. The UO After-Action Report shall contain a chronological narration of all significant events related to the Unusual Occurrence. Special emphasis should be placed on police strategy and tactics. 906.04 CRIMES AND ARRESTS. The UO After-Action Report shall contain a section dealing with UO related crimes and arrests. Arrest information shall be reported in the following manner: * Felony arrestees shall be categorized by sex and age (adult/juvenile) and listed alphabetically with the charge and booking number. * Misdemeanor arrestees shall be categorized by sex and age (adult/juvenile) and listed alphabetically with the charge and booking number. 906.05 DEATHS AND INJURIES. This section of the UO After-Action Report shall contain significant information concerning all UO-related deaths and injuries. Included in this section shall be a statistical summary of the total number of deaths and injuries. The summary should be presented in the following order: * Department Personnel. * Other Agencies. * Civilians. Following the statistical summary, there should be a description of the circumstances surrounding each death or injury. The description should include the name(s) (I isted alphabetically), location where the death or injury occurred, the cause and type of death or injury, and, when applicable, the Coroner's Case Number. Include the serial number and Area or division of assignment after the individual's name when listing Department personnel as casualties. 32 May, 1976 Unusual Occurrence After-Action Reporting Procedures 906.06 PROPERTY DAMAGE. When applicable, th e UO After-Action Reports shall have a section listing all property damage. City property shall be listed separately from all other property damage. A monetary estimate of all damage shall be included. 906.07 PERSONNEL. The UO After-Action Report shall have a section recording the following information: * The number of sworn and civilian Department per sonnel, by rank and regular assignment, who were assigned to the UO Control Task Force. * The deployment of UO-Control Task Force personnel. * The total manhours expended, by rank, for sworn and civilian personnel. Straight time shall be recorded separately from overtime. - * Total cost for sworn and civilian personnel , by rank , providing separate cost figures for straight t ime and overtime. Note: · Assistance to determine personnel costs for an Unusual Occurrence may be obtained from the Tactical Pfanning Section, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. 906.08 LOGISTICS. The UO After-Action Report shall have a section for the recording of all Depart ment equipment and supplies used during the UO. The costs incurred in the use of Department equipment and the cost of expended logistical items shall be included in t this section. · 906.09 CRITIQUE. The UO After-Action Report shall contain a section for evaluation of operations and procedures used during the Unusual Occurrence. This section of the report should include suggestions for modi fying procedures and/or operations and suggestions for training when applicable. This section shall represent a compilation of all critiques related to the UO. 907. UO AFTER-ACTION REPORT-DISTRIBUTION. A u>py uf thu wpurl :;11 ;111111: I,,,w,1rdwJ to llw Oftke ot the !Chiet of Police; the Uirector, Oftke of Operations; the commanding uf fit :t:r of the concerned operations bureau; and the Cu1111nd11din~ 1 Officer, Head quarters Uniformed Services Grl)UJ.). The report will be used for analysis and considerc1tiur1 iri tile development ut planning and training for the cor, lrul ut tutu re Ur1usu<JI Occurrences. The UO After-Action Hep<Xt sr .. 1 11 be submitted within seven days following the conclusion ot the !_IQ, When the UO continues for more than one day, d :,,ynopsis of significant information compileJ under the various section headings of the UO After-Action Report Format, for each day of the UO, shall be delivered to the Office of the Chief of Pol ice; the Director, Office of Operations; the commanding officer of the concerned operations bureau; and the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group, no later than 0900 hours the following day. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department . , •. 0/300. DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 301. GENERAL. The Department distinguishes between disasters and other emergencies; the difference can be attributed to degree. Although all disasters are emergencies, not al I emergencies are disasters. Disasters are calamities which threaten or effect extraordinary loss· of life and/or property. At times the magnitude is such that a Major Unusual Occurrence. exists and Department personnel are mob ii ized. Often, other City departments and outside agencies and organizations are utilized in the control effort. Other amergenci• involve potential or actual per::,onu! injury and/or property loss. At times the Department will declare a Tactical Alert and other City departments and outside agencies and organizations are utilized in the control effort. Disasters severely test this .Department's ability to protect lives and property, maintain order, and preserve the peace. Few occurrences generate as much pub I ic attention as an incident of disastrous magnitude. Con sequently, it is essential that officers not only conduct themselves in a professional manner, but also demonstrate through their actions that degree of expertise which . engenders public approval and confidence. At the scene of an emergency a police officer should promptly recognize the gravity of an existing or potential danger. The manner used to request personnel and equipment, organize and deploy responding units, and coordinate police activities with those of other public service entities will assist in the fulfillment of Department responsibilities and needs of the situation if done effectively and knowledgeably. During a disaster or other emergency, the objectives of this Department's command strategy and control tactics are to restore conditions to normal as rapidly and efficiently as possible. The total control effort will be enhanced when the Department expedites the emergency operations of other agencies and organiza tions which have the primary responsibility to combat or alleviate the effects of the occurrence. As a rule, these agencies and organizations cannot operate with maximum effectiveness until the Department has performed some initial control measures. The control tactics employed must take into account priorities, alternatives, and costs. They will depend upon the type and magnitude of the situation, personnel and equipment available, number of persons affected, and the extent of damage. The tactics outlined in this chapter must be viewed as guidelines: Although somewhat detailed; it is impossible to prescribe for every-conceivable action or procedure. To meet unusual situations the use of unconventional methods, tempered by sound judgment and past experience, can be invaluable. Officers must, however, ensure that at all times their actions and conduct are within Department accepted standards (The Depart ment Manual 1 /200.). 303. INITIAL RESPONSE. No two disasters or other emergencies will be identical , but there are guidelines appropriate for the range of potential situations. The four primary tasks of the first officers on the scene are: · * Observing. * Estimating the situation. * Communicating the situation estimate. * Establishing on-scene command. Generally, only if these four tasks have been completely and thoroughly executed should officers become involved in actual control measures, rescue, or other related activities. 303.01 SITUATION ESTIMATE. At the scene of an actual or potential emergency the gathering · of information is one of the primary steps toward eventual control. This ~ompilation of facts as perceived by an officer is termed a situation estimate. In most instances there will be limited time for a detailed analysis; however, a perceptive estimate of the situation could be essential to a successful termination of the emergency. Depending upon the type and magnitude of the emergency, immediate control tactics may or may not be effected; nonetheless, the forwarding of a situation estimate to Communications Division, or other appropriate entity, should be foremost in an officer's mind. The situation estimate should include: * Location of the emergency. * Type of emergency. * Size of the involved area (both actual and potential). * Number of casualties . * Type of structure(s) involved. * Weather conditions. * Assistance required (police, fire, public utility, etc.). Note: Officers investigating an incident that is, or may be, of unusual concern to the Department, or which requires major police action, shall notify the Administrative Information Unit, Detective Headquarters Division. The senior officer at the scene of such an incident shall be responsible for making the notifications as soon as practicable. The first supervisor becoming aware of the incident shall ensure that the notification is made (The Department Manual 4/214.50). Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Disasters&. Other Emergencies September 1979 33 0/303.02 DISASTERS ANO OTHER EMERGENCIES 303.02 ADDITIONAL ASSlSTANCE. When the magnitude of the emergency requires additional personnel, a request must be made without delay. They should be instructed to report to a designated staging area and not the scene of the occurrence. Generally, the unit making the request for personnel should remain available to direct units arriving at the staging area. Additionally, a supervisor should be requested. Pending the supervisor's arrival, the senior officer present determines the need for additional assistance from the appropriate agency equipped to combat the emergency, e.g., the Fire Department or the Department of Water and Power. In any request or notification, information regarding closed or hazardous routes, or other pertinent information, should be included. 303.03 Fl E LO COMMAND POST. When a Field Command Post ( FCP) is necessary, the senior officer present selects an appropriate site according to pertinent site selection factors (D/003.04 and Checklist-Field Command Post, LAPD Form 14.15). Weather conditions are of particular importance when selecting an FCP site. When warranted, a weather fore cast should be obtained prior to determining a location, especially when the Department's Mobile Command Fleet is to be deployed. A change in wind direction during a fire, or an increase in precipitation during floods, may endanger the FCP and necessitate its relocation. When another emergency service has the primary control responsibility, consideration should be given to locating the Department FCP in close proximity to the command post established by that agency. This will assist liaison and promote unity of effort. 303.04 ORGANIZATION LIAISON. Liaison must be established with the Emergency Control Center ( ECC), if activated, and with other agencies and organizations participating in the control effort (A/305.01 and A/321.). Each agency is normally aware of the capabilities, responsibilities, duties, and jurisdictional limitations of other participating entities; however, liaison is essential to prevent duplication of effort, confusion, and unnecessary delay. 305. EVACUATION-GENERAL. Disasters and other emergencies require a prompt commit ment from al I concerned emergency services. When it is determined that an evacuation is required, and this Department is responsible-for its issuance, the warning must be timely. Additionally, it must be precise· in content and given in. an authQritative manner. When conveying thtt warning, attention must be paid to the fact that while the City's main concern in an emergency is the preservation of life, those displaced from their homes may be experiencing no small amount of inconvenience, anxiety, and fear. Officers, aware of this and professional fn their conduct, will be able to minimize resentment and gain citizen cooperation. 305.01 EVACUATION-LEGAL AUTHORITY. The Los Angeles Police -and Fire Departments share concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuation within the City. The authority for both agencies to close an area and order an evacuation is found in: Penal Code, Section 409.5; the Los Angeles City Charter, Sections 131 and 132; the Los Angeles Municipal Code, Section 57.01 .21; and the Los Angeles Administrative Code, Section 22.224. Notwithstanding the authority vested in both departments by these codes, :the practical matter is that emergencies are managed better by the agency charged with the prirpary control responsibility. Field Commande. rs must view the type of emergency as the factor determining which department should order an evacuation. The Fire Department Incident Commander ( General Provisions - 006.) mus~ be allowed to exercise his professional judgment at an emergency that is, in the main, an incident for which the Fire Department has primary control responsibility. At a police emergency, the expertise 0f the Field Commander must be given - the same ::onsideration. However, when primary control force personnel are unavailable to. render a decision regarding evacuation. sufficient legal authority exists for personnel at the scene. whether potice or fire, to make the deteITT,ination. 306.02 TYPES OF EVACUATION. There are two types of evacuation warnings. I mpJementation of one or the other is dependent upon the actual or potential danger to the affected population as determined by the officer-in-dlarge of the primary cbntrol force. The two types are: • Volumary Encuation. This is a. warning to persons within the dosed area that a threat to life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning are not required to evacuate. • Mlndatofy Encuation. This is a warning to persons within the closed area that an imminent threat to life and propertY exists. Individuals issued this . type of warning ml.JU evacuate in accordance. with the directives of the officer-in-charge (0/305 04). March 1983 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 34 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/305.04 306.03 EVACUATION PLAN. After .the Field Command Post is activated and the need for evacuation becomes apparent, the FCP Planning Unit, under direction of the Operations Officer, should formulate an evacuation plan (A/337.). Urgency, population density, possible evacuation routes, and terrain must be considered when selecting the means to effect the warning. In most situations, the evacuation plan will incorporate sectoring (D/005.02). This tactic subdivides the evacuated area into sectors, zones,. and beats. To e.ffect the evacuation warning, officers should be assigned to sub divisions nearest the actual emergency outward until the entire area to be evacuated is covered. 305.04 EVACUATION WARNING. The means used to effect the warning will, of course, depend upon particular circumstances. Ideally, there will be enough time for radio and tel9\'.i~ion stati0f1S to b_rqadcast the required information. Add1t1onally, w1th suff1c1ent time available, the warning should be distributed in writing. Such a warning could include pertinent information, such as: • Type of evacuation (mandatory - voluntary). • Best available route(s) out of the area. • Location of evacuation centers, if established. • Anticipated duration of emergency. • Time remaining before the situation becomes critical. However, if the situation is urgent, officers may use the public address systems on their vehicles, or other vehicles so equipped. A house-to-house check of the evacuated ar-ea will usually be necessary to make certain that all residents are notified. Officers have fulfilled the Department's responsibility upon notifying persons of the danger. It would be questionable judgment to force an occupant from his · residence when, after being notified, he states that he wishes to remain and protect his property, e.g., brush fire and flood emergencies. Additional verbal persuasion should be employed when a life endangering situation is imminent. If this tactic proves unsucc8S'Sful, the officer should obtain the name and address from the person and forward this information to the FCP Operations Officer as soon as po5:5ible. Note: There may be an occasion when it will be absolutely necessary to remove an occupant from a closed area. In such instances there is sufficient legal authority to make a"' arrest when a resident does not comply after receiving a mandatory evacuation warning (D/305.01 ~_ nd E/801.~1 ). . Anyone attempting to locate an irdividual thought to be in. side the evacuated area should be advised to telephone the party and then check the evacuation centers and Red Cross facilities, if established. It they are unable to locate the individual, officers should then check with the FCP to determine if the concerned residence has been notified and, if notified, whether the resident refused to evacuate. If still unable to iocate the person, the residence may then be checked by a police unit. This procedure will prevent a potentially dangerous trip into the closed area. ·: : Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Disasters & Other Emergencies September, 1979 35 0/305.05 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENClES 305.06 EVACUATION CENTERS. In each Area Earthquake Response Plan, there should be a list of locations that could be used for evacuation centers. When the need arises for an evacuation center and a school facility is deemed most appropriate, priority should be given first to high schools and secondly to junior high schools. Many of these schools have the necessary sanitary facilities to handle large numbers of people. Additionally, some have cooking facilities that may be utilized to feed evacuees. Other locations that may be utilized for evacuation centers include: * National Guard armories. * Large warehouses. * Parks and other large open areas. Generally, press releases and sig-alerts regarding evacuation center locations should only be made after ample time has been allowed for personnel to arrive, open, and staff the location. If time does not permit, evacuees should be directed to an "initial evacuation point" and reassigned to a permanent center at a later time. Police personnel should immediately be dispatched to this "initial evacuation point" to register evacuees and remain until Red Cross personnel ~rrive and relieve them. Site selection factors that must be considered prior to determining a location for an evacuation center include the: * Safety of the area. ·* Urgency of the situation. * Number of persons to be evacuated. * Distance from the evacuated area to the proposed evacuation center. * Availability of transportation. * Anticipated duration of the emergency. Note: Regardless of the site selected, the Red Cross shall be notified as they are the agency having legal responsibility for the care of displaced persons. 305.06 NOTIFICATION REQUIRED FOR THE USE OF CITY SCHOOLS. To obtain the use of a Los Angeles Unified School District ( LAUSD) facility, notify the LAUSD Security Watch Commander (625-6631 or 625-6636) and identify the facility requested. A school security patrol unit will be dispatched with the appropriate keys. This procedure is operative on a 24-hour basis and requires no further LAUSD notification. 305.07 EVACUEE-TRANSPORTATION. After re ceiving an evacuation warning, some residents may not have the means available to transport themselves and their families to an evacuation center. When the need arises, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District ( RTD) buses should be considere~. Jf needed, the Depart ment has a .number of police buses availabie. Requests to utilize Department buses should be airec.;l._,1 t:- ::)c: tt;Ctive Heapquarters Division, Administrative Information Unit: Debris and other obstructions may impede the movement of vehicles in the evacuated area. Such conditions may require that evacuees board buses on the periphery of the area. Consequently, offj cers giving evacuation warnings should be kept informed of the locations where evacuees may assemble to obtain transportation. · 305.08 AMERICAN NATIONAL RED CROSS. The American National Red Cross provides relief for persons affected by disaster i-ncluding food , clothing, and lodging; supplemental medical. and nursing assistance; various family services; and rehabilitation . During disasters the Red Cross operates independently of, but coordinates with, local government. Recognizing that warning, r:escue, and evacuation are governmental responsi bilities, the Red Cross may, within its capabilities, assist in these functions (D/305.05). Frequently, the Red Cross provides assistance to large numbers of people on a mass care basis; when possible, hoYJever, it prefers to deal directly with each family on an individual basis. 306.09 ~AL VATION ARMY. The Salvation Army is one of the principal agencies involved in disaster relief. To better augment this service it has entered into agreements with governmental and private agencies so that through cooperation, each may better serve in time of disaster. The Salvation Army can, within the limits of its personnel and fiscal capabilities, provide mobile feeding for disaster victims and emergency workers, emergency housing, medical assistance, referrals to appropriate government and private agencies for special services required by victims, and other services as required. 305.10 ANIMAL CONTROL. The control and welfare of animals may be a concern during an evacuation. A large animal population is found collectively in private residences, animal shelters, riding stables, residential neighborhoods zoned for horses, zoos, and research fac ilities. A disaster or other emergency may result in the release of these animals. Such a situation may endanger the publ ic, interfere with fire or rescue operations, and increase pub I ic safety, health, and sanitation problems. Many animals become highly agitated during periods of stress and have to be cared for, confined, or relocated. The Animal Care and Control Division of the Los Angeles Department of Animal Regulation has the primary responsi bility for the control of stray animals during such times. The Hum· ane Society also responds to emergencies. They have portable corrals and horse trailers as well as a large corps of volunteers that will remove and care for endangered animals. Information regarding sites where animals may be temporarily boarded can be found in the Emergency Equipment Books 24A and 24B, normally assigned to Detective Headquarters Division. No18: The Emergency Equipment Books are reassigned to the Emergency Control Center when the ECC is activated. September, 1979 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department 36 .J ... DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/306.03 306. ENTRY INTO INVOLVED/CLOSED AREA. Control of the perimeter around an emergency is one of the primary concerns of the Field or Incident Commander. Additionally, the department assuming the role as the primary control force has the responsibility to determine whether public access will be allowed into the endangered area and, if allowed, what the criteria will be for entry. To ensure that decisions and communica tions regarding this matter are fully understood, both departments should utilize liaison officers. 306.01 TYPES OF ACCESS. The type of access (General Provisions - 006.) will depend upqn the conditions as viewed by the Field or Incident Commander. His determination to establish a perimeter must be coupled with a decision regarding publi_ c access. The two options available are: * No-Access. Prohibits unauthorized persons from entering the closed area. * Limited-Access. Allows persons into the closed area according to the criteria established by the Field or Incident Commander. When the determination has been made to establish no access, expected Police Department actions would include: * Esta, blishing the perimeter and control points of the closed area. * Enforcing the provisions of Penal Code Section 409.5- , and other appropriate laws. * Warning residents and directing evacuees and concerned persons to evacuation centers. * Aiding/rescuing endangered persons. * Patrolling the interior (when possible). When the determination is made to establish limited-access, in addition to the above actions, the Department would: * Issue Temporary Emergency Passes and monitor the number of people allowed into the closed area. 306.02 ENTRY CRITERIA. Entry criteria must be established by the Field or Incident Commander if it is determined that limited access will be allowed ·through the perimeter. The entry critera defines those persons who will be allowed through the perimeter and whether motor vehicles are to be restricted. As a practical matter, selected persons may be admitted entry, especially those who could reduce the volume of duties assigned to officers and those who could assist in restoring the involved area to normal. These persons may include: * Residents with valid identification. * Public utility employees. * Persons witt\ press passes. * Owners, managers, and employees of businesses located therein. Persons meeting the entry criteria who are without valid press passes should be issued a Temporary Emergency Pass, Form 14.40-(8/1400. and 0/005.05). The issuance of Temporary Emergency Passes at the perimeter should be avoided. It would be advisable to select a location where a certain amount of congestion would not adversely affect the control effort, e.g., Area stations or Fire Department stations. 306.03 FIRE LINE PASSES. The Los Angeles Fire Department, Board of Fire Commissioners, issues Fire Line Passes to citizens to: * Recognize and identify pass holders as members of the community who have demonstrated an active and constructive interest toward the Fire Department's aims, programs, and..9perations. * Provide Police and Fire Department personnel at the scene of a Fire Department emergency with a means of identifying pass holders as members of the community who merit Fire Department recognition and cooperation. * Provide pass holders with a firsthand opportunity to observe and learn the Fire Department's emergency operations and program. There are presently three categories of passes: * One-year pass (blue). * Four-year pass (blue). * Lifetime pass (white). FIRE L~NE PASS PASS NO. L I F E T I M E PRESIDENT Fire Line Pass holders have been informed of their responsibilities under Los Angeles City Charter sections 131 and 132. They are also aware that possession of a Fire Line Pass does not relieve them from the responsi bility to avoid interference with emergency control operations at the scene of an emergency. Any abuse of Fire Line Pass use should be reported directly to the LAFD Community Liaison Officer. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Disasters & Other Emergencies October, 1979 37 D/307. DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 307. RE, SCUE. A crucial determinant of how many I ives are saved in an emergency is .the speed with which entrapped and/or injured victims are located, rescued, and administered medical treatment. Heavy or special equipment may be required for the rescue of victims trapped in multi-story structures, the removal of debris from ingress and egress routes, and instances of massive structural failure. This major effort requires a coordinated response from police and fire departments, public works agencies, and commercial equipment operators. The Emergency Equipment Books 24A and 24B, normally assigned to Detective Headquarters Division, provide a I isting of private companies having access to equipment that may be required during an emergency. Note: The Emergency Equipment Books 24A and 24B are reassigned to the ECC when th~ ECC is activated. When an emergency results in injuries to large numbers of people, public and private ambulance services may be required. Ambulances must be requested and instructed to respond to the involved area via safe ingress routes. In such instances an aerial survey is the most advantageous manner to assess routes available for emergency transpor tation (D/317.01). Note: An officer shall use whatever means necessary and reasonable to assist persons in immediate danger. Preservation of human life shall remain uppermost in an officer's mind; however, officers should refrain from moving the seriously injured except under extreme conditions. Ideally, this task is accomplished by trained medical personnel. The followin~ summarizes the actions required in an effective rescue operatI on: * Notify necessary emergency services. * Identify and maintain ingress and egress routes to and from the involved area. * Search damaged structures. * Assist with r-:-,.:_ .. Je of trapped victims. * Request am s _ ,;ances and medical personnel. * Request equioment for debris removal. * Maintain liaison with the ECC, if activated. 310. PSYCHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL REACTIONS. In a major disaster there may not be a sufficient number of emergency service personnel to deal with the myriad problems that invariably arise. In s~ch instances it is desirable to gain the voluntary coopera tion and assistance of the citizens involved. However victims who have suffered loss or injury may display ~nger ?r resentment 'to~rd pol ice officers. Others may be . incapable of h~lpmg themselves, much less their neighbors. An understanding of the psychological and physiological rea~tions that disaster,.victims undergo will be useful to officers. The general categories of individual' reactions are outlined in the following sections. 310.01 NORMAL REACTION. Even under extra- ordinarily ti::ying circumstances, some people are able to remain remarkably calm. A majority, however, show some physical symptoms of stress such as perspiring, trembling, weakness, and nausea. These reactions are usually temporary and most regain their composure soon after the initial impact. 310.02 DEPRESSED OR APATHETIC REACTION. During an emergency some individuals will act nu~b and ~onfused, appearing puzzled or preoccupied with their experience. When spoken to they may not respond and often seem to be completely devoid of any emotional reaction. Without guidance they-are unable to help them ~e!v~ ~nd often cannot complete a task requiring in I tIatIve. Less depressed or apathetic individuals may be assisted rather quickly. A short time spent with a small group so effected may motivate them. Officers should communicate encouragement in a positive, firm, and resolute manner. Time limitations will probably prevent much attention being given to any specific individual but, if only a few people begin to function. normally, others may tend to rouse themselves and become more agreeable to self-help suggestions. 310.03 OVERACTIVE REACT-IONS. In contrast to the victims described in 310.02, others may react with a flurry of activity that may appear purposeful at first glance, but is soon recognized as unproductive. Overstressed individuals often engage in irrelevant activities or exhibit rigid stereotyped behavior and experience a loss of discriminative skill and mental efficiency. They often talk rapidly, spread rumors, and make suggestions or demands that have little value. An illusory confidence in their abilities causes them to be · relatively intolerant of any ideas but their own. Many criticize what they regard as the stupidity of the authorities and are outspoken against groups or persons they blame for the situation. Such scapegoating is contagious and if allowed to spread could worsen the situation. Every effort should be made to dissuade such persons from voicing destructiv~ opinions. These individuals should be encouraaed to devote their excessive energies to a constructive end, i.e., encouragement should be in a positive, firm, and resolute manner. 310.04 PHYSIOLOGICAL REACTIONS. Some bodily . reactions have been previously discussed and are not considered abnormal. More serious and sustained bodily reactions can be disabling and it is important to recognize their significance. Conversion hysteria is a type of physical disability basically different from the disorders mentioned. It should not be confused with the condition of wild excitement usually labeled "hysteria". An individual suffering from conversion hysteria unconsciously converts great anxiety into a strong belief that some part of his body has ceased to function. Though physically unimpaired, he may be unable to see, hear, or even speak. All sensory feeling may disappear from one or more limbs. The development of such symptoms reduces the overwhelming anxiety previously felt. Such casualties should not be interpreted as malingering. They are unaware that no physical basis for their symptoms exists, but are as disabled as though having sustained a physical injury. It should not be difficult to talk calmly with such . individuals although it may be impossible to immediately relieve their discomforts whether manifested by nausea, vomiting, palpitations, rapid breathing, hysterical blindness, deafness, or paralysis. A sympathetic attitude regarding their disability may help them regain their composure and ability to function. October, 1979 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, l:.os Angeles Police Department 38 .J .. , DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/312.02 310.05 INDIVIDUAL PANIC. It is well known that a few panic stricken individuals can cause the mass flight of a crowd. The outstanding characteristic of panic is an unreasoned estimation of the situation. Individual panic may be recognized by uncontrolled weeping or purposeless motor behavior. Situations most conqucive to this type of behavior occur when known means of escape are believed to be threatened. Sheer horror may cause a similar reaction. The sight of a close friend or family member suffering injury may bring on wildly disorganized behavior in certain persons, even if they themselves have suffered little or no physical injury. Panic stricken individuals are explosive in their behavior and it is difficult to get their attention. Their early removal from the scene is imperative as they often provide the ingredient for general panic. The means of accomplishing this depends to a large extent on the facilities available. Firmness (command presence) should be tried first. If this approach fails an officer should obtain necessary assistance to control the individual. As a rule, physical force not only fails to control a panic stricken individual, but usually increases the anxiety of others who may be on the verge of a similar reaction. Discretion should be exercised or the situation may quickly degenerate. 312. MAJOR MEDICAL EMERGENCIES. A wide ranging disaster may cause numerous injuries and/or fatalities. To reduce loss of life and aggravation of injuries, Department personnel should be cognizant of the emergency medical services and support activities available. 312.01 CASUAL TY INFORMATION CENTER. During an Unusual Occurrence likely to involve numerous injuries or deaths, or at the direction of the Department Commander, the Officer-in-Charge, Headquarters Section, Detective Headquarters Division, shall activate the Casualty Jnformation Center (CIC) . The CIC provides a centralized location for the recordation . of all UC-related casualities (A/317). 312.02 MEDICAL ALERT CENTER. The Medical Alert Center (MAC), County Department of Health Services, is located in the County-USC Medical Center and is staffed on a 24-hour basis. Its primary mission is to organize the immediate and appropriate response of medical support resources for emergencies occurring in Los Angeles County. MAC has the capacity to mobilize the resources.of the Department of Health Services, the Los Angeles County Medical Association, the Hospital Council of Southern California, and other health/medical oriented organizations. It also provides assistance and guidance for incidents requiring paramedic teams, triage teams, and radiological monitoring teams. The Medical Alert Center maintains information regarding the status and capabilities of triage teams (D/312.04) throughout the county. It dispatches the appropriate team(s) based upon information provided by the request ing individual. A triage team may be provided by any one hospital, or combination of hospitals, as required. Under certain circumstances, such as street closures, MAC may request that the Department assist with the transportation of medical personnel. - Field Commanders may require expert medical recommenda tions during a disaster or other emergency. MAC can contact hospitals having specialized services and alert them of the specific need or request. It can also alert the concerned hospital about the pending arrival of a victim requiring specialized medical treatment. The Medical Alert Center confidential telephone number (See Note) is 221-4114. When contacting MAC, the following is required: • Name and call-back number. • Nature of emergency. • Medical resources already at the scene. • Estimate of the number of casualties or potential casualties. • Description of injuries. • Location of victil"flS. • ·Best available ingress and egress routes. • Departmental representative to contact at the scene. Note: Under no circumstances is the MAC telephone number to be given to the news media or relatives and friends of victims. MAC can provide casualty informa tion to public service agencies but will not deal directly with the pubric. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department · Disasters & Other Emergencies September, 1979 39 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 0/315.04 315.01 SITUATION ESTIMATE. Developing fire emergencies can rapidly expand to major proportions during the time it takes to dispatch a control force. A prompt evaluation of the situation followed by a request for the necessary resources could mean the difference between a fire emergency of short duration and one that continues for a lengthy period. Officers observing what appears to be an uncontrolle"d fire should not assume that the fire department has been notified unless having certain knowledge to the contrary. A situation estimate must be formulated without delay and forwarded to Communications Division. It should include: * Location. * Size of the involved area; both actual and potential. * Apparent direction fire is burning. * Type of area involved, i.e.,business, residential, etc. * Ingress routes for emergency vehicles. * Additional Department personnel required and location where these personnel should assemble (Staging Area). After the original situation estimate is communicated, consideration shot.Jld be given to establishing an FCP (D/303.03). If an FCP is deemed necessary, its location should be broadcast. The Field Commander should then implement the following: * Liaison with the Fire Department Incident Commander. * Perimeter and traffic control. * Evacuation warning, if required. Note: Perimeter and traffic control and evacuation warning will usually be implemented on the advice of the LAFD Incident Commander (D/305.). Additionally, officers shall not attempt to assist firemen in their specific control efforts except when requested, or under compelling circumstances. 315.02 LIAISON. Liaison is one of the keys to an effective and coordinated control effort involving multiple agencies (D/303.04). As in most instances requiring expertise, the knowledge and experience of the primary control force is the pre dominant factor to be considered~ Consequently, a large scale fire emergency requires that the Department establish and maintain close liaison with the LAFD Incident Commander. His recommendations and advice should be adhered to whenever possible. However, under compelling circumstances, officers may make independent judgements and take actions deemed appropriate ( D/30~~ ). 315.03 PERIMETER AND TRAFFIC CONTROL. As with other types of emergencies, the perimeters established by the LAFD Incident Commander or the Department Field Commander at the scene of a fire are not static. Perimeters should be flexible and dependent upon circumstances (D/005.). In a large scale fire emergency this is even more apparent. Intelligence from the officers maintaining a perimeter will assist the Incident Commander-or Field Commander to keep abreast of the direction the emergency is taking, thus.enabling them to alter the perimeter when and where needed. One of the Police Department's major responsibilities during a fire emergency is to keep vehicular and pedestrian traffic at an absolute minimum so that fire department personnel and equipment have ready access to the involved area. Ordinarily this requires only a few units; however, when a major conflagration . occurs, numerous units may be necessary. The use of street barricades and flares can-be effective when there are not sufficient personnel to adequately cover the perimeter (D/005.04). 315.04 EVACUATION. A fire in a populated area may require an evacuation of residents within, or close to, the involved area. In addition to the informa tion previously discussed (D/303. and 0/305.), officers issuing an evacuation warning should, if time allows, advise residents to: * Close all doors and windows. * Connect garden hoses and leave them coiled in a conspicious location. * Place available ladders in front of their houses. * Remove combustible curtains from windows. * Lower and close venetian blinds. * Seal attic and ground vents. * Remove combustibles from around butane tanks. * Place combustible garden furniture and pads inside a structure. * Chop down highly combustible shrubbery and remove the remains away from any structure. * Shut off the electricity. * Remove leaves and debris from roofs and rain gutters. * Park vehicles left in the involved area in a garage, preferably facing outward, and close all windows. * If no garage is available park on front yards or lawns. Do not park on narrow streets. Note: Officers should advise parents to keep their family together when evacuating· as this lessens confusion and helps avoid unnecessary delay. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Disasters & Other Emergencies September, 1979 40 ·.I., D/315.05 DISASTERS ANO OTHER EMERGENCIES 315.05 BRUSHFIRES. The Department necessarily . takes an interest in all serious fire emergencies. However, it will normally be required to exert a major effort only at the scene of a large-scale brushfire. Over one-fourth of the total area of the City is mountainous terrain covered with an extensive growth of native brush. Reaching a height of twenty-five feet in places, this brush is the most flammable ground cover in the western hemisphere. Prolonged periods of high temperature, winds, and low humidity decrease the moisture content of the brush. This, coupled with a high oil content, serves to increase the rate of combustion . . Examples of highly combustible native vegetation include: * Greasewood and sage - very fast burning. * Sumac and manzanita - flammable when sufficiently heated. * Buckwheat (or button) bush - highly flammable in autumn. During brushfires, structures are usually ignited in one or more of the following ways: * Flying brands ignite shingle or shake roofs. * Heat or flames become trapped beneath the eaves of roofs. * Burning debris is blown through attic or ground vents. * Windows are broken by exposure to heat or severe drafts: * Doors or windows are left open. * Combustible materials are left near structures. 315.06 BRUSHFIRE SURVIVAL. A person trapped by a fast moving brushfire can seldom run fast enough to escape onrushing flames. Knowledge·of the below listed brushfire survival techniques may alleviate injury to individuals working in close proximity to the fire. * Know where the fire is at all times by utilizing personal observation and monitoring radio frequencies. * Keep escape routes in mind and make them known to others. * Park vehicles where they do not obstruct other vehicles. * Keep windows closed and face the vehicle toward an . escape route when parked. * Keep clear of all electrical power lines, whether in place or not. * Wear helmets and goggles in areas of heavy smoke and flying debris. 315.07 SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES - IN VEHICLE. Officers in a vehicle trapped by a brushfire should vacate the area using known escape routes. When driving through heavy smoke, close the windows, turn on the headlights, sound the horn intermittently, and proceed cautiously. If it is necessary to drive the vehicle over a fire hose·, cross the hose arTeast three feet from the coupling and drive at a slow speed. It is possible to drive the vehicle through a considerable amount of fire if the driver does not panic. If no path of escape exists and no other means of protection are available, remain inside the vehicle. Do not shut off the engine as the heat created by the fire may adversely affect the starting mechanism'. Usually, a fast moving. fire will sweep past arid wUT not affect the vehicle's occupants. 315.os· SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES - AFOOT. Radiated heat can seriously injure unprotected persons. Officers on foot should use every means available to shield themselves from the intense heatgenerated by the brushfire. If no shelter is available, move for the flank of the approaching fire. Run only when absolutely necessary and avoid steep, uphill escape routes. Officers should attempt to limit their breating rate in dense smoke and wait for small pockets of fresh air that usually appear at intervals. If, as a last resort, it is necessary to run through flames, carefully choose a path, take a few deep breaths, and quickly move to a burned over area. 315.09 SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES - IN STRUCTURES. If officers are trapped by a brushfire and are able to locate a house or other structure they should go inside, close all doors and windows, and locate themselves on a side opposite the approaching fire. They will usually be safe in a well built structure, even though the structure may eventually be destroyed. By the time they are forced to vacate, they can more than likely relocate to a burned over area. September, 1979 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 41 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/317.01 317. EARTHQUAKES - GENERAL. Historically, few persons have been killed or injured by earth quakes as such although many have lost their lives in the resulting collapse of buildings, fires, landslides, tsunamies (seismic sea waves), and dam failures. Earthquakes also create a large number of related hazards. Shock waves or tremors can initiate breaks in electrical wires, rupture gas mains, destroy tanks holding flammable or toxic substances, crumble roadways and bridges, and render a panic stricken citizenry momentarily incapable of exercising basic self-help measures. Earthquakes occur most frequently where they have been relatively common in the past. Of primary importance is the realization that the City is located in a region that is prone to seismic activity. Functioning as an integral . segment of the City's emergency service organization, the Department has a major responsibility to save lives, protect property, and enforce the law during such a crisis. Because an earthquake usually occurs without warning, police, fire, and other public service agencies and organizations must quickly evaluate the situation, make decisions, and take appropriate action. Intelligence from the involved area is required to Sort alternatives and establish priorities for control. An appropriate response must be implemented with speed and determination and with a certain flexibility that will enable unforeseen events to be met and dealt with. 317.01 EARTHQUAKE MEASUREMENT. A cursory examination of the methods used to measure earthquakes will be useful for officers to more . fully appreciate their destructive force. Magnitude Scale. The magnitude scale, often referred to as the Richter Scale, gives each earthquake a single characteristic number based on measurement. It is not an instrument, but a method dependent upon special charts and tables using indications registered on seismographs. The scale represents intensity and escalates upward in a . logarithmic progression. An earthquake of magnitude 2 is ten times larger than magnitude 1; magnitude 3 is 100 times larger than magnitude 1; and magnitude 8 is 10 million times larger than magnitude 1. Intensity Scale. The Modified Mercalli Intensity Scale utilizes Roman numerals instead of the Arabic numerals used with the Richter Scale. It relies on the senses and observable damage utilizing the following criteria: I. Not felt except under especially favorable circumstances. - 11. Felt by few persons. Delicately suspended objects may sway . . 111 . Felt noticeably indoors, especially on upper floors of buildings. Parked automobiles may sway slightly. i V. Felt Indoors by many, outdoors by few. Parked -automobiles may sway noticeably. V. Felt by nearly everyone. Windows broken , plaster cracked, unstable objects overturned. Disturbance of trees, poles, and other tall objects sometimes noticed. VI. Felt by all, many frightened and run outdoors. Damage slight. V 11. Most people run outdoors. · Damage neg I igable in buildi- hgs of good design and construction; slight to moderate in ordinary structures; consider able in poorly built structures. VI 11. Damage slight in specially designed structures; considerable in ordinary buildings; great in poorly built structures. IX. Damage considerable in specially built stru~tures; many buildings shifted of,f foundations; ground cracked and underground pipes broken. X. Some well-built wooden structures and most masonry structures destroyed. Ground badly cracked. Rails bent. Landslides considerable from riverbanks and steep slopes. XI. Few, if' any, masonry structures remain standing. Bridges destroyed. Broad fissures in ground. X 11. Damage total. Waves seen on ground surface. Lines of sight distorted. Objects thrown upward. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police-Department Disasters & Other Emerge;-lCies September, 1979 42 D/317.02 DISASTERS ANO OTHER EMERGENCIES 317.02 FORESHOCKS ANO AFTERSHOCKS. Earth- quakes of major magnitude rarely occur unaccompanied by smaller tremors. Aftershocks commonly follow the primary shock and become generally fewer and less intense as time passes until seismic activity subsides. A smaller aftershock of a major earthquake may still be large enough to cause damage. Often a number of these small shocks will lead up to a larger one, followed by a pause, another large shock, and finally a normally diminishing train of small aftershocks. Some large earth quakes are preceded by smaller foreshocks generated from the same source. There is no way to distinguish foreshocks from small earthquakes that occur regularly in an active seismic area. Consequently, foreshocks do not always serve as warning of an impending major earthquake. 317.03 SITUATION ESTIMATE. A large eqrthquake has the effect of subdividing a region into areas that are damaged and those that are unaffected. Because of variations in earthquake magnitude, building and · population density, type of construction, land use, and terrain, the degree of damage and possible accompanying hazards may vary considerably. The immediate and most important action for the Depart ment is to obtain an estimate of the damage, including potential threats such as fire, explosion, landslide, or flood. Once an earthquake of wide-ranging destructive force has occurred, the initial estimate of damage or high risk circumstances will be forwarded by the Emergency Control Center to the Office of Emergency Services (OES). Because many political subdivisions may be affected, OES is better able to assimilate the volume of information available and delineate the extent of the involved area. Accurate situation estimates are a prerequisite for an effective emergency operation. This is even more so in the aftermath of a large earthquake. It is essential that the situation estimates forwarded from the field keep the Field Command Post(s) and the Emergency Control Center abreast of the emergency. Subsequent estimates of the observed distribution of damage, or other hazards, will be used to redefine any approximation and establish priorities regarding the altocation of available personnel and equipment. 317.04 DAMAGE SURVEY. FacilitiPs presenting high- risk or providing an essential public service should be surveyed to determine whether they are able to function or pose a hazard. Area stations should attempt to communicate with key facilities located within the Area and survey them for damage. Mobile field units should check the locations IQ! damage and casualties if the station is unable to establish communications. Every occupied structure is a potentially dangerous location due to the use of natural gas and electricity. The simplest method to eliminate this problem is to secure the source. The Southern California Gas Company has regulator stations where the flow of natural gas to an entire neighbor hood or community can be shut off. The Department of Water and Power, Electricity Section, has the same ability to secure electrical power in an extreme emergency. Requests for these services should be made through the ECC, when activated. Without question, an aerial survey is one of the best methods available for observing the extent-of earthquake damage. Air Support Division is assigned the responsibility to survey damage City-wide in the event of an earthquake (A/205.03). Pilots and observers can provide the Field Commander not only with an up-to-date accounting of damage, but also observations of potential problems such as traffic congestion, possible structure collapse, and need for evacuation. Note: Inclement weather or other adverse conditions may preclude an aerial survey. Mobile field units can provide firsthand observations. Prior to dispatch of units, the involved area should be sectored.and ll.lnits assigned to a specific sector. Once afield, officers should remain aware of ,and communicate to the Field Command Post, potential or actual hazards such as downed electrical lines. broken gas mains, or structures which have collapsed or are on fire. Persons in need of rescue and/or medical assistance may require the expertise of other emergency service personnel. When required, these personnel should be requested and advised of the circumstances and location. The movement of mobile field units may be impeded by traffic congestion or debris. Under such circumstances, officers on foot, provided with portable communications equipment, can survey their assigned areas. The initial survey of the involved area should include the status of facilities essential to the community, including: * Hospitals. * Dams and reservoirs. * Schools. * Fire stations. * Airports. * Radio and television transmitter towers and relay stations. * Telephone facilities. * Water storage tan ks. * High-rise buildings, brick buildings (two or more stories). * Plating works. * Refineries. * Radioactive material storage areas. * Laboratories. * Medical suppliers or drugs, blood, oxygen, surgical supplies, etc. * Electrical relay stations and high-voltage power I ines. * Over and under passes (vehicle and pedestrian) . * Elevated freeways. * Possible landslide areas. September, 1979 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department 43 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/317.06 • Railroad yards and track locations. • Zoos, stables, dairys, etc. Note: If an Area includes a dam, reservoir, or other potentially dangerous facility, information concerning possible damage, actual or potential, should be obtained without delay. To obtain required information it may be necessary to employ ground and/or air units. 317.05 CITIZEN SELF-HELP MEASURES. When it becomes apparent that an evacuation is necessary, the warning must be given in an expeditious manner. For a variety of reasons, some citizens will choose not to heed the warning. These individuals should not be forcefully removed from their residence unless extenuating circumstances exist (D/305.04) . Those electing to remain should be instructed to initiate self-help measures include : • Attempting to extinguish small fires. • Assisting injured persons. • Opening windows, shutting off main gas valve, vacating the building, and notifying the appropriate authorities when detecting the odor of ~as. • Preventing possible explosions by not burning candles, smoking or I ighting fires. • Shutting off electricity at the main box. if electrical wiring is shorting out. • Conserving all available water. • Not using the telephone, except to report an emergency. • Going to evacuation centers if in· need of medical care, food, water, or other assistance. 317.06 AREA EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLANS. Each Area is required to implement and periodically update Area Earthquake Response Plans. Areas commanding officers should assess the following information and make additions or deletions to their response plans as necessary. The actions listed below are not necessarily arranged in order of priority and are intended as a guide only. • Survey predesignated key facilities. • Determine status of all on-duty personnel. * Check facilities known to contain chemicals, flammable substances, explosives, or other materials that may pose a hazard if released. * Determine the operability of telephone, water, gas, electricity, public transportation, and other systems serving residents of the Area. * Activate a multipurpose staging area for responding units. * Request equipment needed for debris clearance and heavy rescue, if needed. * Establish ingress and egress routes into and out of the involved area. * Prepare to issue Temporary Emergency Passes to persons authorized to enter closed areas. * Provide for traffic control and expedite movement of emergency service vehicles. · * Determine capacity and safety of evacuation routes. If primary routes are impassable, select secondary · or alternate routes. * Ensure residents receive the evacuation warning and assist with evacuation. * Request news media to broadcast evacuation routes and other pertinent information. * Consider release or relocation of prisoners detained in Area station. * Start log of personn· e1 assignments, requests for assistance, damage and casualty reports, and other essential information. * Advise fire department personnel of trapped victim, and request medical assistance, as needed. * If any facility or area is reported to be untenable because of damage, developing fires, or other hazards, consider evacuation. * If evacuation is required, assist where needed and provide security. * If communications with key facilities, such as fire stations, are not operational, deploy mobile field units to assess the situation and provide alternate communication I inks. * Dispatch ground and aerial units to survey vulnerable areas for damage, fire, lands! ide, etc. * Instruct survey units to report to the station or Field Command Post with pertinent intelligence. * If Area includes a dam, or is in the inundation path of a dam, dispatch units to survey these structures for possible damage. Note: If there is a possibility of dam failure,. immediately notify the Emergency Control Center, if activated, or Detective Headquarters Division. Notification will then be made to the agency responsible for the dam. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Disasters & Other Emergencies 1 September, 1979 q4 . , ,._ 0/319. DISASTERS ANO OTHER EMERGENCIES 319. AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-GENERAL. Regard- less of their nature or location, most aircraft accidents involve both local and federal agencies. Police and fire departments will normally respond. Assistance may also be required from the Department of Public Works, public utility companies, and the Red Cross. Because of the number of agencies involved and the immediacy of the control problem, it is imperative that officers be cognizant of not only the Department's role but the responsibilities of other concerned agencies as well. These include the : * National Transportation Safety Board. By law, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) has the responsibility for investigating civil aircraft accidents. The primary purpose of their investigation is to determine the facts, conditions, circumstances, and probable cause of the accident. * Federal Aviation Administration. The Federal Aviation Administration ( FAA) is concerned with every air- craft accident and investigates to determine if there has been any violation of federal aviat1on laws or regulations. * United States Military. The investigation of accidents involving only military aircraft is under the jurisdiction of military authorities. However, they may request that the NTSB or FAA conduct al'li"investigation. * United States Coast Guard. The United States Coast Guard (USCG) has the responsibility for all search and rescue missions in the territorial waters of the United States. * · Los Angeles County Medical Examiner-Coroner. The Los Angeles County Medical Examiner-Coroner directs and coordinates the recovery, collection, identification and processing of the dead and their personal effects. * Los Angeles City Fire Department. The ranking Los Angeles Fire Department ( LAFD) officer at the scene of all aircraft accidents occurring within the City has full power and authority regarding rescue and fire fighting. Additionally, he is responsible for directing the acitivites of other agencies involved in the immediate control operation. His authority does not include crowd control, traffic diversion or security ( LAMC Sec. 57.01 .20). 319.01 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-LOCATION. All aircraft accidents will involve civilian or military aircraft and occur in one of the following locations: * On land outsidENJirport boundaries. Note: Aircraft accidents occuring on inland waters shal I be considered as having occurred on land. • On land within airport boundaries. * In or over the ocean. The duties and responsibilities of Department personnel will vary relative to ownership of the aircraft involved and the location where the accident occurs. September, 1979 Disasters & Other Emergencies 45 319.02 SITUATION ESTIMATE. The first police unit at the scene of an aircraft accident occurring on land outside of airport boundaries shal I immediately notify Communications Division. The notification should include: • Location of accident. • Number of injuries or deaths, if known. • Military or civilian aircraft. • Type of aircraft (passenger, cargo, helicopter, etc.). • Class of aircraft (single engine, multi-engine, jet, prop.). • Additional assistance required (police, fire, medical, military, etc.). • Best available ingress and egress routes for emergency vehicles. Subsequent situation reports should include : * Aircraft identification numbers. * Owner of involved aircraft. • Name and address of pilot{s). • Property damage. • Location of known survivors. * Brief resume of circumstances surrounding incident. * If military aircraft, was it carrying weapons. * If civilian aircraft, was U.S. mail aboard. Note: Wheri the acddent has occurred within airport . boundaries, the initial responding officers shall contact the airport Chief Special Officer and determine if additional _ pol ice assistance is required. Emergency rescue action should be initiated as soon as possible. Since fire, explosion, and other hazards are inherent to most aircraft accidents, injured persons should be promptly removed from the wreckage. As soon as fire department personnel and equipment arrive at the scene, the role of the Department will become supportive in nature, and may-include: * Perimeter control and evacuation. * Providing a corridor for emergency vehicles. * Traffic and crowd control. * Security of the crash site. * Identification of witnesses. * Requesting activation of the CIC if victims are being transported to various hospitals. * Requesting a traffic supervisor to direct the Depart ment's investigation and report of the incident. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/319.06 319.03 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-PERIMETER CONTROL AND EVACUATION. Con- trolling access to the scene of an emergency is essential. With an aircraft accident, this is even more imQerative. A perimeter must be immediately established. The scene must be preserved intact to faci I itate the detailed and exhaustive investigations required. A perimeter mlJSt be established at a reasonable and safe distance from the accident site (D/005.). Ordinarily, the perimeter should be of sufficient size to encompass all debris. Its size will be determined by the LAFD Incident Commander. If evacuation is necessary, the Field Commander should normally seek the advice of the LAFD Incident Commander (See 0/305. for evacuation particulars). · Should the need arise, air traffic over the scene can be restricted by invoking Part 91.91, Federa! Aviation Regulations ( E/801 .03). Local airport control tower personnel should be kept apprised of the situation and informed of any necessary restrictive measures. 319.04 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-TRAFFIC CONTROL. Aircraft accidents by their very nature can not only be disastrous, but spectacularly so. For the most part, the City's major airports are located adjacent to densely populated neighborhoods and heavily travelled freeways. An aircraft accident on or near the premises of these airports will usually disrupt the normal vehicular traffic flow. On the scene reports by the news media will attract widespread · attention. Therefore, liaison with the California Highway Patrol (CHP) is essential and consideration of a Sig-Alert advisable. Immediate measures must be undertaken to ensure emergency vehicles responding to the crash site have well defined and maintained ingress and egress routes which will enable them to reach and exit the scene without unnecessary delay. 319.05 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-CRASH SITE SECURITY. Pieces of wreckage may be widely scattered. The debris should be disturbed only to assist victims. Papers, certificates, and debris may be found away from the crash site and returned to the scene by citizens. As the exact· location ·of each and every piece of debris could be vital to an investigation, these items should be taken into custody, the location where they were found identified and, if possible, the material delivered to an aircraft accident investigator. The exact location from which each body or injured person is removed shall be positively marked and preserved for the accident investigators. Officers at the scene shall cause removal of the aircraft only if the accident has occurred on a trafficway. If the aircraft is to be removed, the Department of Public Works shall be notified. The NTSB and FAA request that Local authorities, arriving at the scene of civil aircraft accidents, take photographs of the wreckage as soon as possible. Officers having access to a camera should comply with such a request. The scene should be photographed from various angles to provide complete coverage. An aircraft accident attracts news media reporters and photographers. Normally, newsmen with Department issued press passes are entitled access to the scene of a civil aircraft accident. However, they should not be allowed to hamper or interfere with the control operation or subsequent investigation. Media represen tatives shall not be allowed to disturb any part of the wreckage or any physical evidence at the scene. Consider ation should be given to providing special access routes for media representatives to approach and photograph the scene. 319.06 IDENTIFICATION OF WITNESSES. Wit- nesses are extremely important in determining the cause of an aircraft acciden( Their observations may determine the success of an investigation. Officers· shall attempt to locate and record the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of witnesses for later interview by investigators. · Officers observing an aircraft accident, or obtaining statements from witnesses, should utilize the following format to assist further inquiry : * Name, address, and telephone number. * Time of accident. * Location of witness at time of observation. * Weather conditions at time of accident. * Aircraft direction in flight. * Aircraft on fire in flight. · * Explosion prior to crash. * Impact angle of aircraft and position of survivors relative to impact. * Did objects fall from aircraft? * Anything removed from accident scene. By whom. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department Disasters & Other Emergencies September, 1979 46 D/319.07 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCJES 319.07 AIRCRAFT ACCID.ENTS-OVE-RWATER INCIDENTS. An emergency '.'Blue" tele phone system is established for operational use at the Los Angeles International Airport ( LAX) for use in the event of an aircraft accident that might involve water rescue. It is an emergency communications and information system tying together key agencies that are responsible for, or should be aware of, an aircraft emergency in this area. The system is used only for Alert I and Alert 11 conditions. * Alert I. A potential unsafe aircraft condition exists · which requires that concerned emergency personnel and equipment standby. * Alert II. An aircraft accident has occurred and an immediate response and dispatch of concerned emergency personnel and equipment is required. The "Blue' telephone system provides simultaneous communications between two locations in the LAX tower (the Instrument Flight Rules Room and the Visual Flight Rules Room) and the following agencies: * USCG flight facility located at LAX. * Marina del Rey Harbor Master's Office. * Airport Operations, Department of Airports. * Venice Police Station, Watch Commander's Office. When. the LAX tower activates the "Blue" telephone, they will transmit particulars of the emergency, including location. September, 1979 Disasters & Other Emergencies 47 319.08 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS. Officers arriving at a crash scene may be unable to locate any crew members or passengers. Several possibilities exist : * Survivors may have parachuted. * Surviv.ors may have left the scene prior to officers arrival. - .· · * Deceased or injured victims may be displaced from the aircraft by impact. Officers should be aware that bodies and debris may be some distance from the crash site. A search of the area for surviving or deceased victims should be conducted. Parts of bodies located away from the scene should be covered and guarded until removed by Medical Examiner-Coroner personnel. ....__ A military aircraft accident may present hazards and problems not encountered in civil aircraft. Due to the many types of aircraft, it is impractical to detail specific precautions. In general, hazards include ammunition, missiles, bombs, and liquid or solid type rocket propellants. Canopies or hatches may be jettisoned by explosively actuated devices. The pilot ejection mechanism, if not triggered prior to the crash, is a particular hazard to an injured or unconscious pilot and would-be rescuers. Military aircraft accidents may result in classified material or information being exposed. Consequently, only aircraft accident investigators and necessary police, fire, rescue and medical personnel shall be permitted access to the scene. All others should be referred to military authorities. Except for removal of the injured, the scene should be preserved intact until the military authorities arrive. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/321.01 321. CONTAMINATION EMERGENCIES- GENERAL. The increasing use of hazardous materials and the related problems of transportation, storage, mishandling, and disposal increase the incidence of contamination emergencies. The multitude of hazard ous materials mandates that officers use extreme caution when confronted with a possible contamination emergency. Hazardous materials vary widely in form and chemical characteristics. They can be solid, liquid, gas, or com bination of these forms. They can be corrosive, toxic, water 0r air-reactive, flammable, explosive, or radioactive. Some materials can also become hazardous when contami nated or mixed with other substances, e.g., fuel, brake fluid, or oil. A material that is safe in solid form can become hazardous when converted to a I iqu id or gas. At the scene of a contamination emergency, the Fire Department Incident Commander has the authority to direct all operations toward control and to take those precautions necessary to save life, protect property, and prevent further injury or damage ( Los Angeles Municipal Code, Section 57. 01.20). When Fire Department personnel are not at the scene, officers shou Id be prepared to take those actions neces sary to minimize the consequences of the emergency. Any potential or actual threat will be lessened if officers have a basic understanding of the materials involved, methods for material identification, potential danger, and tactics to employ for controlling such incidents. 321.01 SITUATION ESTIMATE. A developing contami- nation emergency can rapidly expand to major proportions during the time it takes to organize a control force. A prompt evaluation of the situation followed by a request for the necessary resources could mean the differ ence between an emergency of short duration and one that continues for a prolonged period; therefore, a situation estimate must be formulated without delay and transmitted to Communications Division. It should include: * Type of emergency. * Location of Emergency. * Type of structure(s) and/or vehicle(s) involved. * Size of involved area (actual and potential). * Number of addi, ~onal officers required. * Field Command Post Location. * Staging Area Location. * Access routes for emergency vehicles. * Assistance required (e.g., ambulance, fire, public utility). Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department Note: The Fire Department's Mobile Laboratory should be requested immediately to assist personnel in identifica tion, evaluation, and control of the contamination and in determining the severity of the hazard and procedures for disposal of the hazardous material. * Type of specialized equipment and supplies and amount needed. * Weather conditions and related factors. * Number and type of casualties. * Severity of hazard to citizens and emergency personnel. * Traffic and crowd conditions. * Placard and/or shipping papers information. * Material name, if identified. - * Property and/or vehicle owner's name, if identified. Amendments to the original situation estimate should be formulated at least once each hour during a continuing emergency and the information transmitted to concerned personnel. After the original situation estimate is communicated, the next consideration is establishing a Field Command Post a safe distance upwind from the scene (see ... D/303.03). When this is accomplished, the Field Command Post location should be broadcast to all concerned personner. The Field Commander should then implement the following: * Liaison with the Fire Department Incident Commander. * Perimeter control. * Evacuation warning, if requested by the Fire Depart- ment Incident Commander. * Sig-Alert, if needed. * Notification to Air Support Division. Note: Perimeter traffic control measures and evacuation warning will usually be implemented with the concurrence of the Fire Department Incident Commander (see ... D/305). Officers should not attempt to assist Fire Department per sonnel in their specific control efforts unless requested and then only outside the contaminated area. Disasters & Other Emergencies July, 1982 48 . , .. , 0/321.02 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES · 321.02 PLACARDS AND SHIPPING PAPERS. During a contamination emergency, identification of the material is critical. Note: Officers shall not enter a contaminated area to attemot such identification where there exists a threat to officers' safety. Identification should be delayed until other safety personnel, i.e., Fire Department, arrive with protective equipment. To assist safety personnel in identifying transported materials, placards are required by law on vehicles trans porting hazardous materials and must be displayed on each side and end of a motor vehicle, rail car or portable tank; however, some materials, such as class "B" poisons under 1000 pounds are exempt fro~ this regulation. Th~re are several types of placards in use; however, the basic color identification codes used in placarding and labeling hazardous materials are uniform: Orange. Explosives and blasting agents. Red. Flammable and combustible materials whether solid, I iqu id or gas. · White. Poisons, corrosive materials, and other chemicals which can present a severe health hazard. Blue. Materials which react violently upon contact with water, resulting in a fire or generating intense heat and producing a steam-burn hazard. Yellow. Materials which react violently upon contact with other chemicals. Such materials can produce toxic and/or flammable gases through spontaneous combustion or they can detonate if subjected to severe shock • Green. Materials which are highly pressurized, and can explode when exposed to intense heat. Multicolored. Denotes that the cargo being shipped is comprised of one or more types of hazardous materials. July, 1982 Disasters & Other Emergencies qg In conjunction with the basic color identification codes, placards identify materials by classification, material name, or identification number. The classification placard is an eleven-inch diamond-shaped sign, which identifies materials that have certain common characteristics such as CORROSIVE, FLAMMABLE, OXIDIZER, WATER REACTIVE, SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, EXPLOSIVES, RADIOACTIVE, POISON, and COM PRESSED GAS. Materials identified by name, such as OXYGEN, CHLOR INE, and ORGANIC PEROXIDE also utilize the eleven inch diamond-shaped placard. Examples: .{ Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department DISASTERS ANO OTHER EMERGENCIES To fac ilitate material identification, the Department of Transportation has implemented a system where each hazardous material is assigned a permanent four-digit identification number. The identification number may be displayed on the eleven-inch diamond-shaped placard or on a six-by-sixteen-inch rectangular orange panel. In any case, the identification number will be displayed on both ends or both sides of the transporting vehicle. The identification number can also be located on shipping papers,- · ~ preceded by the letters UN or NA. Examples: ~ ~ ~ 0 /321.02 This panel must not be confused with the Maryland Petroleum Transporters' orange-colored marker which contains abbreviated words and a four-digit registration number. RECEIVED, sub ·-----. --.... -· Shipping papers (way-bills, manifests, bills of lading) are required while the vehicle is in transit, and must be located lying on the passenger's seat, or in a compartment of the driver's door. A parked vehicle must have the shipping papers lying in plain view on the driver's seat. If a mixed cargo is being transported, hazard ous materials shipping papers must be placed on top of all other shipping papers. On trains, shipping papers must be carried in the caboose with the train conductor. In all cases, shipping papers will contain the identification number of the product being transported. Note: On some shipping papers, an Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) number may be noted in lieu of a UN number. An EPA number is assigned to certain chemicals and pesticides. These numbers appear on shipping papers or on containers, but will not be posted on the exterior of a vehicle. Example: _,.., _____________ _ ., .. ___ .___ .......... ___ ___ .. ____ _ ... __ ~ ............. __ _..,_ ...... . -............. ----·- FROM Routin1 Detiverin1 Carrier TO Vehicle No. Car Initial & No. SHIPPING NAME C. 0. 0. CHARG TO I ~AID Y CONSIGNH 0 IHI~• ~ •W[ICH ~=:.;;...+____..,_ _____________________ 1 ~"11ittt It torrtcliell) Df~IIPTltll tf' AITICUS. SHCIAL •AIIKS UD [XC[l'TIO'fS laH Clllc~ If rh.&rC• 5 •~ Ml be 9ffll&ld, fll\f I w llatl c.1-11 " To bot Pr~~ul" 1 TC Acetone, 85 000 __ J _________ __,~L _____ _J~~~~•.,"'"""i:,~r:_-j._ __ +---{~:!~~e=:f::.:~:!.=:.;D: ~s~====== S11b~r1 to Sttt111e 1 al retNIIUou. If ti to bf dtllttnd to tJw roul&att •11ho11t , rn1111por, UII -1 ... lllall lip UII f ---t--ta..&iiiiiilil .......... ~ ............. ------:-------r---,-• ... ,: ne can1tr ..u tot ... •11,.,, fl -----+--------------------------------~---+---t •tt.lloul ,-,.Mil ol fhlpt ud Ill oUMr Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department Disasters & Other Emergencies July, 1982 50 '-, . J ~ .. D/321.02 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES Once th~ id~ntification number has been located, it can be utilized in conjunction with the United States Department of Transportation's Hazardous Materials-1980 Emergency Response Guidebook. The guidebook identifies hazardous materials by number and/or material n 9 me, and provides on-scene safety personnel with initial information regarding : * H ea Ith hazards. * Fire or explosion possibilities. * First aid measures. * Emergency actions, i.e., perimeter size, special equipment, and containment .procedures. Emergency Respon• Guidebooks are located in Area watch commanders' offices, Area field supervisors' vehicles and at Communications Division. Officers may contact any of these sources by radio or telephone for information. Note: Area Commanding Officers shall ensure the avail ability of the Emergency Respon• Guidebooks in these locations, and provide for their maintenance, i.e., updating. Other information sources are the vehicle tractor or trailer numbers, license plates, and carrier names. These can be useful in tracing unknown cargoes. In the case of railroad tanker cars, individual car numbers are found on one side and on both ends. Th is number identifies the tanker car owner. Material identification and tanker car information can be obtained from the train's conductor, or from the train's shipping papers. Officers requesting additional information on a specific material can contact the Cht1rnical Transportation Emer gency Center (CHEMTREC) in Washington D.C. This organization provides immediate advice for those at the scene of a hazardous material contamination emergency, and will contact the shipper of the involved materials for more detailed assistance and appropriate follow-up. CHEMTREC operates 24 hours a day to receive toll-free calls ( 1-800-424-9300). Personnel contacting CHEMTREC should be prepared to relate the following details: * Type of container, e.g., rail tanker car, semi-trailer, or truck van. * Quantity of material. * Name of transporter, shipper, or manufacturer. * Chemical trade name, if identified. * Placard information. * Shipping papers information. * Rail car or truck number. Usually, Fire Department personnel will obtain the neces sary information, but officers should be ready to assume this task if Fire Department personnel are delayed. ) Police and Fire Department personnel are normally well prepared to cope with most hazardous materials spills, e.g., fuel oil and gasoline. Too often, however, they are at a disadvantage when other hazardous materials are encountered. The need is for accurate and clearly under standable information to help them evaluate the situation so they can act with caution for perso"nal safety, as well as for the protection of other life and property. Officers searching for shipping papers should exercise extreme care when approaching any materials spill; toxic vapors, hazardous liquids, or powders maybe present and could pose an extreme danger to health. Exposed personnel experiencing skin irritation, dry or sore throat, dizziness, or any skin discoloration should leave the area immediately and seek medical aid as these are the initial symptons of chemical poisoning. When a contamination emergency is confirmed, the affected area shou Id be closed (see .. .409.5 Penal Code), a perimeter established and ingress limited to personnel in self-contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing. July, 1982 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 51 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/321.03 321.03 LIAISON. When multiple agencies are involved in controlling a contamination emergency, liaison efforts become vital for effective and coordinated emer gency control. Normally, each agency is aware of the capa bilities, responsibilities, duties, and jurisdictional limitations of other participating agencies; however, successful liaison will avoid duplication of effort, confusion, and unnecessary delay. A Field Commander should establish liaison with each involved agency, e.g., California Highway Patrol, Environmental Protection Agency, United States Coast Guard. Ideally each involved agency will in turn assign I iaison personnel to the Pol ice Department Field Com mand Post; however, when the magnitude of an emergency requires the activation of the Emergency Operations Center, fourth sub-level, City Hall East, liaison personnel from outside agencies should be directed to that Ioc· ation. During a contamination emergency, the Police Department Field Commander shal I assign a supervisor to I iaise with the Fire Department Incident Commander. This action will facilitate the emergency control efforts, of both depart ments and aid in decisions for establishing perimeters and ordering evacuations. Note: If other agencies establish command posts within the inner perimeter of a contaminated area, liaison should be established via radio or telephone in lieu of entering the area (see .•. D/321.04). Tactical.Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 321.04 PERIMETER CONTROL, TRAFFIC CONTROL, AND EVACUATION. Controlling access to a contamination emergency is extremely important due to the potential and actual dangers accompanying an inci dent. Materials spilled in a limited area may pose a con tamination threat many times larger than the size of the original spill because of the spread of toxic vapors, liquid run-off, or flammable vapors. M-:"Ament through the area may spread the spilled materials and increase contamina tion; therefore, affected areas should be closed to unautho rized and unprotected personnel. Officers attempting to determine the size of a perimeter should consult the United States Department of Trans portation's Hazardous Materia/-1980 Emergency Response Guidebook for the information regarding health hazards and fire or explosion possibilities of the involved materials. Liaison with the Fire Department Incident Commander can provide added expertise, and that department's recom mendatio~ should be adhered to ~henever' possible. Officers unable to identify a material should establish an outer traffic perimeter and Field Command Post a suffi cient distance away to avoid contamination from toxic vapors and/or liquid runoff and initial perimeter consid erations should include: * Quantity of the material spilled * Elevation of the spill. * Population density. * Presence of buildings, which may restrict the flow of toxic vapors. Note: If the emergency involves an unknown substance, and an evacuation is ordered, the outer perimeter and Field Command Post should be a minimum of 2,000 feet ;may (three city blocks). As with other types of emergencies, the established peri meters are not static, and should be flexible and depen dent upon the circumstances. Weather conditions, such as wind or rain, can spread a hazardous material over a large area and greatly increase the danger posed by the incident. Intelligence forwarded by officers on perimeter control will assist the Field and Incident Commanders in determining perimeter adjustments, damage assessments, modification of containment plans, and the possible dura tion of the-emergency. Police personnel may establish perimeters to keep vehic ular and pedestrian traffic out of an involved area. In establishing traffic control, main streets (corridors) should be designated and reserved exclusively for ingress and egress of emergency personnel. During a major contamination emergency which involves _ freeway traffic congestion, liaison with the California Highway Patrol and a Sig-Alert broadcast are other actions to consider. A hazardous materials spill in a populated area may require an evacuation of residents within, or close to, the involved area. If evacuation is necessary, the Pol ice and Fire Departments share .concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies (see ••• D/305). Disasters & Other Emergencies July, 1982 52 ., . .. D/321.06• DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 321.05 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS-SPECIAL CONSID- ERATIONS AND SAFETY FACTORS. Every contamination emergency is potentially dangerous to life and property, depending on the type of materials involved, method of containment, weather conditions, type of acci dent, and methods used for control. Some materials which are not usually considered hazard ous, may become so when mixed with other chemicals or transported in a different form. Metals such as copper and tungsten are difficult to ignite when shipped as a solid block; however, when reduced to sheets or shavings, they burn readily. Other metals, like potassium or sodium, no matter what their form (massive or finely divided), will produce a violent reaction when in contact with water. Officers approaching an accident scene involving hazard ous materials should be alert to the presence of leaking water, gasoline, or brake fluid; if these substances come in contact with certain spilled hazardous materials, a . fire or explosion could occur. Some materials, classified as spontaneously combustible solids, e.g., red or white phosphorus, will when in a solid state and exposed to air, ignite at 86 degrees Fahrenheit; when finely divided, they can ignite at room temperature (72 degrees Farhenheit). Extreme care must be exercised at a phosphorus spill, as contact causes severe flesh burns and inhalation of phosphorus particles can be fatal. Material containment during shipping is another concern. Several types of materials, including compressed gases, are shipped as liquids in large horizontal containers. The containers P.resent a safe shipping method until involved in an accident, particularly where fire is present These materials will change from liquid to gas when tempera tures increase, thus increasing internal pressures and event ually rupturing the container. As the I iqu id converts to gas, it is vented out of the container through frangible discs designed to break at a pressure below the bursting point of the container. In some cases, the heat and pres sure build faster than can be vented and an explosion occurs. This is known as a Boiling Uquid Expanding Vapor Explosion (BLEVE). Liquid petroleum gas (LPG) tanker trucks have frequently been involved in accidents with an attendant fire. When confronted with a potential BLEVE, officers should immediately evacuate the area for at least 2000 feet in all directions. Do not wait for Fire Department personnel. Communications Division should be advised so that arriving personnel can be warned of the danger. Emergency personnel should not approach a fire-exposed tanker truck from either end; it should be approached from its side. Usually, when these containers explode one end will give, and the tank will rocket .off its supports landing as far as one-half mile ""'1ay. Spills involving a ruptured LPG container, where there is leakage but not fire, are potentially more hazardous than a container on fire becuase the danger is less apparent and people may congregate nearby. Escaping vapors are toxic, easily ignited, and can explode. Most gases are heavier than air and flow along the ground, traveling as much as 300 feet from the source. __ This expanding perimeter increases the potential for an explosion or fire, due to the higher probability of an ignition source. Flammable gases can be ignited by any electrical switch, e.g., tele phone, traffic signal, emergency flashing lights, or by any open flame. Note: Flares should not be utilized at a contamination emergency. Accident scenes can be protected with barri cades and cones which can be requested through Comm unications Division. Most chemical fires can be contained with the use of water; however, some chemicals can react violently, causing a larger fire and/or releasing toxic gases in dangerous quantities . Officers arriving first at an accide- nt scene and confronted with a chemical fire should be aware of the chemica~·s properties, and the fire extinguishing method to be used. Such information is useful in determining the perimeter - size and the tactics to be employed. lf the chemicals are not identified and the hazards are unknown, personnel should immediately leave the involved area, and react as though the chemicals are toxic and/or likely to ignite .or explode. When an accident involving an enclosed semi-trailer or truck van carrying hazardous materials occurs, do not open the trailer or van to inspect the extent of damage. Chem- . icals may have spilled from their containers, releasing toxic vapors, powders or liquids into the vehicle's interior. Most trailers or vans are not well-insulated and inside tempera tures can exceed 130 degrees Fahrenheit. The combination of heat and confining space can cause the materials to react, forming a deadly atmosphere. Opening the vehicle doors can vent the toxic vapors directly onto the accident scene, affecting all those present. July, 1982 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 53 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/321.05b The following are examples from the United States Department of Transportation's 1978 Emergency Action Guide for Selected Hazardous Materials. which recommends evacuation areas and distances for protecting the public from dangerous concentra tions of toxic vapors and explosions. The distances and evacuation areas vary for each material. ✓ Hydrocarbon Fuels (Flammable Liquid) In Case of Explosion, the Minimum Safe Distance from Flying Fragments 11 2,000 Feet In All Direction~ Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department D Police Department Field Command Post Disasters & Other Emergencies July, 1982 D/321.05 c DISASTERS ANO OTHER EMERGENCIES Chlorine (Nonflammable Gas, Poisonous} Immediate Danger Area Evacuation Table - Based on Prevailing Wind of 6-12 mph. Approximate Distance to Evacuate For Maximum Safety, Size of Spill From Immediate Downwind Evacuation ! Danger Area Area Should Be 200 square feet 160 yards (192 paces) 1 mile long, 1 /2 mile wide 400 square feet 240 yards (288 paces) 1 1/2 miles long, 1 mile wide 600 square feet 300 yards (360 paces) 1 1/2 miles long, 1 mile wide 800 square feet 340 yards (408 paces) 2 miles· long, 1 1/2 miles wide . In the event of an explosion, the minimum safe distance from flying fragments is 2,000 feet in all directions. July, 1982 Disasters & Other Eme_ rgencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 55 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 0/321.06 Personnel approaching contamination emergency scenes should be aware of a few precautions that may prevent illness or death: * Stay upwind from the accident scene. * Do not touch any suspected material unless wearing proper protective clothing. Police uniforms are not sufficient protection against most hazardous materials. * Traffic accident investigation should not commence until all the spilled material is cleaned up and the area is decontaminated. * Department issued gas masks do not filter out toxic vapors. Only self-contained breathing apparatus is acceptable in a contaminated atmosphere. * Do not move, open, or touch any container. Treat all hazardous materials as if they were toxic, or could explode. * Do not eat, drink, or smoke atthe scene of a contamina tion emergency. -* Exposed personnel must be decontaminated immedi ately (see ... D/321.07). Note: Pol ice Department personnel shall not enter any · conta.m inated area to effect an evacuation; however, they may evacuate any areas in danger of becoming contami nated. Fire Department personnel, in protective clothing and breathing apparatus, will evacuate contaminated areas. Tactical Manual, Los Angeies Pol ice Department 321.06 CONTAINMENT. A primary consideration at a contamination emergency is material containment; therefore, emergency personnel should make every effort to abate the emergency through proper containment techniques. Hazardous materials that are confined to the immediate area of the spill reduce the probability of major environmental contamination, and harmful personnel exposure. Most hazardous liquids are contained with the use of sand or sand bags, which are available from the Public Works Department, Bureau of Street Maintenance. The sand can be utilized to build dams or dikes around the liquid. If Fire Department personnel apply water to a spill, the sand dikes will prevent the chemical mixture from entering storm drains and sewer systems. Often, containment techniques must be formulated for each contamination emergency, for example, liquid materials that cannot be contained with sand dikes may require the Bureau of Street Maintenance dig a trench or sump to confine the liquid. The trench can be lined vyith plastic, preventing material seepage into the soil. Hazardous materials that enter some storm drains or sewer systems can be contained by requesting the Public Works Department, Bureau of Sanitation, shut down affected pumping stations thereby containing the materials until the arrival of disposal technicians. If the material enters a City sewer system, the Bureau of Sanitation should be notified so sewerage plants can prepare for the influx of · hazardous materials into their containment tanks. Failure to notify the Bureau of Sanitation could result in the closure of a sewerage plant for decontamination. Materials leaking from the lower sections of portable tanks, drums, or vessels, that are otherwise airtight, will often contain themselves if left undisturbed. When fluid levels drop in the container, a partia(vacuum is formed at the top, slowing or stopping the leak. Dry material spills can be contained and protected from wind, sun, and moisture, by covering the material with dark-colored plastic, which is available from the Bureau of Street Maintenance. Although material containment is the Fire Department's responsibility, officers seeking containment information may contact CHEMTREC ( 1-800-424-9300) and request advice (see ••. D/321.02). CHEMTREC can provide proper containment techniques, contamination considerations, and the products' physical and chemical properties. The Fire Department has the authority to contact private companies for cleanup assistance. Disasters & Other Emergencies July, 1982 56 • I .. , 0/321.07 DISASTERS ANO OTHER EMERGENCIES 321.07 CONTAMINATION AND CASUALTIES. The wide variety of hazardous materials, their different forms and potential for harm, requires that officers take a conservative approach when formulating plans to control a contamination emergency. Some materials are particu ,arly dangerous in that they can permeate and permanently contaminate much of what they contact. The result is, that such contamination can have short term and/or long term effects. Particular caution should be exercised when exotic or pesticidal chemicals are identified. Some are so toxic that inhalation of a small amount of dust or fumes, or the absorption of only a fe-.v drops through the skin can cause illness, loss of consciousness or death. Officers arriving at the scene of an apparent contamination emergency should be acutely aware of any unusual odor or vapor in the air. These conditions can indicate chemical contamination. Officers should leave the immediate area, establish a perimeter and close the area (409.5 Penal Code) allowing only personnel in protective equipment to enter. Persons attempting to rescue injured or immobilized per sons in a possible contaminated area must exercise cau tion. When officer safety is in question, officers should await the arrival of trained personnel in protective cloth ing and wearing breathing apparatus. Casualties of chemical contamination should be relocated upwind and segregated from emergency personnel and equipment to minimize further contamination and con tamination to others. They should remove all contami nated clothing and shoes, immediately wash with any avail able uncontaminated water source, put on clean clothing or wrap themselves in blankets, and await medical treat ment. Contaminated clothing must be collected, sealed in plastic containers, marked "contaminated", and held for decontamination or disposat Note: Water used to irrigate contaminated or chemically burned skin will pick up contaminants and must be con trolled by plastic sheets or sand dikes. Officers contact ing contaminated casualties, clothing, or other objects must consider themselves contaminated and should seek medical attention after going through the decontamina tion process. Paramedics summoned to the contamination emergency must be informed of the type of materials involved. Hos pital personnel should be alerted to allow preparation of special receiving rooms to avoid contamination of emer gency facilities. This procedure protects hospital person nel and in-hospital patients from contamination trans mitted by vapor droplets, powder residue, or fumes that can be present on casualties skin, hair or clothing. July, 1982 Disasters & Other Emergencies 57 Vehicles driven into a contaminated area should be inspected and, if necessary, decontaminated prior to returning to a patrol function. Contaminants accumulat• ing on hot engine parts, catalytic, converters, or exhaust systems can vaporize, allowing toxic fumes to be circulated into vehicle interiors. Further, officers walking in a con taminated area, or in an area w~hed down by Fire Depart ment personnel, can pick up-eontaminants on their shoes or clothing, carry them back to their vehicles and onto the floormats, where the contaminants can later become toxic when activated by heat or moisture. Note: Certain chemicals and most pesticides are readily absorbed by organic materials ( e.g., cloth and leather) and can be activated by moisture; therefore, officers wearing contaminated clothing and/or equipment can receive additional harmful exposure at a later date. When City-owned safety and personal equipment is damaged by contamination and unable to be safely decon taminated, officers shall request replacement of the equip ment by following the procedures listed in the Department Manual (see ..• Section 3/376). Contaminated clothing shall be placed in a sealed plastic container and marked "con taminated" prior to transporting to a Department facility. During response to a contamination emergency, officers may become contaminated through absorption, inhala tion, or ingestion of a hazardous material. In some inci dents initial symptoms or chemical contamination are apparent, e.g., dizziness, skin irritation, shortness of breath; however, with some materials, delayed symptoms or secondary effects on health (pulmonary edema, chem ical hepatitis, or cancer) may require years to materialize. Therefore, when officers become contaminated, as deter mined by the presence of symptoms, or when the Los Angeles Fire Department Incident Commander indicates that possible contamination has occurred, they shall receive an immediate medical examination . In fNery case where medical treatment is given, or in which the officer may be required to be off duty, an Employee's Report of Occupational Injury or Illness, Form General 166, shall be completed .(see ... Department Manual 3n20.10). Additionally, exposed officers shall complete an Employee's Report, Form 15.7, describing their participation in the emergency, and submit it to their supervisor or watch commander for rfNie-.v (see ... Depart ment Manual 4/212.49). Upon approval, the Form 15.7 shall be transmitted to Medical Liaison Section, Personnel Division for in~lusion in the officer's medical package. Note: In any incident where more than one officer is exposed to a hazardous material, one Employee's Report, Form 15.7, listing the name and serial number of each exposed officer, shall be forwarded by the concerned Area commanding officer. For reporting purposes, the commanding officer of the Area of occurrence shall forward a copy of the Employee's Report, Form 15.7, After-Action Report, or any related report on the incident (excluding Form General 166) to the Commanding Officer, Uniformed Services Group. During a contamination emergency, the County Poison Information Center can be contacted (213-484-5151) and personnel will receive information on material toxicity, health hazards, medical treatment, and decontamination procedures. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/325.04 325. RECOVERY OPERATIONS-GENERAL The City's recovery from the effects of a civil disturb ance, disaster, or other emergency, is not automatic. The restoration of order occurs only after control is established, the severity of the emergency diminishes, and recovery operations begin. During major emergencies, large areas of the City may be affected; therefore, it is likely that a number of City depart ments will be temporarily involved in different phases of operations including recovery operation,. The City depart ment having primary control responsibility must ensure that its emergency operations plan contains measures which ad dress recovery operations. These measures should be em ployed as early as possible during the emergency. The Police Department has the duty to protect lives and property throughout the City. When an emergency occurs, the Department responds by sending personnel and equip ment to the involved area to control the situation. The number of personnel and amount of equipment is depen dent upon the severity of the incident. As control is established in the involved area, the Department's Field Task Force may be reduced; however, there remains an obligation to assist and support other City departments and agencies working in the area in whatever law enforcement role necessary. Once order has been established, attention should be directed toward restoring public services. The faster public services are restored, the sooner the community will return to normal. 325.01 FIELD TASK FORCE WITHDRAWAL Most major emergencies require immediate response by the Department with a task force of sufficient strength to gain control. . As the magnitude of an emergency lessens, the strategy is to employ economy of force by reducing the number of personnel and amount of equipment in the involved area. See ... 0/001.01. Deployment reduction should coincide with the removal of temporary regulations (see ... 0/802.02) and the restoration of public services. Care should be exercised in the withdrawal of field task force personnel to ensure involved areas are protected. Some emergencies present special problems because of a greater potential for looting; therefore, interior patrols should be maintained even after citizens are allowed limited access into closed areas. If withdrawal is premature, the emergency may be aggravated. Where law enforcement mutual aid has been employed, the order of field task force withdrawal should be federal, state, regional, operational area, and local (see ... snoo). The withdrawal of these forces should be phased to: * Relieve those forces which are the greatest distance from their jurisdiction. · * Relieve those forces which have been deployed the great-: est length of time. , * Ensure that the assignments of remaining mutual aid forces are evenly divided. * Ensure a Ready Reserve in the Personnel Pool of suffi cient strength (approximately thirty percent of field task force personnel) for immediate response to an escalating problem. - When a control force is withdrawn from the emergency, in volved personnel should be directed to an assembly area and debriefed. _ Debriefing will serve to: * Obtain intelligence for operations planning. * Critique tactics employed for emergency control. * Encourage the reporting of incidents not previously known or included in situation reports. * Ensure that all participating agencies have an opportunity to contribute to after-action reporting. Note: Members of the Emergency Operations Organi zation and any other public or private agency contri buting personnel, equipment or materiel should have their comments included in the after-action report or UO-H istory (see ... B/900). 325.02 TEMPORARY REGULATIONS. Just as tem- porary regulations mast be formatly proclaimed, they must also be formally rescinded. Although some regulations may be completely rescinded, others may be reduced gradually to facilitate continued control of the emergency. See ... E/802.02. Since the Chief of Police must evaluate ·requests for temporary regulations promul gated by this Department, he must also evaluate requests for their removal; therefore, when the Field Commander determines a temporary regulation is no longer necessary, he shall submit a request for cancellation to the Chief of Police and ensure that, if approved, a stop enforcement is announced to concerned task force personnel. The can cellation of a temporary regulation is contingent upon approval of the Mayor; therefore, before such action is taken, the Chief of Police will submit-his recommendation for rescinding the regulation to the Mayor. The Mayor or his representative will publicly announce the cancel lat ion. 325.03 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIEL RECOVERY. The Department has many functions to perform during emergencies in addition to providing police services to unaffected areas of the City. The result is widespread use of equipment and materiels which must be recovered upon termination of the emergency. Efforts must be made to account for lost or abandoned equipment, and recovery attempted. Supplies, such as unused flares, should be re turned to their source. Additionally, provisions must be made for service, repair or replacement of damaged equip- t ment and restocking of expended supplies. 325.04 POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS. After the initial stages of an emergency, those persons affected by its occurrence may, through shock, frustration, or anxiety, become angry with authority. Government may be blamed for seemingly inappropriate actions during the emergency or even for failing to prevent the incident. Usually, the most visible authority is the police. To alleviate unreasonable criticism, the Department must be prepared to meet each accusation with a timely and reasoned response. The Community Relations Section, Office of the Chief of Police, assists Areas experiencing community relations problems during emergencies; however, a widespread emer gency, such as an earthquake, would severely task section members responding to each Area's request for assistance. In cases where assistance may be delayed, officers must be prepared to contront and resolve police community problems (see ... Department Manual 1/237). It is essential that each · officer realize that public service includes having a helpful and understanding attitude toward those suffering adverse effects of an emergency. Increased community relations programs and public announcements lessen adverse public reaction (see ... 0/310). Appeals to reason by being open with the known facts of the emergency and pol ice emer gency operations engenders public support and reduces criticism. Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department June, 1981 58 • • • 1'IR CR.ASHES . ~COPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The LAFD Incident Commander has ··full power and authority regarding rescue and fire .. fighting. The Coroner is responsible for recovery and identification of the dead. The Federal Aviation Administration and the National Transportation Safety Board have primary investigative responsibility.· The Police Department mission is to support the Incident Commander by providing~ · * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank. -* Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes. * Perimeter and traffic . control. • Crash site security. * Evacuation, if necessary. Also, Detective Headquarters Division (DHD) would activate the Casualty Information Center (CIC), if needed. ~A WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES · - .- .. * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained and communicated to Communications Division: , * * * * * * * * * Location of accident. Size of the involved area. Type(s) of structure(s) involved. Number of injuries and deaths, if known. Military ~r civilian aircraft. Type of aircraft (passenger, cargo, helicopter .••• ). Class of aircraft (single engine, multi, jet •••• ). Additional assistance needed (police, fire, medical, military, etc.), and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of· personnel, not units.) Best available ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles •• Note: If the accident occurred within LAX boundaries, contact the airport Chief Special Officer (via LAX Substation at 485-5299) and determine if additional police assistance is required. If it is, continue with the below procedures. * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to maintain liaison to keep the FCP informed of directives and intelligence from the Incident Commander. Establish and maintain communications with the liaison officer. * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider and assign someone to be Acting Watch Commander. ·-v . . - .... r . ·r *Gothe scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post (see FCP section of this gufde). For major air crashes, consider requesting activation of the EOC and other resources listed in the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES divider. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 3 2 -2.:.· * Request a traffic supei;visor to direct the Department investigation. 'l'he National Transportation Safety Board and the Federal -Aviation Administration will send investigators to the scene (as will the - military, if needed) upon notification by DBD. . .. * As soon as Fire Department personnel and equipment arrive, the. role of ~he Police Department becomes supportive and may include: Perimeter Control. Consult with the LAFD Incident Commander (through your liaison.) Ensure all crash debris is protected, when reasonable •. Traffic control. Consider for traffic diversion: * If freeways are involved, establish liaison with the CBP by requesting a CHP supe~isor to respond to your PCP. * Consider use of the Sig-Alert system: (Contact Cormunications Division.) * Maintain control of ingress/egress routes. * Assign personnel to direct traffic at key intersections along traffic diversion routes. Restrict air traffic over the scene. Limit LAPD and LAFD official agency aircraft by contacting Air Support Division on a tactical frequency or at Ext. 52600. Crash site security. * Establish adequate control to keep unauthorized ·persons out of the scene. Be especially aware of looting of bodies and - wreckage. * Avoid unnecessary movement of DB' , body parts, and crash debris. On occasion it may be necessary-for authorized ·reecue personnel to move dead bodies to effect the rescue of injured persons; in such exceptional situations, it is imperativ~ that the former location of dead bodies be marked and documented. * To remove small aircraft from traffic ways, contact the Bureau of Street Maintenance at Ext. 55661 during regular business hours or City Ha~l ~rator Ext. 52121 off hours, holidays, and weekends. Identification of witnesses * Obtain complete PI'• of eyewitnesses. * Obtain statements, including: * Time of accident -· * Location of witness at time of crash. * Weather at time of crash. * Aircraft direction in flight. * Aircraft fire in flight. • Explosion prior to crash. ~ * Impact angle and position of sw:vivora. * Did objects fall from aircraft? * Anything removed from scene and by wham? - ~- --· -. Revised August 1986 Page 2 of 3 : ..._ ., \ Air Crashes (Continued) -3- .. ~ - . If victims or aircraft Earts are missing: * survivors .may have parachuted. * Survivors may have left prior to officer arrival. * Deceased or injured victims may be displaced by impact. Conduct a thorough, wide search. Body parts located away from the scene should be covered and guarded until removed by ·Medical Examiner-Coroner personnel. Remote aircraft parts should be left in place and guarded. Military aircraft--s;Eecial considerations. Beware of ejection seats, bombs, ammunition, solid and liquid propellants, and other hazards. Preserve the scene until military authorities arrive. Except for essential emergency personnel, deny access to all and refer inquiries to military authority. Photogra;Ehing of crash site. For civil aircraft, request a T-unit with a camera to photograph the scene from several angles, including the air (if practical). Do not photograph military crash sites. Do not admit the press within the perimeter unless accompanied by military authority. Subseguent situation estimates to DHD: * Aircraft identification numbers. * OWner of involved aircraft * Name and address of pilot(s). * Property damage. * Location of known survivors. * Brief circumstances of the crash. * If military, are weapons involved? * If civil, was U.S. mail aboard? * If appropriate, see the EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, FCP/EOC, and/or SPECIALIZED RESOURCES dividers. Also see section D/139 of the -Tactical Manual ·(Aircraft Accidents) • . .-· : t . :.: Revised August 1989 Page 3 of 3 319. AJRCRA" ACCIDENTS-GENERAL. Regard- less of their nature or location, most aircraft acx:idents involve both local and federal agencies. Police and fire departments will normally respond. Assistance may also be required from the Department of Public Works, public utility companies, and the Red Cross. Because of the number of agencies involved and the immediacy of the control problem, it is imperative that officers be cognizant of not only the Department's role · but the responsibilities of other concerned agencies as well. These include the: r • National Transportation Safety Board. By law, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) has the responsibility for investigating civil aircraft accidents. The primary purpose of their investigation is to determine the facts, conditions, circumstances, and probable cause of the accident. · • Federal Aviation Administration. The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) is concerned with every air craft accident and investigates to determine if there has been any violation of federal aviation laws or regulations. · • United States Military. The investigation of accidents involving only military aircraft is under the jurisdiction of military authorities. However, they may request that the NTSB or FAA conduct an investigation. • United States Coast G..,_d. The United States Coast Guard (USCG) has the responsibility for all search and rescue missions in the territorial waters of the United States. • · Los Angeles County Medical Examiner-Coroner. The Los Angeles County Medical Examiner-Coroner directs and coordinates the recovery, collection, identification and processing of the·dead and their personal effects. • Los Angeles City Fire Department. The ranking Los Angeles Fire Department ( LAFD) officer at the scene of all aircraft accidents occurring within the City has full power and authority regarding rescue and fire fighting. Additionally, he is responsible for directing the acitivites of other agencies involved in the immediate control operation. His authority does not include crowd control, traffic diversion or security ( LAMC Sec. 57.01.20). 319.01 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-LOCATION. All aircraft accidents will involve civilian or military aircraft and occur in one of the following locations_ : • On land outside airport boundaries. Note: Aircraft accidents occuring on inland waters shall be considered as having occurred on land. • On land within airport boundaries. • In or over the ocean. The duties and responsibilities of Department personnel . will vary relative to ownership of the aircraft involved and the location where the aa;ident occurs. --~-- September, 1979 Disasters & Other Emergencies 45 319.02 SITUATION ESTIMATE. The first at the scene of an aircraft accident o on land outside of airport boundaries shall imme notify Communications Division. The notificatiio include: :'·, • Location Of accident. • Number of injuries or deaths, if known. • Military or civilian aircraft. • Type of aircraft (passenger, cargo, helicopter, e1 • Cla~ of aircraft (single engine, multi-engine, jet, • Additional assistance required (police, fire, medi military, etc.). • Best available ingress and egress routes for emerg vehicles. Subsequent situation reports should include: • Aircraft identification numbers. • Owner of involved aircraft. • Name and address of pilot(s). • Property damage. • Location of knowA survivors. • Brief resume of circumstances surrounding incident , • If military aircraft, was it carrying weapons. • If civilian aircraft, was U .S. mail aboard. Note: When the accident has occurred within airport . boundaries, the initial responding officers shall contact the airport Chief Special Officer and determine if additional _ police assistance is required. Emergency rescue action should be initiated as soon as po~ible. Since fire, explosion, and other hazards are inherent to most aircraft accidents, injured persons should be promptly removed from the wreckage. As soon as . fire department personnel and equipment arrive at the scene, the rofe of the Department will become supportive in nature, aod may include: • Perimeter control and evacuation. • Providing a corridor for emergency vehicles. • Traffic and crowd control. • Security of the crash site. • Identification of witnesses. • Requesting activation of the CIC if victims are being transported to various hospitals. • Requesting a traffic supervisor to direct the Depart ment's investigation and report of the incident. -~_:. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENC1ES D/319.06 311.03 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-PERIMETER CONTROL AND EVACUATION. Con- trolling access to the scene of an emergency is essential. With an aircraft accident, this is even more imQerative. A perimeter must be immediately established. The scene must be preserved intact to facilitate the detailed and exhaustive investigations required. A perimeter mvst be established at a reasonable and safe distance from the accident site (D/005.). Ordinarily, the perimeter should be of sufficient size to encompass all debris. Its size will be determined by the LAFD Incident Commander. If evacuation is necessary, the FieJd Commander ·should normally seek the advice of the LAFD Incident Commander (See 0/305. for evacuation particulars). Should the need arise, air traffic over the scene can be restricted by invoking Part 91.91, Federa! Aviation Regulations (E/801.03). Local airport control tower personnel should be kept apprised of the situation and informed of any -necessary restrictive measures. 319.04 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-TRAFFIC CONTROL Aircraft accidents by their very nature can not only be disastrous, but spectacularly so. For the most part, the City's major airports are located adjacent to densely populated neighborhoods and heavily travelled freeways. An aircraft accident on or near the premises of these airports will usually disrupt the normal vehicular traffic flow. On the scene reports by the news media will attract widespread attention. Therefore, liaison with the California Highway Patrol (CHP) is essential and consideration of a Sig-Alert advisable. Immediate measures must be undertaken to ensure emergency vehicles responding to the crash site have well defined and maintained ingress and egress routes which will enable them to reach and exit the scene without unnecessary delay. 311.06 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-CRASH SITE SECURITY. Pieces of wreckage may be widely scattered. The debrit should be disturbed only to assist victims. Papers, certificates, and debris may be found away from the crash site and returned to the scene by citizens. As the exact location of each and every piece of debris could be vital to an investigation, these items should be taken into custody, the location where they were found identified and, if possible, the material delivered to an aircraft accident investigator. The exact location from which each body or injured person is remowd shall be positively marked and preserved for the accident investigators. Officers at the scene shall cause removal of the aircraft only if the accident has occurred on a trafficway. If the aircraft is to be removed, the Department of Public Works shall be notified. The NTSB and FAA request that local authorities, arriving at the scene of civil aircraft accidents, take photographs of the wreckage as soon as possible. Officers having access to a camera should comply with such a request. The scene should be photographed from various angles to provide complete coverage. An aircraft accident attracts news media reporters and photographers. Normally, newsmen with Department issued press passes are entitled access to the scene of a civi I aircraft accident. However, they should not be allowed to hamper or interfere with the control operation or subsequent investigation. Media represen tatives. shall not be allowed to disturb any part of the wreckage or any physical evidence at the scene. Consid~r ation should be given to providing special access routes for media representatives to approach and photograph the , scene. 319.06 IDENTIFICATION OF WITNESSES. Wit· nesses are extremely important in determining the cause of an aircraft accident. Their observations may determine the success of an investigation. Officers shall attempt to locate and record the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of witnesses for later interview by investigators. Officers observing an aircraft accident, or obtaining statements from witnesses, should utilize the following format to assist further inquiry: • Name, address, and telephone number. • Time of accident. __; - : : · · , ' • Location of witness at time of observation. • Weather conditions at time of accident. • Aircraft direction in flight. • Aircraft on fire in flight. • Explosion prior to crash . . • Impact angle of aircraft and position of survivors relative to impact. • Did objects fall from aircraft? • Anything removed from accident scene. By whom. ·. ~;/ :. -'- .. ~- Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department Obastera & Other Emergencies September, 1979 -- , .. I ( c' 111.07 AIRCRA" ACCIDENTS-OVERWATER ;-., o-· ,, ~ ,- ,,,.CIDENTI. NI erne.ga.cy :*Blue" Ille- t -~ system is ~iltwd far Cll)erationel Ul8 at the las Angeles International Airport (l.AXl for uae in the went · .of an air0"8ft -accident that might lnvolY8 water rescue. It is an emergency communications and information system tying together key agencies that are responsible for, or eould be awarw of, an aircraft emetgency «i this area. The system is used only for Alert I and Alert 11 · · ·. conditions. . . .•\ ,. _·;•~~ •• - \. ~'?, ' ~ ~~- ~ - ... :· "1 · 't."'"' · •:"l. _ ,.- . ... , ., . . • · Alert I • .A potential unsafe aircraft condition exists ~ch requires that concerned emergency - peraonnel .nd equipment standby. • Alert II. An aircraft accident has occurred and an • immediate response and dispatch of concerned emet g191 ICY personneJ and equipment is required. The "Blue' telephone system provides simuJtaneous communications between two locations in the LAX tov.1tr (the Instrument Flilt,t Rules Room and the Visual Flight Rules Room) and the following agencies: • USCG flight facility located at LAX. • Marina del Rey Harbor Master's Office. · . ,;. : ·•• ? ·· • Airport Operations, Department of Airports. • . .:- :_ ·• Venice Police Station, Watch Commander's Office. . When the LAX tower activates the "Blue" telephone, they will transmit particulars of the emergency, ~ncluding location. -:-_: . ·. · ., . ~ ' · : ' :. , ~ . . _ _ .--~~, .. .. ,., -· .~·" . - · • J, • • - • • . .. _.. I • ~ • • " • I . .... ~ .. '- ... · .; • • l~ : : - :-:.• . , _. _ • --:· · • .. .. 111 · ··~ r1 -::. • -~!'J ; C : !--C ~-: ·:...~t::!: '_ :, . ...... · · : ... · . -- · : • ,- ~°} 1"¥ t ~: J ... -':'•·· ··~·~! ~. ,~~--. ··••• . - .: • -~-•: ~., • . . -, ·: ~ ... ..... . -~- · · ,r: :-- . -~·· - J::1C..:~ .:· ;~ ~,:1•· b !t. ·- t .. ,..U ,:'\?: :-;- - :-,- ~ ·:-: •.: •.. , _.;, __ . , ·-•·v.::. _ .. -:') . 1 '. C 1 : :. · . . ... . _ ·;- = . 111.08 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-sPECIAL - -coNSIDERATIONS. Officers arriving at • -aash .::ene may be unable to locate any crew members or PISIIOgers. Sewral possibilities- exist: · • Survivors may haYe plrad\uted. • Surviwn may haYe left the scene prior to officers .-rival. . . . • Deceased or injured victin may be d isplaced from -the aircraft by -impect. ·::,,r;..· · . . .;,r,- Office rs ·should be aware 1h8t bodies and debris may be some distance from the crash site. A search of the area for surviving or deceased ~ictims should be conducted. Parts of bodies _ located away from the scene should be covered and guarded until removed by . Medical Examiner-Coroner personnel. . A military aircraft accident may present hazards and problems not enoountered in civil aircraft. Due to the many types of aircraft, it is impractical to detail specific precautions. tn general, hazards indude ammunit ion, missiles, bombs, and liquid or solid type rocket propellants. <:anopies or hatches may be jettisoned by explosively actuated devices. The pilot ejection mechanism, if not triggered prior to the crash, is a particular hazard to an injured or unconscious pilot and would-be rescuers. Military aircraft accidents may result in classified material or information being exposed. Consequently, only aircraft accident investigators and necessary police, fire, rescue and medical personnel shall be permitted access to the scene. Al I others should be referred to military authorities. Except for removal of the injured, the scene should be preserved intact until the mil itary authorities arriYe . j • ~ - · • C: : · ·.• ~ . ,-_: . - .· .r . _: · : "! • ·· .,_ ·.f-· r i: J ... • ( . 1. • • • ? ' i . ... · . - • .. . . . ... .. 1' • .. .... ,, ... - ' .. ' .. - _ - ·'/ , •, ·• .. -:j..-1, .. -, .,. ;;. r:.~ . .... • • · • . •• _ -,. ii, ,_. _ ->• ,u... .... . ~ ., , ,a:.>, 1o .. -a ... •.- _ - . September, 1979 ?z:· · Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department ·· fl47 --- - ~- - ·-•- ·-- I I <_:_: i ; -: � - 4 : - r, ·- •- ... LU I - .. _ C) :;:: <.;, Cl t- I- _ __, ~ l~ •./I ..... -o ... � L- z ·z- => 0.. ,-..1 c:::: u.J o VITAL POI1 : 'f SECURITY )- Vl ...... - 0 - - _J ca Cl ~c· c::er:. (J) 0.. <( Vir- ::c V') > ::c- ...... ~ => z :r: C -=- SOUTHEAST --- ' a: ~ ....... <( ' u V} - uu a: - 0... < t- .:.::> >- AREA · V') w w ~ = •- t- Li.J LLJ t--=( I- 0... 0 ~ V) ,-: ~ - - n; =~ -- VlV, ...... c:: u ...... L&... V') z ..JV; C: .. ~_.. ...... 0 u.J V) . - 3V1 0... V') WV> :3: ..-� V) ::::> V) - ..J 0~ ~o 0... ~ :·:: < _J ..,, :::: ~z o::z VlW oz o..z cc (...) c:::: W=:J O> V') C) o:: o G 00 0 u 0 0 ..... ��- ~u a: ,..) t-- ~- t- c~ a:- (_J..- a:: - w ...... a: ...... ~- l; l t- .,__ 0:: ~ -1.i..J V,W c-.: z WI - - t- wt-· t- w~- Z> ult- Wt- oc:r: «.,'1W :::, Vl ::£V'l O< :- .-: r~ (/) z ~c::r Vlc:t: 3< 0~ ~< l- c:t: =>U =) t- 0- c:t:W >- _J Ot- <:o 01-· c:t: t- Ot- :cw 01- "--'.t- o=c <( c:::: Wu... LOCATION RD oa: :c 0.. o._ V') l..'.JU 0.. (/) .<.!> V') 0... V) 0.. V) 0... V') :-0::V') U..J (.) == n:o - i---•- >- Hd5 s. CENTRAL AVE 1824 x . x 2 J 916 s. CLOVIS AVE 1824 - xx 1 J l lJ ':J ~ . Mt rlLIJ ~I HSU! xx l - - j 4 1 \I • 152nd <;T 1801 . xx 1 133') 1J • U12nd ST 1891 xx 1 . 1 3 S [ . 1 () I~ th ST 1844 xx 1 I )8;10 HAD S \·! 0 RT H ST 1824 xx 1 10600 s . VERMO~•T 1n:n xx ') ( _ 172QC) s . VE rP.1() NT u1q 1 xx 2 I - - - ·-7-· EL sr~urrno BLVD AND H/\RBOn 1871 xx - f I{ LE tJf j --- lJ~th ST AtlD FI<WEROA l '.171 xx 1 ---. lf.~()2 .S. v E Rrrn rn· H1R 1 xx ? ! TOJO:) s. FU1UREO/\ -.Ot -· 1nn2 I -g-c ~F'J s . ~\J7'[nn ntvo H324 - }. ,, 1 C)QQ E. IMPERIAL HHY U14 f1 xx 1201() s. VE Rt10 NT 1871 ! xx .I 25'1[. MJ\ilCHESTER 1803 xx ~3 ~ J Cl s. /\V/\LOr. 1 1803 xx 8'10 \ I • M,'\~!CHESTER 1801 xx l I 1fJ E. H1PER I AL 186'4 xx 11913 C0~1PTON 1846 xx - 105 E • It1 PER I/\ L HHY 1~42 xx 4 '19 ,,,_ IMPERIAL HHY · 18n 2 xx ~~27') ~ HOOVER l n 21 xx 9111 s . SAN PEDRO 11103 I xx -- 10420 s /\VAL O ti 1PJ4 ·- xx 611 E • IMPER I-AL HlfY 1844 xx sri s u CE rn IJR·Y lP41 xx '' I i ]'1()!) s V E f~ t 1 n t I T L n '1 l xx -· -· --- - -- 1• 1/l?f) s . f\ V /\LO tt 1 n i11 xx - l ' 1/l ', ([~Tll~Y Ir~? ( xx ... - 1 1 11 1 J- 1 s . crtlTHAL I Bl'; xx --· -----------~ - . ... , ( :; ~: V) ,_., r-i w ' - - (~ z <.!) <.!) t- t- CJ P..:v , ..... -a ;._ 0::: z -~ ...... :::> t-..J <( WO VITAL POir,T SECURITY t- V)- ..... 0 ~ ..... __J C0 <.!) c:t'~ en o.. <( V)l- :c V) > :c- ..... z :x: ·o _,:_ SOUTHEAST ' a::: 0:: -~ u V) ..... uu a::: 1-4 t- : ::.:> >- AREA V) w w ~ t- t- w w t- c::( t- 0.. CY. V, :c: t- a::: 3: ·- 1/)V) ..... a::: u ..... LL.. V) :i: C ., ,_., ..... 0 WV) 3Vl a.. V) WV, 3 - V) :::> V) _,J 00::: ·- CJ<( a::::o a.. <..!:>:Z: .<( _J V>Z :: z a::: z V>W oz o..z u.J::::) O> V) 0 w::o c:, 00 0 u 0 0 t-4 ..... ~u a::: 0 .__ ex:- t-0:: a:::~~ u ..... a:::- w ..... a::: ..... a:::- t-ot. ......w V)W !'~ = Wt- t- Wt·- t- Wt- ~> Wt- Wt- 1/) W ::J V) :i:V> 0<( :- - : c:( V>Z ::S. ac( V)c::( 3:C::X: oc.r:: .::: c::( t- c::J:: :::, t- a c::( Cl'.: LOCATION RD c::(W >- _J Ot- ci:o Ot- c::( t- Ct- ::z: w at- <(t- u~ WLL . 00:::: I a.. a.. V) L'1 U 0.. V) <..!:> V) a.. V) a.. V) 0.. V) 3:Vl c~ o 9915 s. ORO/\DH/\Y 1822 xx 882B s. CE'rHR/\L 1802 xx 19()0 E. IMPERIAL HU/ xx 9214 s. CEr!TRAL 18'14 . xx 4fM E • IMPERIAL HUY lf1n3 xx 11'102 s. AVALON lrJ23 I xx 9817 s . AV/\LOrl 1803 XX. 1()011 s. VERMOflT 1821 xx 101()7 s I CEr!TR/\L In34 xx 11126 s . VE R~- 10 rn H\41 xx 8950 (" VERMorn 1801 xx J. 11n20 s . /\V/\LON 1844 xx 24 3 H. 108th ST · 1842 I xx 514 l1. 120th ST 1871 xx I 9606 s . . BROAD\/AY 1n22 xx 1 ()V) 1 ~ ~ I\ fl r>~nrrn 1n21 xx 9117 s. BRnAD\/1\Y 18()1 xx l 9915 s. COMPTON 1826 xx 535 l-' 152nd ST 1881 xx ' .. RAILROAD TRACKS SEE I\ TTf\ ~Hro ,. ~ n ELECTRICAL LIMES SEE '/\TT/\ .l!rn ~ J\. 0 FREEH/\Y OVER Mm UtrnFR ~FT 11.TTA lff r) T "T I PASSES ----=:::.... 4 ,_ - I ; Cl . -· ·- 0 (.!) , · . ...... - -- t- V) ~ < V) ,:x: SOUTHEAST AREA ~ C/.. - ·u V) w w -·. I- C: --- V) ·- ..;. ·· - RRORIST TARGET ANALYSIS ..... 0 l.,J V) -... • :-: V) ~o 0.. C :.:: ..:( -J "· ::-: - a::-- V) 0 c.: c, 0 .. ~ Ct- er. ..... t- c...= 0..: ..... VlW u.:- w;- •- w •- :::V> O< :::: ...:: V>:::: ~: ~ <uJ >- .J Or- 4:0 Ot- CATIOH RD c~ :c 0.. C..V') ~u c.. V) ; CEr~TRAL AVE . 1824 1Ei, LO AVE 1801 :LOV IS AVE . 1824 ,I 182 ND ST 1891 . . J 15 2 U D ST 1881 S. Vermont Avenue 1881 S. Vermont Avenue 1881 S. Vermont Avenue 1841 \. ,undo Blvd. & Harbor . ·• 1y N/E 1871 • Street & Ftiueroa i t N/E ·' .. ~ ·1871 . • ,,. • ' , . .. •·-+-- ; ' -... . . ---- · . . · o-.- • { , - · . .-.,. -f = ~ 1 · . • L, 1 . - .... ...... (.'! t.'1 I- ,-- c..: - :: ...... =-.> . C, - ~ ...J Cl V) > :c- .,_ V) ..... uu CY. w La.J t-< ,_ ~ u -u.. V) 0. V, 14.JV, ;.: -v, .. - -· ·- ·· - c.: ·-- ... . V)W C :-.: 00 C u 0 Ut-t ~ ..... ·w- c-..= _,. r- w .... :-..-: > LLJ 1- V) c:{ ~< oo.; .::.: < <t- 0)- ::: LLJ Ot- C) V') O...V) Q.V') 0... V) x· X X X ' . x . X X X . ' • , . ·. . . I . ~ CJ ;z: ·- - < ..... t- n.. _, ::l V) ~ c.;-: 0 0 u.: - LLJ V') Wt- 02:: t-ot:( =:)0:: <t- O:< ::: V') ULL. ' . \ . x .. X I \ ' - - ·- · - · -· . . •• -- , ·, .~ I • --- . ,.:, 1. _ 1./) --- c.. l :... CL • · -·. --J- L ... - :: ( ;::)l, ~ c.: 1 1 1 1 1 ·1 1 1 2 , I ' ,: I . j L t I r 9615 SOUTH CENTRAL :AVENUE - POWER RECEIVING STATION #8 1. The loss of this facility would cause a major disruption · of electrical power to the Los An geles ar~a. RS-B feeds power to the following nine distributing stations: DS-27 DS-14 DS-41 DS-18 DS-45 DS-4 DS-13 DS-32 DS-19 9916 South Clovis Avenue - Southeast Area 9109 South Menlo Avenue - Southeast Area 7801 South Fioueroa Street - 77th Street Area 3316 West 60th Street - 77th Street Area 5516 South Western Avenue - 77th Street Area 5i36 South Figueroa Street - 77th Street Area 3520 South Normandie Avenue - Southwest Area 4332 South Woodlawn - Newton Street Area 3006 South Trinity Street - Newion Stree~ Area The area serviced by RS-35 is virtually the entire South Central Los Angeles area. The area serviced would extend 1s far to the ~st as Crenshaw Boulevard; as far to the · north as the Santa Monica Freeway; as far to the east as Alameda Street; and as far to the iouth as 120th Street. 2. Security at RS-35 is minimal. The area 1s fenced and the doors to the station house remain locked. Personnel ~re assigned to the location and the site ·is manned at all times. Number of posts required: One two~man fixed position and one two-man roving. 3. In case of an e nernency contact t~e dut y sunervisor at 481-5 F09 . !~ no ans wer contact t ~e Loa ~ ~isryatcher at 431-~7 6J . 4. The best inaress/enress route is froM ~enturv Blvd on Central Ave. ) • 9916 SOUTH CLOVIS AVENUE - POWER DISTRIBUTING STATION #27 1. The loss of this facility would not be considered ~r 1 t i c a 1 • I f D S - 2 7 w a s d i s ? b l e d , 1 t ,-o u 1 d a f f e c t a very limited area. Power to some of the involved area could be restored quicKly by other distributing stations which ·· could oick uo some of the load. Power could be restored to the total area within four to five hours by the use of mobile equipment maintained by the D e p a · r tm e n t o f W a t e r a n d P owe r • 2. The security at OS-27 fs quite minimal. The facility fs not.staffed and ts fully ,c~ntrolled and operated from RS-B. The area·i~ f~nced -and the doors remain locked. The number of posts required: One two-man roving. I 3. In case of an emergency contact -DWP ·security at 481-3067. 4 • The bes t i n qr es s / e qr e s s r o·u t e i s . from Cent r. a 1 Ave on Century Blvd. • 9109 SOUTH MENLO AVENUE - POWER DISTRIBUTING STATION #14 1. The l~ss of this facility would not be considered · critical. If OS-14 was disabled, it would affect a very limited area. Power to some of the involved area cou1d be restored quickly by other distributing stations which could pick up some of the load. Power could be restored to the total area within four to five hours by the use of mobile equipment maintained by the Department of Water and Power. 2. The security at DS-14 is quite minimal. The facility 1s .not staffed and is fully controlled and operated from RS-8. The area is fenced and the doors remain locked. The number of posts required: One two-man roving. i I • 3. in case of an emergency contact DWP Security at 481-3067. 4.- The best ingress/eoress route is 91st Street from Vermont Blvd. • 541 WEST 152ND STREET - POWER DISTRISUTING STATION #143 1. The loss of this facility would not be considered critical. If DS-143 was disabled, it would affect a very 11 m 1 t e d a re a . Powe r . to s om e of the 1 n· v o 1 v e d area could be restored quickly by other distributing stations which could pick up some of the load. Power could be restored to the total area within four to five hours by the use of mobile equipment maintained by the Department of Water and Power. 2. The security at DS-143 is q· u:fte minimal. The facility 1s not staffed and is fully controlled and operated from RS-C. The area 1s fenced and the doors remain - locked. 3. -4. The number of posts required: One two-man roving. ln case of an emerqency contact _ DWP Security a~ 481-3067. The best ingress/egress route is 152nd Street from Fiqueroa Street. ~10TE: 152nd Street has no nosted street sinn. • ~ ( . I 1330 WEST 182ND STREET - POWER DISTRIBUTING STATIONS 1105 1 •. · The loss of this facility would not be considered critical. If DS-105 was disabled, 1t ~ould affect a very limited area. Power to so~e of the involved area could be restored quickly by other distributing stations which could pick up some of the load. Power could be restored to the total area ~ithin four to five hours by the use of mobile equipment maintained by the Department of Water and Power. 2. Security at DS-105 1s quite minimal. The facility is not staffed and is fully controlled and operated from RS-C • The area J s fenced and the doors remain locked. The number of posts required: One two-man rov1ng. - 3. In case of an emeroency contact 04P SecuAity at 4g1-30~7. i ! 4·. The best ingress/eqress ro~te is 182nd Street from Normandie Blvd. • .. . . : ... ~ · , . r ''(,/, V I. · .. - ~ ~ • . r ( '; .. 10600 SOUTH VERMONT AYENUE - TELEPHC~E CENTRAL OFFICE 1 ... A Pacific Telephone facility responsible for the ~and11ng of local calls in the following area: · J9th Street on the ncrth to El Segundo Boulev~rd on the south, and Crenshaw Boulevard on the west to Avalon Boulevard on the east. If the facility was totally disabled, it would take 24 to 48 hours to restore telephone services to emerge~cy facilit1es within the affected area • 2. The fac111ty does not have on-site security personnel The doors remain locked and keys are given to select supervisory personnel only. Number of posts required: One two-man fixed position at the main entrance. 3. In case of ·an eMeroency contact the b~ildin~ suoervtsor - ·at 586-7541. This buildinq is unoccupied durinq the hours of 2230 hours to 0700 hours. DurinQ this tiMe contact 423-3229. 4. The ~est in~ress/egress ro~te is V ermo~t 31vd from Century Blvd. ~ 6G ~ < ,9'L-'-7 , .- ,\ Lo \)Cl/ I i V~l lc_ ~ -( ' (o, /'7°l '-) '6 ; \ \ - .---=--·= - -·- ·-- · . - --- - -- ·- ----- -· ·- -- -- . . ( {, '. \, .. - · t • 16802 SOUTH VERMONT AVENUE - TELEPHONE CENTRAL OFFICE 1 • ·· A Pa c 1 f 1 c Te 1 e p ho n e fa c 1 1 i ty re s po n s i b 1 e for the handling of local calls 1n the following area: El Segundo Boulevard on the north to 190th Street on the south and Crenshaw Boulevard on the west to Avalon Boulevard on the east. If the facility was totally disabled, it would take 24 to 48 hours to restore telephone service to emergency facilities within the affected area • 2. The doors at the facility remained locked; and are operated by codes or by keys. The keys are given only to select supervisory personnel. One door of the facility remains open and is guarded by a security guard. 3. Number of posts required: One two-man fixed p~s1t1on at the main entrance. ~ Sv.. () at. J \ ~Df.L. In case of an emer~ency contact. -, I • •-: r• . . · ~ . at 515-4030 1 4. The best inaress/e 0ress route V er m ont Clvd. from Artesia Blvd. . (_~ ~~-f) i , ,j T2~ /' -6-. '(--:, ~ p G, i __:- ~ .- '+- (.) '"\ c) '-J ( . - • , . 17200 SOUTH VERMONT - TOLL SWITCHING OFFICE 1. A major Pacific Telephone switching facility providing 1ncoming and outgoing long distance calls. The loss of this facility would affect long distance telephone service for approximateiy one-third of the Los Angeles area. Long distance calls are any calls which are out of · the 213 Area Code. 2. The facility · provides for its own internal security • The doors remained locked or guarded at all times and keys are given to select supervisory personnel only._ Several of the doors are coded (opened by use of a code) and the codes are frequently changed. Number of posts required: One two-man fixed position_ at the main entrance. I 3~ In case of ~n emerqency contact the building seeuritv at 5 3 2 - 3 8 9 0 • l. ~ ~I\.<:, ~ - L l • T h e h e c; t i n . , r :? s s / e ri r e ,J s r o u t e ; s V ~ r no n t '11 v d • · fr o r., Ar t e · s i a Blvd. :--.., y~ ,}\S2--~ ci-9-0 . ~ I' • , .. . . \_ ' J • \ .. _ (. L EL SEGUNDO BOULEVARD AT THE 0 • I .,.. I~• V ,- I ~ U i L. 1 n n ~ r ,-... ;-, r, 1. A crude 011 tank farm operated by the Mermac Corporation and the Beren Corporation • . ihe Mermac Corporation operates a well which Pumps into four storage tanks with an approximate capacity cf 500 barrels for ea<h. The Beren Corporation operates a well and has a storage tank with a capacity of 500 barrels. The Beren Corporation operates underground lines which pipes crude oil to another tank farm 1ocated ·at 135th Street and Figueroa Street • The crude oil 1s approximately 30 gravity and its vapor is quite volatile. The tanks are equipped with evaporators which reduce the vapor pressure to approximately one-half ounce or less. 2. The hazard to the public is minimal. The tanks are more likely to burn than explode,and- the tank farm basin is designed to contain all of the crude oil from the tanks 1f they were ruptured while at their capacity. Additionally, the tank farm is in a lightly populated area. Number of posts required: Two two-man roving •. 3. I I n c a s e o f a n em e r q e n c v co ri tac t e· i the r 7 5 7 ;. 9 3 9 1 or ~ -~"9--.-- 4·. The best inqress/eqress route i5 127th St,-eet fror., Fi.nueroa Street. - .. . .. ~ i -t ·' '11.'· . .,-." • I 135TH STREET AND FIGUEROA STREET - CRUDE OIL TANK FARM 1. A crude 011 tank farm operated by the Beren Corporation. This tank farm has a 2,000 barrel oil tank, a· 1,000 barrel slop tank, and two 1,500 barrel wash tanks. The tanks are equipped with evaporators which reduce the vapor pressure to approximately one-half oun~e or less. The crude oil is approximately 30 gravity • 2. The hazard to the public is minimal. The~tanks are mo re 1 i f( e 1 y to b u r n t h a n to e x p 1 o d e • T h e ta n k fa rm- b a s 1 n 1s designed to contain all of the crude oil from the tanks 1f they were ruptured while at their capacity. Num~er of positions required: One two-man roving. 3. In case of~an emerqency contact •either 757-9391 or 641-4519. 4. The best ·1nnress/e~ress ro~te is 135th Street fro~ Finueroa Street. 116th STREET SOUT H E~ST RA!LR 0A~ TR ACK~ ---r ... ~ "' .J er, I 1801 1802 1803 I I I 7) , 1 ~--:7 I I . I I 1 821 1 822 1 823 I I ~1 .J :, 4fl" " s r : 4 1 1"1 " J' ~ * ::"'"~ 1 841 1842 ':D c.ov,s ~ vE 'I· 3,,, -;r !87 ! -· i.,. 1881 ··- · A rrnE E AVE I � , -::, 180~~ - '~ ST - - ---, ' \ \ I l i ·~ --, 1 824 :; ~-- \ 1829 IO~ rd I s r ·' > i :/'\ " 1834 ~ 1835 t9 ~ ::,1 ,- -=~ • ~ s ~ : 1 839 , : qEEI( -- I 1836 1 846 2 ~ 8 SANTA ANL\ BLV :i Reportin1 District Map of I ~ Southeast i Area I C ) i__/ ~ :~:~~~r: ~:~~\ t:l~; P\ann 1n1 i nd Rrw.rt'h f\t,~"'" L \ I' '' • 145 W .108TH ST. JAN !982 l'L ''"'<, &. Rl Sl. \Rlft Ill \ 1,10 , l ·:srh,!l,r:1µ h ~ J nd \ "j._,ujl \ 1d, l 11 11 FORM 17. 18.00 138,QQ· 'J VOLTS 3QO AMPS 98th STREET 238,000 VOLTS 300 AM~S ,. SOUTH EAST H If~ H V n LT AG E L Pl E S 'AA~CH ES TER C ~1801 I : 1841 I """" I 1861 130th 1 87 1 - i z, ~ , ~l :, - 1 ! f -r I · d • 11 ' I I I 1881 I I 1 I I i AR,~S ;A 1802 * 1842 S] : Z it5 l a:, I I Ir J - -- . 1803 ~ CCMPTON All A IIE A .r> > 1835 8 1 < :i, :()71" 5;1 1836 270,fJOO VOLTS 300 AM 0 S 1826 1827 > <l > <l 1838 1 839 SP R R 183 1 7 I '•/ ...J .. !r z u HW Y 114"' 5, 1846 ~ - 849 (, l ~ \ -- --~ 138,000 VOLTS 300 M1PS A: 9615 s. CENTRAL REC EI 'I Pl'~ STAT I I) r~ B: 9916 C: 9109 '.) : 541 E: 13 3 'J s. CLOVIS D I s TR r B u T r ~, ~ ~ MPlLO 9ISTRI8UY! ~U~ ~ · . H. 152nd ST DISTRI"~UT!'l~ H. 182 ST D I ST~ I ~ UT I ~: ~ Reportin1 District Map of ~-~ ... Southeast Area I ( ) L i~ :~~~~r~!,' ;:' (\ \1:i P\Annint .1na lh,-"'lrdt O,,,.,a.., L \ f' lJ 1 45 W 108TH ST. PL""'\G&. IU \~\Rt ll 111\ISIO' '- J rto'.'raph\ .111d \ i,uJi \,d.., l nu FORM 17. 18.00 JAN 1 982 ST~ ~T~ ("' 'T' ~ .) I °" s:a, n· - =, = , \ . -- ; -: II& .. . ..... ; . , - J 1861 ·•. .. . ·. '.l ., ... ... 1802 1822 1842 1862 ., 1803 1823 1824 1834 :0-W~ . _ _ __m,[_ ,c _ _ 1844 1863 ~- ·· ••:::...... ,. (1) Cl.O\IIS &~· ;- - .. -- ... :..._..:___ @tt" ST © &TH[ld WA'f ~ . - ksportfn1 - -~ - ~CJ) Cj . C J C J ,826 ·, ' ~ - -- · - ~ . : ... . · ,. - ·-'. . . . ~ -~ .\ 1827 "' I . • 1 -- ~ - . l ' ' r / --~ SHELL OIL LI~-IF. 4" • MISC. NATURAL GAS SUPPLY LINE. ...: ·• . 1 . ' .- J - ~ .i GENERAL OIL LH!E '1" MISC. NATURAL G A S SUPPLY LINE. LINES EMTER CITY AT 94th ST. AND HOOPER. . . LINES EXITS CITY AT CENTRAL AND 120th ST. District lh· p of Southeast ~ - Area * ,cs w. ,oa,11 sr. ~~ l -~•_,.. 1 ~ - . · ~ t.-... t "-1t. i • I n1t ......... _,. ....._.. :,.._,.. .. ' - J -• .. ... •·• , , .. I PLA.-,',f',CA, (.E..:,fHi(. >i '..;l\ l'> IU ' C•rtc~nc:-11• 1..J \ " '-l.l '°"' L " '' FORM 17.18.00 . . . ---------------·---·------......... r-- ·--·.-.-........-•-•··- ~----- •r- - . . ·- -,, .... _ · . . ,...r..,,. . - ·--- r---- r • • • INVENTORY OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS Description Abrasive XL80 Absorbent Granule F/Oil BagL50 Acid Oleic Emersol 213 (Emery Industries Inc.) Acid Sulfuric Additive Enamel (Ditzler DXR80) Additive Enamel (Hardener-Polasol) Additive Friction Modifier Adhesive Aerosol Disc Brake Quiet Adhesive Gasket 101 (Ultra Copper) 765-1135 Adhesive Gasket Cement (Permatex #2) Adhesive Gasket Cement (Permatex #3) Adhesive Gasket~sealer Aerosol Adhesive Kits Fast Cure Epoxy 45 (Mixer Cups) Adhesive Lock-N-Seal Adhesive Loctite Rear View Mirror Adhesive Silicone (Red) Adhesive Silicone (Black) Adhesive Silicone (Clear) Adhesive Structural Kit Adhesive Stud and Bearing Adhesive Super Bonder Adhesive Top and.Trim #8046 and 8049 Adhesive Trim #8021 Rubber/Metal Adhesive Trim #8074 Aerosol Adhesive Weatherstrip Super Alcohol Isoproply Ammonia Aqua Household Anti-Freeze with Silicone Anti-Seize Copper Bag Dessicant Bleach Liquid Household Blocks Drum Brake Segments Blocks Drum Brake Segments Asbestos-Free Blue Steel Dykem Catalyst (K248) Catalyst Marine-Tex Catalyst Primer Surfacer (K201) Catalyst NC~ System (NCX255) Caulk Strip Auto Body Cement ABC #4400 Cleaner All-Purpose Concentrated Cleaner Brake Parts Aerosol Cleaner Buffer Fluid Cleaner Carburetor/Choke Aero Cleaner Conditioner Vinyl/Leather Cleaner Fuel Injection Cleaner Glass Aerosol MC78100 Cleaner Glass No Streak Cleaner Hand Waterless Mech 1 lb.- Can Cleaner Liquid Steam Material Code 93-99-602 67-40-211 67-10-237 67-10-2.63 .67-00-144 80-90-936 67-01-597 67-01-592 - 67-01-822 67~99-809 67-01-692 67-01-823 80-24-366 67-01-697 67-01-698 67-01-052 67-01-741 67-01-746 86-01-006 65-50-131 67-01-449 67-01-024 77-41-242 93-25-J04 67-01-858 93-25-307 67-00-105 67-01-104 67-01-115 67-00-502 67-01-102 67-69-020 93-99-635 93-25-396 93-00-232 : ,n 05 111 Unit of Issue Sk Ea Cs Pt Pt Ea Ea Ea Ea Ea Pt Cn Ea Kt Ea Ea Ea Oz Ea Ea Gl Ea Pt Ea Pt Ea Gl Ea Ea Qt Bx Bx Ea Pt Pt Gl Qt Ea Ea Cn Ea Qt_ Cn Ea Ea Ea Ea Ea Gl_ Description Material Code Cleane_ r Low voe DX380 Cleaner Metal Cream All-Purpose 93-25-326 Cleaner Radiator Flush 67-00-109 Cleaner Radiator Solder/Repair 67-00-112 Cleaner Royal Bleach 3 93-25-304 Cleaner Tuner Aerosol (Lectra Motive Cleaner) 93-25-322 Cleaner 699 Iinnersion Carb. and Cold Parts (Safety-Kleen) ~leanser Our-Own Souring Power 93-25-349 Color Coat 1500-1556 (Sem Products) Compound Auto Polishing Compound Bedding and Glazing Compound Cleaner Metal/Prep Compound Dielectric Silicone Compound Flatting and Reducing F1F2 70 Sherwin Wi J J i ana Compound Leak-Qleck Cooling System ( Fluid Block Check) Compound Radiator Protector Compound Rubbing Hand (Fill-N-Glaze) Compound Sweeping 100 Lb./Sk Cream Barrier Grease/Dirt Cut Polar 405L Cylinder Gas Propane F/Torch Kit Detergent Liq. High Pressure Steam Cleaner Dextron II ATF Disinfectant-Cleaner Liquid Disinfectant/Deodorizer 1220 Disinfectant Spray TM-2117 Epoxy, Floor Coating Water-Based Epoxy Putty Extinguisher General CP-5B Extinguisher Halon 1211 Fill-N-Glaze Filler Body Plastic Filler Body Plastic (Snowhite) Flare Railway or Highway Fluid Brake DOT-3 Fluid Brake DOT-5 . Fluid Correction ~ Fluid Cutting Tapmatic #2 (Tapmatic Corp.) Fluid Engine Starting Fluid • Power Steering Fluid Vulcanizing Flux Brazing 1 lb. Flux Soldering-Tinners Fluid Fogger Insecticide CB-580 Fuel Diesel No. 2 Gas Acetylene (City Owned) Gas Argon Gas Calibration BAR 84/90 Gas Carbon Dioxide (Meg Welder) Gas Freon R-12 Flat Top Gas Freon R-12 30-LB Cylinder Gas . Freon R-12 LK Detect 2 67-15-001 67-99-661 67-01-899 67-00-108 67-00-111 67-11-763 93-99-640 93-25-355 92-15-101 93-25-315 67-20-228 93-64-039 53-60-864 67-11-763 67-01-200 67-01-201 57-99-399 67-30-222 67-30-219 87-37-205 67-30-2l6 67-30-127 67-01-107 67-50-552 67-50-600 01-20-120 67-50-754 67-50-729 67-01-108 67-50-147 67-01-109 Unit of Issue Gl Cn Pt en Gl Pt Gl Cn Gl Gl Ea Gl Ea Qt Pt - Ea Qt Sk Gl Ea Ea Dr Dr Gl · Pt Ea Gl Ea Ea Ea Pt Gl Qt Pk Qt Qt Ea Ea Pt Qt Ea Ea Oz Oz Ea Cf Cf Cl Cf Ea Cy Pt Description Gas Oxygen 244 CFK (City Owned) Gas Propane Gasoline Unleaded Premium Gasoline Unleaded Regular Glaze Final Graphite Fine Grease Bearing Alt/Gen./Mag. Grease Chassis-Lube Med. L410 (Grease 2) Grease Lubriplate #DS Grease Lubriplate Grease Maly-Disulfide 1 Lb. Grease Wheel Bearing 1 Lb. Guard Moisture Material Code 67-50-760 67-30-238 67-30-241 67-30-253 67-30-257 67-30-812 67-30-262 67-30-270 6 7-30-2 82. Hardener QFl0/5-Minute Epoxy (Mechanic's Choice) Hardener Steel Epoxy (US Chemicals & Plastics J.B. Weld Co.) Heatshield Certainium J-Clean Alum J-Phos #2ADD Kit Fibreglas Repair Kit Propane· Torch Lime-Away Lube Aero Corr-Resist Lube Aero Silicone (Flamm.) Lube Aero Silicone Lube Chaincase Primary HD Lube Hypoid Gear (Ford Diff.) Lube Module (H.E.I.) Lube Stick Door-Ease Type Lube Super Industrial Petron Plus Lube Tire Mounting ·Lube Transmission HD Lubricant Aero Corr/Res Lubricant Brake Cylinder Lubricant Chain Kawasaki Mar-ine~Tex Odor Absorbent Nonscents Odor Neutralizer Extra Strength Oil A/C Assembly Spray Oil A/C Charge Oil A/C Compressor Oil A/C Vacuum Pump Oil Gear Multi-Purpose 90/410 Oil Hydraulic Jack 1 Quart Oil Lube Air Motor Oil Lube House 10 Oz. Oil Marvel Mystery Oil Motor Heavy Duty Oil Penetrating Liquid Ll-16 wrench ·Oil P.J. Fork SAE l0W 67-01-039 53-92-093 67-30-297 67-·30-289 67-30-317 67-30-288 67-30-303 67-30-723 67-30-307 67-30-311 67-30-318 93-00-015 '93-00-008 67-30-389 67-30-004 · 67-30-001 67-30-388 67-30-013 67-30-021 67-30-002 67-30-026 67-30-093 67-30-039 67-30-098 Paint Acrylic Flat White-Pioneer Paint Corp./Shexwin Williams Paint Acrylic Enamel Latex Semi-Gloss White-Pioneer Paint Co. 3 Unit of Issue Cf Ea Gl Gl Qt Lb Ea Dr Ea Lb Ea Ea Ea Ea Ea .. Gl Lb Gl Ea Ea Ea Cn Cn Cn Ea Gl Ea Ea Ea Gl Ea Cn Ea Ea Pt Pk Gl Ea Ea Qt Ea Dr Qt Ea Bt Pt Dr Pt Ea Gl Gl Description Material Code Paint Alkyd, Solvent Base/Navajo (Cal-Western Paints) Paint Curb. Red (Pervo Paint Co.) Paint Enamel Aero Aluminum Engine Paint Enamel Aero Black Flat Paint Enamel Aero Black Gloss Paint Enamel Aero Clear Acrylic Paint Enamel Aero Gray Paint Enamel Aero Red Fire Paint Enamel Aero Red/Orange Flour Paint Enamel Aero Silver Paint Enamel Aero White Gloss Paint !namel Aero Yellow Paint Enamel Auto Black Paint Enamel Auto Blue Paint Enamel Auto Whlte Paint Enamel Cement Floor Lead Gray Paint Enamel Acrylic White DAR2058 Del Star Paint Enamel Acrylic DAR2934 Del Star 67-15-003 67-07-460 67-07-458 67-07-485 67-07-455 67-07-49.5 67-07-473 67-07-459 67-07-451 67-07-452 67-10-243 67-10-244 67-10-250 67-99-528 Paint Enamel Ext. H/G Architect White 21 (Sinclair Paints) 67-10-002 Paint Enamel Ext. H/G Indust. Putt) Red ( Pioneer Paint Corp.) 67-11-048 Paint Enamel Gray (Pioneer Paint Corp.) Paint Enamel Floor and Patio (Pionner Paint Corp.) Paint Enamel Indust. and Equip. Gray (Cal-Western Paint Inc.) Paint Enamel Red· (Pervo Paint Co.) 67-11-064 Paint Enamel Sintec Hi-Gloss (Sinclair Paint Co.) Paint Enam~l 21 Mira Cote Gloss Whit• (Pioneer Paint Corp.) Paint Grip Deck (Rust-Oleum Corp.) Paint Grip Deck (Fuller O'Brien) Paint Industrial Gray (Pioneer Paint Corp.) Paint . Industrial White (Pioneer Paint Corp.) Paint Industrial Pump Gray (Cal-Western Paints, Inc.) Paint Industrial Pump Red (Pioneer Paint Corp.) Paint Industrial Putt) White (Cal-Western Paints Inc.) Paint Lacquer Aero Black AP #154 Paint Lacquer Auto Black DDL9300 Paint Lacquer Auto White Paint Lacquer Auto Duracryl Acrylic (DDL2058) Paint Latex Traffic Yellow Paint Marking Zone Lac Paint Primer Aero Lacquer Gray Paint Vinl Epoxy Floor Gray (Dunn Edwards) Paint Water Base Int./Ext. Semi-Gloss Driftwood Paste Soldering Polish Auto Liquid Polish Metal Preventer Fish Eye DX77 (PPG Industries Inc.) Primer Crean Two-Pack K200 Primer Low voe Metal Alkyd ·(DPW1832) Primer NCT System (NCP250) Primer Windo (Window-Well Brand) Primer Zinc (Ditzler PPG Industries) 4 67-11-049 67-15-910 67-15-901 67-15-906 67-10-106 67-10-407 Gray 6289 67-50-571 93-25-372 93-25-640 Unit of Issue Gl Gl Cn Cn Cn Cn Cn Cn Cn Cn Cn Cn Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Qt Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Pt Gl Gl Gl Gl Gl Pt Gl Gl Ea Gl Pt Oz Gl Gl Qt Pt Gl Description Protector Battery Tenninal (Mech. Choice 30311) Purge CB-40 Aerosol Putty Glazing/Spot Reducer Basecoat Normal Temperature (DT870) Reducer Acrylic Enamel (Fasy Drying) Reducer Acrylic Reducer Friction Petron Plus Reducer Solvent Blend Remover Transit Coating Retarder Universal Rod Brazing Oxyfuel Rods or Wire Welding Solid Steel Seal "N" Air Emerg. Tire Sealant Seal Thompson's Water Sealant GMC 1052914 Sealant Pipe (w/Teflon) Sealer Acrylic DAS 1980 Sealer Adhesive GM 1052917 Sealer Bleeder (Ditzler PPG Industries) Sealer Car Seam Black Sealer Car Seam White Sealer Glass Auto Black Sealer Fast N Firm Sealer Transparent (Ditzler PPG Industries) Sheen Low Clear (C.C. RTS 1302) 3oap Auto Car-Wash 55 GL Soap Bar Toilet Mill Soap Hand Borated Soap Liquid Cleaner Germicide Sock Absorbent PIG Solderwire Acid Core 1/8" Spool (1 lb) Solderwire Rosin Core 1/8" Spool (5 lb) Solvent Heat Riser Valve Solvent MS (Safety Kleen 105) Material Code 67-01-209 67-01-260 67-01-252 6 7-01-2-61 67-00-512 67-01-223 67-10-345 67-10-849 67-10-848 67-00-116 67-00-122 67-00-117 93-25-380 93-25-383 93-25-395 93-25-388 63-40-753 63-40-756 67-01-690 Solvent Repair Spot Blend (Ditzler PPG Solvent Wind~hield Washer Pre-Mixed Stripper Gasket/Decal Thinner Correction Fluid Thinner Extra Hi-Gloss Thinner Lacquer Acrylic Hi-Gloss Thinner Lacquer (Safety Kleen) Tint Cal (Tenneco Chemicals) Toner (Harris 3-M) 34-143/153/702 Treatment Diesel Fuel Undercoating Rubberized Aerosol Wax Auto Hard Paste 14 Oz. Industries) 93-99-635 67-99-812 87-00-516 67-01-310 67-01-303 Wax Auto soft Paste 16 Oz. Zone Pine (National Sanitary Supply Co.) 5 67-00-671 93-25-407 93-25-408 Unit of Issue Ea Cf Lb Gl Gl Gl Ea Gl Ea Gl Ea Ea Ea Gl Ea Ea Gl Ea Gl Ea Ea Oz Ea Gl Gl Dr Cs Ea Gl Ea Ea Ea Pt Gl Gl Gl Pt Ea Gl Gl - Gl Pt Bt Ea Ea Ea Ea Gl BUSINESS IHFORMATION CBP-1) ~TRUCTIOHS: The information below was submitted by your busine11 to the Los Angeles City . . e Department. Review all the information and make any necessary changes to update your record. Cross out anv information that is incorrect and insert the correct or missing information in the space provided. Sign the bottom of this form. Your signature indicates that this information is accurate as corrected by you. LAFD Humber: _____ THIS IS YOUR CURRENT LAFD ACCOUNT HUMBER. THIS HUMBER MUST APPEAR OH All BUSINESS PLAN FORMS! Address Where Business Is Conducted: 145 W. 108th Street Zip Code: 90061 Unit Type: Unit Humber: Shop <Examples of Unit Types: apartment, bav, building, berth, basement, dock, floor, £over, gate, hangar, loft, level, mezzanine, office, pad, penthouse, pier, roof, room, runway, stage, shop, slip, space, stall, suite, terminal, t .rack, unit.> Business Owner Hame: City of LA . 1-Si ta Manager: R. Hart Emargencv Contact: R. Guerra Alternate Emergencv Contact: D. William (0700-1530 hrs) (213) 485-5939 WORK PHONE HUMBER <213 > 485-2833 <213 > 485-6935 EMERGENCY PHOHE HUMBER (24-HOUR) < 213 > 485-6348 <213 > 485-2013 standard Industrial Classification <SIC> Coda of .ausine •· ~ .-- Balow is your mailing addres • Pl•••• make corrections on the space provided to the left. L.A.P.D. Southeast, ~tor Transport Division 145 W. 108th Street Los Angeles, CA 90061 Describe the business operation• that use or handle hazardous materials: Repair arxl roajoteoaoce of police vehicles ,ximum number of emplovee11 9 Total square footage of facility: 6580 v.gnature of Bu1ine11 Owner or Authoriaea Repre1entative Office Use Onlv I 9021 __ In1p. I.D.1_ Dates __ _ StN, tq {J ,,,, N\ f'iOJ J Title . J ,-~ -90 Date D✓E I.D.:_ Date: __ _ ~IIIESS PUl ZARDOUS MTEllIALS INVEHTORY (BP-Z) . DATE: _-_o_B ___ LAFD #: ______________ PAGE _""_ OF _J_ DISTIIUCTICIG: l£AD. ALL THE INSTIIUCTIONS BELOW AND Ptl>TOCOPY EXTRA COPIES Of THIS fOIN BEFORE a»tPLETIN6 IT. (DD.Jill REPORT ttAZAlllOIS WASTE ON THIS FOIIII) 1. CDNPLETE A SEPARATE fOIII FOi EACH IIJILDIN6. OUTDOOR AREA. IND&IOIN> TANt OI IIOON lltER£ HA1MDOIIS MTERIALS ARE LOCATED. USE BOX 8£UJW TO SP£CIFY 1ltE UJCATICII OF THE HA1MDOIIS MTERIALS LISTED ON THIS FORM. ___ LAP ______ o_So ____ u __ the ____ as ____ t .... , ___ ~_t __ o_r_Tran _ __,,..s--po~rt~D_1 __ ·v~i~s_i,,,_o.,,,n.,,..,,..,,,-,,,-~~- ADDRESS: __ 14_5_W_._1_0_8_th~S--t __ ree.;......,;,;_t __ ._9 __ 0 __ 0 __ 6 __ 1 ___________ ......, BUILDING NAME, OUTDOOR AREA. ----------- OR l.NlERGROlMO TANI( tUIIER ___ Ma_in_· _t_e_nan __ c_e_Ga __ r_a _____________________ --t 2. lltEJI Slllllnlllli A IUSINESS PUN INVOOOIY. ONLY INCl.11)£ IW'.ARDOIIS MTERIALS HANDl.£0 OR STORED IN MIUITS TOTALING 55 6ALUJNS. 500 POIN)$, 200 OIIIC F£E1'. OI IOI£. AND ll>T Pl£_,.ACIA6ED RJI DIRECT DlmHUTION TO. AND USE BY, THE GENERAL PUBLIC. COMPLETE ITEMS 1-10 FOi EACH HAZARDOUS MTERIAL STOl£D OI twa m AT THE UJCATION SPECIFIED M/IN£. INCUmE RMI MTEIUALS, FINISHED OEUCAL PRODUCTS, AND CHENICALS IWIJFAClUlED OR R£PACll:6FD. USE 1ltE fJICI OSED TAIL£ OF aJDES fOR ITEIIS 4, 5, Md 7. ADDITIOIML INSTIU:TICIG: ll.EltJ.: ENTER PRODUCT NAME. llitt.l: ENTER MXItlJM QUANTITY HANDLED OR STORED AT AHV ONE TIHE AT THE ABOVE LOCATION; INCLUDE lltlTS (POlll>S, GALLONS, CimnEET). l!.£!l1: ENTER TOTAL YEARLY QUANTITY HANOLED OR STORED AT THE ABOVE LOCATION; INCLUDE ~ITS (POUNDS, GALLONS. CUBIC FEET). II.m..A: ENTER ALL TYPES Of CONTAINERS USED TO STORE THE PRODUCT (USE TABLE 1) ~: ENTER ALL THE HEALTH ANO PHYSICAL HAZARD CODES THAT APPLY TO EACH PRODUCT (US£ TABLE 2). lll!lj: ENTER THE PHYSICAL STATE OF THE PROOUCT (S • SOLID, L • LIQUID, G • GAS). liltt.1: ENTER THE ONE HAZARD CLASS THAT APPLIES TO THE PRODUCT (USE TAIL£ 3). llitU: (X) THIS ITEM IF PROOUCT OR Al« INGREDIENT IS EXTEREHLY HAZARDOUS. llltt....i: ENTER INGREDIENTS ANO PERCENT OF T TH M A T T V R F R HA R R T • OtEMICAL OI 1- PRODUCT ACE'J.'YIBE -3- -4- -5- -6- -7- -9-HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL INGREDIENTS & · 2 2 PERCENTAGE OF EACH -----------------t __ C___,H _____________ lilil.__l -8- MXItUt TOTAL STORAGE HEALTH PHYS. HAZARD QUANTITY YEAILY TYPES PHYSICAL STAT CLASS (X) EX- --~ TREHELY Ntl TIME QUANTITY t~l• 1 HAZARDS t&ble _J_ t~l• 2 s _ 330 1..x..,. 330 2 L_ ~ cubic feet cubic feet J:!: 4JL G~ HAZARD- __ % ous __ % __ % X % 10-CAS MNERS OF - EACH INGREDIENT ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• OtOOCAL OI -9-HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL INGREDIENTS & -10-CAS N.JIIERS Of 1- PRODUCT OXYGEN PERCENTAGE Of EACH EACH INGREDIENT Oxv~n 99.5% : 7782-44-7 -2- -3- -4- -5- -6- -7- -8- MXltUt TOTAL STORAG HEALTH & PHYS. HAZARD (X) EX- __ % QUANTITY YEAILY TYPES PHYSICAL STAT CLASS TREMELY Mt TIME QUANTITY tAble 1 HAZARDS t~l• HAZARD- __ % J t~ble 2 s_ ous 276 276 . 12L_ 38 __ % 2 L_· _ cubic feet cubic feet JX -- __ % 42L G~ % fat OFFICE USE ONLY: INSP. ID INSP. INT. DATE DATA ENTRY ID DA TA ENTRY INJJ DATE • J MTEIIAL.S INVENTORY (BP-2) .LAFD #: . PAGE "" ---- --------------- INSTIU:TlmtS: READ ALL THE INSTIIJCTIONS ON THE FRONT SIDE AND Pfl>TOCOPY EXTRA COPIES OF THIS F01N BEFORE OltPLETING IT. {DO till REPORT HAZUDOIIS \MSTE ON THIS RJIII). CONPt.ETE A SEIWIATE fOIN FOi EACH IIJILDIN&. CllrDOOR AREA. OR IIOON ~ HAZ.AROOUS MTERIALS AR£ LOCATED. USE BOX BELOW TO SPECIFY THE LOCATION OF THE HAZAIDOIIS MTEIIALS USTED ON THIS fORN. LOCATION Of HAZAIDOUS MTERIALS: COMPLETE ALL ITEMS IN BOX IUSINESS NAME: LAPD Southeast, Motor l:rsm~ 12Ql:t I2i~isicn BUILDING NAME, OUTDOOR AREA, ADDRESS 1 4 Ci w 1 ORt-h C:t-root- Jt00ft NAME OR fllllER: OR lN>ERGROUNO TAIi( NlNIER Mainteni=lnr-t:::a (:;::ii ri=I no - ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• OtEMICAL OR _9,_tiAZAROOUS CHEMICAL INGREDIENTS I -10-CAS IINERS Of •1- PRODUCT UNOCAL EP GREASE 2 PERCENTAGE OF EACH EACH INGREDIENT. MAW Lubrication Grer1.~e lfill..l -2- -3- -i- -s- -6- -1-· -8- MXItlJI TOTAL !STORAGE HEALTH I PHYS . HAZARD (X) EX- __I QUANTITY YEARLY NPES PHYSICAL STATE CLASS TREMELY Mt TINE QUANTITY ~&ble 1 HAZARDS table 3 HAZARD- __I B ~-¼- 2 s_ ous 820 820 - L2 3A __I 2- -- -- - 3::::X --~ .. G_ - 5- I ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4 OtEMICAL OR _9-HAZAADOUS CHEMICAL INGREDIENTS I -10-CAS NllllERS Of -1- PRODUCT PERCENT AGE OF EACH EACH INGREDIENT NAME llUCB MP GEAR IDE IS 80w/90 Mineral Oil 5il....l h.474?-n'i-0 -2- -3- -i- -s- -6- -7- -8- Mineral Oil MXltlll TOTAL STORAGE HEALTH I PHYS. HAZARD (X) EX- 50 I 64742-6?-7 QUANTITY YEARLY TYPES PHYSICAL STATE CLASS TREMELY Mt TINE QUANTITY tAble 1 HAZARDS table 3 HAZARD- --~ B hble 2 s_ ous 55 55 - 1.X... 3A __ I 2 LL -- -- gallons gallons - JX:: __I .. G_ - 5- I ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• OtEMICAL OI _9-HAZAROOUS CHEMICAL INGREDIENTS I -10-CAS JUIIERS Of -1- PRODUCT tKrAI. KJLTI-PURIUiE ATF ~ (R) PERCENTAGE OF EACH EACH INGREDIENT N»S II Lubrication Fluid __ s: n.1741-RR-4 -2- -3, -i- -5- -6- -7- -8- MXltlJI TOTAL STORAGE HEALTH I PHYS. HAZARD (X) EX- __I ~ITV YEARLY ~PES PHYSICAL STATE CLASS TREHELY Mt TlltE QUANTITY t.t>l • ·1 HAZARDS table 3 HAZARD- __ s B t&ble 2 s_ ous 275 275 - 1L Li 3A __I gallons gallons 2 JX- -- __ s - 4_ G_ - 5 % FOR OFnCE US£ ONLY: INSP. 10. _______ INSP. INT. _____ DATE. ______ DATA ENTRY ID _____ DATA ENTRY INIT ___ OATE . _ _ ___ _ BUSINESS PU Al.MOOIIS MTERIALS INVENTORY (BP-2) DATE: _~ _ -_..,_-_8_8 __ LAFD # : _____________ PAGE _ _ v•· ...1,__ DISTIIUCTIONS: IEAD ALL THE INSTIUCTI<»IS BELOW AND PIIJTOCOPY EXTRA COPIES OF THIS fORN BERJRE COMPLETING IT. (IBL!!ll REPORT HAZARDOUS WASTE ON THIS RJRII) 1. CONPI..ETE A SEPARATE Ami FOR £AOt IUILDIN6. OUTOOOI AREA. UNDERGIIOINI TANK OR ROOII lttERE HAZARDOUS MTEIUALS ARE LOCATED. USE BOX 8£UJW TO SP£CIFY THE LOCATIOII OF TIE HAlAIDOIIS MTEJUALS LISTED ON THIS FORM. ----------~-t_o_r_Trans _ __,po~rt~=D __ i __ v..,.,,i,....s....,io,_n~~--~-- ADDRESS: _1 __ 4 __ 5___,,w ...... ;.......,_l....,0 __ 8 __ th ____ S___,;;;,,;;;;;,;;...._ _____________ -1 BUILDING NAME, OUTDOOR-AREA. ___________ OR lN>ERGROtN> TNII.. rueER __ Ma_m_· _t_e_nan __ c_e_Ga_r_a....._ ____________________ -1 2. lltEII SlllllTTllli A IUSIIESS PlM INVENTOIY • ONLY IIQJIJE HllARDOUS MTERIALS tw1H..ED OR STORED IN AIIUITS TOTALING 55 6AU.ONS.- 500 POtll)S. 200 CUIIC FEET. OI 1111£. MD IIJT PIE-NCJMiED fOI DIRECT DISTIIIIITIOII ·TO. AND USE BY• THE 6ENOAl. PUBLIC. COMPl.ETE ITEMS 1-10 R>R EACH HAZAIDOIIS MTERIAL STORED OI IWIDlED AT 1HE LOCATION SP£CIF1m NIINE. INCLUDE W MTEJUALS. FINISHED CHEJIICAL PAOOUCTS. AND CHEJUCALS IWIJFAC1Ut£D OR REPACJ<¥FD USE 1IE EIICI OSED TMLE OF CODES FOi ITEMS 4. 5. wl 7. ADDITIOML INSTIU:TICIIS: llEILl: ENTER PRODUCT NAME. l!D!..1: ENTER MXltUI QUANTITY HANDLED OR STORED AT AHY ONE TIM£ AT THE ABOVE LOCATION: INCLUDE lltlTS (POlN>S. GALLONS. CUiicFEET). lli!l.l: ENTER TOTAL YWLY QUANTITY HANDLED OR STORED AT THE ASOVE LOCATION: INCLUDE ~ITS (POlN>S, GALLONS, CUBIC FEET). ~: ENTER ALL TYPES OF CONTAINERS USED TO STORE THE PRODUCT (USE TABLE 1) ~: ENTER ALL THE HEALTH ANO PHYSICAL HAZARD CODES THAT APPLY TO EACH PRODUCT (USE TABLE 2). II.m.A: ENTER THE PHYSICAL STATE OF THE PRODUCT (S • SOLID, L • LIQUID. G • GAS). llltLZ: ENTER THE ONE HAZARD CLASS THAT APPLIES TO THE PROOUCT (USE TABLE 3). ll.El!...J: (X) THIS ITEH IF PRODUCT OR Altt INGREDIENT IS EXTEREHLY HAZARDOUS. .llit1..j.: ENTER INGREDIENTS ANO PERCENT OF OtEMICAL OI 1- PRODUCT MXl,ut QUANTITY Mt TlttE 385 gallons • T A T T R F NT. lNr.AL IWAVY WTY tDR:B OIL 40 -4- -s- TOTAL STORAGE HEALTH PHYS. YEARLY TYPES PHYSICAL STAT QUANTITY t&ble 1 HAZARDS B t&~• 2 s_ 660 2A L_! gallons 3_x 4_ G_ -7- HAZARD CLASS t &ble 3A -8- (X) EX TREMELY HAZARD OUS _9-HAZAROOUS CHEMICAL INGREDIENTS la . PERCENTAGE OF EACH Mineral Oil Mineral Oil -10-CAS NlJIIERS OF EACH INGREDIENT ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• OtEMICAL OI _9-HAZAROOUS CHEMICAL INGREDIENTS la -10-CAS MJIIERS OF 1- PRODUCT GAOOLINE (tHEAIE> PREHilM) PERCENTAGE OF EACH EACH INGREDIENT Hvdrocarbons 100 i_ · 800-61-9 -2- -3- -4- -s- -6- -7- -8- ~ MXltUI TOTAL- STORAG HEALTH , PHYS. HAZARD (X) EX- __ % QUANTITY YEARLY TYPES PHYSICAL STAT CLASS TREMELY Mt TIME QUANTITY t&ble HAZARDS t&ble HAZARD- __ % C t&ble 2 s_ ous 10000 182,067 }t- L_x 3A __ % gallons JX: __ % 4 - G_ FOR OfnCE USE ONLY: INSP. ID INSP. INT. DATE DATA ENTRY IO DATA ENTRY INIT DATE - ~ aASTE IWENTORY (BP-3) DAte: _ _ _ J_.J_d ___ LAFD #: _____________ PAGE __,J._ OF _j__ STIIUCTIONS: l£AD 1HE INSTIUCTICIG an.ow AND PilJTOCOn EXTRA COPIES OF THIS FORII IEFOIE CONPI.ETIN6 IT. (JIL!lll IEPORT HUARDOIIS MTERIALS ON 1HIS RJIII) COMPl.£TE A SEPARATE FORM FOi EACH BUILDING. CM'DOOR AREA, lll)ERGROUNO TANK OR ROON ~ERE HAZARDOUS WASTES Al£ LOCATED. USE THE 10X BELOW - TO SPECIFY THE LOCATION Of THE HAV,RDOUS WASTES LISTED ON THIS FORM. CATION OF Hi\l.ARDOUS WASTE: COMPLETE ALL ITEMS IN BOX SINESS IIME: LAPD Southeast, M::>tor Transport Division IUILDING NAME. OUTDOOR AREA. :II NAME OR IUtlD: ________ OR &N»ERGION) TANK NlltBER 145 W. 108th Street 90061 ADDRESS: ----------------------~ Maintenance Garage IMPORTANT NOTICE: WEN SUINITTING A ISINESS PUii IIIVEldOl'I, Q!LI INCLUDE HAZARDOUS WASTES HANDLED OR STORED IN AIQJtTS TOTALING 55 GALLONS·, . 500 POlllDS, 200 QJIIC FEET, OR MORE. AND NOT PREPACKAGED FOR DIRECT DISTRIBUTION TO. AND USE BY, THE GENERAL PUILIC. COIIPLETE ITEMS 1-10 FOi EACH HAlAIDOIIS WASTE HANDLED OR STORED AT THE LOCATION SPECIFIED AIOVE. USE THE CODES ON TH£ ENCLOSED ·TA&LE OF CODES TO FILL JN ITDtS 4. 5. MD 7. FOi ITEII 6 USE TAIL£ III ON THE IACX OF YIU lltIFOIII HUA1DOUS WASTE MNIFEST. DITJCIML DISTIU:TICIIS: .ll.EIL.l: iNTER HAl.ARDOUS· WASTE NM£. l.I..Elt.l: ENTER THE MXUUt QUANTITY HANOELED OR STORED AT Nit ONE TIME AT THE ABOVE CATION; INCWDI tlllTS (Peiiiis." GALLONS, OJIIC FEET). llm.l: tNfEi TOTAL YEARLY QUANTITY HANDELED OR STORED AT TH£ ABOVE LOCATION: INCUl)E UNITS (POlll)S, LUIIS, aJIIC FEET). llm...!: UST ALL TYPES Of CONTAINERS USED TO STORE THE WASTE (USE TABLE l-). 1!.EH..j: USE AU TREATMENT AND DISPOSAl. METHOOS THAT 11\.Y (USE TAIL£ 4). llll!..i: ENTER THE HAZARDOUS WASTE CODE USED ON YOUR HAZARDOUS WASTE MNIFEST (TABLE III ON . THE IACK OF THE tMlFEST). ITEM 7: ENTER E ONE HAZAIID CWS THAT APPLIES TO THE WASTE (USE TABLE 3). nm.I: (X) THIS ITEM IF THE WASTE OR Nit INGREDIENT IS EXTREMELY HAZARDOUS. ITEM 9: ENTER ~IS - WASTE MXIfUI QUMTITY Mff TUE P T 1• T A HAR TOTAL YEARLY QUANTITY 560 9'1Ja'lS -9-HAZARDOUS OfEMICAL INGREDIENTS I . PERCENTAGE OF EACH -4- -s- -a- STORAGE TREAT I. WASTE HAZARD (X) EX- TYPES DISPOSAL CODE CLASS TREMELY t&ble 1 table 4 tule 3 HAZARD- OUS -10-CAS NUMBERS OF EACH INGREDIENT •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• MZMDOIIS - WASTE -2- MXIfUI QUANl'ITY Mff TIit£ a OFnCE USE ONLY: -3- TOTAL YEARLY QUANTITY -4- -s- -6- -7- -a- STORAGE TREAT I. WAST HAZARD (X) EX- TYPES DISPOSAL CODE CLASS TREHELY tule 1 table 4 table HAZARD- OUS -10-CAS ,...ERS OF fAOt IN&IEDIEJIT INSP. ID ______ INSP. INIT _____ DATE. _____ DATA ENTRY ID ____ DATA ENTRY INIT ___ DATE __ LAFO I: __________ _ $11l1I-£OIII IUSIN£SS NN lflJQ ~ MP MY CQl'LEJI A SflJll-fOIN IUSINQS PlM1 Only a bu1fn111 flttln9 ill the de1crfptfon1 below uy use the short-fora bu1fn111 plan. All others 1111st complete a Standard Bu1ln111 Plan Ind•• (BP-5). 1. A bu1lne11 wfth ]111 than 4(),000 1au1r1 f11t (fncludfng bufldfng 1f1e and out~f.d• hazardous materials and hazardous waste ar1a1). 2. A bu1fne11 occupying ]111 than four 1torl11, J. A bu1ln111 that 11 not r1aulr1d to have a Division 4 Fir• P1ralt for Hazardous Matlrt1l1 frOM the Los Ang1l11 City Fire DtpartMnt (as per Section 57.04.03 of the Los Ang1l11 City Fire Code). This fon1 11 to be used 11 a checklist for elttHnt1 required to be WRITTEN INTO a Short Froa Bu1ln111 Plan. All 1l1111nt1 11111t bt 1ubllltt1d tn the following order. SHORT FORM BUSINESS PLAN ELEHENT ATTACHED ANO PAGE REVIEW FOR ADEQUACY REQUIRED ELEH£N1S COMPLETE - (BUSINESS No. OFFICIAL USE ONLY TO INIUAL ANO DATE) (INITIAL ANO DATE) 1. BP-1 (BUSINESS INFORMTION) ••••.••••••••••••••••••• ~ -2-10-88 _ · _1_ 2. BP-2 (BUSINESS PLAN HAZARDOUS MTERIALS INVENTORY). LH'v 2-10-88 _2_ 3. BP-3 (BUSINESS PLAN HAZARDOUS WASTE INVENTORY) ••••• ~ 2-10-88 _3_ 4. BP-4 ( StORT FORH BUSINESS PLAN INDEX) •••••••••••••• ~ 2:...10-aa 4 5. BP-6 (SITE MAP FOR BUSINESS PLAN) •••••••• ~ 2-10-88 5 IF Ywt IIISINESS QlMLl[IES IQ UH TIE SIIJIJ £QIII IUSIN£SS MN; Carefully c0111plete thh inti re for11. Type or p· rf nt nHtly using dark Ink that wll 1 rtproduc, on a copy •achfn1. Attach 11tra ab11t1 11 o•tdtd to answer the questions In the detail needed to describe th• hazards at your business. l«)IIFICAJl<lt PROC£QES - tn _ the event of reportable hazardous 111t1rtals or waste rtltas, or threatened release: 1. Will the State Office of £Nr11ncy Strvlcts, OES, (ttltphone nuaber 1-I00-152-7550 or 1-916-427-4341) llllltdl1t11y be notlfltd1 Check one: _x_ r•• _·_no. 2. Will local ... r,,ncy respon11 personnel 1-.cltattly be nottfttd by dtallnt 9111 Check one: ...X. yet _ no. If bu,t.neu hat an additional ... ,,ency retponH notl ftutlon 1y1t•, ••plain here. J. How will people within the bu1fne11 facility who ftltt respond to an incident be notified? Personnel in. shops with more than 10 persons will be notified by a public address system clearly audible through out the shop. Direct voice communication will be used in shops with less people. 4. How will lnnedlate notification and evacuation of the business be done? (lncludt a description of the st1p1 needed to 1vacuat1 911Ploy111 and/or residents of the 1r11 surrounding the business In the event of a spill or r1l11se). The public address system, or direct voice communicat1on will be used. Each employee has been trained for emergency action and evacuation under General Industry Safety order (GISO) 3220. 41. Art all nil!! ttnployeet who ay be l pacted trained on evacuation procedures? Check one: ..LY•t _no. 4b. Art all ttnploy1es who ••Y be l pacted glvtn r1fr11b•t training on evacuation proc1dur1s? Check one: .JL yet _no. HEDICAL ASSISTANCE~ In the event of a reportable hazardous 111t1rlal1 or waste release or thr11t1n1d r1l1ue: 5. list ill local ... r91ncy Mdlcal facilities that will be used: Naine of tMrgency Mdlcal facility: _C_e.;;;..n;.;;.t,;;..;r;;..;a=l;;.....;.&=e;...;c;...;e=i~v=i=ng-C=l=i=ni~c;.._ ___________ _ Address: 1401 W, Sixth Street L.A. Phone: (213} 485-4635 or 485-4617 Haine of Mtrgency Mdlcal fact 11 ty: Avalon Slauson Industrial Medical Group Addrtss: 5860 S. Avalon Blvd. L.A. . Phone: ..;;.9_-.;;;;.;23;;;..;3;;...-....;4~3..;.4.;;::;.l __________ _ ADVANCED PREPARATION - In the event of a reportable hazardous Nttrlals or waste rtltast or threatened rel1ue: 6. HlflGATJON (REDUCE TH£ HAZARD) - .Describe what procedures will bt followed to reduct any hara or daaage 'to persons, property, _ or tht enviro....nt. atployees have been trained in fire fi~ting aoo prevention procedures urxler GISO 3220 and ' 3221 and will function as necessary until trained personnel can arrive at the scene. Sources of heat and ignition will be rerroved if possible, and adequate ventilation will be provided as necessary. If possible, spillage (releases) will be contained, by rneam, of dam, to prevent it fran entering the sewer. An absorbent solid will be used on minor releases and picked up for proper disposal. Proper - - I- - L - - - - - . ! -- - a • f · • • • ,,_ • 7. PREVENTION - Otscr,be what action your business w,11 take to prevent a hazardous aattrtals or waste rtltase froa occurrln9. 'Ihe rrejority of hazardous rreterials are kept in locked underground storage tanks. Only authorized personnel have access to these keys. '1be tanks are serviced by trained fuel catpany personnel. Attendants are on duty the majority of the time vehicles are being refueled, to prevent, or clean up minor releases due to a pmp, or nozzie malfunction. Pulp energency shut off switches are located nearby in case of purp malfunctions. Other materials are kept in limited quantities and recycled or disposed of when mininun arrounts have aCCU11.1.lated. -·· 8. ABATEMENT (STOP THE HAZARD): Dtscrlbt what actions your busfntss will take to stop any ha1ard caused by tht r1l11st of a h11ardous 1111ttrlal or waste. If necessary, enployees will be alerted, and the building evacuated. In case of a large fuel release, the Fire Department will be contacted for a wash down and this Department's Hazardous ~terials Unit notified for assistance. Ql'LQY£E TRAININ& 9. Otscrlbt tht tralnln9 Db fllPloytes who work with hazardous aattrlals or waitt rtctlvt on 11ft handling. All new enployees receive an orientation on the energency action plans and on the hazardous materials they are required to work with. Material Safety tata Sheets are reviewed and docunented at the orientation with the enployees signature. Personel are trained not to srroke in fuel dispensing areas, and signs are posted. 'Ibey are also instructed, and required to rrop up mioor releases, and to be attentive when refueling vehicles. 10. 01scrlbt the r1fr11h1r training taploytts who work with ha1ardou1 uttrlals or waste rtctlvt on s1f1 handling. All personnel are required to attend rmnthly shop safety neetings. Main topics to be discussed are selected by the Divisional safety Coordinator as to its needs and .inportance. All shops are required to review a _ mininun of one MSOO sheet at each meeting and to docunent sane in the shop's minutes. Q1PI.OJ£E IMINllli 11. Describe how na 111Ploy••• art trained who are responsible for coordlnallnt with locai ... rgency r11pon1, organizations. 1he shop Supervisor is responsible for assigning and training enployees to haoole key f\mctions in an emergency. - 'Iha emergency action and evacuation plans are posted and practiced at each location, at least once each year, to ensure that all enployees are fani.l.iar with the plan. 'Ihe on-site Supervisor is the person responsible for contacting the proper authorities. Flnergency phone nurt,ers are located next to each telephone to ensure proopt action. 12. D11crlb1 th• r1fr11hK tratntnq for 111Ploy111 who art re1pon1tbl1 for coordln1tln9 with local 1111rgency response org1nl11tlon1. Once a year, the Energency Action and Fire Prevention Plan, along with a practice drill, are reviewed and carried out at each location for possible updating and to ensure that each errployee knows his function in an energency. 13. Describe the training for n.mr 111Ploy1e1 who art responsible for responding to a hazardous •at1rial1 or waste r1l1111 on the u11 of ... rgtncy r11pon11 1quip11ent and suppHH. Training is limited to the rropping up and conta.imlent of minor fuel releases as quickly as possible to prevent a possible fire hazard. If a large release occurred, the Fire Departrrent \\Uuld be notified along with this Depa.rtrrent's Hazardous Materials Unit for assistance. '!he errployees are instructed t~· \ ·, notify their Supei::visor .imnediately if such an •~ident occurs. 14. Oescribt the r1fr11h1r tratntna for 111Ployee1 who art responsible for responding to a hazardous materials or waste release on tht use of ... rgency response equlpaent and supplies. Refresher training is the same as the training for ne\\' errployees __ as stated in question 13. SIGNATURE or ausINEss OWNER 01 AUTt«>RIZ£D REPRESENTATIVE:A ~Le, i~ DAT£: / /- ~-q o . I~\ . -'ioooo' ,~,,-. . ·-~-1~ . _ _ , ___ . ,..." ;.. ·~ . . Orwt•1 s f~-r\<1Wj I ~ Ye.'1 ~ - • ✓ ~ - g· EVCl~tion A~ , " BuaineuName: LAPD Southeast, Motor Transport Division LAFDNumbers: _______ Emergency Phone:( 213 ) 485-6346 BuaineuAdrm(~•Addrm): 145 W. 108th Street L.A. 90061 Facility Una: _____________ _ Main Business Activity: ___ V_e_hi_c_l_e _R....iep_a_ir ____________ ScaJe of Map: 1 in. ____ ft Da1e: _ __._2-_1..,0- __.8..,..8 __ (KEY TO SYMBOLS ANO ABBREVIA TlONS ON THE FRONT OF THIS FOAM) I SITE MAP FOR B '4ESS PLAN (BP-6) .. So'-'1'°\\e. o.s + D,v,~101\ M"u, Po\lc.e.. ~,J~""~ l --- Stor4'~~ ~-1•·~ " . \vCl~hV"<.K ~' t I Veh,c.lc I M~•tirotrl • I S~ot I I I DlQIJ (Gd x,,a.w ) . l)w-\\le w • 1 '¥ Dw--,v~1 ~ I - )t ,\ )I . 4-41--.t--~---- 'kt >t. )( >< X )( )( .. • I 0~ +h · Stree.t /\ , _ . \ au.inns Name: LAPD Southeast I Motor Transport Division LAFO Numbers: ______ Emergency Phone:(. 213 ) 485-6348 Buainea Mr ... <~• Addrus): 145 W, 108th Street L.A. 90061 Faciily Unit _____________ _ Main Business Activity: ___ ..K,vliii,leb"""'i,._cJ,l,,lie~Be..,p11o1.a ... 1r ____________ Sc:aAe of Map: 1 in• ____ tt Date: __ 2_-1_0,_-8..,8 __ (KEY TO SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ON THE FRONT OF THIS FOAM) PAIT A APP~CATlOI FOR CE1f11FICATE OF DISCLOIUIE Of HAZARDOUS IUIITANCEI FU OUT All IETUIII PME 1 l 111 W111 PAlMtHT INSTRUCTIONS: COMPUTE ALL ITEMS BB.OW. Ill IIIUTUIU IUIT II IIClUDU. RETURN BOTH COPIES Of PART A. AND PARTS 8 AND C. TYPE OR PRINT NEAnY. IUSINESS-S STANDARD INDUSTRIAL 8USINESSTAXI _______ POUCE/FIREPERIIITt ~79~3t,-/f CLASSIFICATION, SIC CODE _________ _ AMOUNT PT. DT. LA,0 802 CODI $ LEGAL NAME OF BUSINESS: City of Los Ange 1 es Po 11 ce Department-MTD 485-3495 (DO NOT ENTER FICTITIOUS NAME OR DIA) ____________________________ PHONE ________ _ LOCATION WHERE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 145 ,., 108th Street OR WAST£ ARE HANDLED OR STORED: ADDRESS ___ ,_. --~~~~--------------------UtaTI ____ _ ITRUT NO. fUU ITRIIT NAMI ciTY __ Lo_s_A_ng.r;.,e_l_e_s _____ sTATE · CA ZIP d#56 JcJO b , .. UtlTTYPE _____ _ auitoiNG NAMES Southeast Po 11 ce Garage UIT THI NAMU OR NUMIIAI OP AU IUILDINQI AT THII ITRIIT ADDRUI WITH HAZARDOUI MATERIALS OR WAIT&. DOING BUSINESS As (DIA) J>ou7il£1ls:1 Ad??nl!. @NJ'~z: &v INTIR FICTITIOUI NAMI HIAL IP APPt.lCAILI BUSINESS IN c. ~RE Of ________________ MAILING ADDRESS~~~~~=--~~~--------------- P.O. IOX. ITRUT I AND NAMI ITATI ZIP NM•r.o,aus1NEssowNER City of Los Angeles PHONE---!" ________________ _ HAW OF ON SITE MANAGEll---,,;R~-~H~a..;..r~t _________________ PHONE 485-6935 PAI" \RY EMERGENCY CONTACT R • Guerra EMERGENCY PHONE ___ 48 ___ 5 __ -_5 __ 9...,3 __ 9 ____ _ AlWlNATE EMERGENCY CONTACT D. Williams EMERGENCY PHONE_ ..... 48 __ 5 __ - __ 2 __ 0 __ 1 ___ 3 ____ _ NArlr. OF MAIUNI PROl'F.RTY OWNER ___________________ ADDRESI ________________ _ .-try _____________ STATE ________ ZJp _______ PHQNE1_....__ ______ _ ... Lv DESCRIBE THE NATURE OF vouR A t moti R 1 d M 1 t ESS (USE ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NECESSARY) ___ u_o __ v_e __ e __ p_a_r_a_n __ a_n_e_n_a_n_c_e _____________ _ PERMIT INFORMATION: REVt~W THE LIST o,- AOINCY NAMES. IF YOUR BUStrlESS HAS A PERMIT ISSUIO IV , ANY OP THEM FOR HAZAAOOUI IUBSTANCIS 011 WAST!. GIVE THE PERMIT NUMBER. PERMIT NUMBER A LA. FIRE DEPT. (FIRE PERMIT) ••••• · • , ••••• , ••• , •••••• --------- 1 LA. BUREAU OF SANITATION ONDUSTRIAL WASTE) •••••••••• ------- C SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT ••••••••• --------- D STA TE HEAL TH SERVICES (RADIOACTIVE MA n LICENSE) ••••••• _______ _ E LA. COUNTY HEALTH DEPT. (GENERATORS HAZARDOUS WASTE) •• ------- F E.P.A. IDENTIFICATION NO. (GENERATORS HAZARDOUS WASTE) • , • CA0981656226 8 E.P.A. IDENTIFICATION NO. (HAZARDOUS WASTE HAULER) ~ ••••• -------- H E.P.A. IDENTIFICATION NO. (HAZARDOUS WASTE FACILITY· TSO) ; •· --------- 1 REGIONAL.WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD ••••••• , , • , , •• -------- J OTHER AGENCY, SPECIFY NAME __________ ----------- FEE EXEMPTION: IF YOUR ESTABLISHMENT IS A GOVERNMENT AGENC .. ~ ... CHECK HERE __ X __ DISCLOSURE AND SUBMIT THE INVENTORY; HOWEVER. NO FEE IS REQUlru:u. GOVERNMEHT AGENCIES MUST ALE AN APPLICATION FOR ·ua1: IIM4 ,...,.,.. A 11 ...... Al...,....,.-· ......... PlEASE NOTE: rT II UNLAWFUL FOIi ANY PERSON TO UOM•Y VIOUTI An,_. \'ISION 0, Ml OIIDIIIANCI. REMIT TO: CITY OF LOS ANGELES ELIAS MARTINEZ. CITY CLERK TAX AND PERMIT DIVISION P.O. BOX 30629 LOS ANGELES, CA. 90030-0628 . I fY UNOU PENALn Of PWUIY, lHAT THI AIOVI llfOIIIIATIOl 11 , .. All COMECf TO 811AT\IM a, IUaNESS OWNEII 01 AuntOllllD IIUIIESENTATIYE. mu THE BEST Of MY ICNOWUNI. . DATI A) I AG~ TO COUft.Y WITH AU IIHUlATIONl. lAWI AND OIDIWICII PUJAIMIII TO 01 IIHU- . D...L..._r-;t-C;_ //~ J 1 ( I ;./' LA TINt nt1 AIOVI IUIINIH lMAT AM NOW IN EffEC1' 01 lMAT MAY HUIAITU ADGP111. .rnllimUAAIAIU nn.t ., • THE CITY DITHIINH ntAT IIO CIIITIACATI AN0/011 F& ...... I AUTHOIIZI THI cm CLERIC TO IIEFUND THI TOTAL PAYIIUT. I UNDUITANI lMAl IQ MfUIII CAN MAN wmt OUT ntE IIINAT\IM. '-·- IIAT\IM Of IUSINUI OWNU 01 AUTHOIIZU MPIIESlNT~IIYl mu p, - , 9., 'Iv_ DATI CITY OF LOS ANGELES, POLICE DEPARTMENT, MOTOR TRANSPORT DIV. BUSINESS NAME: SOUTHEAST DIV. GARAGE, 145 W. 108TH ST., L.A. 90030 ABSORBENT GRANULE ADHESIVE LOCK-N-SEAL METHACRYLIC ESTER ADHESIVE SILICONE UNCURED PRODUCT ADHESIVE W/BRACKEf, LOCTITE METHACRYLIC ESTER TR[CHLOROETHYLENE 1 SACK 3 SACKS F 4 .20 02. 4 .20 02. P PLASTIC TUBE 7 3 02. 12 3 02. A 2 1 • 4 1 02 • 2 1 • ,n oz . P PLASTIC TUBE ADHESIVE 3M 8001 4 5 OZ. 4 5 OZ. - A ALIPHATIC PETROLEUM DISTILLATE 33¼ METHYL ETHYL KETONE 24¼ TOLUENE 4¼ RESINS & OXIDES 39¼ ADHESIVE 3M 8021 3 5 02. 12 5 OZ. A ALIPHATIC PETROLEUM DISTILLATE 60¼ RESINS & OXIDES 38¼ TOLUENE 2¼ ETHYL ALCOHOL .5¼ ADHESIVE 3M 807'+ 4 17 oz. 6 17 OZ · . A HEXANE 41¼ CYCLOHEXANE 14¼ RESINS 22¼ PROPANE 23¼ ArH I -FREEZE W/ SILICONE 10 GAL. 200 GAL. p ETHYLENE GLYCOL 84-94¼ PLASTIC DIETHYLENE GLYCOL 0-10¼ BOTTL;: WATER 2- 4¼ INORGANIC/ORGANIC SALTS 2- 4¼ CALK, AUTO BODY STRIP 1 60 FT. 1 60 FT. G BOUND ASBESTOS 25¼ CALCIUM CARBONATE 68-75¼ TITANIUM DIOXIDE o- 8¼ CARBON BLACK o- 1¼ BATTERY STORAGE ALL-WET 14 EA. 130 EA. p SULFURIC ACID 99¼ AQUEOUS SOLUTION 1¼ BUFFER, RUBBER FLUID 3 32 oz. 6 32 o-z. A XYLENE 50¼ MINERAL SPIRITS 50¼ CITY OF LOS ANGELES, POLICE DEPARTMENT, MOTOR TRANSPORT DIV. SOUTHEAST DIV. GARAGE, 145 W. 108TH ST., L.A. 90030 I CEMENT, GASKET PERMATEX #2 ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL KEROSENE CLEANER CARB METHYLENE CHLORIDE PERCHLOROETHYLENE CRESYLIC ACID SOLVENT 0-DICHLOROBENZENE CLEANER CARS/CHOKE TOLUENE METHYL ETHYL KETONE XYLENE CARBON DIOXIDE BUTYL g. BUTANAL CLEANER, COMPOUND STEAM ETHYLENE GLYCOL INORGANIC ALKALIES t~ATER & DYE 23¼ . 23¼ 12¼ 12¼ 1 O¼ 40¼ 30¼ 20¼ 4¼ 6¼ 4¼ 96¼ CLEANER FLOOR NON/AMNIA WATER (BALL> SODIUM METASILICATE PHOSPHATE 2-BUTOXYETHANOL SURFACTANTS CLEANER METAL CREAM INGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE ) COMPOUND, RADIATOR CLEANER SODIUM CARBONATE OXALIC ACID DIHYDRATE SODIUM NAPHTHALENESULFATE COMPOUND RADIATOR SOLDER ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL SILICON DIOXIDE CYLINDER, PROPANE PROPANE PROPANOL 80-90¼ 2- 5¼ 1- 3¼ 2- 5¼ 4- 8¼ 2 11 oz. 1 5 GAL. 8 16 oz. 1 55 GAL. 3 5 GAL. 1 24 oz. 6 16 oz. 6 11 oz. 2 11 OZ. A 2 5 GAL. A ; 36 16 OZ.- A 2 55 GAL. 1 24 02. 6 16 oz. 6 11 oz. 8 p PLASTIC CONTAINER p PLASTIC CONTAINER p PLASTIC CONTAINER A 1 14.1 oz. 2 14.1 oz J . CITY OF LOS ANGELES, POLICE DEPARTMENT, MOTOR TRANSPORT DIV. SOUTHEAST DIV. GARAGE, 145 W. 108TH ST., L.A. 90030 DEODORIZER AERO AUTO INGREDIENTS NOT .AVAILABLE FLUID BRAKE SILICONE INGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE FLUID BRAKE SUPER UNIVERSAL TRADE SECRET FLUID POWER STEERING MINERAL OIL 90¼ METHACRYLATE POLYMER 5¼ FATTY ACID FASTENER S¼ FLUID VULCANIZING REMA 203 TRICHLOROETHYLENE 90¼ NATURAL RUBBER SOLVENT 10¼ FLUX BRAZING ZINC CHROMATE GAS ACETYLENE . .007¼ ACETYLENE 100¼ GAS, FREON A/C #12 DICH~ORODIFLUOROMETHANE 100¼ GAS, OXYGEN OXYGEN 100¼ GRAPHITE, FINE DIXON 1635 GREASE, CHASSIS LUBE TRADE SECRET GREASE, LUBRIPLATE CALCIUM MINERAL OIL GREASE, MOLV-DISULFIDE INGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE. 4 3.5 oz. 6 32 oz. 6 QT. 8 32 oz. 1 .5 PT. 1 16 oz. 1 CF. 86 PT. 1 CF. 1 LB. 2 120/410# 3 14 oz. 5 14 oz. 4 3.5 02 A 6 32 oz. p PLASTIC BOTTLE 6 QT. A 12 32 oz. p PLASTIC - BOTTLE 1 • 5 PT. A 1 16 oz. P CARDBOARD CARTON 1 CF. J 240 PT. A 1 CF. .J 1 LB. A 2 120/410_ # 8 4 14 oz. A 12 14 oz. P CYLINDER CARDBOARD CITY OF LOS ANGELES, POLICE DEPARTMENT, MOTOR TRANSPORT DIV. SOUTHEAST DIV. GARAGE 145 W. 108TH ST., L.A. 90030 GREASE WHEEL BEARING . MINERAL . OIL OTHER INGREDIENTS PROPRIETARY LUBE STICK DOOR-EASE PARAFFIN WAX PETROLEUM OIL NAPHTHENIC ACID <ZINC SALT> LUBE TIRE MOUNTING LUBRICANT AERO CORSN DICHLORODIFLOUROMETHANE · PETROLEUM SOLVENT MINERAL OIL~ PETROLEUM WAX LUBRICANT AERO SILICONE HALOGENATED HYDROCARBONS DIMETHYL POLYSILOXANE LUBRICANT BRAKE CYL. TRADE SECRET OIL, A/C COMPRESSOR HYDROCARaON MIX REFINED MINERAL OIL OIL, AIR MOTOR LUBE REFINED MINERAL OILS ADDITIVES . OIL, GEAR MULTI-PURPOSE HYDROCARBON MIX PETROLEUM OIL OIL MARVEL MYSTERY MINERAL SPIRITS ADDITIVES 30-45¼ 30-45¼ 1- 5¼ SO¼ 35¼ 15¼ 30¼ OIL, PENETRATING LIQUID WRENCH ALIPHATIC PETROLEUM DISTILLATE 90¼ 1 S LB. 1 5 LB. A 7 1.68 OZ. 7 1.68 OZ A 3 GAL. 6 13 oz. 616 oz. 9 4 oz. 1 32 oz. 1 4 oz. 2 410 LB 3 PT. b PT. 6 GAL. p PLASTIC BOTTLE 12 13 OZ. A 12 16 OZ. A 9 4 oz. P PLASTIC BOTTLE 1 32 oz. P PLASTIC BOTTLE 1 4 oz. A 2 410 LB. B 3 PT. A 6 PT. A . . CITY OF LOS ANGELES, POLICE DEPARTMENT, MOTOR TRANSPORT DIV. SOUTHEAST DIV. GARAGE, 145 W. 108TH ST., L.A. 90030 PAINT, ENAMEL AERO BLACK FELT 12 12 oz. 17 12 oz. A METH~LENE CHLORIDE 40¼ ... ISOBUTANE PROPANE 30¼ ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS 20.S¼ ALKYD~ PIGMENTS - 9.5¼ PAINT, ENAMEL AERO BLACK 12 12 oz. 17 12 oz. A ACETONE 37¼ PROPANE 16.S¼ KETONE 20¼ TOLUENE !. XYLENE 20¼ ACETATE g. ALCOHOL 7¼ PAINT, ENAMEL AERO GRAY-PRIMER 7 12 oz. 7 12 oz. A ACETONE 33.3¼ TOLUENE 27¼ ' PROPANE 16.5¼ PAINT, ENAMEL AERO FLOUR. RED 6 1 1 oz. 6 1 1 02. A HEXANE 18i~ HEPTANE 17¼ ISOBUTANE 16¼ PROPANE 12¼ XYLENE 9¼ ALUMINUM tc RESIN 7.6¼ PAINT, ENAMEL AERO SILVER 1 12 oz. 1 12 oz. A ACETONE 37¼ PROPANE 18¼ COMMERCIAL HEXANE 1'9¼ NAPHTHA 7¼ XYLENE 9¼ ALUMINUM & RESIN 7.6¼ PAINT, LACQUER AERO BLK 1 12 oz. 1 12 02. A CHLORINATED SOLVENTS 50¼ ISOBUTANE PROPANE 25¼ KETONES 14¼ ACRYLIC RESIN 6.2¼ PIGMENT & HYDROCARBONS 4.8¼ PASTE, SOLDERING 1 1. 7 02. 1 · t • 7 oz. A ZINC CHLORIDE 25¼ AMMONIA CHLORIDE 25¼ PETROLATUM 50¼ CITY OF LOS ANGELES, POLICE DEPARTMENT, MOTOR TRANSPORT DIV. §OUTHEAST DIV.. GARAGE, 145 W. 108TH ST. , L.A. 90030 SOAP, AUTO CAR-WASH INGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE SOAP,. MECH. WATERLESS PETROCIUM ALIPHATIC SOLVENT 50¼ AMMONIUM OF TALLOW FATTY ACID 11¼ AMMONIA 0.4¼ SODIUM BICARBONATE SOL.DER WIRE, ACID CORE ZINC CHLORIDE SOLDER WIRE, ROSIN CORE ACTIVATED ROSIN SOLVENT, HEAT RISER ETHYLENE GLYCOL METHYL ISOBUTYL AROMATIC SOLVENT PROPANE THINNER, LACQUER ACRYLIC ACETATE TOLUENE LT. ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBON SOLVENT ETHANOL BUTYL ACETATE TAPE, ELECTRICAL, PLASTIC TIRES, TRUCK & PASS. CAR TAPE, TEFLON TAPE , MASK I NG , 3 / 4" , l " & 2" POLISH, AUTO LIQUID INGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE 70¼ 100¼ 15·-65¼ . 10-20¼ 5-25¼ 5-15¼ 0-25¼ 1 55 GAL. 2 55 GAL. 8 8 LB. 48 LB. G 6 LB. 1 LB. 1 5 LB. 12 10.8 1 GAL. 5 RL. 16 EA. 1 RL. 8 RL. 3 GAL. oz 6 LB. 1 L.8. 1 5 LB. · 24 :3 GAL. 12 RL. 380 EA. 6 RL. 13 RL. 4 GAL. - G p SPOOL p SPOOL A A p PLASTIC ~IRl~P p G G A CITY OF LOS ANGELES, POLICE DEPARTMENT, MOTOR TRANSPORT DIV. SOUTHEAST DIV. GARAGE, 145 W. 108TH ST., L.A. 90030 ADHESIVE SILICONE PERMATEX INGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE ADHE~IVE SILICONE MOPAR I'NGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE COMPOUND RUBBING HAND INGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE GAS, FREON R-12 GREASE, LUBRIPLATE POLISH, AUTO LIQUID INGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE POLISH METAL GAS, CALIBRATION, EMISSION TEST FLUID, TRANSMISSION, DEXRON INGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE OI _ L, 40 WT . TRADE SECRET SOLVENT PAINT, TRAFFIC YELLOW INGREDIENTS NOT AVAILABLE PAINT, INDUSTRIAL RED 6 3 oz. 6 3 oz. 2 CT. 1 30 LB. 2 14 oz. 6 3 oz. 2 QT. 1 30 LB. 2 14 oz. A A p PLASTIC BOTTLE J A 3 GAL. 4 GAL. A 1 Q"f. 1 Qr. A 2 CYL 4 CYL. J 8 55 GAL. 8 55 G~L. 8 3 55 GAL. 12 55 GAL. B 1 55 GAL 1 GAL. 1 GAL. 1 55 GAL. B 1 GAL. A 1 GAL. '~ A . 8 . A. B. A. 8 . A. 8 . A . B. p PAnT 8 · 1987 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVENTORY PAGE ___ QF __ L_ l~ ISTRUCTIONS: READ All THE INSTRUCTIONS BELOW AND ON PAGE 4. PHOTOCOPY EXTRA COPIES OF THIS FORM BEFORE COMPLETING IT. (REPORT HAZAR DOUS WASTES ON REVERSE SIDE.) 1. COMPLETE A SEPARATE FORM FOR EACH BUILDING, OUTDOOR AREA, OR ROOM WHERE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE LOCATED. USE BOX BELOW TO SPE CI FY THE LOCATION OF THE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LISTED ON THIS FORM. (HAZARDOUS WASTE ON PART C.) · A flON OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: BUSINESS )MPLETE ALL ITEMS IN BOX. NAME _________________ ADDRESS__, _______________ _ M NAME OUTDOOR AREA !U MBER _____ BUILDING NAME OR NUMBER __________________ NAME OR NUMBER ________ _ 2. COMPLETE COLUMNS 1-5 FOR EACH HAZARDOUS MATERIAL STORED OR HANDLED AT THE LOCATION SPECIFIED ABOVE, REGARDLESS OF THE QUAN TITY. INCLUDE RAW MATERIALS, FINISHED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS, CHEMICALS MANUFACTURED OR REPACKAGED, AND CHEMICALS DISTRIBUTED. USE THE CODES IN T "8LE 1 AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS FORM TO COMPLETE COLUMN 4. 3. RETURN COMPLETED INVENTORY AND APPLICATION IN ENCLOSED SELF-ADDRESSED ENVELOPE. COLUMN 1 I coLuMN 2 I COLUMN J I coLUMN 4 lcolu F'II ' IN A & B FOR EACH HAZARDOUS MATERIAL OR HAZARDOUS Mt 1 : RIAL MIXTURE. USE EXACT SPELLING. ESTIMATE MAXIMUM · ouANTITY HANDLED OR STORED AT ANY TIME IN 1987 AT ESTIMATE TOTAL QUANTITY HANDLED OR STORED DURING 1987 AT ABOVE LOCATION, EVEN IF ONLY BRIEFLY. INCLUDE UNITS. LIST ALL THE TYPES OF CONTAINERS r1 IF Y OU HAV E MATER IAL SAFE TY D • SHE ET FOF THE H AZ ~RDOl MA 1 F.Rl~l · ' PRODUCT NAME OR COMMON NAME OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. r _ CHEMICAL NAME AND PERCENT(%) CONCENTRATION OF ALL INGREDIENTS IN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. ABOVE LOCATION. INCLUDE UMTS. (Le. LBS. GALLONS. etc.) .. .- :,{, .. , 'L • ';.'~ •t . . _______________________ .,.. > - "; ~.fl. , ;• :~ ,. USED TO STORE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL · use TABLE 1. , . ... · 1:· _1 . ·,, ··' : .. ·~ :._, •~ .f • I ;_ ,.. .. ..,~ ! v f .. , '"• ;,. : J•r .• : TAB!. ': 1 STORAGE CONTAINER TYPES. (LIST ALL THAT APPLY) K • Compressed Gas Manifold OFFICE USE ONLY A Metal Containers (<5 gallons) F = Bags o Orums. Barrels, Carboys G = Boxes, Cartons, Casts C 1 Jnderground Tanks H = Sump or Pit ~ ~?~~~e~~~~~~!~.nks · 1 1 ~ ~~~!~1~~!!0~~?~~-E.,q_~1_Pm1nt L • Pressure Vessel • Not portable M • Tank Car/Trailer N • Sealed Source (radioactive material) O • Unsealed Sourc• (radloactlv1 mat11lat) ,. - Ila ..... -·-·-·--· ...... ____ • ...,, INSP. ID ____ DATA ENTRY 10 --- INSP INT ___ DATA ENTRY !NIT ·-

Linked assets

Los Angeles Webster Commission records, 1931-1992

Conceptually similar

PDF

West Bureau, Wilshire Area, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

West Bureau, West Los Angeles, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-05

PDF

Northeast Area, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-04/1992-05

PDF

Central Bureau, Rampart Area, Standing Plans and Mobilization Rosters, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

LAPD, Adminstrative vice division mobilization roster and standing emergency plans, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

Mobile Digital Terminal (MDT) Transmissions, 77th Division, 1992-04-29

PDF

LAPD, Anti-terrorist division mobilization roster and procedural manual, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

LAPD 77th St. area standing plans, 1992-04-19/1992-05-17

PDF

LAPD, Narcotics group, mobilization roster and unusual occurrence control plan, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

LAPD, Organized crime intelligence division's mobilization roster and unusual occurence plan, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

Devonshire division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

South Bureau documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

West Valley division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Foothill division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

West Los Angeles documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Chronology Task Force, LAPD documents, unusual occurrence, 1992-04-29/1992-05-02

PDF

Chronology Task Force, LAPD documents, Hollywood, 1992-04/1992-05

PDF

Pacific documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Chronology Task Force, LAPD documents, North Hollywood, 1992-04/1992-05

PDF

Chronology Task Force, LAPD documents, Wilshire, 1992-04-04/1992-04-26

Description

Los Angeles Police Department Southeast area mobilization roster and standing plans, including earthquake plans, inundation plans, civil defense plans, 1992 April 19 - May 16. PART OF SERIES: This series consists of materials related to the LAPD's emergency and disaster planning measures. Included are standing plans, mobilization records, and rally points from several of the LAPD's geographic divisions, as well as manuals, lesson plans, and curricula developed by the LAPD for emergency procedures.

Asset Metadata

Core Title LAPD Southeast area mobilization roster and standing plans, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

Tag OAI-PMH Harvest

Format 408 p. (format), application/pdf (imt), comprehensive plans (reports) (aat), rosters (aat)

Language English

Contributor The collection was given to the University of Southern California on October 30, 1992 by the Special Advisor to the Board of Police Commissioners of the City of Los Angeles. (provenance)

Permanent Link (DOI) https://doi.org/10.25549/webster-c100-70963

Unique identifier UC11426899

Identifier box 32 (box),web-box32-17_18.pdf (filename),folder 17 - folder 18 (folder),webster-c100-70963 (legacy record id),Emergency and Disaster Planning Measures Developed by the LAPD (series),South Bureau (series)

Legacy Identifier web-box32-17_18.pdf

Dmrecord 70963

Format 408 p. (format),application/pdf (imt),comprehensive plans (reports) (aat),rosters (aat)

Rights This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ All requests for permission to publish or quote from manuscripts must be submitted in writing to the Manuscripts Librarian. Permission for publication is given on behalf of Special Collections as the owner of the physical items and is not intended to include or imply permission of the copyright holder, which must also be obtained.

Type texts

Copyright This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ All requests for permission to publish or quote from manuscripts must be submitted in writing to the Manuscripts Librarian. Permission for publication is given on behalf of Special Collections as the owner of the physical items and is not intended to include or imply permission of the copyright holder, which must also be obtained.

Source Los Angeles Webster Commission records, 1931-1992 (collection), University of Southern California (contributing entity)

Access Conditions Contact: Special Collections, Doheny Memorial Library, Libraries, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0189; specol@usc.edu; phone (213) 740-5900; fax (213) 740-2343

Repository Name USC Libraries Special Collections

Repository Location Doheny Memorial Library, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0189

Repository Email specol@lib.usc.edu